/************************************************************/ /* THIS FILE IS GENERATED DO NOT EDIT */ /************************************************************/ /** * ABS: * @a: a numeric value * * Calculates the absolute value of @a. * The absolute value is simply the number with any negative sign taken away. * * For example, * - ABS(-10) is 10. * - ABS(10) is also 10. * * Returns: the absolute value of @a. */ /** * CLAMP: * @x: the value to clamp * @low: the minimum value allowed * @high: the maximum value allowed * * Ensures that @x is between the limits set by @low and @high. If @low is * greater than @high the result is undefined. * * For example, * - CLAMP(5, 10, 15) is 10. * - CLAMP(15, 5, 10) is 10. * - CLAMP(20, 15, 25) is 20. * * Returns: the value of @x clamped to the range between @low and @high */ /** * C_: * @Context: a message context, must be a string literal * @String: a message id, must be a string literal * * Uses gettext to get the translation for @String. @Context is * used as a context. This is mainly useful for short strings which * may need different translations, depending on the context in which * they are used. * |[ * label1 = C_("Navigation", "Back"); * label2 = C_("Body part", "Back"); * ]| * * If you are using the C_() macro, you need to make sure * that you pass to xgettext when * extracting messages. Note that this only works with GNU * gettext >= 0.15. * * Returns: the translated message * Since: 2.16 */ /** * FALSE: * * Defines the %FALSE value for the #gboolean type. */ /** * GArray: * @data: a pointer to the element data. The data may be moved as elements are added to the #GArray. * @len: the number of elements in the #GArray not including the possible terminating zero element. * * Contains the public fields of an Array. */ /** * GAsyncQueue: * * The GAsyncQueue struct is an opaque data structure which represents * an asynchronous queue. It should only be accessed through the * g_async_queue_* functions. */ /** * GByteArray: * @data: a pointer to the element data. The data may be moved as elements are added to the #GByteArray. * @len: the number of elements in the #GByteArray. * * The GByteArray struct allows access to the * public fields of a GByteArray. */ /** * GBytes: * * A simple refcounted data type representing an immutable byte sequence * from an unspecified origin. * * The purpose of a #GBytes is to keep the memory region that it holds * alive for as long as anyone holds a reference to the bytes. When * the last reference count is dropped, the memory is released. Multiple * unrelated callers can use byte data in the #GBytes without coordinating * their activities, resting assured that the byte data will not change or * move while they hold a reference. * * A #GBytes can come from many different origins that may have * different procedures for freeing the memory region. Examples are * memory from g_malloc(), from memory slices, from a #GMappedFile or * memory from other allocators. * * #GBytes work well as keys in #GHashTable. Use g_bytes_equal() and * g_bytes_hash() as parameters to g_hash_table_new() or g_hash_table_new_full(). * #GBytes can also be used as keys in a #GTree by passing the g_bytes_compare() * function to g_tree_new(). * * The data pointed to by this bytes must not be modified. For a mutable * array of bytes see #GByteArray. Use g_bytes_unref_to_array() to create a * mutable array for a #GBytes sequence. To create an immutable #GBytes from * a mutable #GByteArray, use the g_byte_array_free_to_bytes() function. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * GCompareDataFunc: * @a: a value. * @b: a value to compare with. * @user_data: user data to pass to comparison function. * * Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two * values. The function should return a negative integer if the first * value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive * integer if the first value comes after the second. * * Returns: negative value if @a < @b; zero if @a = @b; positive value if @a > @b. */ /** * GCompareFunc: * @a: a value. * @b: a value to compare with. * * Specifies the type of a comparison function used to compare two * values. The function should return a negative integer if the first * value comes before the second, 0 if they are equal, or a positive * integer if the first value comes after the second. * * Returns: negative value if @a < @b; zero if @a = @b; positive value if @a > @b. */ /** * GCond: * * The #GCond struct is an opaque data structure that represents a * condition. Threads can block on a #GCond if they find a certain * condition to be false. If other threads change the state of this * condition they signal the #GCond, and that causes the waiting * threads to be woken up. * * Consider the following example of a shared variable. One or more * threads can wait for data to be published to the variable and when * another thread publishes the data, it can signal one of the waiting * threads to wake up to collect the data. * * * * Using GCond to block a thread until a condition is satisfied * * * gpointer current_data = NULL; * GMutex data_mutex; * GCond data_cond; * * void * push_data (gpointer data) * { * g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); * current_data = data; * g_cond_signal (&data_cond); * g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); * } * * gpointer * pop_data (void) * { * gpointer data; * * g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); * while (!current_data) * g_cond_wait (&data_cond, &data_mutex); * data = current_data; * current_data = NULL; * g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); * * return data; * } * * * * Whenever a thread calls pop_data() now, it will wait until * current_data is non-%NULL, i.e. until some other thread * has called push_data(). * * The example shows that use of a condition variable must always be * paired with a mutex. Without the use of a mutex, there would be a * race between the check of current_data by the * while loop in pop_data and waiting. * Specifically, another thread could set pop_data * after the check, and signal the cond (with nobody waiting on it) * before the first thread goes to sleep. #GCond is specifically useful * for its ability to release the mutex and go to sleep atomically. * * It is also important to use the g_cond_wait() and g_cond_wait_until() * functions only inside a loop which checks for the condition to be * true. See g_cond_wait() for an explanation of why the condition may * not be true even after it returns. * * If a #GCond is allocated in static storage then it can be used * without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call g_cond_init() on * it and g_cond_clear() when done. * * A #GCond should only be accessed via the g_cond_ * functions. */ /** * GData: * * The #GData struct is an opaque data structure to represent a Keyed Data List. It should * only be accessed via the following functions. */ /** * GDataForeachFunc: * @key_id: the #GQuark id to identifying the data element. * @data: the data element. * @user_data: user data passed to g_dataset_foreach(). * * Specifies the type of function passed to g_dataset_foreach(). It is * called with each #GQuark id and associated data element, together * with the @user_data parameter supplied to g_dataset_foreach(). */ /** * GDate: * @julian_days: the Julian representation of the date * @julian: this bit is set if @julian_days is valid * @dmy: this is set if @day, @month and @year are valid * @day: the day of the day-month-year representation of the date, as a number between 1 and 31 * @month: the day of the day-month-year representation of the date, as a number between 1 and 12 * @year: the day of the day-month-year representation of the date * * Represents a day between January 1, Year 1 and a few thousand years in * the future. None of its members should be accessed directly. If the * GDate is obtained from g_date_new(), it will * be safe to mutate but invalid and thus not safe for calendrical * computations. If it's declared on the stack, it will contain garbage * so must be initialized with g_date_clear(). g_date_clear() makes the * date invalid but sane. An invalid date doesn't represent a day, it's * "empty." A date becomes valid after you set it to a Julian day or you * set a day, month, and year. */ /** * GDateDMY: * @G_DATE_DAY: a day * @G_DATE_MONTH: a month * @G_DATE_YEAR: a year * * This enumeration isn't used in the API, but may be useful if you need * to mark a number as a day, month, or year. */ /** * GDateDay: * * Integer representing a day of the month; between 1 and * 31. #G_DATE_BAD_DAY represents an invalid day of the month. */ /** * GDateMonth: * @G_DATE_BAD_MONTH: invalid value * @G_DATE_JANUARY: January * @G_DATE_FEBRUARY: February * @G_DATE_MARCH: March * @G_DATE_APRIL: April * @G_DATE_MAY: May * @G_DATE_JUNE: June * @G_DATE_JULY: July * @G_DATE_AUGUST: August * @G_DATE_SEPTEMBER: September * @G_DATE_OCTOBER: October * @G_DATE_NOVEMBER: November * @G_DATE_DECEMBER: December * * Enumeration representing a month; values are #G_DATE_JANUARY, * #G_DATE_FEBRUARY, etc. #G_DATE_BAD_MONTH is the invalid value. */ /** * GDateWeekday: * @G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY: invalid value * @G_DATE_MONDAY: Monday * @G_DATE_TUESDAY: Tuesday * @G_DATE_WEDNESDAY: Wednesday * @G_DATE_THURSDAY: Thursday * @G_DATE_FRIDAY: Friday * @G_DATE_SATURDAY: Saturday * @G_DATE_SUNDAY: Sunday * * Enumeration representing a day of the week; #G_DATE_MONDAY, * #G_DATE_TUESDAY, etc. #G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY is an invalid weekday. */ /** * GDateYear: * * Integer representing a year; #G_DATE_BAD_YEAR is the invalid * value. The year must be 1 or higher; negative (BC) years are not * allowed. The year is represented with four digits. */ /** * GDestroyNotify: * @data: the data element. * * Specifies the type of function which is called when a data element * is destroyed. It is passed the pointer to the data element and * should free any memory and resources allocated for it. */ /** * GDir: * * An opaque structure representing an opened directory. */ /** * GDoubleIEEE754: * @v_double: the double value * * The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the sign, * mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are defined * as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are supported * (used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. */ /** * GEqualFunc: * @a: a value * @b: a value to compare with * * Specifies the type of a function used to test two values for * equality. The function should return %TRUE if both values are equal * and %FALSE otherwise. * * Returns: %TRUE if @a = @b; %FALSE otherwise */ /** * GErrorType: * @G_ERR_UNKNOWN: unknown error * @G_ERR_UNEXP_EOF: unexpected end of file * @G_ERR_UNEXP_EOF_IN_STRING: unterminated string constant * @G_ERR_UNEXP_EOF_IN_COMMENT: unterminated comment * @G_ERR_NON_DIGIT_IN_CONST: non-digit character in a number * @G_ERR_DIGIT_RADIX: digit beyond radix in a number * @G_ERR_FLOAT_RADIX: non-decimal floating point number * @G_ERR_FLOAT_MALFORMED: malformed floating point number * * The possible errors, used in the @v_error field * of #GTokenValue, when the token is a %G_TOKEN_ERROR. */ /** * GFileError: * @G_FILE_ERROR_EXIST: Operation not permitted; only the owner of the file (or other resource) or processes with special privileges can perform the operation. * @G_FILE_ERROR_ISDIR: File is a directory; you cannot open a directory for writing, or create or remove hard links to it. * @G_FILE_ERROR_ACCES: Permission denied; the file permissions do not allow the attempted operation. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NAMETOOLONG: Filename too long. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NOENT: No such file or directory. This is a "file doesn't exist" error for ordinary files that are referenced in contexts where they are expected to already exist. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NOTDIR: A file that isn't a directory was specified when a directory is required. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NXIO: No such device or address. The system tried to use the device represented by a file you specified, and it couldn't find the device. This can mean that the device file was installed incorrectly, or that the physical device is missing or not correctly attached to the computer. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NODEV: The underlying file system of the specified file does not support memory mapping. * @G_FILE_ERROR_ROFS: The directory containing the new link can't be modified because it's on a read-only file system. * @G_FILE_ERROR_TXTBSY: Text file busy. * @G_FILE_ERROR_FAULT: You passed in a pointer to bad memory. (GLib won't reliably return this, don't pass in pointers to bad memory.) * @G_FILE_ERROR_LOOP: Too many levels of symbolic links were encountered in looking up a file name. This often indicates a cycle of symbolic links. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NOSPC: No space left on device; write operation on a file failed because the disk is full. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NOMEM: No memory available. The system cannot allocate more virtual memory because its capacity is full. * @G_FILE_ERROR_MFILE: The current process has too many files open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward this limit. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NFILE: There are too many distinct file openings in the entire system. * @G_FILE_ERROR_BADF: Bad file descriptor; for example, I/O on a descriptor that has been closed or reading from a descriptor open only for writing (or vice versa). * @G_FILE_ERROR_INVAL: Invalid argument. This is used to indicate various kinds of problems with passing the wrong argument to a library function. * @G_FILE_ERROR_PIPE: Broken pipe; there is no process reading from the other end of a pipe. Every library function that returns this error code also generates a `SIGPIPE' signal; this signal terminates the program if not handled or blocked. Thus, your program will never actually see this code unless it has handled or blocked `SIGPIPE'. * @G_FILE_ERROR_AGAIN: Resource temporarily unavailable; the call might work if you try again later. * @G_FILE_ERROR_INTR: Interrupted function call; an asynchronous signal occurred and prevented completion of the call. When this happens, you should try the call again. * @G_FILE_ERROR_IO: Input/output error; usually used for physical read or write errors. i.e. the disk or other physical device hardware is returning errors. * @G_FILE_ERROR_PERM: Operation not permitted; only the owner of the file (or other resource) or processes with special privileges can perform the operation. * @G_FILE_ERROR_NOSYS: Function not implemented; this indicates that the system is missing some functionality. * @G_FILE_ERROR_FAILED: Does not correspond to a UNIX error code; this is the standard "failed for unspecified reason" error code present in all #GError error code enumerations. Returned if no specific code applies. * * Values corresponding to @errno codes returned from file operations * on UNIX. Unlike @errno codes, GFileError values are available on * all systems, even Windows. The exact meaning of each code depends * on what sort of file operation you were performing; the UNIX * documentation gives more details. The following error code descriptions * come from the GNU C Library manual, and are under the copyright * of that manual. * * It's not very portable to make detailed assumptions about exactly * which errors will be returned from a given operation. Some errors * don't occur on some systems, etc., sometimes there are subtle * differences in when a system will report a given error, etc. */ /** * GFileTest: * @G_FILE_TEST_IS_REGULAR: %TRUE if the file is a regular file (not a directory). Note that this test will also return %TRUE if the tested file is a symlink to a regular file. * @G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK: %TRUE if the file is a symlink. * @G_FILE_TEST_IS_DIR: %TRUE if the file is a directory. * @G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE: %TRUE if the file is executable. * @G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS: %TRUE if the file exists. It may or may not be a regular file. * * A test to perform on a file using g_file_test(). */ /** * GFloatIEEE754: * @v_float: the double value * * The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the sign, * mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are defined * as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are supported * (used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. */ /** * GFormatSizeFlags: * @G_FORMAT_SIZE_DEFAULT: behave the same as g_format_size() * @G_FORMAT_SIZE_LONG_FORMAT: include the exact number of bytes as part of the returned string. For example, "45.6 kB (45,612 bytes)". * @G_FORMAT_SIZE_IEC_UNITS: use IEC (base 1024) units with "KiB"-style suffixes. IEC units should only be used for reporting things with a strong "power of 2" basis, like RAM sizes or RAID stripe sizes. Network and storage sizes should be reported in the normal SI units. * * Flags to modify the format of the string returned by g_format_size_full(). */ /** * GFunc: * @data: the element's data. * @user_data: user data passed to g_list_foreach() or g_slist_foreach(). * * Specifies the type of functions passed to g_list_foreach() and * g_slist_foreach(). */ /** * GHFunc: * @key: a key * @value: the value corresponding to the key * @user_data: user data passed to g_hash_table_foreach() * * Specifies the type of the function passed to g_hash_table_foreach(). * It is called with each key/value pair, together with the @user_data * parameter which is passed to g_hash_table_foreach(). */ /** * GHRFunc: * @key: a key * @value: the value associated with the key * @user_data: user data passed to g_hash_table_remove() * * Specifies the type of the function passed to * g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). It is called with each key/value * pair, together with the @user_data parameter passed to * g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). It should return %TRUE if the * key/value pair should be removed from the #GHashTable. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key/value pair should be removed from the #GHashTable */ /** * GHashFunc: * @key: a key * * Specifies the type of the hash function which is passed to * g_hash_table_new() when a #GHashTable is created. * * The function is passed a key and should return a #guint hash value. * The functions g_direct_hash(), g_int_hash() and g_str_hash() provide * hash functions which can be used when the key is a #gpointer, #gint*, * and #gchar* respectively. * * g_direct_hash() is also the appropriate hash function for keys * of the form GINT_TO_POINTER (n) (or similar macros). * * A good hash functions should produce * hash values that are evenly distributed over a fairly large range. * The modulus is taken with the hash table size (a prime number) to * find the 'bucket' to place each key into. The function should also * be very fast, since it is called for each key lookup. * * Note that the hash functions provided by GLib have these qualities, * but are not particularly robust against manufactured keys that * cause hash collisions. Therefore, you should consider choosing * a more secure hash function when using a GHashTable with keys * that originate in untrusted data (such as HTTP requests). * Using g_str_hash() in that situation might make your application * vulerable to Algorithmic Complexity Attacks. * * The key to choosing a good hash is unpredictability. Even * cryptographic hashes are very easy to find collisions for when the * remainder is taken modulo a somewhat predictable prime number. There * must be an element of randomness that an attacker is unable to guess. * * Returns: the hash value corresponding to the key */ /** * GHashTable: * * The #GHashTable struct is an opaque data structure to represent a * Hash Table. It should only be * accessed via the following functions. */ /** * GHashTableIter: * * A GHashTableIter structure represents an iterator that can be used * to iterate over the elements of a #GHashTable. GHashTableIter * structures are typically allocated on the stack and then initialized * with g_hash_table_iter_init(). */ /** * GHook: * @data: data which is passed to func when this hook is invoked * @next: pointer to the next hook in the list * @prev: pointer to the previous hook in the list * @ref_count: the reference count of this hook * @hook_id: the id of this hook, which is unique within its list * @flags: flags which are set for this hook. See #GHookFlagMask for predefined flags * @func: the function to call when this hook is invoked. The possible signatures for this function are #GHookFunc and #GHookCheckFunc * @destroy: the default @finalize_hook function of a #GHookList calls this member of the hook that is being finalized * * The GHook struct represents a single hook * function in a #GHookList. */ /** * GHookCheckFunc: * @data: the data field of the #GHook is passed to the hook function here * * Defines the type of a hook function that can be invoked * by g_hook_list_invoke_check(). * * Returns: %FALSE if the #GHook should be destroyed */ /** * GHookCheckMarshaller: * @hook: a #GHook * @marshal_data: user data * * Defines the type of function used by g_hook_list_marshal_check(). * * Returns: %FALSE if @hook should be destroyed */ /** * GHookCompareFunc: * @new_hook: the #GHook being inserted * @sibling: the #GHook to compare with @new_hook * * Defines the type of function used to compare #GHook elements in * g_hook_insert_sorted(). * * Returns: a value <= 0 if @new_hook should be before @sibling */ /** * GHookFinalizeFunc: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the hook in @hook_list that gets finalized * * Defines the type of function to be called when a hook in a * list of hooks gets finalized. */ /** * GHookFindFunc: * @hook: a #GHook * @data: user data passed to g_hook_find_func() * * Defines the type of the function passed to g_hook_find(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the required #GHook has been found */ /** * GHookFlagMask: * @G_HOOK_FLAG_ACTIVE: set if the hook has not been destroyed * @G_HOOK_FLAG_IN_CALL: set if the hook is currently being run * @G_HOOK_FLAG_MASK: A mask covering all bits reserved for hook flags; see %G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT * * Flags used internally in the #GHook implementation. */ /** * GHookFunc: * @data: the data field of the #GHook is passed to the hook function here * * Defines the type of a hook function that can be invoked * by g_hook_list_invoke(). */ /** * GHookList: * @seq_id: the next free #GHook id * @hook_size: the size of the #GHookList elements, in bytes * @is_setup: 1 if the #GHookList has been initialized * @hooks: the first #GHook element in the list * @dummy3: unused * @finalize_hook: the function to call to finalize a #GHook element. The default behaviour is to call the hooks @destroy function * @dummy: unused * * The GHookList struct represents a * list of hook functions. */ /** * GHookMarshaller: * @hook: a #GHook * @marshal_data: user data * * Defines the type of function used by g_hook_list_marshal(). */ /** * GINT16_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gint16 value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint16 value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT16_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gint16 value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint16 value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT16_TO_BE: * @val: a #gint16 value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint16 value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GINT16_TO_LE: * @val: a #gint16 value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint16 value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GINT32_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gint32 value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint32 value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT32_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gint32 value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint32 value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT32_TO_BE: * @val: a #gint32 value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint32 value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GINT32_TO_LE: * @val: a #gint32 value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint32 value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GINT64_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gint64 value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint64 value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT64_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gint64 value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint64 value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT64_TO_BE: * @val: a #gint64 value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint64 value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GINT64_TO_LE: * @val: a #gint64 value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint64 value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GINT_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gint value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gint value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gint value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GINT_TO_BE: * @val: a #gint value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian byte order */ /** * GINT_TO_LE: * @val: a #gint value in host byte order * * Converts a #gint value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian byte order */ /** * GINT_TO_POINTER: * @i: integer to stuff into a pointer * * Stuffs an integer into a pointer type. * * Remember, you may not store pointers in integers. This is not portable * in any way, shape or form. These macros only allow * storing integers in pointers, and only preserve 32 bits of the * integer; values outside the range of a 32-bit integer will be mangled. */ /** * GIOChannel: * * A data structure representing an IO Channel. The fields should be * considered private and should only be accessed with the following * functions. */ /** * GIOChannelError: * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_FBIG: File too large. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL: Invalid argument. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_IO: IO error. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_ISDIR: File is a directory. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_NOSPC: No space left on device. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_NXIO: No such device or address. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_OVERFLOW: Value too large for defined datatype. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_PIPE: Broken pipe. * @G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_FAILED: Some other error. * * Error codes returned by #GIOChannel operations. */ /** * GIOCondition: * @G_IO_IN: There is data to read. * @G_IO_OUT: Data can be written (without blocking). * @G_IO_PRI: There is urgent data to read. * @G_IO_ERR: Error condition. * @G_IO_HUP: Hung up (the connection has been broken, usually for pipes and sockets). * @G_IO_NVAL: Invalid request. The file descriptor is not open. * * A bitwise combination representing a condition to watch for on an * event source. */ /** * GIOError: * @G_IO_ERROR_NONE: no error * @G_IO_ERROR_AGAIN: an EAGAIN error occurred * @G_IO_ERROR_INVAL: an EINVAL error occurred * @G_IO_ERROR_UNKNOWN: another error occurred * * #GIOError is only used by the deprecated functions * g_io_channel_read(), g_io_channel_write(), and g_io_channel_seek(). */ /** * GIOFlags: * @G_IO_FLAG_APPEND: turns on append mode, corresponds to O_APPEND (see the documentation of the UNIX open() syscall). * @G_IO_FLAG_NONBLOCK: turns on nonblocking mode, corresponds to O_NONBLOCK/O_NDELAY (see the documentation of the UNIX open() syscall). * @G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE: indicates that the io channel is readable. This flag cannot be changed. * @G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE: indicates that the io channel is writable. This flag cannot be changed. * @G_IO_FLAG_IS_SEEKABLE: indicates that the io channel is seekable, i.e. that g_io_channel_seek_position() can be used on it. This flag cannot be changed. * @G_IO_FLAG_MASK: the mask that specifies all the valid flags. * @G_IO_FLAG_GET_MASK: the mask of the flags that are returned from g_io_channel_get_flags(). * @G_IO_FLAG_SET_MASK: the mask of the flags that the user can modify with g_io_channel_set_flags(). * * Specifies properties of a #GIOChannel. Some of the flags can only be * read with g_io_channel_get_flags(), but not changed with * g_io_channel_set_flags(). */ /** * GIOFunc: * @source: the #GIOChannel event source * @condition: the condition which has been satisfied * @data: user data set in g_io_add_watch() or g_io_add_watch_full() * * Specifies the type of function passed to g_io_add_watch() or * g_io_add_watch_full(), which is called when the requested condition * on a #GIOChannel is satisfied. * * Returns: the function should return %FALSE if the event source should be removed */ /** * GIOFuncs: * @io_read: reads raw bytes from the channel. This is called from various functions such as g_io_channel_read_chars() to read raw bytes from the channel. Encoding and buffering issues are dealt with at a higher level. * @io_write: writes raw bytes to the channel. This is called from various functions such as g_io_channel_write_chars() to write raw bytes to the channel. Encoding and buffering issues are dealt with at a higher level. * @io_seek: (optional) seeks the channel. This is called from g_io_channel_seek() on channels that support it. * @io_close: closes the channel. This is called from g_io_channel_close() after flushing the buffers. * @io_create_watch: creates a watch on the channel. This call corresponds directly to g_io_create_watch(). * @io_free: called from g_io_channel_unref() when the channel needs to be freed. This function must free the memory associated with the channel, including freeing the #GIOChannel structure itself. The channel buffers have been flushed and possibly @io_close has been called by the time this function is called. * @io_set_flags: sets the #GIOFlags on the channel. This is called from g_io_channel_set_flags() with all flags except for %G_IO_FLAG_APPEND and %G_IO_FLAG_NONBLOCK masked out. * @io_get_flags: gets the #GIOFlags for the channel. This function need only return the %G_IO_FLAG_APPEND and %G_IO_FLAG_NONBLOCK flags; g_io_channel_get_flags() automatically adds the others as appropriate. * * A table of functions used to handle different types of #GIOChannel * in a generic way. */ /** * GIOStatus: * @G_IO_STATUS_ERROR: An error occurred. * @G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL: Success. * @G_IO_STATUS_EOF: End of file. * @G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN: Resource temporarily unavailable. * * Stati returned by most of the #GIOFuncs functions. */ /** * GKeyFile: * * The GKeyFile struct contains only private data * and should not be accessed directly. */ /** * GKeyFileError: * @G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ENCODING: the text being parsed was in an unknown encoding * @G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_PARSE: document was ill-formed * @G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_NOT_FOUND: the file was not found * @G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND: a requested key was not found * @G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND: a requested group was not found * @G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE: a value could not be parsed * * Error codes returned by key file parsing. */ /** * GKeyFileFlags: * @G_KEY_FILE_NONE: No flags, default behaviour * @G_KEY_FILE_KEEP_COMMENTS: Use this flag if you plan to write the (possibly modified) contents of the key file back to a file; otherwise all comments will be lost when the key file is written back. * @G_KEY_FILE_KEEP_TRANSLATIONS: Use this flag if you plan to write the (possibly modified) contents of the key file back to a file; otherwise only the translations for the current language will be written back. * * Flags which influence the parsing. */ /** * GLIB_CHECK_VERSION: * @major: the major version to check for * @minor: the minor version to check for * @micro: the micro version to check for * * Checks the version of the GLib library that is being compiled * against. * * * Checking the version of the GLib library * * if (!GLIB_CHECK_VERSION (1, 2, 0)) * g_error ("GLib version 1.2.0 or above is needed"); * * * * See glib_check_version() for a runtime check. * * Returns: %TRUE if the version of the GLib header files is the same as or newer than the passed-in version. */ /** * GLIB_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS: * * A macro that should be defined before including the glib.h header. * If it is defined, no compiler warnings will be produced for uses * of deprecated GLib APIs. */ /** * GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION: * * The major version number of the GLib library. * * Like #glib_major_version, but from the headers used at * application compile time, rather than from the library * linked against at application run time. */ /** * GLIB_MICRO_VERSION: * * The micro version number of the GLib library. * * Like #gtk_micro_version, but from the headers used at * application compile time, rather than from the library * linked against at application run time. */ /** * GLIB_MINOR_VERSION: * * The minor version number of the GLib library. * * Like #gtk_minor_version, but from the headers used at * application compile time, rather than from the library * linked against at application run time. */ /** * GLONG_FROM_BE: * @val: a #glong value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #glong value from big-endian to the host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GLONG_FROM_LE: * @val: a #glong value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #glong value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GLONG_TO_BE: * @val: a #glong value in host byte order * * Converts a #glong value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian byte order */ /** * GLONG_TO_LE: * @val: a #glong value in host byte order * * Converts a #glong value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GList: * @data: holds the element's data, which can be a pointer to any kind of data, or any integer value using the Type Conversion Macros. * @next: contains the link to the next element in the list. * @prev: contains the link to the previous element in the list. * * The #GList struct is used for each element in a doubly-linked list. */ /** * GLogFunc: * @log_domain: the log domain of the message * @log_level: the log level of the message (including the fatal and recursion flags) * @message: the message to process * @user_data: user data, set in g_log_set_handler() * * Specifies the prototype of log handler functions. */ /** * GLogLevelFlags: * @G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION: internal flag * @G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL: internal flag * @G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR: log level for errors, see g_error(). This level is also used for messages produced by g_assert(). * @G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL: log level for critical messages, see g_critical(). This level is also used for messages produced by g_return_if_fail() and g_return_val_if_fail(). * @G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING: log level for warnings, see g_warning() * @G_LOG_LEVEL_MESSAGE: log level for messages, see g_message() * @G_LOG_LEVEL_INFO: log level for informational messages * @G_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG: log level for debug messages, see g_debug() * @G_LOG_LEVEL_MASK: a mask including all log levels * * Flags specifying the level of log messages. * * It is possible to change how GLib treats messages of the various * levels using g_log_set_handler() and g_log_set_fatal_mask(). */ /** * GMappedFile: * * The #GMappedFile represents a file mapping created with * g_mapped_file_new(). It has only private members and should * not be accessed directly. */ /** * GMarkupCollectType: * @G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID: used to terminate the list of attributes to collect * @G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING: collect the string pointer directly from the attribute_values[] array. Expects a parameter of type (const char **). If %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is specified and the attribute isn't present then the pointer will be set to %NULL * @G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP: as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, but expects a parameter of type (char **) and g_strdup()s the returned pointer. The pointer must be freed with g_free() * @G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN: expects a parameter of type (gboolean *) and parses the attribute value as a boolean. Sets %FALSE if the attribute isn't present. Valid boolean values consist of (case-insensitive) "false", "f", "no", "n", "0" and "true", "t", "yes", "y", "1" * @G_MARKUP_COLLECT_TRISTATE: as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN, but in the case of a missing attribute a value is set that compares equal to neither %FALSE nor %TRUE G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is implied * @G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL: can be bitwise ORed with the other fields. If present, allows the attribute not to appear. A default value is set depending on what value type is used * * A mixed enumerated type and flags field. You must specify one type * (string, strdup, boolean, tristate). Additionally, you may optionally * bitwise OR the type with the flag %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL. * * It is likely that this enum will be extended in the future to * support other types. */ /** * GMutex: * * The #GMutex struct is an opaque data structure to represent a mutex * (mutual exclusion). It can be used to protect data against shared * access. Take for example the following function: * * * A function which will not work in a threaded environment * * int * give_me_next_number (void) * { * static int current_number = 0; * * /* now do a very complicated calculation to calculate the new * * number, this might for example be a random number generator * */ * current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); * * return current_number; * } * * * * It is easy to see that this won't work in a multi-threaded * application. There current_number must be protected against shared * access. A #GMutex can be used as a solution to this problem: * * * Using GMutex to protected a shared variable * * int * give_me_next_number (void) * { * static GMutex mutex; * static int current_number = 0; * int ret_val; * * g_mutex_lock (&mutex); * ret_val = current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); * g_mutex_unlock (&mutex); * * return ret_val; * } * * * * Notice that the #GMutex is not initialised to any particular value. * Its placement in static storage ensures that it will be initialised * to all-zeros, which is appropriate. * * If a #GMutex is placed in other contexts (eg: embedded in a struct) * then it must be explicitly initialised using g_mutex_init(). * * A #GMutex should only be accessed via g_mutex_ * functions. */ /** * GNode: * @data: contains the actual data of the node. * @next: points to the node's next sibling (a sibling is another #GNode with the same parent). * @prev: points to the node's previous sibling. * @parent: points to the parent of the #GNode, or is %NULL if the #GNode is the root of the tree. * @children: points to the first child of the #GNode. The other children are accessed by using the @next pointer of each child. * * The #GNode struct represents one node in a * N-ary Tree. fields */ /** * GNodeForeachFunc: * @node: a #GNode. * @data: user data passed to g_node_children_foreach(). * * Specifies the type of function passed to g_node_children_foreach(). * The function is called with each child node, together with the user * data passed to g_node_children_foreach(). */ /** * GNodeTraverseFunc: * @node: a #GNode. * @data: user data passed to g_node_traverse(). * * Specifies the type of function passed to g_node_traverse(). The * function is called with each of the nodes visited, together with the * user data passed to g_node_traverse(). If the function returns * %TRUE, then the traversal is stopped. * * Returns: %TRUE to stop the traversal. */ /** * GOnce: * @status: the status of the #GOnce * @retval: the value returned by the call to the function, if @status is %G_ONCE_STATUS_READY * * A #GOnce struct controls a one-time initialization function. Any * one-time initialization function must have its own unique #GOnce * struct. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * GOnceStatus: * @G_ONCE_STATUS_NOTCALLED: the function has not been called yet. * @G_ONCE_STATUS_PROGRESS: the function call is currently in progress. * @G_ONCE_STATUS_READY: the function has been called. * * The possible statuses of a one-time initialization function * controlled by a #GOnce struct. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * GPOINTER_TO_INT: * @p: pointer containing an integer * * Extracts an integer from a pointer. The integer must have * been stored in the pointer with GINT_TO_POINTER(). * * Remember, you may not store pointers in integers. This is not portable * in any way, shape or form. These macros only allow * storing integers in pointers, and only preserve 32 bits of the * integer; values outside the range of a 32-bit integer will be mangled. */ /** * GPOINTER_TO_SIZE: * @p: pointer to extract a #gsize from * * Extracts a #gsize from a pointer. The #gsize must have * been stored in the pointer with GSIZE_TO_POINTER(). */ /** * GPOINTER_TO_UINT: * @p: pointer to extract an unsigned integer from * * Extracts an unsigned integer from a pointer. The integer must have * been stored in the pointer with GUINT_TO_POINTER(). */ /** * GPatternSpec: * * A GPatternSpec is the 'compiled' form of a * pattern. This structure is opaque and its fields cannot be accessed * directly. */ /** * GPrivate: * * The #GPrivate struct is an opaque data structure to represent a * thread-local data key. It is approximately equivalent to the * pthread_setspecific()/pthread_getspecific() APIs on POSIX and to * TlsSetValue()/TlsGetValue() on Windows. * * If you don't already know why you might want this functionality, * then you probably don't need it. * * #GPrivate is a very limited resource (as far as 128 per program, * shared between all libraries). It is also not possible to destroy a * #GPrivate after it has been used. As such, it is only ever acceptable * to use #GPrivate in static scope, and even then sparingly so. * * See G_PRIVATE_INIT() for a couple of examples. * * The #GPrivate structure should be considered opaque. It should only * be accessed via the g_private_ functions. */ /** * GPtrArray: * @pdata: points to the array of pointers, which may be moved when the array grows. * @len: number of pointers in the array. * * Contains the public fields of a pointer array. */ /** * GQuark: * * A GQuark is a non-zero integer which uniquely identifies a * particular string. A GQuark value of zero is associated to %NULL. */ /** * GRWLock: * * The GRWLock struct is an opaque data structure to represent a * reader-writer lock. It is similar to a #GMutex in that it allows * multiple threads to coordinate access to a shared resource. * * The difference to a mutex is that a reader-writer lock discriminates * between read-only ('reader') and full ('writer') access. While only * one thread at a time is allowed write access (by holding the 'writer' * lock via g_rw_lock_writer_lock()), multiple threads can gain * simultaneous read-only access (by holding the 'reader' lock via * g_rw_lock_reader_lock()). * * * An array with access functions * * GRWLock lock; * GPtrArray *array; * * gpointer * my_array_get (guint index) * { * gpointer retval = NULL; * * if (!array) * return NULL; * * g_rw_lock_reader_lock (&lock); * if (index < array->len) * retval = g_ptr_array_index (array, index); * g_rw_lock_reader_unlock (&lock); * * return retval; * } * * void * my_array_set (guint index, gpointer data) * { * g_rw_lock_writer_lock (&lock); * * if (!array) * array = g_ptr_array_new (); * * if (index >= array->len) * g_ptr_array_set_size (array, index+1); * g_ptr_array_index (array, index) = data; * * g_rw_lock_writer_unlock (&lock); * } * * * This example shows an array which can be accessed by many readers * (the my_array_get() function) simultaneously, * whereas the writers (the my_array_set() * function) will only be allowed once at a time and only if no readers * currently access the array. This is because of the potentially * dangerous resizing of the array. Using these functions is fully * multi-thread safe now. * * * * If a #GRWLock is allocated in static storage then it can be used * without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call * g_rw_lock_init() on it and g_rw_lock_clear() when done. * * A GRWLock should only be accessed with the * g_rw_lock_ functions. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * GRand: * * The #GRand struct is an opaque data structure. It should only be * accessed through the g_rand_* functions. */ /** * GRecMutex: * * The GRecMutex struct is an opaque data structure to represent a * recursive mutex. It is similar to a #GMutex with the difference * that it is possible to lock a GRecMutex multiple times in the same * thread without deadlock. When doing so, care has to be taken to * unlock the recursive mutex as often as it has been locked. * * If a #GRecMutex is allocated in static storage then it can be used * without initialisation. Otherwise, you should call * g_rec_mutex_init() on it and g_rec_mutex_clear() when done. * * A GRecMutex should only be accessed with the * g_rec_mutex_ functions. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * GSIZE_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gsize value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gsize value from big-endian to the host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GSIZE_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gsize value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gsize value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GSIZE_TO_BE: * @val: a #gsize value in host byte order * * Converts a #gsize value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian byte order */ /** * GSIZE_TO_LE: * @val: a #gsize value in host byte order * * Converts a #gsize value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GSIZE_TO_POINTER: * @s: #gsize to stuff into the pointer * * Stuffs a #gsize into a pointer type. */ /** * GSList: * @data: holds the element's data, which can be a pointer to any kind of data, or any integer value using the Type Conversion Macros. * @next: contains the link to the next element in the list. * * The #GSList struct is used for each element in the singly-linked * list. */ /** * GSSIZE_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gssize value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gssize value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GSSIZE_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gssize value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gssize value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GSSIZE_TO_BE: * @val: a #gssize value in host byte order * * Converts a #gssize value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GSSIZE_TO_LE: * @val: a #gssize value in host byte order * * Converts a #gssize value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GScanner: * @user_data: unused * @max_parse_errors: unused * @parse_errors: g_scanner_error() increments this field * @input_name: name of input stream, featured by the default message handler * @qdata: quarked data * @config: link into the scanner configuration * @token: token parsed by the last g_scanner_get_next_token() * @value: value of the last token from g_scanner_get_next_token() * @line: line number of the last token from g_scanner_get_next_token() * @position: char number of the last token from g_scanner_get_next_token() * @next_token: token parsed by the last g_scanner_peek_next_token() * @next_value: value of the last token from g_scanner_peek_next_token() * @next_line: line number of the last token from g_scanner_peek_next_token() * @next_position: char number of the last token from g_scanner_peek_next_token() * @msg_handler: handler function for _warn and _error * * The data structure representing a lexical scanner. * * You should set @input_name after creating the scanner, since * it is used by the default message handler when displaying * warnings and errors. If you are scanning a file, the filename * would be a good choice. * * The @user_data and @max_parse_errors fields are not used. * If you need to associate extra data with the scanner you * can place them here. * * If you want to use your own message handler you can set the * @msg_handler field. The type of the message handler function * is declared by #GScannerMsgFunc. */ /** * GScannerConfig: * @cset_skip_characters: specifies which characters should be skipped by the scanner (the default is the whitespace characters: space, tab, carriage-return and line-feed). * @cset_identifier_first: specifies the characters which can start identifiers (the default is #G_CSET_a_2_z, "_", and #G_CSET_A_2_Z). * @cset_identifier_nth: specifies the characters which can be used in identifiers, after the first character (the default is #G_CSET_a_2_z, "_0123456789", #G_CSET_A_2_Z, #G_CSET_LATINS, #G_CSET_LATINC). * @cpair_comment_single: specifies the characters at the start and end of single-line comments. The default is "#\n" which means that single-line comments start with a '#' and continue until a '\n' (end of line). * @case_sensitive: specifies if symbols are case sensitive (the default is %FALSE). * @skip_comment_multi: specifies if multi-line comments are skipped and not returned as tokens (the default is %TRUE). * @skip_comment_single: specifies if single-line comments are skipped and not returned as tokens (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_comment_multi: specifies if multi-line comments are recognized (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_identifier: specifies if identifiers are recognized (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_identifier_1char: specifies if single-character identifiers are recognized (the default is %FALSE). * @scan_identifier_NULL: specifies if %NULL is reported as %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER_NULL (the default is %FALSE). * @scan_symbols: specifies if symbols are recognized (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_binary: specifies if binary numbers are recognized (the default is %FALSE). * @scan_octal: specifies if octal numbers are recognized (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_float: specifies if floating point numbers are recognized (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_hex: specifies if hexadecimal numbers are recognized (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_hex_dollar: specifies if '$' is recognized as a prefix for hexadecimal numbers (the default is %FALSE). * @scan_string_sq: specifies if strings can be enclosed in single quotes (the default is %TRUE). * @scan_string_dq: specifies if strings can be enclosed in double quotes (the default is %TRUE). * @numbers_2_int: specifies if binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers are reported as #G_TOKEN_INT (the default is %TRUE). * @int_2_float: specifies if all numbers are reported as %G_TOKEN_FLOAT (the default is %FALSE). * @identifier_2_string: specifies if identifiers are reported as strings (the default is %FALSE). * @char_2_token: specifies if characters are reported by setting token = ch or as %G_TOKEN_CHAR (the default is %TRUE). * @symbol_2_token: specifies if symbols are reported by setting token = v_symbol or as %G_TOKEN_SYMBOL (the default is %FALSE). * @scope_0_fallback: specifies if a symbol is searched for in the default scope in addition to the current scope (the default is %FALSE). * @store_int64: use value.v_int64 rather than v_int * * Specifies the #GScanner parser configuration. Most settings can * be changed during the parsing phase and will affect the lexical * parsing of the next unpeeked token. */ /** * GScannerMsgFunc: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @message: the message * @error: %TRUE if the message signals an error, %FALSE if it signals a warning. * * Specifies the type of the message handler function. */ /** * GSeekType: * @G_SEEK_CUR: the current position in the file. * @G_SEEK_SET: the start of the file. * @G_SEEK_END: the end of the file. * * An enumeration specifying the base position for a * g_io_channel_seek_position() operation. */ /** * GSequence: * * The #GSequence struct is an opaque data type representing a * Sequence data type. */ /** * GSequenceIter: * * The #GSequenceIter struct is an opaque data type representing an * iterator pointing into a #GSequence. */ /** * GSequenceIterCompareFunc: * @a: a #GSequenceIter * @b: a #GSequenceIter * @data: user data * * A #GSequenceIterCompareFunc is a function used to compare iterators. * It must return zero if the iterators compare equal, a negative value * if @a comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. * * Returns: zero if the iterators are equal, a negative value if @a comes before @b, and a positive value if @b comes before @a. */ /** * GShellError: * @G_SHELL_ERROR_BAD_QUOTING: Mismatched or otherwise mangled quoting. * @G_SHELL_ERROR_EMPTY_STRING: String to be parsed was empty. * @G_SHELL_ERROR_FAILED: Some other error. * * Error codes returned by shell functions. */ /** * GStatBuf: * * A type corresponding to the appropriate struct type for the stat * system call, depending on the platform and/or compiler being used. * * See g_stat() for more information. */ /** * GString: * @str: points to the character data. It may move as text is added. The @str field is null-terminated and so can be used as an ordinary C string. * @len: contains the length of the string, not including the terminating nul byte. * @allocated_len: the number of bytes that can be stored in the string before it needs to be reallocated. May be larger than @len. * * The GString struct contains the public fields of a GString. */ /** * GStringChunk: * * An opaque data structure representing String Chunks. * It should only be accessed by using the following functions. */ /** * GTestCase: * * An opaque structure representing a test case. */ /** * GTestDataFunc: * @user_data: the data provided when registering the test * * The type used for test case functions that take an extra pointer * argument. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * GTestFixtureFunc: * @fixture: the test fixture * @user_data: the data provided when registering the test * * The type used for functions that operate on test fixtures. This is * used for the fixture setup and teardown functions as well as for the * testcases themselves. * * @user_data is a pointer to the data that was given when registering * the test case. * * @fixture will be a pointer to the area of memory allocated by the * test framework, of the size requested. If the requested size was * zero then @fixture will be equal to @user_data. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * GTestFunc: * * The type used for test case functions. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * GTestSuite: * * An opaque structure representing a test suite. */ /** * GTestTrapFlags: * @G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT: Redirect stdout of the test child to /dev/null so it cannot be observed on the console during test runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stdout(). * @G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR: Redirect stderr of the test child to /dev/null so it cannot be observed on the console during test runs. The actual output is still captured though to allow later tests with g_test_trap_assert_stderr(). * @G_TEST_TRAP_INHERIT_STDIN: If this flag is given, stdin of the forked child process is shared with stdin of its parent process. It is redirected to /dev/null otherwise. * * Test traps are guards around forked tests. * These flags determine what traps to set. */ /** * GThread: * * The #GThread struct represents a running thread. This struct * is returned by g_thread_new() or g_thread_try_new(). You can * obtain the #GThread struct representing the current thead by * calling g_thread_self(). * * GThread is refcounted, see g_thread_ref() and g_thread_unref(). * The thread represented by it holds a reference while it is running, * and g_thread_join() consumes the reference that it is given, so * it is normally not necessary to manage GThread references * explicitly. * * The structure is opaque -- none of its fields may be directly * accessed. */ /** * GThreadError: * @G_THREAD_ERROR_AGAIN: a thread couldn't be created due to resource shortage. Try again later. * * Possible errors of thread related functions. */ /** * GThreadFunc: * @data: data passed to the thread * * Specifies the type of the @func functions passed to g_thread_new() * or g_thread_try_new(). * * Returns: the return value of the thread */ /** * GThreadPool: * @func: the function to execute in the threads of this pool * @user_data: the user data for the threads of this pool * @exclusive: are all threads exclusive to this pool * * The #GThreadPool struct represents a thread pool. It has three * public read-only members, but the underlying struct is bigger, * so you must not copy this struct. */ /** * GTime: * * Simply a replacement for time_t. It has been deprecated * since it is not equivalent to time_t * on 64-bit platforms with a 64-bit time_t. * Unrelated to #GTimer. * * Note that GTime is defined to always be a 32bit integer, * unlike time_t which may be 64bit on some systems. * Therefore, GTime will overflow in the year 2038, and * you cannot use the address of a GTime variable as argument * to the UNIX time() function. Instead, do the following: * |[ * time_t ttime; * GTime gtime; * * time (&ttime); * gtime = (GTime)ttime; * ]| */ /** * GTimeVal: * @tv_sec: seconds * @tv_usec: microseconds * * Represents a precise time, with seconds and microseconds. * Similar to the struct timeval returned by * the gettimeofday() UNIX system call. * * GLib is attempting to unify around the use of 64bit integers to * represent microsecond-precision time. As such, this type will be * removed from a future version of GLib. */ /** * GTimeZone: * * #GDateTime is an opaque structure whose members cannot be accessed * directly. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * GTimer: * * Opaque datatype that records a start time. */ /** * GTokenType: * @G_TOKEN_EOF: the end of the file * @G_TOKEN_LEFT_PAREN: a '(' character * @G_TOKEN_LEFT_CURLY: a '{' character * @G_TOKEN_LEFT_BRACE: a '[' character * @G_TOKEN_RIGHT_CURLY: a '}' character * @G_TOKEN_RIGHT_PAREN: a ')' character * @G_TOKEN_RIGHT_BRACE: a ']' character * @G_TOKEN_EQUAL_SIGN: a '=' character * @G_TOKEN_COMMA: a ',' character * @G_TOKEN_NONE: not a token * @G_TOKEN_ERROR: an error occurred * @G_TOKEN_CHAR: a character * @G_TOKEN_BINARY: a binary integer * @G_TOKEN_OCTAL: an octal integer * @G_TOKEN_INT: an integer * @G_TOKEN_HEX: a hex integer * @G_TOKEN_FLOAT: a floating point number * @G_TOKEN_STRING: a string * @G_TOKEN_SYMBOL: a symbol * @G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER: an identifier * @G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER_NULL: a null identifier * @G_TOKEN_COMMENT_SINGLE: one line comment * @G_TOKEN_COMMENT_MULTI: multi line comment * * The possible types of token returned from each * g_scanner_get_next_token() call. */ /** * GTokenValue: * @v_symbol: token symbol value * @v_identifier: token identifier value * @v_binary: token binary integer value * @v_octal: octal integer value * @v_int: integer value * @v_int64: 64-bit integer value * @v_float: floating point value * @v_hex: hex integer value * @v_string: string value * @v_comment: comment value * @v_char: character value * @v_error: error value * * A union holding the value of the token. */ /** * GTrashStack: * @next: pointer to the previous element of the stack, gets stored in the first sizeof (gpointer) bytes of the element * * Each piece of memory that is pushed onto the stack * is cast to a GTrashStack*. */ /** * GTraverseFlags: * @G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES: only leaf nodes should be visited. This name has been introduced in 2.6, for older version use %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS. * @G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES: only non-leaf nodes should be visited. This name has been introduced in 2.6, for older version use %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAFS. * @G_TRAVERSE_ALL: all nodes should be visited. * @G_TRAVERSE_MASK: a mask of all traverse flags. * @G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS: identical to %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES. * @G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAFS: identical to %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES. * * Specifies which nodes are visited during several of the tree * functions, including g_node_traverse() and g_node_find(). */ /** * GTraverseFunc: * @key: a key of a #GTree node. * @value: the value corresponding to the key. * @data: user data passed to g_tree_traverse(). * * Specifies the type of function passed to g_tree_traverse(). It is * passed the key and value of each node, together with the @user_data * parameter passed to g_tree_traverse(). If the function returns * %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. * * Returns: %TRUE to stop the traversal. */ /** * GTraverseType: * @G_IN_ORDER: vists a node's left child first, then the node itself, then its right child. This is the one to use if you want the output sorted according to the compare function. * @G_PRE_ORDER: visits a node, then its children. * @G_POST_ORDER: visits the node's children, then the node itself. * @G_LEVEL_ORDER: is not implemented for Balanced Binary Trees. For N-ary Trees, it vists the root node first, then its children, then its grandchildren, and so on. Note that this is less efficient than the other orders. * * Specifies the type of traveral performed by g_tree_traverse(), * g_node_traverse() and g_node_find(). */ /** * GTree: * * The GTree struct is an opaque data * structure representing a Balanced Binary Tree. It * should be accessed only by using the following functions. */ /** * GUINT16_FROM_BE: * @val: a #guint16 value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT16_FROM_LE: * @val: a #guint16 value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT16_SWAP_BE_PDP: * @val: a #guint16 value in big-endian or pdp-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value between big-endian and pdp-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT16_SWAP_LE_BE: * @val: a #guint16 value in little-endian or big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value between little-endian and big-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT16_SWAP_LE_PDP: * @val: a #guint16 value in little-endian or pdp-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value between little-endian and pdp-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT16_TO_BE: * @val: a #guint16 value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GUINT16_TO_LE: * @val: a #guint16 value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint16 value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GUINT32_FROM_BE: * @val: a #guint32 value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT32_FROM_LE: * @val: a #guint32 value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT32_SWAP_BE_PDP: * @val: a #guint32 value in big-endian or pdp-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value between big-endian and pdp-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT32_SWAP_LE_BE: * @val: a #guint32 value in little-endian or big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value between little-endian and big-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT32_SWAP_LE_PDP: * @val: a #guint32 value in little-endian or pdp-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value between little-endian and pdp-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT32_TO_BE: * @val: a #guint32 value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GUINT32_TO_LE: * @val: a #guint32 value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint32 value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GUINT64_FROM_BE: * @val: a #guint64 value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint64 value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT64_FROM_LE: * @val: a #guint64 value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint64 value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT64_SWAP_LE_BE: * @val: a #guint64 value in little-endian or big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint64 value between little-endian and big-endian byte order. * The conversion is symmetric so it can be used both ways. * * Returns: @val converted to the opposite byte order */ /** * GUINT64_TO_BE: * @val: a #guint64 value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint64 value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GUINT64_TO_LE: * @val: a #guint64 value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint64 value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GUINT_FROM_BE: * @val: a #guint value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT_FROM_LE: * @val: a #guint value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #guint value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GUINT_TO_BE: * @val: a #guint value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian byte order */ /** * GUINT_TO_LE: * @val: a #guint value in host byte order * * Converts a #guint value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian byte order. */ /** * GUINT_TO_POINTER: * @u: unsigned integer to stuff into the pointer * * Stuffs an unsigned integer into a pointer type. */ /** * GULONG_FROM_BE: * @val: a #gulong value in big-endian byte order * * Converts a #gulong value from big-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GULONG_FROM_LE: * @val: a #gulong value in little-endian byte order * * Converts a #gulong value from little-endian to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * GULONG_TO_BE: * @val: a #gulong value in host byte order * * Converts a #gulong value from host byte order to big-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to big-endian */ /** * GULONG_TO_LE: * @val: a #gulong value in host byte order * * Converts a #gulong value from host byte order to little-endian. * * Returns: @val converted to little-endian */ /** * GVariant: * * #GVariant is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed * using the following functions. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * GVariantBuilder: * * A utility type for constructing container-type #GVariant instances. * * This is an opaque structure and may only be accessed using the * following functions. * * #GVariantBuilder is not threadsafe in any way. Do not attempt to * access it from more than one thread. */ /** * GVariantClass: * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_BOOLEAN: The #GVariant is a boolean. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_BYTE: The #GVariant is a byte. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_INT16: The #GVariant is a signed 16 bit integer. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_UINT16: The #GVariant is an unsigned 16 bit integer. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_INT32: The #GVariant is a signed 32 bit integer. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_UINT32: The #GVariant is an unsigned 32 bit integer. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_INT64: The #GVariant is a signed 64 bit integer. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_UINT64: The #GVariant is an unsigned 64 bit integer. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_HANDLE: The #GVariant is a file handle index. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_DOUBLE: The #GVariant is a double precision floating point value. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_STRING: The #GVariant is a normal string. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_OBJECT_PATH: The #GVariant is a D-Bus object path string. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_SIGNATURE: The #GVariant is a D-Bus signature string. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_VARIANT: The #GVariant is a variant. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_MAYBE: The #GVariant is a maybe-typed value. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_ARRAY: The #GVariant is an array. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_TUPLE: The #GVariant is a tuple. * @G_VARIANT_CLASS_DICT_ENTRY: The #GVariant is a dictionary entry. * * The range of possible top-level types of #GVariant instances. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * GVariantIter: (skip) * * #GVariantIter is an opaque data structure and can only be accessed * using the following functions. */ /** * GVariantParseError: * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_FAILED: generic error (unused) * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_BASIC_TYPE_EXPECTED: a non-basic #GVariantType was given where a basic type was expected * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_CANNOT_INFER_TYPE: cannot infer the #GVariantType * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_DEFINITE_TYPE_EXPECTED: an indefinite #GVariantType was given where a definite type was expected * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_INPUT_NOT_AT_END: extra data after parsing finished * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_INVALID_CHARACTER: invalid character in number or unicode escape * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_INVALID_FORMAT_STRING: not a valid #GVariant format string * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_INVALID_OBJECT_PATH: not a valid object path * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE: not a valid type signature * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_INVALID_TYPE_STRING: not a valid #GVariant type string * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_NO_COMMON_TYPE: could not find a common type for array entries * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_NUMBER_OUT_OF_RANGE: the numerical value is out of range of the given type * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_NUMBER_TOO_BIG: the numerical value is out of range for any type * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_TYPE_ERROR: cannot parse as variant of the specified type * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN: an unexpected token was encountered * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_KEYWORD: an unknown keyword was encountered * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_UNTERMINATED_STRING_CONSTANT: unterminated string constant * @G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR_VALUE_EXPECTED: no value given * * Error codes returned by parsing text-format GVariants. */ /** * G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE: * * A good size for a buffer to be passed into g_ascii_dtostr(). * It is guaranteed to be enough for all output of that function * on systems with 64bit IEEE-compatible doubles. * * The typical usage would be something like: * |[ * char buf[G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE]; * * fprintf (out, "value=%s\n", g_ascii_dtostr (buf, sizeof (buf), value)); * ]| */ /** * G_ATOMIC_LOCK_FREE: * * This macro is defined if the atomic operations of GLib are * implemented using real hardware atomic operations. This means that * the GLib atomic API can be used between processes and safely mixed * with other (hardware) atomic APIs. * * If this macro is not defined, the atomic operations may be * emulated using a mutex. In that case, the GLib atomic operations are * only atomic relative to themselves and within a single process. */ /** * G_BEGIN_DECLS: * * Used (along with #G_END_DECLS) to bracket header files. If the * compiler in use is a C++ compiler, adds extern "C" * around the header. */ /** * G_BIG_ENDIAN: * * Specifies one of the possible types of byte order. * See #G_BYTE_ORDER. */ /** * G_BYTE_ORDER: * * The host byte order. * This can be either #G_LITTLE_ENDIAN or #G_BIG_ENDIAN (support for * #G_PDP_ENDIAN may be added in future.) */ /** * G_CONST_RETURN: * * If G_DISABLE_CONST_RETURNS is defined, this macro expands * to nothing. By default, the macro expands to const. * The macro should be used in place of const for * functions that return a value that should not be modified. The * purpose of this macro is to allow us to turn on const * for returned constant strings by default, while allowing programmers * who find that annoying to turn it off. This macro should only be used * for return values and for out parameters, it doesn't * make sense for in parameters. * * Deprecated: 2.30: API providers should replace all existing uses with const and API consumers should adjust their code accordingly */ /** * G_CSET_A_2_Z: * * The set of uppercase ASCII alphabet characters. * Used for specifying valid identifier characters * in #GScannerConfig. */ /** * G_CSET_LATINC: * * The set of uppercase ISO 8859-1 alphabet characters * which are not ASCII characters. * Used for specifying valid identifier characters * in #GScannerConfig. */ /** * G_CSET_LATINS: * * The set of lowercase ISO 8859-1 alphabet characters * which are not ASCII characters. * Used for specifying valid identifier characters * in #GScannerConfig. */ /** * G_CSET_a_2_z: * * The set of lowercase ASCII alphabet characters. * Used for specifying valid identifier characters * in #GScannerConfig. */ /** * G_DATE_BAD_DAY: * * Represents an invalid #GDateDay. */ /** * G_DATE_BAD_JULIAN: * * Represents an invalid Julian day number. */ /** * G_DATE_BAD_YEAR: * * Represents an invalid year. */ /** * G_DEPRECATED: * * This macro is similar to %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED, and can be used to mark * functions declarations as deprecated. Unlike %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED, it is * meant to be portable across different compilers and must be placed * before the function declaration. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * G_DEPRECATED_FOR: * * This macro is similar to %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR, and can be used to mark * functions declarations as deprecated. Unlike %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR, it is * meant to be portable across different compilers and must be placed * before the function declaration. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * G_DIR_SEPARATOR: * * The directory separator character. * This is '/' on UNIX machines and '\' under Windows. */ /** * G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S: * * The directory separator as a string. * This is "/" on UNIX machines and "\" under Windows. */ /** * G_E: * * The base of natural logarithms. */ /** * G_END_DECLS: * * Used (along with #G_BEGIN_DECLS) to bracket header files. If the * compiler in use is a C++ compiler, adds extern "C" * around the header. */ /** * G_FILE_ERROR: * * Error domain for file operations. Errors in this domain will * be from the #GFileError enumeration. See #GError for information * on error domains. */ /** * G_GINT16_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning and * printing values of type #gint16. It is a string literal, but doesn't * include the percent-sign, such that you can add precision and length * modifiers between percent-sign and conversion specifier. * * |[ * gint16 in; * gint32 out; * sscanf ("42", "%" G_GINT16_FORMAT, &in) * out = in * 1000; * g_print ("%" G_GINT32_FORMAT, out); * ]| */ /** * G_GINT16_MODIFIER: * * The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers * for scanning and printing values of type #gint16 or #guint16. It * is a string literal, but doesn't include the percent-sign, such * that you can add precision and length modifiers between percent-sign * and conversion specifier and append a conversion specifier. * * The following example prints "0x7b"; * |[ * gint16 value = 123; * g_print ("%#" G_GINT16_MODIFIER "x", value); * ]| * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_GINT32_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #gint32. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. */ /** * G_GINT32_MODIFIER: * * The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers * for scanning and printing values of type #gint32 or #guint32. It * is a string literal. See also #G_GINT16_MODIFIER. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_GINT64_CONSTANT: * @val: a literal integer value, e.g. 0x1d636b02300a7aa7 * * This macro is used to insert 64-bit integer literals * into the source code. */ /** * G_GINT64_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #gint64. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. * * * Some platforms do not support scanning and printing 64 bit integers, * even though the types are supported. On such platforms #G_GINT64_FORMAT * is not defined. Note that scanf() may not support 64 bit integers, even * if #G_GINT64_FORMAT is defined. Due to its weak error handling, scanf() * is not recommended for parsing anyway; consider using g_ascii_strtoull() * instead. * */ /** * G_GINT64_MODIFIER: * * The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers * for scanning and printing values of type #gint64 or #guint64. * It is a string literal. * * * Some platforms do not support printing 64 bit integers, even * though the types are supported. On such platforms #G_GINT64_MODIFIER * is not defined. * * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_GINTPTR_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #gintptr. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * G_GINTPTR_MODIFIER: * * The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers * for scanning and printing values of type #gintptr or #guintptr. * It is a string literal. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * G_GNUC_ALLOC_SIZE: * @x: the index of the argument specifying the allocation size * * Expands to the GNU C alloc_size function attribute * if the compiler is a new enough gcc. This attribute * tells the compiler that the function returns a pointer to memory of a * size that is specified by the @xth function parameter. * See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * G_GNUC_ALLOC_SIZE2: * @x: the index of the argument specifying one factor of the allocation size * @y: the index of the argument specifying the second factor of the allocation size * * Expands to the GNU C alloc_size function attribute * if the compiler is a new enough gcc. This attribute * tells the compiler that the function returns a pointer to memory of a * size that is specified by the product of two function parameters. * See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS: * * Tells gcc (if it is a new enough version) to * temporarily stop emitting warnings when functions marked with * %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED or %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR are called. This is * useful for when you have one deprecated function calling another * one, or when you still have regression tests for deprecated * functions. * * Use %G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS to begin warning again. (If you * are not compiling with -Wdeprecated-declarations * then neither macro has any effect.) * * This macro can be used either inside or outside of a function body, * but must appear on a line by itself. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * G_GNUC_CONST: * * Expands to the GNU C const function attribute if * the compiler is gcc. Declaring a function as const * enables better optimization of calls to the function. A const function * doesn't examine any values except its parameters, and has no effects * except its return value. See the GNU C documentation for details. * * * A function that has pointer arguments and examines the data pointed to * must not be declared const. Likewise, a function * that calls a non-const function usually must not be const. It doesn't * make sense for a const function to return void. * */ /** * G_GNUC_DEPRECATED: * * Expands to the GNU C deprecated attribute if the * compiler is gcc. It can be used to mark typedefs, * variables and functions as deprecated. When called with the * option, the compiler will * generate warnings when deprecated interfaces are used. * See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.2 */ /** * G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR: * @f: the intended replacement for the deprecated symbol, such as the name of a function * * Like %G_GNUC_DEPRECATED, but names the intended replacement for the * deprecated symbol if the version of gcc in use is * new enough to support custom deprecation messages. * See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Note that if @f is a macro, it will be expanded in the warning message. * You can enclose it in quotes to prevent this. (The quotes will show up * in the warning, but it's better than showing the macro expansion.) * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS: * * Undoes the effect of %G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS, telling * gcc to begin outputting warnings again * (assuming those warnings had been enabled to begin with). * * This macro can be used either inside or outside of a function body, * but must appear on a line by itself. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * G_GNUC_EXTENSION: * * Expands to __extension__ when gcc * is used as the compiler. This simply tells gcc not * to warn about the following non-standard code when compiling with the * option. */ /** * G_GNUC_FORMAT: * @arg_idx: the index of the argument * * Expands to the GNU C format_arg function attribute * if the compiler is gcc. This function attribute * specifies that a function takes a format string for a printf(), * scanf(), strftime() or strfmon() style function and modifies it, * so that the result can be passed to a printf(), scanf(), strftime() * or strfmon() style function (with the remaining arguments to the * format function the same as they would have been for the unmodified * string). See the GNU C documentation for details. * * |[ * gchar *g_dgettext (gchar *domain_name, gchar *msgid) G_GNUC_FORMAT (2); * ]| */ /** * G_GNUC_FUNCTION: * * Expands to "" on all modern compilers, and to * __FUNCTION__ on gcc version 2.x. * Don't use it. * * Deprecated: 2.16: Use #G_STRFUNC instead */ /** * G_GNUC_INTERNAL: * * This attribute can be used for marking library functions as being used * internally to the library only, which may allow the compiler to handle * function calls more efficiently. Note that static functions do not need * to be marked as internal in this way. See the GNU C documentation for * details. * * When using a compiler that supports the GNU C hidden visibility attribute, * this macro expands to __attribute__((visibility("hidden"))). * When using the Sun Studio compiler, it expands to __hidden. * * Note that for portability, the attribute should be placed before the * function declaration. While GCC allows the macro after the declaration, * Sun Studio does not. * * |[ * G_GNUC_INTERNAL * void _g_log_fallback_handler (const gchar *log_domain, * GLogLevelFlags log_level, * const gchar *message, * gpointer unused_data); * ]| * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_GNUC_MALLOC: * * Expands to the GNU C malloc function attribute if the * compiler is gcc. Declaring a function as malloc enables * better optimization of the function. A function can have the malloc * attribute if it returns a pointer which is guaranteed to not alias with * any other pointer when the function returns (in practice, this means newly * allocated memory). See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_GNUC_MAY_ALIAS: * * Expands to the GNU C may_alias type attribute * if the compiler is gcc. Types with this attribute * will not be subjected to type-based alias analysis, but are assumed * to alias with any other type, just like char. * See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_GNUC_NORETURN: * * Expands to the GNU C noreturn function attribute * if the compiler is gcc. It is used for declaring * functions which never return. It enables optimization of the function, * and avoids possible compiler warnings. See the GNU C documentation for * details. */ /** * G_GNUC_NO_INSTRUMENT: * * Expands to the GNU C no_instrument_function function * attribute if the compiler is gcc. Functions with this * attribute will not be instrumented for profiling, when the compiler is * called with the option. * See the GNU C documentation for details. */ /** * G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED: * * Expands to the GNU C sentinel function attribute * if the compiler is gcc, or "" if it isn't. This * function attribute only applies to variadic functions and instructs * the compiler to check that the argument list is terminated with an * explicit %NULL. See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.8 */ /** * G_GNUC_PRETTY_FUNCTION: * * Expands to "" on all modern compilers, and to * __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ on gcc * version 2.x. Don't use it. * * Deprecated: 2.16: Use #G_STRFUNC instead */ /** * G_GNUC_PRINTF: * @format_idx: the index of the argument corresponding to the format string (The arguments are numbered from 1) * @arg_idx: the index of the first of the format arguments * * Expands to the GNU C format function attribute * if the compiler is gcc. This is used for declaring * functions which take a variable number of arguments, with the same * syntax as printf(). It allows the compiler to type-check the arguments * passed to the function. See the GNU C documentation for details. * * |[ * gint g_snprintf (gchar *string, * gulong n, * gchar const *format, * ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); * ]| */ /** * G_GNUC_PURE: * * Expands to the GNU C pure function attribute if the * compiler is gcc. Declaring a function as pure enables * better optimization of calls to the function. A pure function has no * effects except its return value and the return value depends only on * the parameters and/or global variables. See the GNU C documentation * for details. */ /** * G_GNUC_SCANF: * @format_idx: the index of the argument corresponding to the format string (The arguments are numbered from 1) * @arg_idx: the index of the first of the format arguments * * Expands to the GNU C format function attribute * if the compiler is gcc. This is used for declaring * functions which take a variable number of arguments, with the same * syntax as scanf(). It allows the compiler to type-check the arguments * passed to the function. See the GNU C documentation for details. */ /** * G_GNUC_UNUSED: * * Expands to the GNU C unused function attribute if * the compiler is gcc. It is used for declaring * functions which may never be used. It avoids possible compiler warnings. * See the GNU C documentation for details. */ /** * G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: * * Expands to the GNU C warn_unused_result function * attribute if the compiler is gcc, or "" if it isn't. * This function attribute makes the compiler emit a warning if the result * of a function call is ignored. See the GNU C documentation for details. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * G_GOFFSET_CONSTANT: * @val: a literal integer value, e.g. 0x1d636b02300a7aa7 * * This macro is used to insert #goffset 64-bit integer literals * into the source code. * * See also #G_GINT64_CONSTANT. * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * G_GOFFSET_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #goffset. See also #G_GINT64_FORMAT. * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * G_GOFFSET_MODIFIER: * * The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers * for scanning and printing values of type #goffset. It is a string * literal. See also #G_GINT64_MODIFIER. * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * G_GSIZE_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #gsize. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_GSIZE_MODIFIER: * * The platform dependent length modifier for conversion specifiers * for scanning and printing values of type #gsize or #gssize. It * is a string literal. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_GSSIZE_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #gssize. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_GUINT16_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #guint16. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT */ /** * G_GUINT32_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #guint32. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. */ /** * G_GUINT64_CONSTANT: * @val: a literal integer value, e.g. 0x1d636b02300a7aa7U * * This macro is used to insert 64-bit unsigned integer * literals into the source code. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * G_GUINT64_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier for scanning * and printing values of type #guint64. See also #G_GINT16_FORMAT. * * * Some platforms do not support scanning and printing 64 bit integers, * even though the types are supported. On such platforms #G_GUINT64_FORMAT * is not defined. Note that scanf() may not support 64 bit integers, even * if #G_GINT64_FORMAT is defined. Due to its weak error handling, scanf() * is not recommended for parsing anyway; consider using g_ascii_strtoull() * instead. * */ /** * G_GUINTPTR_FORMAT: * * This is the platform dependent conversion specifier * for scanning and printing values of type #guintptr. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * G_HOOK: * @hook: a pointer * * Casts a pointer to a GHook*. */ /** * G_HOOK_ACTIVE: * @hook: a #GHook * * Returns %TRUE if the #GHook is active, which is normally the case * until the #GHook is destroyed. * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GHook is active */ /** * G_HOOK_FLAGS: * @hook: a #GHook * * Gets the flags of a hook. */ /** * G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT: * * The position of the first bit which is not reserved for internal * use be the #GHook implementation, i.e. * 1 << G_HOOK_FLAG_USER_SHIFT is the first * bit which can be used for application-defined flags. */ /** * G_HOOK_IN_CALL: * @hook: a #GHook * * Returns %TRUE if the #GHook function is currently executing. * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GHook function is currently executing */ /** * G_HOOK_IS_UNLINKED: * @hook: a #GHook * * Returns %TRUE if the #GHook is not in a #GHookList. * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GHook is not in a #GHookList */ /** * G_HOOK_IS_VALID: * @hook: a #GHook * * Returns %TRUE if the #GHook is valid, i.e. it is in a #GHookList, * it is active and it has not been destroyed. * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GHook is valid */ /** * G_IEEE754_DOUBLE_BIAS: * * The bias by which exponents in double-precision floats are offset. */ /** * G_IEEE754_FLOAT_BIAS: * * The bias by which exponents in single-precision floats are offset. */ /** * G_INLINE_FUNC: * * This macro is used to export function prototypes so they can be linked * with an external version when no inlining is performed. The file which * implements the functions should define G_IMPLEMENTS_INLINES * before including the headers which contain %G_INLINE_FUNC declarations. * Since inlining is very compiler-dependent using these macros correctly * is very difficult. Their use is strongly discouraged. * * This macro is often mistaken for a replacement for the inline keyword; * inline is already declared in a portable manner in the GLib headers * and can be used normally. */ /** * G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR: * * Error domain for #GIOChannel operations. Errors in this domain will * be from the #GIOChannelError enumeration. See #GError for * information on error domains. */ /** * G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITEABLE: * * This is a misspelled version of G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE that existed * before the spelling was fixed in GLib 2.30. It is kept here for * compatibility reasons. * * Deprecated: 2.30:Use G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE instead. */ /** * G_IS_DIR_SEPARATOR: * @c: a character * * Checks whether a character is a directory * separator. It returns %TRUE for '/' on UNIX * machines and for '\' or '/' under Windows. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP: * * The name of the main group of a desktop entry file, as defined in the * Desktop * Entry Specification. Consult the specification for more * details about the meanings of the keys below. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_CATEGORIES: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list * of strings giving the categories in which the desktop entry * should be shown in a menu. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_COMMENT: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized * string giving the tooltip for the desktop entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_EXEC: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string * giving the command line to execute. It is only valid for desktop * entries with the Application type. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_GENERIC_NAME: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized * string giving the generic name of the desktop entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_HIDDEN: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean * stating whether the desktop entry has been deleted by the user. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_ICON: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized * string giving the name of the icon to be displayed for the desktop * entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_MIME_TYPE: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list * of strings giving the MIME types supported by this desktop entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NAME: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a localized * string giving the specific name of the desktop entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NOT_SHOW_IN: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of * strings identifying the environments that should not display the * desktop entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_NO_DISPLAY: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean * stating whether the desktop entry should be shown in menus. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_ONLY_SHOW_IN: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a list of * strings identifying the environments that should display the * desktop entry. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_PATH: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string * containing the working directory to run the program in. It is only * valid for desktop entries with the Application type. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_STARTUP_NOTIFY: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean * stating whether the application supports the Startup * Notification Protocol Specification. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_STARTUP_WM_CLASS: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is string * identifying the WM class or name hint of a window that the application * will create, which can be used to emulate Startup Notification with * older applications. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TERMINAL: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a boolean * stating whether the program should be run in a terminal window. * It is only valid for desktop entries with the * Application type. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TRY_EXEC: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string * giving the file name of a binary on disk used to determine if the * program is actually installed. It is only valid for desktop entries * with the Application type. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string * giving the type of the desktop entry. Usually * #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_APPLICATION, * #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_LINK, or * #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_DIRECTORY. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_URL: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string * giving the URL to access. It is only valid for desktop entries * with the Link type. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_VERSION: * * A key under #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_GROUP, whose value is a string * giving the version of the Desktop Entry Specification used for * the desktop entry file. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_APPLICATION: * * The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop * entries representing applications. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_DIRECTORY: * * The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop * entries representing directories. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_TYPE_LINK: * * The value of the #G_KEY_FILE_DESKTOP_KEY_TYPE, key for desktop * entries representing links to documents. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_KEY_FILE_ERROR: * * Error domain for key file parsing. Errors in this domain will * be from the #GKeyFileError enumeration. * * See #GError for information on error domains. */ /** * G_LIKELY: * @expr: the expression * * Hints the compiler that the expression is likely to evaluate to * a true value. The compiler may use this information for optimizations. * * |[ * if (G_LIKELY (random () != 1)) * g_print ("not one"); * ]| * * Returns: the value of @expr * Since: 2.2 */ /** * G_LITTLE_ENDIAN: * * Specifies one of the possible types of byte order. * See #G_BYTE_ORDER. */ /** * G_LN10: * * The natural logarithm of 10. */ /** * G_LN2: * * The natural logarithm of 2. */ /** * G_LOCK: * @name: the name of the lock * * Works like g_mutex_lock(), but for a lock defined with * #G_LOCK_DEFINE. */ /** * G_LOCK_DEFINE: * @name: the name of the lock * * The G_LOCK_* macros provide a convenient interface to #GMutex. * #G_LOCK_DEFINE defines a lock. It can appear in any place where * variable definitions may appear in programs, i.e. in the first block * of a function or outside of functions. The @name parameter will be * mangled to get the name of the #GMutex. This means that you * can use names of existing variables as the parameter - e.g. the name * of the variable you intend to protect with the lock. Look at our * give_me_next_number() example using the * G_LOCK_* macros: * * * Using the <literal>G_LOCK_*</literal> convenience macros * * G_LOCK_DEFINE (current_number); * * int * give_me_next_number (void) * { * static int current_number = 0; * int ret_val; * * G_LOCK (current_number); * ret_val = current_number = calc_next_number (current_number); * G_UNLOCK (current_number); * * return ret_val; * } * * */ /** * G_LOCK_DEFINE_STATIC: * @name: the name of the lock * * This works like #G_LOCK_DEFINE, but it creates a static object. */ /** * G_LOCK_EXTERN: * @name: the name of the lock * * This declares a lock, that is defined with #G_LOCK_DEFINE in another * module. */ /** * G_LOG_2_BASE_10: * * Multiplying the base 2 exponent by this number yields the base 10 exponent. */ /** * G_LOG_DOMAIN: * * Defines the log domain. * * For applications, this is typically left as the default %NULL * (or "") domain. Libraries should define this so that any messages * which they log can be differentiated from messages from other * libraries and application code. But be careful not to define * it in any public header files. * * For example, GTK+ uses this in its Makefile.am: * |[ * INCLUDES = -DG_LOG_DOMAIN=\"Gtk\" * ]| */ /** * G_LOG_FATAL_MASK: * * GLib log levels that are considered fatal by default. */ /** * G_MAXDOUBLE: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gdouble. */ /** * G_MAXFLOAT: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gfloat. */ /** * G_MAXINT: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gint. */ /** * G_MAXINT16: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gint16. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXINT32: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gint32. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXINT64: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gint64. */ /** * G_MAXINT8: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gint8. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXLONG: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #glong. */ /** * G_MAXOFFSET: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #goffset. */ /** * G_MAXSHORT: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gshort. */ /** * G_MAXSIZE: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gsize. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXSSIZE: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gssize. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_MAXUINT: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #guint. */ /** * G_MAXUINT16: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #guint16. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXUINT32: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #guint32. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXUINT64: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #guint64. */ /** * G_MAXUINT8: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #guint8. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MAXULONG: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gulong. */ /** * G_MAXUSHORT: * * The maximum value which can be held in a #gushort. */ /** * G_MINDOUBLE: * * The minimum positive value which can be held in a #gdouble. * * If you are interested in the smallest value which can be held * in a #gdouble, use -G_MAXDOUBLE. */ /** * G_MINFLOAT: * * The minimum positive value which can be held in a #gfloat. * * If you are interested in the smallest value which can be held * in a #gfloat, use -G_MAXFLOAT. */ /** * G_MININT: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gint. */ /** * G_MININT16: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gint16. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MININT32: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gint32. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MININT64: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gint64. */ /** * G_MININT8: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gint8. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_MINLONG: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #glong. */ /** * G_MINOFFSET: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #goffset. */ /** * G_MINSHORT: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gshort. */ /** * G_MINSSIZE: * * The minimum value which can be held in a #gssize. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * G_N_ELEMENTS: * @arr: the array * * Determines the number of elements in an array. The array must be * declared so the compiler knows its size at compile-time; this * macro will not work on an array allocated on the heap, only static * arrays or arrays on the stack. */ /** * G_ONCE_INIT: * * A #GOnce must be initialized with this macro before it can be used. * * |[ * GOnce my_once = G_ONCE_INIT; * ]| * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_OS_BEOS: * * This macro is defined only on BeOS. So you can bracket * BeOS-specific code in "#ifdef G_OS_BEOS". */ /** * G_OS_UNIX: * * This macro is defined only on UNIX. So you can bracket * UNIX-specific code in "#ifdef G_OS_UNIX". */ /** * G_OS_WIN32: * * This macro is defined only on Windows. So you can bracket * Windows-specific code in "#ifdef G_OS_WIN32". */ /** * G_PASTE: * @identifier1: an identifier * @identifier2: an identifier * * Yields a new preprocessor pasted identifier * identifier1identifier2 from its expanded * arguments @identifier1 and @identifier2. For example, * the following code: * |[ * #define GET(traveller,method) G_PASTE(traveller_get_, method) (traveller) * const gchar *name = GET (traveller, name); * const gchar *quest = GET (traveller, quest); * GdkColor *favourite = GET (traveller, favourite_colour); * ]| * * is transformed by the preprocessor into: * |[ * const gchar *name = traveller_get_name (traveller); * const gchar *quest = traveller_get_quest (traveller); * GdkColor *favourite = traveller_get_favourite_colour (traveller); * ]| * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * G_PDP_ENDIAN: * * Specifies one of the possible types of byte order * (currently unused). See #G_BYTE_ORDER. */ /** * G_PI: * * The value of pi (ratio of circle's circumference to its diameter). */ /** * G_PI_2: * * Pi divided by 2. */ /** * G_PI_4: * * Pi divided by 4. */ /** * G_PRIVATE_INIT: * @notify: a #GDestroyNotify * * A macro to assist with the static initialisation of a #GPrivate. * * This macro is useful for the case that a #GDestroyNotify function * should be associated the key. This is needed when the key will be * used to point at memory that should be deallocated when the thread * exits. * * Additionally, the #GDestroyNotify will also be called on the previous * value stored in the key when g_private_replace() is used. * * If no #GDestroyNotify is needed, then use of this macro is not * required -- if the #GPrivate is declared in static scope then it will * be properly initialised by default (ie: to all zeros). See the * examples below. * * |[ * static GPrivate name_key = G_PRIVATE_INIT (g_free); * * // return value should not be freed * const gchar * * get_local_name (void) * { * return g_private_get (&name_key); * } * * void * set_local_name (const gchar *name) * { * g_private_replace (&name_key, g_strdup (name)); * } * * * static GPrivate count_key; // no free function * * gint * get_local_count (void) * { * return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_private_get (&count_key)); * } * * void * set_local_count (gint count) * { * g_private_set (&count_key, GINT_TO_POINTER (count)); * } * ]| * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR: * * The search path separator character. * This is ':' on UNIX machines and ';' under Windows. */ /** * G_SEARCHPATH_SEPARATOR_S: * * The search path separator as a string. * This is ":" on UNIX machines and ";" under Windows. */ /** * G_SHELL_ERROR: * * Error domain for shell functions. Errors in this domain will be from * the #GShellError enumeration. See #GError for information on error * domains. */ /** * G_SQRT2: * * The square root of two. */ /** * G_STATIC_ASSERT: * @expr: a constant expression * * The G_STATIC_ASSERT macro lets the programmer check * a condition at compile time, the condition needs to * be compile time computable. The macro can be used in * any place where a typedef is valid. * * * A typedef is generally allowed in * exactly the same places that a variable declaration is * allowed. For this reason, you should not use * G_STATIC_ASSERT in the middle of * blocks of code. * * * The macro should only be used once per source code line. * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * G_STATIC_ASSERT_EXPR: * @expr: a constant expression * * The G_STATIC_ASSERT_EXPR macro lets the programmer check * a condition at compile time. The condition needs to be * compile time computable. * * Unlike G_STATIC_ASSERT, this macro * evaluates to an expression and, as such, can be used in * the middle of other expressions. Its value should be * ignored. This can be accomplished by placing it as * the first argument of a comma expression. * * |[ * #define ADD_ONE_TO_INT(x) \ * (G_STATIC_ASSERT_EXPR(sizeof (x) == sizeof (int)), ((x) + 1)) * ]| * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * G_STMT_END: * * Used within multi-statement macros so that they can be used in places * where only one statement is expected by the compiler. */ /** * G_STMT_START: * * Used within multi-statement macros so that they can be used in places * where only one statement is expected by the compiler. */ /** * G_STRFUNC: * * Expands to a string identifying the current function. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * G_STRINGIFY: * @macro_or_string: a macro or a string * * Accepts a macro or a string and converts it into a string after * preprocessor argument expansion. For example, the following code: * * |[ * #define AGE 27 * const gchar *greeting = G_STRINGIFY (AGE) " today!"; * ]| * * is transformed by the preprocessor into (code equivalent to): * * |[ * const gchar *greeting = "27 today!"; * ]| */ /** * G_STRLOC: * * Expands to a string identifying the current code position. */ /** * G_STRUCT_MEMBER: * @member_type: the type of the struct field * @struct_p: a pointer to a struct * @struct_offset: the offset of the field from the start of the struct, in bytes * * Returns a member of a structure at a given offset, using the given type. * * Returns: the struct member */ /** * G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P: * @struct_p: a pointer to a struct * @struct_offset: the offset from the start of the struct, in bytes * * Returns an untyped pointer to a given offset of a struct. * * Returns: an untyped pointer to @struct_p plus @struct_offset bytes */ /** * G_STRUCT_OFFSET: * @struct_type: a structure type, e.g. GtkWidget * @member: a field in the structure, e.g. window * * Returns the offset, in bytes, of a member of a struct. * * Returns: the offset of @member from the start of @struct_type */ /** * G_STR_DELIMITERS: * * The standard delimiters, used in g_strdelimit(). */ /** * G_THREAD_ERROR: * * The error domain of the GLib thread subsystem. */ /** * G_TRYLOCK: * @name: the name of the lock * * Works like g_mutex_trylock(), but for a lock defined with * #G_LOCK_DEFINE. * * Returns: %TRUE, if the lock could be locked. */ /** * G_UNAVAILABLE: * * This macro can be used to mark a function declaration as unavailable. * It must be placed before the function declaration. Use of a function * that has been annotated with this macros will produce a compiler warning. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * G_UNLIKELY: * @expr: the expression * * Hints the compiler that the expression is unlikely to evaluate to * a true value. The compiler may use this information for optimizations. * * |[ * if (G_UNLIKELY (random () == 1)) * g_print ("a random one"); * ]| * * Returns: the value of @expr * Since: 2.2 */ /** * G_UNLOCK: * @name: the name of the lock * * Works like g_mutex_unlock(), but for a lock defined with * #G_LOCK_DEFINE. */ /** * G_USEC_PER_SEC: * * Number of microseconds in one second (1 million). * This macro is provided for code readability. */ /** * G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR: * * Error domain for GVariant text format parsing. Specific error codes * are not currently defined for this domain. See #GError for * information on error domains. */ /** * G_VA_COPY: * @ap1: the va_list variable to place a copy of @ap2 in * @ap2: a va_list * * Portable way to copy va_list variables. * * In order to use this function, you must include * string.h yourself, because this macro may * use memmove() and GLib does not include string.h * for you. */ /** * G_WIN32_DLLMAIN_FOR_DLL_NAME: * @static: empty or "static" * @dll_name: the name of the (pointer to the) char array where the DLL name will be stored. If this is used, you must also include windows.h. If you need a more complex DLL entry point function, you cannot use this * * On Windows, this macro defines a DllMain() function that stores * the actual DLL name that the code being compiled will be included in. * * On non-Windows platforms, expands to nothing. */ /** * G_WIN32_HAVE_WIDECHAR_API: * * On Windows, this macro defines an expression which evaluates to * %TRUE if the code is running on a version of Windows where the wide * character versions of the Win32 API functions, and the wide character * versions of the C library functions work. (They are always present in * the DLLs, but don't work on Windows 9x and Me.) * * On non-Windows platforms, it is not defined. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * G_WIN32_IS_NT_BASED: * * On Windows, this macro defines an expression which evaluates to * %TRUE if the code is running on an NT-based Windows operating system. * * On non-Windows platforms, it is not defined. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * MAX: * @a: a numeric value * @b: a numeric value * * Calculates the maximum of @a and @b. * * Returns: the maximum of @a and @b. */ /** * MAXPATHLEN: * * Provided for UNIX emulation on Windows; equivalent to UNIX * macro %MAXPATHLEN, which is the maximum length of a filename * (including full path). */ /** * MIN: * @a: a numeric value * @b: a numeric value * * Calculates the minimum of @a and @b. * * Returns: the minimum of @a and @b. */ /** * NC_: * @Context: a message context, must be a string literal * @String: a message id, must be a string literal * * Only marks a string for translation, with context. * This is useful in situations where the translated strings can't * be directly used, e.g. in string array initializers. To get the * translated string, you should call g_dpgettext2() at runtime. * * |[ * { * static const char *messages[] = { * NC_("some context", "some very meaningful message"), * NC_("some context", "and another one") * }; * const char *string; * ... * string * = index > 1 ? g_dpgettext2 (NULL, "some context", "a default message") * : g_dpgettext2 (NULL, "some context", messages[index]); * * fputs (string); * ... * } * ]| * * If you are using the NC_() macro, you need to make sure * that you pass to xgettext when * extracting messages. Note that this only works with GNU gettext >= 0.15. * Intltool has support for the NC_() macro since version 0.40.1. * * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * NULL: * * Defines the standard %NULL pointer. */ /** * N_: * @String: the string to be translated * * Only marks a string for translation. This is useful in situations * where the translated strings can't be directly used, e.g. in string * array initializers. To get the translated string, call gettext() * at runtime. * |[ * { * static const char *messages[] = { * N_("some very meaningful message"), * N_("and another one") * }; * const char *string; * ... * string * = index > 1 ? _("a default message") : gettext (messages[index]); * * fputs (string); * ... * } * ]| * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * Q_: * @String: the string to be translated, with a '|'-separated prefix which must not be translated * * Like _(), but handles context in message ids. This has the advantage * that the string can be adorned with a prefix to guarantee uniqueness * and provide context to the translator. * * One use case given in the gettext manual is GUI translation, where one * could e.g. disambiguate two "Open" menu entries as "File|Open" and * "Printer|Open". Another use case is the string "Russian" which may * have to be translated differently depending on whether it's the name * of a character set or a language. This could be solved by using * "charset|Russian" and "language|Russian". * * See the C_() macro for a different way to mark up translatable strings * with context. * * If you are using the Q_() macro, you need to make sure * that you pass to xgettext when extracting * messages. If you are using GNU gettext >= 0.15, you can also use * to let xgettext split the context * string off into a msgctxt line in the po file. * * Returns: the translated message * Since: 2.4 */ /** * SECTION:arrays * @title: Arrays * @short_description: arrays of arbitrary elements which grow automatically as elements are added * * Arrays are similar to standard C arrays, except that they grow * automatically as elements are added. * * Array elements can be of any size (though all elements of one array * are the same size), and the array can be automatically cleared to * '0's and zero-terminated. * * To create a new array use g_array_new(). * * To add elements to an array, use g_array_append_val(), * g_array_append_vals(), g_array_prepend_val(), and * g_array_prepend_vals(). * * To access an element of an array, use g_array_index(). * * To set the size of an array, use g_array_set_size(). * * To free an array, use g_array_free(). * * * Using a #GArray to store #gint values * * GArray *garray; * gint i; * /* We create a new array to store gint values. * We don't want it zero-terminated or cleared to 0's. */ * garray = g_array_new (FALSE, FALSE, sizeof (gint)); * for (i = 0; i < 10000; i++) * g_array_append_val (garray, i); * for (i = 0; i < 10000; i++) * if (g_array_index (garray, gint, i) != i) * g_print ("ERROR: got %d instead of %d\n", * g_array_index (garray, gint, i), i); * g_array_free (garray, TRUE); * * */ /** * SECTION:arrays_byte * @title: Byte Arrays * @short_description: arrays of bytes * * #GByteArray is a mutable array of bytes based on #GArray, to provide arrays * of bytes which grow automatically as elements are added. * * To create a new #GByteArray use g_byte_array_new(). To add elements to a * #GByteArray, use g_byte_array_append(), and g_byte_array_prepend(). * * To set the size of a #GByteArray, use g_byte_array_set_size(). * * To free a #GByteArray, use g_byte_array_free(). * * * Using a #GByteArray * * GByteArray *gbarray; * gint i; * * gbarray = g_byte_array_new (); * for (i = 0; i < 10000; i++) * g_byte_array_append (gbarray, (guint8*) "abcd", 4); * * for (i = 0; i < 10000; i++) * { * g_assert (gbarray->data[4*i] == 'a'); * g_assert (gbarray->data[4*i+1] == 'b'); * g_assert (gbarray->data[4*i+2] == 'c'); * g_assert (gbarray->data[4*i+3] == 'd'); * } * * g_byte_array_free (gbarray, TRUE); * * * * See #GBytes if you are interested in an immutable object representing a * sequence of bytes. */ /** * SECTION:arrays_pointer * @title: Pointer Arrays * @short_description: arrays of pointers to any type of data, which grow automatically as new elements are added * * Pointer Arrays are similar to Arrays but are used only for storing * pointers. * * If you remove elements from the array, elements at the * end of the array are moved into the space previously occupied by the * removed element. This means that you should not rely on the index of * particular elements remaining the same. You should also be careful * when deleting elements while iterating over the array. * * To create a pointer array, use g_ptr_array_new(). * * To add elements to a pointer array, use g_ptr_array_add(). * * To remove elements from a pointer array, use g_ptr_array_remove(), * g_ptr_array_remove_index() or g_ptr_array_remove_index_fast(). * * To access an element of a pointer array, use g_ptr_array_index(). * * To set the size of a pointer array, use g_ptr_array_set_size(). * * To free a pointer array, use g_ptr_array_free(). * * * Using a #GPtrArray * * GPtrArray *gparray; * gchar *string1 = "one", *string2 = "two", *string3 = "three"; * * gparray = g_ptr_array_new (); * g_ptr_array_add (gparray, (gpointer) string1); * g_ptr_array_add (gparray, (gpointer) string2); * g_ptr_array_add (gparray, (gpointer) string3); * * if (g_ptr_array_index (gparray, 0) != (gpointer) string1) * g_print ("ERROR: got %p instead of %p\n", * g_ptr_array_index (gparray, 0), string1); * * g_ptr_array_free (gparray, TRUE); * * */ /** * SECTION:async_queues * @title: Asynchronous Queues * @short_description: asynchronous communication between threads * @see_also: #GThreadPool * * Often you need to communicate between different threads. In general * it's safer not to do this by shared memory, but by explicit message * passing. These messages only make sense asynchronously for * multi-threaded applications though, as a synchronous operation could * as well be done in the same thread. * * Asynchronous queues are an exception from most other GLib data * structures, as they can be used simultaneously from multiple threads * without explicit locking and they bring their own builtin reference * counting. This is because the nature of an asynchronous queue is that * it will always be used by at least 2 concurrent threads. * * For using an asynchronous queue you first have to create one with * g_async_queue_new(). #GAsyncQueue structs are reference counted, * use g_async_queue_ref() and g_async_queue_unref() to manage your * references. * * A thread which wants to send a message to that queue simply calls * g_async_queue_push() to push the message to the queue. * * A thread which is expecting messages from an asynchronous queue * simply calls g_async_queue_pop() for that queue. If no message is * available in the queue at that point, the thread is now put to sleep * until a message arrives. The message will be removed from the queue * and returned. The functions g_async_queue_try_pop() and * g_async_queue_timeout_pop() can be used to only check for the presence * of messages or to only wait a certain time for messages respectively. * * For almost every function there exist two variants, one that locks * the queue and one that doesn't. That way you can hold the queue lock * (acquire it with g_async_queue_lock() and release it with * g_async_queue_unlock()) over multiple queue accessing instructions. * This can be necessary to ensure the integrity of the queue, but should * only be used when really necessary, as it can make your life harder * if used unwisely. Normally you should only use the locking function * variants (those without the _unlocked suffix). * * In many cases, it may be more convenient to use #GThreadPool when * you need to distribute work to a set of worker threads instead of * using #GAsyncQueue manually. #GThreadPool uses a GAsyncQueue * internally. */ /** * SECTION:atomic_operations * @title: Atomic Operations * @short_description: basic atomic integer and pointer operations * @see_also: #GMutex * * The following is a collection of compiler macros to provide atomic * access to integer and pointer-sized values. * * The macros that have 'int' in the name will operate on pointers to * #gint and #guint. The macros with 'pointer' in the name will operate * on pointers to any pointer-sized value, including #gsize. There is * no support for 64bit operations on platforms with 32bit pointers * because it is not generally possible to perform these operations * atomically. * * The get, set and exchange operations for integers and pointers * nominally operate on #gint and #gpointer, respectively. Of the * arithmetic operations, the 'add' operation operates on (and returns) * signed integer values (#gint and #gssize) and the 'and', 'or', and * 'xor' operations operate on (and return) unsigned integer values * (#guint and #gsize). * * All of the operations act as a full compiler and (where appropriate) * hardware memory barrier. Acquire and release or producer and * consumer barrier semantics are not available through this API. * * It is very important that all accesses to a particular integer or * pointer be performed using only this API and that different sizes of * operation are not mixed or used on overlapping memory regions. Never * read or assign directly from or to a value -- always use this API. * * For simple reference counting purposes you should use * g_atomic_int_inc() and g_atomic_int_dec_and_test(). Other uses that * fall outside of simple reference counting patterns are prone to * subtle bugs and occasionally undefined behaviour. It is also worth * noting that since all of these operations require global * synchronisation of the entire machine, they can be quite slow. In * the case of performing multiple atomic operations it can often be * faster to simply acquire a mutex lock around the critical area, * perform the operations normally and then release the lock. */ /** * SECTION:base64 * @title: Base64 Encoding * @short_description: encodes and decodes data in Base64 format * * Base64 is an encoding that allows a sequence of arbitrary bytes to be * encoded as a sequence of printable ASCII characters. For the definition * of Base64, see RFC * 1421 or RFC * 2045. Base64 is most commonly used as a MIME transfer encoding * for email. * * GLib supports incremental encoding using g_base64_encode_step() and * g_base64_encode_close(). Incremental decoding can be done with * g_base64_decode_step(). To encode or decode data in one go, use * g_base64_encode() or g_base64_decode(). To avoid memory allocation when * decoding, you can use g_base64_decode_inplace(). * * Support for Base64 encoding has been added in GLib 2.12. */ /** * SECTION:bookmarkfile * @title: Bookmark file parser * @short_description: parses files containing bookmarks * * GBookmarkFile lets you parse, edit or create files containing bookmarks * to URI, along with some meta-data about the resource pointed by the URI * like its MIME type, the application that is registering the bookmark and * the icon that should be used to represent the bookmark. The data is stored * using the * Desktop Bookmark * Specification. * * The syntax of the bookmark files is described in detail inside the Desktop * Bookmark Specification, here is a quick summary: bookmark files use a * sub-class of the XML Bookmark Exchange Language * specification, consisting of valid UTF-8 encoded XML, under the * xbel root element; each bookmark is stored inside a * bookmark element, using its URI: no relative paths can * be used inside a bookmark file. The bookmark may have a user defined title * and description, to be used instead of the URI. Under the * metadata element, with its owner * attribute set to http://freedesktop.org, is stored the * meta-data about a resource pointed by its URI. The meta-data consists of * the resource's MIME type; the applications that have registered a bookmark; * the groups to which a bookmark belongs to; a visibility flag, used to set * the bookmark as "private" to the applications and groups that has it * registered; the URI and MIME type of an icon, to be used when displaying * the bookmark inside a GUI. * |[FIXME: MISSING XINCLUDE CONTENT]| * * A bookmark file might contain more than one bookmark; each bookmark * is accessed through its URI. * * The important caveat of bookmark files is that when you add a new * bookmark you must also add the application that is registering it, using * g_bookmark_file_add_application() or g_bookmark_file_set_app_info(). * If a bookmark has no applications then it won't be dumped when creating * the on disk representation, using g_bookmark_file_to_data() or * g_bookmark_file_to_file(). * * The #GBookmarkFile parser was added in GLib 2.12. */ /** * SECTION:byte_order * @title: Byte Order Macros * @short_description: a portable way to convert between different byte orders * * These macros provide a portable way to determine the host byte order * and to convert values between different byte orders. * * The byte order is the order in which bytes are stored to create larger * data types such as the #gint and #glong values. * The host byte order is the byte order used on the current machine. * * Some processors store the most significant bytes (i.e. the bytes that * hold the largest part of the value) first. These are known as big-endian * processors. Other processors (notably the x86 family) store the most * significant byte last. These are known as little-endian processors. * * Finally, to complicate matters, some other processors store the bytes in * a rather curious order known as PDP-endian. For a 4-byte word, the 3rd * most significant byte is stored first, then the 4th, then the 1st and * finally the 2nd. * * Obviously there is a problem when these different processors communicate * with each other, for example over networks or by using binary file formats. * This is where these macros come in. They are typically used to convert * values into a byte order which has been agreed on for use when * communicating between different processors. The Internet uses what is * known as 'network byte order' as the standard byte order (which is in * fact the big-endian byte order). * * Note that the byte order conversion macros may evaluate their arguments * multiple times, thus you should not use them with arguments which have * side-effects. */ /** * SECTION:checksum * @title: Data Checksums * @short_description: computes the checksum for data * * GLib provides a generic API for computing checksums (or "digests") * for a sequence of arbitrary bytes, using various hashing algorithms * like MD5, SHA-1 and SHA-256. Checksums are commonly used in various * environments and specifications. * * GLib supports incremental checksums using the GChecksum data * structure, by calling g_checksum_update() as long as there's data * available and then using g_checksum_get_string() or * g_checksum_get_digest() to compute the checksum and return it either * as a string in hexadecimal form, or as a raw sequence of bytes. To * compute the checksum for binary blobs and NUL-terminated strings in * one go, use the convenience functions g_compute_checksum_for_data() * and g_compute_checksum_for_string(), respectively. * * Support for checksums has been added in GLib 2.16 */ /** * SECTION:conversions * @title: Character Set Conversion * @short_description: convert strings between different character sets * * The g_convert() family of function wraps the functionality of iconv(). In * addition to pure character set conversions, GLib has functions to deal * with the extra complications of encodings for file names. * * * File Name Encodings * * Historically, Unix has not had a defined encoding for file * names: a file name is valid as long as it does not have path * separators in it ("/"). However, displaying file names may * require conversion: from the character set in which they were * created, to the character set in which the application * operates. Consider the Spanish file name * "Presentación.sxi". If the * application which created it uses ISO-8859-1 for its encoding, * * * Character: P r e s e n t a c i ó n . s x i * Hex code: 50 72 65 73 65 6e 74 61 63 69 f3 6e 2e 73 78 69 * * * However, if the application use UTF-8, the actual file name on * disk would look like this: * * * Character: P r e s e n t a c i ó n . s x i * Hex code: 50 72 65 73 65 6e 74 61 63 69 c3 b3 6e 2e 73 78 69 * * * Glib uses UTF-8 for its strings, and GUI toolkits like GTK+ * that use Glib do the same thing. If you get a file name from * the file system, for example, from readdir(3) or from g_dir_read_name(), * and you wish to display the file name to the user, you * will need to convert it into UTF-8. The * opposite case is when the user types the name of a file he * wishes to save: the toolkit will give you that string in * UTF-8 encoding, and you will need to convert it to the * character set used for file names before you can create the * file with open(2) or fopen(3). * * * By default, Glib assumes that file names on disk are in UTF-8 * encoding. This is a valid assumption for file systems which * were created relatively recently: most applications use UTF-8 * encoding for their strings, and that is also what they use for * the file names they create. However, older file systems may * still contain file names created in "older" encodings, such as * ISO-8859-1. In this case, for compatibility reasons, you may * want to instruct Glib to use that particular encoding for file * names rather than UTF-8. You can do this by specifying the * encoding for file names in the G_FILENAME_ENCODING * environment variable. For example, if your installation uses * ISO-8859-1 for file names, you can put this in your * ~/.profile: * * * export G_FILENAME_ENCODING=ISO-8859-1 * * * Glib provides the functions g_filename_to_utf8() and * g_filename_from_utf8() to perform the necessary conversions. These * functions convert file names from the encoding specified in * G_FILENAME_ENCODING to UTF-8 and vice-versa. * illustrates how * these functions are used to convert between UTF-8 and the * encoding for file names in the file system. * *
* Conversion between File Name Encodings * *
* * Checklist for Application Writers * * This section is a practical summary of the detailed * description above. You can use this as a checklist of * things to do to make sure your applications process file * name encodings correctly. * * * * If you get a file name from the file system from a function * such as readdir(3) or gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(), * you do not need to do any conversion to pass that * file name to functions like open(2), rename(2), or * fopen(3) — those are "raw" file names which the file * system understands. * * * If you need to display a file name, convert it to UTF-8 first by * using g_filename_to_utf8(). If conversion fails, display a string like * "Unknown file name". Do not * convert this string back into the encoding used for file names if you * wish to pass it to the file system; use the original file name instead. * For example, the document window of a word processor could display * "Unknown file name" in its title bar but still let the user save the * file, as it would keep the raw file name internally. This can happen * if the user has not set the G_FILENAME_ENCODING * environment variable even though he has files whose names are not * encoded in UTF-8. * * * If your user interface lets the user type a file name for saving or * renaming, convert it to the encoding used for file names in the file * system by using g_filename_from_utf8(). Pass the converted file name * to functions like fopen(3). If conversion fails, ask the user to enter * a different file name. This can happen if the user types Japanese * characters when G_FILENAME_ENCODING is set to * ISO-8859-1, for example. * * * * */ /** * SECTION:datalist * @title: Keyed Data Lists * @short_description: lists of data elements which are accessible by a string or GQuark identifier * * Keyed data lists provide lists of arbitrary data elements which can * be accessed either with a string or with a #GQuark corresponding to * the string. * * The #GQuark methods are quicker, since the strings have to be * converted to #GQuarks anyway. * * Data lists are used for associating arbitrary data with #GObjects, * using g_object_set_data() and related functions. * * To create a datalist, use g_datalist_init(). * * To add data elements to a datalist use g_datalist_id_set_data(), * g_datalist_id_set_data_full(), g_datalist_set_data() and * g_datalist_set_data_full(). * * To get data elements from a datalist use g_datalist_id_get_data() * and g_datalist_get_data(). * * To iterate over all data elements in a datalist use * g_datalist_foreach() (not thread-safe). * * To remove data elements from a datalist use * g_datalist_id_remove_data() and g_datalist_remove_data(). * * To remove all data elements from a datalist, use g_datalist_clear(). */ /** * SECTION:datasets * @title: Datasets * @short_description: associate groups of data elements with particular memory locations * * Datasets associate groups of data elements with particular memory * locations. These are useful if you need to associate data with a * structure returned from an external library. Since you cannot modify * the structure, you use its location in memory as the key into a * dataset, where you can associate any number of data elements with it. * * There are two forms of most of the dataset functions. The first form * uses strings to identify the data elements associated with a * location. The second form uses #GQuark identifiers, which are * created with a call to g_quark_from_string() or * g_quark_from_static_string(). The second form is quicker, since it * does not require looking up the string in the hash table of #GQuark * identifiers. * * There is no function to create a dataset. It is automatically * created as soon as you add elements to it. * * To add data elements to a dataset use g_dataset_id_set_data(), * g_dataset_id_set_data_full(), g_dataset_set_data() and * g_dataset_set_data_full(). * * To get data elements from a dataset use g_dataset_id_get_data() and * g_dataset_get_data(). * * To iterate over all data elements in a dataset use * g_dataset_foreach() (not thread-safe). * * To remove data elements from a dataset use * g_dataset_id_remove_data() and g_dataset_remove_data(). * * To destroy a dataset, use g_dataset_destroy(). */ /** * SECTION:date * @title: Date and Time Functions * @short_description: calendrical calculations and miscellaneous time stuff * * The #GDate data structure represents a day between January 1, Year 1, * and sometime a few thousand years in the future (right now it will go * to the year 65535 or so, but g_date_set_parse() only parses up to the * year 8000 or so - just count on "a few thousand"). #GDate is meant to * represent everyday dates, not astronomical dates or historical dates * or ISO timestamps or the like. It extrapolates the current Gregorian * calendar forward and backward in time; there is no attempt to change * the calendar to match time periods or locations. #GDate does not store * time information; it represents a day. * * The #GDate implementation has several nice features; it is only a * 64-bit struct, so storing large numbers of dates is very efficient. It * can keep both a Julian and day-month-year representation of the date, * since some calculations are much easier with one representation or the * other. A Julian representation is simply a count of days since some * fixed day in the past; for #GDate the fixed day is January 1, 1 AD. * ("Julian" dates in the #GDate API aren't really Julian dates in the * technical sense; technically, Julian dates count from the start of the * Julian period, Jan 1, 4713 BC). * * #GDate is simple to use. First you need a "blank" date; you can get a * dynamically allocated date from g_date_new(), or you can declare an * automatic variable or array and initialize it to a sane state by * calling g_date_clear(). A cleared date is sane; it's safe to call * g_date_set_dmy() and the other mutator functions to initialize the * value of a cleared date. However, a cleared date is initially * invalid, meaning that it doesn't represent a day * that exists. It is undefined to call any of the date calculation * routines on an invalid date. If you obtain a date from a user or other * unpredictable source, you should check its validity with the * g_date_valid() predicate. g_date_valid() is also used to check for * errors with g_date_set_parse() and other functions that can * fail. Dates can be invalidated by calling g_date_clear() again. * * It is very important to use the API to access the #GDate * struct. Often only the day-month-year or only the Julian * representation is valid. Sometimes neither is valid. Use the API. * * GLib also features #GDateTime which represents a precise time. */ /** * SECTION:date-time * @title: GDateTime * @short_description: a structure representing Date and Time * @see_also: #GTimeZone * * #GDateTime is a structure that combines a Gregorian date and time * into a single structure. It provides many conversion and methods to * manipulate dates and times. Time precision is provided down to * microseconds and the time can range (proleptically) from 0001-01-01 * 00:00:00 to 9999-12-31 23:59:59.999999. #GDateTime follows POSIX * time in the sense that it is oblivious to leap seconds. * * #GDateTime is an immutable object; once it has been created it cannot * be modified further. All modifiers will create a new #GDateTime. * Nearly all such functions can fail due to the date or time going out * of range, in which case %NULL will be returned. * * #GDateTime is reference counted: the reference count is increased by calling * g_date_time_ref() and decreased by calling g_date_time_unref(). When the * reference count drops to 0, the resources allocated by the #GDateTime * structure are released. * * Many parts of the API may produce non-obvious results. As an * example, adding two months to January 31st will yield March 31st * whereas adding one month and then one month again will yield either * March 28th or March 29th. Also note that adding 24 hours is not * always the same as adding one day (since days containing daylight * savings time transitions are either 23 or 25 hours in length). * * #GDateTime is available since GLib 2.26. */ /** * SECTION:error_reporting * @Title: Error Reporting * @Short_description: a system for reporting errors * * GLib provides a standard method of reporting errors from a called * function to the calling code. (This is the same problem solved by * exceptions in other languages.) It's important to understand that * this method is both a data type (the #GError * object) and a set of rules. If you use #GError * incorrectly, then your code will not properly interoperate with other * code that uses #GError, and users of your API will probably get confused. * * First and foremost: #GError should only be used to report * recoverable runtime errors, never to report programming * errors. If the programmer has screwed up, then you should * use g_warning(), g_return_if_fail(), g_assert(), g_error(), or some * similar facility. (Incidentally, remember that the g_error() function * should only be used for programming errors, it * should not be used to print any error reportable via #GError.) * * Examples of recoverable runtime errors are "file not found" or * "failed to parse input." Examples of programming errors are "NULL * passed to strcmp()" or "attempted to free the same pointer twice." * These two kinds of errors are fundamentally different: runtime errors * should be handled or reported to the user, programming errors should * be eliminated by fixing the bug in the program. This is why most * functions in GLib and GTK+ do not use the #GError facility. * * Functions that can fail take a return location for a #GError as their * last argument. For example: * |[ * gboolean g_file_get_contents (const gchar *filename, * gchar **contents, * gsize *length, * GError **error); * ]| * If you pass a non-%NULL value for the error * argument, it should point to a location where an error can be placed. * For example: * |[ * gchar *contents; * GError *err = NULL; * g_file_get_contents ("foo.txt", &contents, NULL, &err); * g_assert ((contents == NULL && err != NULL) || (contents != NULL && err == NULL)); * if (err != NULL) * { * /* Report error to user, and free error */ * g_assert (contents == NULL); * fprintf (stderr, "Unable to read file: %s\n", err->message); * g_error_free (err); * } * else * { * /* Use file contents */ * g_assert (contents != NULL); * } * ]| * Note that err != NULL in this example is a * reliable indicator of whether * g_file_get_contents() failed. Additionally, g_file_get_contents() * returns a boolean which indicates whether it was successful. * * Because g_file_get_contents() returns %FALSE on failure, if you * are only interested in whether it failed and don't need to display * an error message, you can pass %NULL for the error * argument: * |[ * if (g_file_get_contents ("foo.txt", &contents, NULL, NULL)) /* ignore errors */ * /* no error occurred */ ; * else * /* error */ ; * ]| * * The #GError object contains three fields: domain * indicates the module the error-reporting function is located in, * code indicates the specific error that occurred, * and message is a user-readable error message with * as many details as possible. Several functions are provided to deal * with an error received from a called function: g_error_matches() * returns %TRUE if the error matches a given domain and code, * g_propagate_error() copies an error into an error location (so the * calling function will receive it), and g_clear_error() clears an * error location by freeing the error and resetting the location to * %NULL. To display an error to the user, simply display * error->message, perhaps along with additional * context known only to the calling function (the file being opened, * or whatever -- though in the g_file_get_contents() case, * error->message already contains a filename). * * When implementing a function that can report errors, the basic * tool is g_set_error(). Typically, if a fatal error occurs you * want to g_set_error(), then return immediately. g_set_error() * does nothing if the error location passed to it is %NULL. * Here's an example: * |[ * gint * foo_open_file (GError **error) * { * gint fd; * * fd = open ("file.txt", O_RDONLY); * * if (fd < 0) * { * g_set_error (error, * FOO_ERROR, /* error domain */ * FOO_ERROR_BLAH, /* error code */ * "Failed to open file: %s", /* error message format string */ * g_strerror (errno)); * return -1; * } * else * return fd; * } * ]| * * Things are somewhat more complicated if you yourself call another * function that can report a #GError. If the sub-function indicates * fatal errors in some way other than reporting a #GError, such as * by returning %TRUE on success, you can simply do the following: * |[ * gboolean * my_function_that_can_fail (GError **err) * { * g_return_val_if_fail (err == NULL || *err == NULL, FALSE); * * if (!sub_function_that_can_fail (err)) * { * /* assert that error was set by the sub-function */ * g_assert (err == NULL || *err != NULL); * return FALSE; * } * * /* otherwise continue, no error occurred */ * g_assert (err == NULL || *err == NULL); * } * ]| * * If the sub-function does not indicate errors other than by * reporting a #GError, you need to create a temporary #GError * since the passed-in one may be %NULL. g_propagate_error() is * intended for use in this case. * |[ * gboolean * my_function_that_can_fail (GError **err) * { * GError *tmp_error; * * g_return_val_if_fail (err == NULL || *err == NULL, FALSE); * * tmp_error = NULL; * sub_function_that_can_fail (&tmp_error); * * if (tmp_error != NULL) * { * /* store tmp_error in err, if err != NULL, * * otherwise call g_error_free() on tmp_error * */ * g_propagate_error (err, tmp_error); * return FALSE; * } * * /* otherwise continue, no error occurred */ * } * ]| * * Error pileups are always a bug. For example, this code is incorrect: * |[ * gboolean * my_function_that_can_fail (GError **err) * { * GError *tmp_error; * * g_return_val_if_fail (err == NULL || *err == NULL, FALSE); * * tmp_error = NULL; * sub_function_that_can_fail (&tmp_error); * other_function_that_can_fail (&tmp_error); * * if (tmp_error != NULL) * { * g_propagate_error (err, tmp_error); * return FALSE; * } * } * ]| * tmp_error should be checked immediately after * sub_function_that_can_fail(), and either cleared or propagated * upward. The rule is: after each error, you must either * handle the error, or return it to the calling function. * Note that passing %NULL for the error location is the equivalent * of handling an error by always doing nothing about it. So the * following code is fine, assuming errors in sub_function_that_can_fail() * are not fatal to my_function_that_can_fail(): * |[ * gboolean * my_function_that_can_fail (GError **err) * { * GError *tmp_error; * * g_return_val_if_fail (err == NULL || *err == NULL, FALSE); * * sub_function_that_can_fail (NULL); /* ignore errors */ * * tmp_error = NULL; * other_function_that_can_fail (&tmp_error); * * if (tmp_error != NULL) * { * g_propagate_error (err, tmp_error); * return FALSE; * } * } * ]| * * Note that passing %NULL for the error location * ignores errors; it's equivalent to * try { sub_function_that_can_fail (); } catch (...) {} * in C++. It does not mean to leave errors * unhandled; it means to handle them by doing nothing. * * Error domains and codes are conventionally named as follows: * * * The error domain is called * <NAMESPACE>_<MODULE>_ERROR, * for example %G_SPAWN_ERROR or %G_THREAD_ERROR: * |[ * #define G_SPAWN_ERROR g_spawn_error_quark () * * GQuark * g_spawn_error_quark (void) * { * return g_quark_from_static_string ("g-spawn-error-quark"); * } * ]| * * * The quark function for the error domain is called * <namespace>_<module>_error_quark, * for example g_spawn_error_quark() or g_thread_error_quark(). * * * The error codes are in an enumeration called * <Namespace><Module>Error; * for example,#GThreadError or #GSpawnError. * * * Members of the error code enumeration are called * <NAMESPACE>_<MODULE>_ERROR_<CODE>, * for example %G_SPAWN_ERROR_FORK or %G_THREAD_ERROR_AGAIN. * * * If there's a "generic" or "unknown" error code for unrecoverable * errors it doesn't make sense to distinguish with specific codes, * it should be called <NAMESPACE>_<MODULE>_ERROR_FAILED, * for example %G_SPAWN_ERROR_FAILED. * * * * Summary of rules for use of #GError: * * * Do not report programming errors via #GError. * * * The last argument of a function that returns an error should * be a location where a #GError can be placed (i.e. "#GError** error"). * If #GError is used with varargs, the #GError** should be the last * argument before the "...". * * * The caller may pass %NULL for the #GError** if they are not interested * in details of the exact error that occurred. * * * If %NULL is passed for the #GError** argument, then errors should * not be returned to the caller, but your function should still * abort and return if an error occurs. That is, control flow should * not be affected by whether the caller wants to get a #GError. * * * If a #GError is reported, then your function by definition * had a fatal failure and did not complete whatever * it was supposed to do. If the failure was not fatal, * then you handled it and you should not report it. If it was fatal, * then you must report it and discontinue whatever you were doing * immediately. * * * If a #GError is reported, out parameters are not guaranteed to * be set to any defined value. * * * A #GError* must be initialized to %NULL before passing its address * to a function that can report errors. * * * "Piling up" errors is always a bug. That is, if you assign a * new #GError to a #GError* that is non-%NULL, thus overwriting * the previous error, it indicates that you should have aborted * the operation instead of continuing. If you were able to continue, * you should have cleared the previous error with g_clear_error(). * g_set_error() will complain if you pile up errors. * * * By convention, if you return a boolean value indicating success * then %TRUE means success and %FALSE means failure. If %FALSE is * returned, the error must be set to a non-%NULL * value. * * * A %NULL return value is also frequently used to mean that an error * occurred. You should make clear in your documentation whether %NULL * is a valid return value in non-error cases; if %NULL is a valid value, * then users must check whether an error was returned to see if the * function succeeded. * * * When implementing a function that can report errors, you may want * to add a check at the top of your function that the error return * location is either %NULL or contains a %NULL error (e.g. * g_return_if_fail (error == NULL || *error == NULL);). * * */ /** * SECTION:fileutils * @title: File Utilities * @short_description: various file-related functions * * There is a group of functions which wrap the common POSIX functions * dealing with filenames (g_open(), g_rename(), g_mkdir(), g_stat(), * g_unlink(), g_remove(), g_fopen(), g_freopen()). The point of these * wrappers is to make it possible to handle file names with any Unicode * characters in them on Windows without having to use ifdefs and the * wide character API in the application code. * * The pathname argument should be in the GLib file name encoding. * On POSIX this is the actual on-disk encoding which might correspond * to the locale settings of the process (or the * G_FILENAME_ENCODING environment variable), or not. * * On Windows the GLib file name encoding is UTF-8. Note that the * Microsoft C library does not use UTF-8, but has separate APIs for * current system code page and wide characters (UTF-16). The GLib * wrappers call the wide character API if present (on modern Windows * systems), otherwise convert to/from the system code page. * * Another group of functions allows to open and read directories * in the GLib file name encoding. These are g_dir_open(), * g_dir_read_name(), g_dir_rewind(), g_dir_close(). */ /** * SECTION:ghostutils * @short_description: Internet hostname utilities * * Functions for manipulating internet hostnames; in particular, for * converting between Unicode and ASCII-encoded forms of * Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs). * * The Internationalized Domain * Names for Applications (IDNA) standards allow for the use * of Unicode domain names in applications, while providing * backward-compatibility with the old ASCII-only DNS, by defining an * ASCII-Compatible Encoding of any given Unicode name, which can be * used with non-IDN-aware applications and protocols. (For example, * "Παν語.org" maps to "xn--4wa8awb4637h.org".) */ /** * SECTION:gregex * @title: Perl-compatible regular expressions * @short_description: matches strings against regular expressions * @see_also: * * The g_regex_*() functions implement regular * expression pattern matching using syntax and semantics similar to * Perl regular expression. * * Some functions accept a @start_position argument, setting it differs * from just passing over a shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL * in the case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion. * For example, consider the pattern "\Biss\B" which finds occurrences of "iss" * in the middle of words. ("\B" matches only if the current position in the * subject is not a word boundary.) When applied to the string "Mississipi" * from the fourth byte, namely "issipi", it does not match, because "\B" is * always false at the start of the subject, which is deemed to be a word * boundary. However, if the entire string is passed , but with * @start_position set to 4, it finds the second occurrence of "iss" because * it is able to look behind the starting point to discover that it is * preceded by a letter. * * Note that, unless you set the #G_REGEX_RAW flag, all the strings passed * to these functions must be encoded in UTF-8. The lengths and the positions * inside the strings are in bytes and not in characters, so, for instance, * "\xc3\xa0" (i.e. "à") is two bytes long but it is treated as a * single character. If you set #G_REGEX_RAW the strings can be non-valid * UTF-8 strings and a byte is treated as a character, so "\xc3\xa0" is two * bytes and two characters long. * * When matching a pattern, "\n" matches only against a "\n" character in * the string, and "\r" matches only a "\r" character. To match any newline * sequence use "\R". This particular group matches either the two-character * sequence CR + LF ("\r\n"), or one of the single characters LF (linefeed, * U+000A, "\n"), VT vertical tab, U+000B, "\v"), FF (formfeed, U+000C, "\f"), * CR (carriage return, U+000D, "\r"), NEL (next line, U+0085), LS (line * separator, U+2028), or PS (paragraph separator, U+2029). * * The behaviour of the dot, circumflex, and dollar metacharacters are * affected by newline characters, the default is to recognize any newline * character (the same characters recognized by "\R"). This can be changed * with #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_CR, #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_LF and #G_REGEX_NEWLINE_CRLF * compile options, and with #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_ANY, * #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_CR, #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_LF and * #G_REGEX_MATCH_NEWLINE_CRLF match options. These settings are also * relevant when compiling a pattern if #G_REGEX_EXTENDED is set, and an * unescaped "#" outside a character class is encountered. This indicates * a comment that lasts until after the next newline. * * Creating and manipulating the same #GRegex structure from different * threads is not a problem as #GRegex does not modify its internal * state between creation and destruction, on the other hand #GMatchInfo * is not threadsafe. * * The regular expressions low-level functionalities are obtained through * the excellent PCRE library * written by Philip Hazel. */ /** * SECTION:gunix * @title: UNIX-specific utilities and integration * @short_description: pipes, signal handling * @include: glib-unix.h * * Most of GLib is intended to be portable; in contrast, this set of * functions is designed for programs which explicitly target UNIX, * or are using it to build higher level abstractions which would be * conditionally compiled if the platform matches G_OS_UNIX. * * To use these functions, you must explicitly include the * "glib-unix.h" header. */ /** * SECTION:gurifuncs * @title: URI Functions * @short_description: manipulating URIs * * Functions for manipulating Universal Resource Identifiers (URIs) as * defined by * RFC 3986. It is highly recommended that you have read and * understand RFC 3986 for understanding this API. */ /** * SECTION:gvariant * @title: GVariant * @short_description: strongly typed value datatype * @see_also: GVariantType * * #GVariant is a variant datatype; it stores a value along with * information about the type of that value. The range of possible * values is determined by the type. The type system used by #GVariant * is #GVariantType. * * #GVariant instances always have a type and a value (which are given * at construction time). The type and value of a #GVariant instance * can never change other than by the #GVariant itself being * destroyed. A #GVariant cannot contain a pointer. * * #GVariant is reference counted using g_variant_ref() and * g_variant_unref(). #GVariant also has floating reference counts -- * see g_variant_ref_sink(). * * #GVariant is completely threadsafe. A #GVariant instance can be * concurrently accessed in any way from any number of threads without * problems. * * #GVariant is heavily optimised for dealing with data in serialised * form. It works particularly well with data located in memory-mapped * files. It can perform nearly all deserialisation operations in a * small constant time, usually touching only a single memory page. * Serialised #GVariant data can also be sent over the network. * * #GVariant is largely compatible with D-Bus. Almost all types of * #GVariant instances can be sent over D-Bus. See #GVariantType for * exceptions. (However, #GVariant's serialisation format is not the same * as the serialisation format of a D-Bus message body: use #GDBusMessage, * in the gio library, for those.) * * For space-efficiency, the #GVariant serialisation format does not * automatically include the variant's type or endianness, which must * either be implied from context (such as knowledge that a particular * file format always contains a little-endian %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT) * or supplied out-of-band (for instance, a type and/or endianness * indicator could be placed at the beginning of a file, network message * or network stream). * * A #GVariant's size is limited mainly by any lower level operating * system constraints, such as the number of bits in #gsize. For * example, it is reasonable to have a 2GB file mapped into memory * with #GMappedFile, and call g_variant_new_from_data() on it. * * For convenience to C programmers, #GVariant features powerful * varargs-based value construction and destruction. This feature is * designed to be embedded in other libraries. * * There is a Python-inspired text language for describing #GVariant * values. #GVariant includes a printer for this language and a parser * with type inferencing. * * * Memory Use * * #GVariant tries to be quite efficient with respect to memory use. * This section gives a rough idea of how much memory is used by the * current implementation. The information here is subject to change * in the future. * * * The memory allocated by #GVariant can be grouped into 4 broad * purposes: memory for serialised data, memory for the type * information cache, buffer management memory and memory for the * #GVariant structure itself. * * * Serialised Data Memory * * This is the memory that is used for storing GVariant data in * serialised form. This is what would be sent over the network or * what would end up on disk. * * * The amount of memory required to store a boolean is 1 byte. 16, * 32 and 64 bit integers and double precision floating point numbers * use their "natural" size. Strings (including object path and * signature strings) are stored with a nul terminator, and as such * use the length of the string plus 1 byte. * * * Maybe types use no space at all to represent the null value and * use the same amount of space (sometimes plus one byte) as the * equivalent non-maybe-typed value to represent the non-null case. * * * Arrays use the amount of space required to store each of their * members, concatenated. Additionally, if the items stored in an * array are not of a fixed-size (ie: strings, other arrays, etc) * then an additional framing offset is stored for each item. The * size of this offset is either 1, 2 or 4 bytes depending on the * overall size of the container. Additionally, extra padding bytes * are added as required for alignment of child values. * * * Tuples (including dictionary entries) use the amount of space * required to store each of their members, concatenated, plus one * framing offset (as per arrays) for each non-fixed-sized item in * the tuple, except for the last one. Additionally, extra padding * bytes are added as required for alignment of child values. * * * Variants use the same amount of space as the item inside of the * variant, plus 1 byte, plus the length of the type string for the * item inside the variant. * * * As an example, consider a dictionary mapping strings to variants. * In the case that the dictionary is empty, 0 bytes are required for * the serialisation. * * * If we add an item "width" that maps to the int32 value of 500 then * we will use 4 byte to store the int32 (so 6 for the variant * containing it) and 6 bytes for the string. The variant must be * aligned to 8 after the 6 bytes of the string, so that's 2 extra * bytes. 6 (string) + 2 (padding) + 6 (variant) is 14 bytes used * for the dictionary entry. An additional 1 byte is added to the * array as a framing offset making a total of 15 bytes. * * * If we add another entry, "title" that maps to a nullable string * that happens to have a value of null, then we use 0 bytes for the * null value (and 3 bytes for the variant to contain it along with * its type string) plus 6 bytes for the string. Again, we need 2 * padding bytes. That makes a total of 6 + 2 + 3 = 11 bytes. * * * We now require extra padding between the two items in the array. * After the 14 bytes of the first item, that's 2 bytes required. We * now require 2 framing offsets for an extra two bytes. 14 + 2 + 11 * + 2 = 29 bytes to encode the entire two-item dictionary. * * * * Type Information Cache * * For each GVariant type that currently exists in the program a type * information structure is kept in the type information cache. The * type information structure is required for rapid deserialisation. * * * Continuing with the above example, if a #GVariant exists with the * type "a{sv}" then a type information struct will exist for * "a{sv}", "{sv}", "s", and "v". Multiple uses of the same type * will share the same type information. Additionally, all * single-digit types are stored in read-only static memory and do * not contribute to the writable memory footprint of a program using * #GVariant. * * * Aside from the type information structures stored in read-only * memory, there are two forms of type information. One is used for * container types where there is a single element type: arrays and * maybe types. The other is used for container types where there * are multiple element types: tuples and dictionary entries. * * * Array type info structures are 6 * sizeof (void *), plus the * memory required to store the type string itself. This means that * on 32bit systems, the cache entry for "a{sv}" would require 30 * bytes of memory (plus malloc overhead). * * * Tuple type info structures are 6 * sizeof (void *), plus 4 * * sizeof (void *) for each item in the tuple, plus the memory * required to store the type string itself. A 2-item tuple, for * example, would have a type information structure that consumed * writable memory in the size of 14 * sizeof (void *) (plus type * string) This means that on 32bit systems, the cache entry for * "{sv}" would require 61 bytes of memory (plus malloc overhead). * * * This means that in total, for our "a{sv}" example, 91 bytes of * type information would be allocated. * * * The type information cache, additionally, uses a #GHashTable to * store and lookup the cached items and stores a pointer to this * hash table in static storage. The hash table is freed when there * are zero items in the type cache. * * * Although these sizes may seem large it is important to remember * that a program will probably only have a very small number of * different types of values in it and that only one type information * structure is required for many different values of the same type. * * * * Buffer Management Memory * * #GVariant uses an internal buffer management structure to deal * with the various different possible sources of serialised data * that it uses. The buffer is responsible for ensuring that the * correct call is made when the data is no longer in use by * #GVariant. This may involve a g_free() or a g_slice_free() or * even g_mapped_file_unref(). * * * One buffer management structure is used for each chunk of * serialised data. The size of the buffer management structure is 4 * * (void *). On 32bit systems, that's 16 bytes. * * * * GVariant structure * * The size of a #GVariant structure is 6 * (void *). On 32 bit * systems, that's 24 bytes. * * * #GVariant structures only exist if they are explicitly created * with API calls. For example, if a #GVariant is constructed out of * serialised data for the example given above (with the dictionary) * then although there are 9 individual values that comprise the * entire dictionary (two keys, two values, two variants containing * the values, two dictionary entries, plus the dictionary itself), * only 1 #GVariant instance exists -- the one referring to the * dictionary. * * * If calls are made to start accessing the other values then * #GVariant instances will exist for those values only for as long * as they are in use (ie: until you call g_variant_unref()). The * type information is shared. The serialised data and the buffer * management structure for that serialised data is shared by the * child. * * * * Summary * * To put the entire example together, for our dictionary mapping * strings to variants (with two entries, as given above), we are * using 91 bytes of memory for type information, 29 byes of memory * for the serialised data, 16 bytes for buffer management and 24 * bytes for the #GVariant instance, or a total of 160 bytes, plus * malloc overhead. If we were to use g_variant_get_child_value() to * access the two dictionary entries, we would use an additional 48 * bytes. If we were to have other dictionaries of the same type, we * would use more memory for the serialised data and buffer * management for those dictionaries, but the type information would * be shared. * * * */ /** * SECTION:gvarianttype * @title: GVariantType * @short_description: introduction to the GVariant type system * @see_also: #GVariantType, #GVariant * * This section introduces the GVariant type system. It is based, in * large part, on the D-Bus type system, with two major changes and some minor * lifting of restrictions. The DBus * specification, therefore, provides a significant amount of * information that is useful when working with GVariant. * * The first major change with respect to the D-Bus type system is the * introduction of maybe (or "nullable") types. Any type in GVariant can be * converted to a maybe type, in which case, "nothing" (or "null") becomes a * valid value. Maybe types have been added by introducing the * character "m" to type strings. * * The second major change is that the GVariant type system supports the * concept of "indefinite types" -- types that are less specific than * the normal types found in D-Bus. For example, it is possible to speak * of "an array of any type" in GVariant, where the D-Bus type system * would require you to speak of "an array of integers" or "an array of * strings". Indefinite types have been added by introducing the * characters "*", "?" and * "r" to type strings. * * Finally, all arbitrary restrictions relating to the complexity of * types are lifted along with the restriction that dictionary entries * may only appear nested inside of arrays. * * Just as in D-Bus, GVariant types are described with strings ("type * strings"). Subject to the differences mentioned above, these strings * are of the same form as those found in DBus. Note, however: D-Bus * always works in terms of messages and therefore individual type * strings appear nowhere in its interface. Instead, "signatures" * are a concatenation of the strings of the type of each argument in a * message. GVariant deals with single values directly so GVariant type * strings always describe the type of exactly one value. This means * that a D-Bus signature string is generally not a valid GVariant type * string -- except in the case that it is the signature of a message * containing exactly one argument. * * An indefinite type is similar in spirit to what may be called an * abstract type in other type systems. No value can exist that has an * indefinite type as its type, but values can exist that have types * that are subtypes of indefinite types. That is to say, * g_variant_get_type() will never return an indefinite type, but * calling g_variant_is_of_type() with an indefinite type may return * %TRUE. For example, you cannot have a value that represents "an * array of no particular type", but you can have an "array of integers" * which certainly matches the type of "an array of no particular type", * since "array of integers" is a subtype of "array of no particular * type". * * This is similar to how instances of abstract classes may not * directly exist in other type systems, but instances of their * non-abstract subtypes may. For example, in GTK, no object that has * the type of #GtkBin can exist (since #GtkBin is an abstract class), * but a #GtkWindow can certainly be instantiated, and you would say * that the #GtkWindow is a #GtkBin (since #GtkWindow is a subclass of * #GtkBin). * * A detailed description of GVariant type strings is given here: * * * GVariant Type Strings * * A GVariant type string can be any of the following: * * * * * any basic type string (listed below) * * * * * "v", "r" or * "*" * * * * * one of the characters 'a' or * 'm', followed by another type string * * * * * the character '(', followed by a concatenation * of zero or more other type strings, followed by the character * ')' * * * * * the character '{', followed by a basic type * string (see below), followed by another type string, followed by * the character '}' * * * * * A basic type string describes a basic type (as per * g_variant_type_is_basic()) and is always a single * character in length. The valid basic type strings are * "b", "y", * "n", "q", * "i", "u", * "x", "t", * "h", "d", * "s", "o", * "g" and "?". * * * The above definition is recursive to arbitrary depth. * "aaaaai" and "(ui(nq((y)))s)" * are both valid type strings, as is * "a(aa(ui)(qna{ya(yd)}))". * * * The meaning of each of the characters is as follows: * * * * * * * * Character * * * * * Meaning * * * * * * * b * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN; a boolean value. * * * * * * * y * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE; a byte. * * * * * * * n * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16; a signed 16 bit * integer. * * * * * * * q * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16; an unsigned 16 bit * integer. * * * * * * * i * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32; a signed 32 bit * integer. * * * * * * * u * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32; an unsigned 32 bit * integer. * * * * * * * x * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64; a signed 64 bit * integer. * * * * * * * t * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64; an unsigned 64 bit * integer. * * * * * * * h * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE; a signed 32 bit * value that, by convention, is used as an index into an array * of file descriptors that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. * * * * * * * d * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE; a double precision * floating point value. * * * * * * * s * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING; a string. * * * * * * * o * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH; a string in * the form of a D-Bus object path. * * * * * * * g * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING; a string in the * form of a D-Bus type signature. * * * * * * * ? * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC; an indefinite type * that is a supertype of any of the basic types. * * * * * * * v * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT; a container type * that contain any other type of value. * * * * * * * a * * * * * used as a prefix on another type string to mean an array of * that type; the type string "ai", for * example, is the type of an array of 32 bit signed integers. * * * * * * * m * * * * * used as a prefix on another type string to mean a "maybe", or * "nullable", version of that type; the type string * "ms", for example, is the type of a value * that maybe contains a string, or maybe contains nothing. * * * * * * * () * * * * * used to enclose zero or more other concatenated type strings * to create a tuple type; the type string * "(is)", for example, is the type of a pair * of an integer and a string. * * * * * * * r * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE; an indefinite type * that is a supertype of any tuple type, regardless of the * number of items. * * * * * * * {} * * * * * used to enclose a basic type string concatenated with another * type string to create a dictionary entry type, which usually * appears inside of an array to form a dictionary; the type * string "a{sd}", for example, is the type of * a dictionary that maps strings to double precision floating * point values. * * * The first type (the basic type) is the key type and the second * type is the value type. The reason that the first type is * restricted to being a basic type is so that it can easily be * hashed. * * * * * * * * * * * * * the type string of %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ANY; the indefinite type * that is a supertype of all types. Note that, as with all type * strings, this character represents exactly one type. It * cannot be used inside of tuples to mean "any number of items". * * * * * * * * Any type string of a container that contains an indefinite type is, * itself, an indefinite type. For example, the type string * "a*" (corresponding to %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY) is * an indefinite type that is a supertype of every array type. * "(*s)" is a supertype of all tuples that * contain exactly two items where the second item is a string. * * * "a{?*}" is an indefinite type that is a * supertype of all arrays containing dictionary entries where the key * is any basic type and the value is any type at all. This is, by * definition, a dictionary, so this type string corresponds to * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICTIONARY. Note that, due to the restriction that * the key of a dictionary entry must be a basic type, * "{**}" is not a valid type string. * * */ /** * SECTION:hash_tables * @title: Hash Tables * @short_description: associations between keys and values so that given a key the value can be found quickly * * A #GHashTable provides associations between keys and values which is * optimized so that given a key, the associated value can be found * very quickly. * * Note that neither keys nor values are copied when inserted into the * #GHashTable, so they must exist for the lifetime of the #GHashTable. * This means that the use of static strings is OK, but temporary * strings (i.e. those created in buffers and those returned by GTK+ * widgets) should be copied with g_strdup() before being inserted. * * If keys or values are dynamically allocated, you must be careful to * ensure that they are freed when they are removed from the * #GHashTable, and also when they are overwritten by new insertions * into the #GHashTable. It is also not advisable to mix static strings * and dynamically-allocated strings in a #GHashTable, because it then * becomes difficult to determine whether the string should be freed. * * To create a #GHashTable, use g_hash_table_new(). * * To insert a key and value into a #GHashTable, use * g_hash_table_insert(). * * To lookup a value corresponding to a given key, use * g_hash_table_lookup() and g_hash_table_lookup_extended(). * * g_hash_table_lookup_extended() can also be used to simply * check if a key is present in the hash table. * * To remove a key and value, use g_hash_table_remove(). * * To call a function for each key and value pair use * g_hash_table_foreach() or use a iterator to iterate over the * key/value pairs in the hash table, see #GHashTableIter. * * To destroy a #GHashTable use g_hash_table_destroy(). * * * Using a GHashTable as a set * * A common use-case for hash tables is to store information about * a set of keys, without associating any particular value with each * key. GHashTable optimizes one way of doing so: If you store only * key-value pairs where key == value, then GHashTable does not * allocate memory to store the values, which can be a considerable * space saving, if your set is large. * * * GHashTable * * set_new (GHashFunc hash_func, * GEqualFunc equal_func, * GDestroyNotify destroy) * { * return g_hash_table_new_full (hash_func, equal_func, destroy, NULL); * } * * void * set_add (GHashTable *set, * gpointer element) * { * g_hash_table_replace (set, element, element); * } * * gboolean * set_contains (GHashTable *set, * gpointer element) * { * return g_hash_table_lookup_extended (set, element, NULL, NULL); * } * * gboolean * set_remove (GHashTable *set, * gpointer element) * { * return g_hash_table_remove (set, element); * } * * * * As of version 2.32, there is also a g_hash_table_add() function to * add a key to a #GHashTable that is being used as a set. */ /** * SECTION:hmac * @title: Secure HMAC Digests * @short_description: computes the HMAC for data * * HMACs should be used when producing a cookie or hash based on data * and a key. Simple mechanisms for using SHA1 and other algorithms to * digest a key and data together are vulnerable to various security * issues. HMAC * uses algorithms like SHA1 in a secure way to produce a digest of a * key and data. * * Both the key and data are arbitrary byte arrays of bytes or characters. * * Support for HMAC Digests has been added in GLib 2.30. */ /** * SECTION:hooks * @title: Hook Functions * @short_description: support for manipulating lists of hook functions * * The #GHookList, #GHook and their related functions provide support for * lists of hook functions. Functions can be added and removed from the lists, * and the list of hook functions can be invoked. */ /** * SECTION:i18n * @title: Internationalization * @short_description: gettext support macros * @see_also: the gettext manual * * GLib doesn't force any particular localization method upon its users. * But since GLib itself is localized using the gettext() mechanism, it seems * natural to offer the de-facto standard gettext() support macros in an * easy-to-use form. * * In order to use these macros in an application, you must include * glib/gi18n.h. For use in a library, must include * glib/gi18n-lib.h after defining * the GETTEXT_PACKAGE macro suitably for your library: * |[ * #define GETTEXT_PACKAGE "gtk20" * #include <glib/gi18n-lib.h> * ]| * Note that you also have to call setlocale() and textdomain() (as well as * bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset()) early on in your main() * to make gettext() work. * * The gettext manual covers details of how to set up message extraction * with xgettext. */ /** * SECTION:iochannels * @title: IO Channels * @short_description: portable support for using files, pipes and sockets * @see_also: g_io_add_watch(), g_io_add_watch_full(), g_source_remove() Convenience functions for creating #GIOChannel instances and adding them to the main event loop. * * The #GIOChannel data type aims to provide a portable method for * using file descriptors, pipes, and sockets, and integrating them * into the main event * loop. Currently full support is available on UNIX platforms, * support for Windows is only partially complete. * * To create a new #GIOChannel on UNIX systems use * g_io_channel_unix_new(). This works for plain file descriptors, * pipes and sockets. Alternatively, a channel can be created for a * file in a system independent manner using g_io_channel_new_file(). * * Once a #GIOChannel has been created, it can be used in a generic * manner with the functions g_io_channel_read_chars(), * g_io_channel_write_chars(), g_io_channel_seek_position(), and * g_io_channel_shutdown(). * * To add a #GIOChannel to the main event loop use * g_io_add_watch() or g_io_add_watch_full(). Here you specify which * events you are interested in on the #GIOChannel, and provide a * function to be called whenever these events occur. * * #GIOChannel instances are created with an initial reference count of * 1. g_io_channel_ref() and g_io_channel_unref() can be used to * increment or decrement the reference count respectively. When the * reference count falls to 0, the #GIOChannel is freed. (Though it * isn't closed automatically, unless it was created using * g_io_channel_new_file().) Using g_io_add_watch() or * g_io_add_watch_full() increments a channel's reference count. * * The new functions g_io_channel_read_chars(), * g_io_channel_read_line(), g_io_channel_read_line_string(), * g_io_channel_read_to_end(), g_io_channel_write_chars(), * g_io_channel_seek_position(), and g_io_channel_flush() should not be * mixed with the deprecated functions g_io_channel_read(), * g_io_channel_write(), and g_io_channel_seek() on the same channel. */ /** * SECTION:keyfile * @title: Key-value file parser * @short_description: parses .ini-like config files * * #GKeyFile lets you parse, edit or create files containing groups of * key-value pairs, which we call key files for * lack of a better name. Several freedesktop.org specifications use * key files now, e.g the * Desktop * Entry Specification and the * Icon * Theme Specification. * * The syntax of key files is described in detail in the * Desktop * Entry Specification, here is a quick summary: Key files * consists of groups of key-value pairs, interspersed with comments. * * |[ * # this is just an example * # there can be comments before the first group * * [First Group] * * Name=Key File Example\tthis value shows\nescaping * * # localized strings are stored in multiple key-value pairs * Welcome=Hello * Welcome[de]=Hallo * Welcome[fr_FR]=Bonjour * Welcome[it]=Ciao * Welcome[be@latin]=Hello * * [Another Group] * * Numbers=2;20;-200;0 * * Booleans=true;false;true;true * ]| * * Lines beginning with a '#' and blank lines are considered comments. * * Groups are started by a header line containing the group name enclosed * in '[' and ']', and ended implicitly by the start of the next group or * the end of the file. Each key-value pair must be contained in a group. * * Key-value pairs generally have the form key=value, * with the exception of localized strings, which have the form * key[locale]=value, with a locale identifier of the * form lang_COUNTRY@MODIFIER where * COUNTRY and MODIFIER are optional. * Space before and after the '=' character are ignored. Newline, tab, * carriage return and backslash characters in value are escaped as \n, * \t, \r, and \\, respectively. To preserve leading spaces in values, * these can also be escaped as \s. * * Key files can store strings (possibly with localized variants), integers, * booleans and lists of these. Lists are separated by a separator character, * typically ';' or ','. To use the list separator character in a value in * a list, it has to be escaped by prefixing it with a backslash. * * This syntax is obviously inspired by the .ini files commonly met * on Windows, but there are some important differences: * * .ini files use the ';' character to begin comments, * key files use the '#' character. * Key files do not allow for ungrouped keys meaning only * comments can precede the first group. * Key files are always encoded in UTF-8. * Key and Group names are case-sensitive. For example, a * group called [GROUP] is a different from * [group]. * .ini files don't have a strongly typed boolean entry type, * they only have GetProfileInt(). In key files, only * true and false (in lower case) * are allowed. * * * Note that in contrast to the * Desktop * Entry Specification, groups in key files may contain the same * key multiple times; the last entry wins. Key files may also contain * multiple groups with the same name; they are merged together. * Another difference is that keys and group names in key files are not * restricted to ASCII characters. */ /** * SECTION:linked_lists_double * @title: Doubly-Linked Lists * @short_description: linked lists that can be iterated over in both directions * * The #GList structure and its associated functions provide a standard * doubly-linked list data structure. * * Each element in the list contains a piece of data, together with * pointers which link to the previous and next elements in the list. * Using these pointers it is possible to move through the list in both * directions (unlike the Singly-Linked Lists which * only allows movement through the list in the forward direction). * * The data contained in each element can be either integer values, by * using one of the Type * Conversion Macros, or simply pointers to any type of data. * * List elements are allocated from the slice allocator, which is more * efficient than allocating elements individually. * * Note that most of the #GList functions expect to be passed a pointer * to the first element in the list. The functions which insert * elements return the new start of the list, which may have changed. * * There is no function to create a #GList. %NULL is considered to be * the empty list so you simply set a #GList* to %NULL. * * To add elements, use g_list_append(), g_list_prepend(), * g_list_insert() and g_list_insert_sorted(). * * To remove elements, use g_list_remove(). * * To find elements in the list use g_list_first(), g_list_last(), * g_list_next(), g_list_previous(), g_list_nth(), g_list_nth_data(), * g_list_find() and g_list_find_custom(). * * To find the index of an element use g_list_position() and * g_list_index(). * * To call a function for each element in the list use g_list_foreach(). * * To free the entire list, use g_list_free(). */ /** * SECTION:linked_lists_single * @title: Singly-Linked Lists * @short_description: linked lists that can be iterated in one direction * * The #GSList structure and its associated functions provide a * standard singly-linked list data structure. * * Each element in the list contains a piece of data, together with a * pointer which links to the next element in the list. Using this * pointer it is possible to move through the list in one direction * only (unlike the Doubly-Linked Lists which * allow movement in both directions). * * The data contained in each element can be either integer values, by * using one of the Type * Conversion Macros, or simply pointers to any type of data. * * List elements are allocated from the slice allocator, which is more * efficient than allocating elements individually. * * Note that most of the #GSList functions expect to be passed a * pointer to the first element in the list. The functions which insert * elements return the new start of the list, which may have changed. * * There is no function to create a #GSList. %NULL is considered to be * the empty list so you simply set a #GSList* to %NULL. * * To add elements, use g_slist_append(), g_slist_prepend(), * g_slist_insert() and g_slist_insert_sorted(). * * To remove elements, use g_slist_remove(). * * To find elements in the list use g_slist_last(), g_slist_next(), * g_slist_nth(), g_slist_nth_data(), g_slist_find() and * g_slist_find_custom(). * * To find the index of an element use g_slist_position() and * g_slist_index(). * * To call a function for each element in the list use * g_slist_foreach(). * * To free the entire list, use g_slist_free(). */ /** * SECTION:macros * @title: Standard Macros * @short_description: commonly-used macros * * These macros provide a few commonly-used features. */ /** * SECTION:macros_misc * @title: Miscellaneous Macros * @short_description: specialized macros which are not used often * * These macros provide more specialized features which are not * needed so often by application programmers. */ /** * SECTION:main * @title: The Main Event Loop * @short_description: manages all available sources of events * * The main event loop manages all the available sources of events for * GLib and GTK+ applications. These events can come from any number of * different types of sources such as file descriptors (plain files, * pipes or sockets) and timeouts. New types of event sources can also * be added using g_source_attach(). * * To allow multiple independent sets of sources to be handled in * different threads, each source is associated with a #GMainContext. * A GMainContext can only be running in a single thread, but * sources can be added to it and removed from it from other threads. * * Each event source is assigned a priority. The default priority, * #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT, is 0. Values less than 0 denote higher priorities. * Values greater than 0 denote lower priorities. Events from high priority * sources are always processed before events from lower priority sources. * * Idle functions can also be added, and assigned a priority. These will * be run whenever no events with a higher priority are ready to be processed. * * The #GMainLoop data type represents a main event loop. A GMainLoop is * created with g_main_loop_new(). After adding the initial event sources, * g_main_loop_run() is called. This continuously checks for new events from * each of the event sources and dispatches them. Finally, the processing of * an event from one of the sources leads to a call to g_main_loop_quit() to * exit the main loop, and g_main_loop_run() returns. * * It is possible to create new instances of #GMainLoop recursively. * This is often used in GTK+ applications when showing modal dialog * boxes. Note that event sources are associated with a particular * #GMainContext, and will be checked and dispatched for all main * loops associated with that GMainContext. * * GTK+ contains wrappers of some of these functions, e.g. gtk_main(), * gtk_main_quit() and gtk_events_pending(). * * Creating new source types * One of the unusual features of the #GMainLoop functionality * is that new types of event source can be created and used in * addition to the builtin type of event source. A new event source * type is used for handling GDK events. A new source type is created * by deriving from the #GSource structure. * The derived type of source is represented by a structure that has * the #GSource structure as a first element, and other elements specific * to the new source type. To create an instance of the new source type, * call g_source_new() passing in the size of the derived structure and * a table of functions. These #GSourceFuncs determine the behavior of * the new source type. * New source types basically interact with the main context * in two ways. Their prepare function in #GSourceFuncs can set a timeout * to determine the maximum amount of time that the main loop will sleep * before checking the source again. In addition, or as well, the source * can add file descriptors to the set that the main context checks using * g_source_add_poll(). * * Customizing the main loop iteration * Single iterations of a #GMainContext can be run with * g_main_context_iteration(). In some cases, more detailed control * of exactly how the details of the main loop work is desired, for * instance, when integrating the #GMainLoop with an external main loop. * In such cases, you can call the component functions of * g_main_context_iteration() directly. These functions are * g_main_context_prepare(), g_main_context_query(), * g_main_context_check() and g_main_context_dispatch(). * The operation of these functions can best be seen in terms * of a state diagram, as shown in . *
States of a Main Context * *
* * * On Unix, the GLib mainloop is incompatible with fork(). Any program * using the mainloop must either exec() or exit() from the child * without returning to the mainloop. */ /** * SECTION:markup * @Title: Simple XML Subset Parser * @Short_description: parses a subset of XML * @See_also: XML Specification * * The "GMarkup" parser is intended to parse a simple markup format * that's a subset of XML. This is a small, efficient, easy-to-use * parser. It should not be used if you expect to interoperate with * other applications generating full-scale XML. However, it's very * useful for application data files, config files, etc. where you * know your application will be the only one writing the file. * Full-scale XML parsers should be able to parse the subset used by * GMarkup, so you can easily migrate to full-scale XML at a later * time if the need arises. * * GMarkup is not guaranteed to signal an error on all invalid XML; * the parser may accept documents that an XML parser would not. * However, XML documents which are not well-formedBeing wellformed is a weaker condition than being * valid. See the XML * specification for definitions of these terms. * are not considered valid GMarkup documents. * * Simplifications to XML include: * * Only UTF-8 encoding is allowed * No user-defined entities * Processing instructions, comments and the doctype declaration * are "passed through" but are not interpreted in any way * No DTD or validation. * * * The markup format does support: * * Elements * Attributes * 5 standard entities: * &amp; &lt; &gt; &quot; &apos; * * Character references * Sections marked as CDATA * */ /** * SECTION:memory * @Short_Description: general memory-handling * @Title: Memory Allocation * * These functions provide support for allocating and freeing memory. * * * If any call to allocate memory fails, the application is terminated. * This also means that there is no need to check if the call succeeded. * * * * It's important to match g_malloc() with g_free(), plain malloc() with free(), * and (if you're using C++) new with delete and new[] with delete[]. Otherwise * bad things can happen, since these allocators may use different memory * pools (and new/delete call constructors and destructors). See also * g_mem_set_vtable(). * */ /** * SECTION:memory_slices * @title: Memory Slices * @short_description: efficient way to allocate groups of equal-sized chunks of memory * * Memory slices provide a space-efficient and multi-processing scalable * way to allocate equal-sized pieces of memory, just like the original * #GMemChunks (from GLib 2.8), while avoiding their excessive * memory-waste, scalability and performance problems. * * To achieve these goals, the slice allocator uses a sophisticated, * layered design that has been inspired by Bonwick's slab allocator * * [Bonwick94] Jeff Bonwick, The slab allocator: An object-caching kernel * memory allocator. USENIX 1994, and * [Bonwick01] Bonwick and Jonathan Adams, Magazines and vmem: Extending the * slab allocator to many cpu's and arbitrary resources. USENIX 2001 * . * It uses posix_memalign() to optimize allocations of many equally-sized * chunks, and has per-thread free lists (the so-called magazine layer) * to quickly satisfy allocation requests of already known structure sizes. * This is accompanied by extra caching logic to keep freed memory around * for some time before returning it to the system. Memory that is unused * due to alignment constraints is used for cache colorization (random * distribution of chunk addresses) to improve CPU cache utilization. The * caching layer of the slice allocator adapts itself to high lock contention * to improve scalability. * * The slice allocator can allocate blocks as small as two pointers, and * unlike malloc(), it does not reserve extra space per block. For large block * sizes, g_slice_new() and g_slice_alloc() will automatically delegate to the * system malloc() implementation. For newly written code it is recommended * to use the new g_slice API instead of g_malloc() and * friends, as long as objects are not resized during their lifetime and the * object size used at allocation time is still available when freeing. * * * Using the slice allocator * * gchar *mem[10000]; * gint i; * * /* Allocate 10000 blocks. */ * for (i = 0; i < 10000; i++) * { * mem[i] = g_slice_alloc (50); * * /* Fill in the memory with some junk. */ * for (j = 0; j < 50; j++) * mem[i][j] = i * j; * } * * /* Now free all of the blocks. */ * for (i = 0; i < 10000; i++) * { * g_slice_free1 (50, mem[i]); * } * * * * Using the slice allocator with data structures * * GRealArray *array; * * /* Allocate one block, using the g_slice_new() macro. */ * array = g_slice_new (GRealArray); * * /* We can now use array just like a normal pointer to a structure. */ * array->data = NULL; * array->len = 0; * array->alloc = 0; * array->zero_terminated = (zero_terminated ? 1 : 0); * array->clear = (clear ? 1 : 0); * array->elt_size = elt_size; * * /* We can free the block, so it can be reused. */ * g_slice_free (GRealArray, array); * */ /** * SECTION:messages * @title: Message Logging * @short_description: versatile support for logging messages with different levels of importance * * These functions provide support for logging error messages * or messages used for debugging. * * There are several built-in levels of messages, defined in * #GLogLevelFlags. These can be extended with user-defined levels. */ /** * SECTION:misc_utils * @title: Miscellaneous Utility Functions * @short_description: a selection of portable utility functions * * These are portable utility functions. */ /** * SECTION:numerical * @title: Numerical Definitions * @short_description: mathematical constants, and floating point decomposition * * GLib offers mathematical constants such as #G_PI for the value of pi; * many platforms have these in the C library, but some don't, the GLib * versions always exist. * * The #GFloatIEEE754 and #GDoubleIEEE754 unions are used to access the * sign, mantissa and exponent of IEEE floats and doubles. These unions are * defined as appropriate for a given platform. IEEE floats and doubles are * supported (used for storage) by at least Intel, PPC and Sparc. See * IEEE 754-2008 * for more information about IEEE number formats. */ /** * SECTION:option * @Short_description: parses commandline options * @Title: Commandline option parser * * The GOption commandline parser is intended to be a simpler replacement * for the popt library. It supports short and long commandline options, * as shown in the following example: * * testtreemodel -r 1 --max-size 20 --rand --display=:1.0 -vb -- file1 file2 * * The example demonstrates a number of features of the GOption * commandline parser * * Options can be single letters, prefixed by a single dash. Multiple * short options can be grouped behind a single dash. * * Long options are prefixed by two consecutive dashes. * * Options can have an extra argument, which can be a number, a string or * a filename. For long options, the extra argument can be appended with * an equals sign after the option name, which is useful if the extra * argument starts with a dash, which would otherwise cause it to be * interpreted as another option. * * Non-option arguments are returned to the application as rest arguments. * * An argument consisting solely of two dashes turns off further parsing, * any remaining arguments (even those starting with a dash) are returned * to the application as rest arguments. * * * Another important feature of GOption is that it can automatically * generate nicely formatted help output. Unless it is explicitly turned * off with g_option_context_set_help_enabled(), GOption will recognize * the , , * and * groupname options * (where groupname is the name of a * #GOptionGroup) and write a text similar to the one shown in the * following example to stdout. * * * Usage: * testtreemodel [OPTION...] - test tree model performance * * Help Options: * -h, --help Show help options * --help-all Show all help options * --help-gtk Show GTK+ Options * * Application Options: * -r, --repeats=N Average over N repetitions * -m, --max-size=M Test up to 2^M items * --display=DISPLAY X display to use * -v, --verbose Be verbose * -b, --beep Beep when done * --rand Randomize the data * * * GOption groups options in #GOptionGroups, which makes it easy to * incorporate options from multiple sources. The intended use for this is * to let applications collect option groups from the libraries it uses, * add them to their #GOptionContext, and parse all options by a single call * to g_option_context_parse(). See gtk_get_option_group() for an example. * * If an option is declared to be of type string or filename, GOption takes * care of converting it to the right encoding; strings are returned in * UTF-8, filenames are returned in the GLib filename encoding. Note that * this only works if setlocale() has been called before * g_option_context_parse(). * * Here is a complete example of setting up GOption to parse the example * commandline above and produce the example help output. * * * static gint repeats = 2; * static gint max_size = 8; * static gboolean verbose = FALSE; * static gboolean beep = FALSE; * static gboolean rand = FALSE; * * static GOptionEntry entries[] = * { * { "repeats", 'r', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_INT, &repeats, "Average over N repetitions", "N" }, * { "max-size", 'm', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_INT, &max_size, "Test up to 2^M items", "M" }, * { "verbose", 'v', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &verbose, "Be verbose", NULL }, * { "beep", 'b', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &beep, "Beep when done", NULL }, * { "rand", 0, 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &rand, "Randomize the data", NULL }, * { NULL } * }; * * int * main (int argc, char *argv[]) * { * GError *error = NULL; * GOptionContext *context; * * context = g_option_context_new ("- test tree model performance"); * g_option_context_add_main_entries (context, entries, GETTEXT_PACKAGE); * g_option_context_add_group (context, gtk_get_option_group (TRUE)); * if (!g_option_context_parse (context, &argc, &argv, &error)) * { * g_print ("option parsing failed: %s\n", error->message); * exit (1); * } * * /* ... */ * * } * */ /** * SECTION:patterns * @title: Glob-style pattern matching * @short_description: matches strings against patterns containing '*' (wildcard) and '?' (joker) * * The g_pattern_match* functions match a string * against a pattern containing '*' and '?' wildcards with similar * semantics as the standard glob() function: '*' matches an arbitrary, * possibly empty, string, '?' matches an arbitrary character. * * Note that in contrast to glob(), the '/' character * can be matched by the wildcards, there are no * '[...]' character ranges and '*' and '?' can * not be escaped to include them literally in a * pattern. * * When multiple strings must be matched against the same pattern, it * is better to compile the pattern to a #GPatternSpec using * g_pattern_spec_new() and use g_pattern_match_string() instead of * g_pattern_match_simple(). This avoids the overhead of repeated * pattern compilation. */ /** * SECTION:quarks * @title: Quarks * @short_description: a 2-way association between a string and a unique integer identifier * * Quarks are associations between strings and integer identifiers. * Given either the string or the #GQuark identifier it is possible to * retrieve the other. * * Quarks are used for both Datasets and Keyed Data Lists. * * To create a new quark from a string, use g_quark_from_string() or * g_quark_from_static_string(). * * To find the string corresponding to a given #GQuark, use * g_quark_to_string(). * * To find the #GQuark corresponding to a given string, use * g_quark_try_string(). * * Another use for the string pool maintained for the quark functions * is string interning, using g_intern_string() or * g_intern_static_string(). An interned string is a canonical * representation for a string. One important advantage of interned * strings is that they can be compared for equality by a simple * pointer comparison, rather than using strcmp(). */ /** * SECTION:queue * @Title: Double-ended Queues * @Short_description: double-ended queue data structure * * The #GQueue structure and its associated functions provide a standard * queue data structure. Internally, GQueue uses the same data structure * as #GList to store elements. * * The data contained in each element can be either integer values, by * using one of the Type * Conversion Macros, or simply pointers to any type of data. * * To create a new GQueue, use g_queue_new(). * * To initialize a statically-allocated GQueue, use #G_QUEUE_INIT or * g_queue_init(). * * To add elements, use g_queue_push_head(), g_queue_push_head_link(), * g_queue_push_tail() and g_queue_push_tail_link(). * * To remove elements, use g_queue_pop_head() and g_queue_pop_tail(). * * To free the entire queue, use g_queue_free(). */ /** * SECTION:random_numbers * @title: Random Numbers * @short_description: pseudo-random number generator * * The following functions allow you to use a portable, fast and good * pseudo-random number generator (PRNG). It uses the Mersenne Twister * PRNG, which was originally developed by Makoto Matsumoto and Takuji * Nishimura. Further information can be found at * * http://www.math.sci.hiroshima-u.ac.jp/~m-mat/MT/emt.html. * * If you just need a random number, you simply call the * g_random_* functions, which will create a * globally used #GRand and use the according * g_rand_* functions internally. Whenever you * need a stream of reproducible random numbers, you better create a * #GRand yourself and use the g_rand_* functions * directly, which will also be slightly faster. Initializing a #GRand * with a certain seed will produce exactly the same series of random * numbers on all platforms. This can thus be used as a seed for e.g. * games. * * The g_rand*_range functions will return high * quality equally distributed random numbers, whereas for example the * (g_random_int()%max) approach often * doesn't yield equally distributed numbers. * * GLib changed the seeding algorithm for the pseudo-random number * generator Mersenne Twister, as used by * GRand and GRandom. * This was necessary, because some seeds would yield very bad * pseudo-random streams. Also the pseudo-random integers generated by * g_rand*_int_range() will have a slightly better * equal distribution with the new version of GLib. * * The original seeding and generation algorithms, as found in GLib * 2.0.x, can be used instead of the new ones by setting the * environment variable G_RANDOM_VERSION to the value of * '2.0'. Use the GLib-2.0 algorithms only if you have sequences of * numbers generated with Glib-2.0 that you need to reproduce exactly. */ /** * SECTION:scanner * @title: Lexical Scanner * @short_description: a general purpose lexical scanner * * The #GScanner and its associated functions provide a * general purpose lexical scanner. */ /** * SECTION:sequence * @title: Sequences * @short_description: scalable lists * * The #GSequence data structure has the API of a list, but is * implemented internally with a balanced binary tree. This means that * it is possible to maintain a sorted list of n elements in time O(n * log n). The data contained in each element can be either integer * values, by using of the Type Conversion Macros, * or simply pointers to any type of data. * * A #GSequence is accessed through iterators, * represented by a #GSequenceIter. An iterator represents a position * between two elements of the sequence. For example, the * begin iterator represents the gap immediately * before the first element of the sequence, and the * end iterator represents the gap immediately * after the last element. In an empty sequence, the begin and end * iterators are the same. * * Some methods on #GSequence operate on ranges of items. For example * g_sequence_foreach_range() will call a user-specified function on * each element with the given range. The range is delimited by the * gaps represented by the passed-in iterators, so if you pass in the * begin and end iterators, the range in question is the entire * sequence. * * The function g_sequence_get() is used with an iterator to access the * element immediately following the gap that the iterator represents. * The iterator is said to point to that element. * * Iterators are stable across most operations on a #GSequence. For * example an iterator pointing to some element of a sequence will * continue to point to that element even after the sequence is sorted. * Even moving an element to another sequence using for example * g_sequence_move_range() will not invalidate the iterators pointing * to it. The only operation that will invalidate an iterator is when * the element it points to is removed from any sequence. */ /** * SECTION:shell * @title: Shell-related Utilities * @short_description: shell-like commandline handling * * */ /** * SECTION:spawn * @Short_description: process launching * @Title: Spawning Processes * * */ /** * SECTION:string_chunks * @title: String Chunks * @short_description: efficient storage of groups of strings * * String chunks are used to store groups of strings. Memory is * allocated in blocks, and as strings are added to the #GStringChunk * they are copied into the next free position in a block. When a block * is full a new block is allocated. * * When storing a large number of strings, string chunks are more * efficient than using g_strdup() since fewer calls to malloc() are * needed, and less memory is wasted in memory allocation overheads. * * By adding strings with g_string_chunk_insert_const() it is also * possible to remove duplicates. * * To create a new #GStringChunk use g_string_chunk_new(). * * To add strings to a #GStringChunk use g_string_chunk_insert(). * * To add strings to a #GStringChunk, but without duplicating strings * which are already in the #GStringChunk, use * g_string_chunk_insert_const(). * * To free the entire #GStringChunk use g_string_chunk_free(). It is * not possible to free individual strings. */ /** * SECTION:string_utils * @title: String Utility Functions * @short_description: various string-related functions * * This section describes a number of utility functions for creating, * duplicating, and manipulating strings. * * Note that the functions g_printf(), g_fprintf(), g_sprintf(), * g_snprintf(), g_vprintf(), g_vfprintf(), g_vsprintf() and g_vsnprintf() * are declared in the header gprintf.h which is * not included in glib.h * (otherwise using glib.h would drag in * stdio.h), so you'll have to explicitly include * <glib/gprintf.h> in order to use the GLib * printf() functions. * * While you may use the printf() functions * to format UTF-8 strings, notice that the precision of a * %Ns parameter is interpreted as the * number of bytes, not characters * to print. On top of that, the GNU libc implementation of the printf() * functions has the "feature" that it checks that the string given for * the %Ns parameter consists of a whole number * of characters in the current encoding. So, unless you are sure you are * always going to be in an UTF-8 locale or your know your text is restricted * to ASCII, avoid using %Ns. If your intention is * to format strings for a certain number of columns, then * %Ns is not a correct solution anyway, since it * fails to take wide characters (see g_unichar_iswide()) into account. * */ /** * SECTION:strings * @title: Strings * @short_description: text buffers which grow automatically as text is added * * A #GString is an object that handles the memory management * of a C string for you. You can think of it as similar to a * Java StringBuffer. In addition to the string itself, GString * stores the length of the string, so can be used for binary * data with embedded nul bytes. To access the C string managed * by the GString @string, simply use @string->str. */ /** * SECTION:testing * @title: Testing * @short_description: a test framework * @see_also: gtester, gtester-report * * GLib provides a framework for writing and maintaining unit tests * in parallel to the code they are testing. The API is designed according * to established concepts found in the other test frameworks (JUnit, NUnit, * RUnit), which in turn is based on smalltalk unit testing concepts. * * * * Test case * Tests (test methods) are grouped together with their * fixture into test cases. * * * Fixture * A test fixture consists of fixture data and setup and * teardown methods to establish the environment for the test * functions. We use fresh fixtures, i.e. fixtures are newly set * up and torn down around each test invocation to avoid dependencies * between tests. * * * Test suite * Test cases can be grouped into test suites, to allow * subsets of the available tests to be run. Test suites can be * grouped into other test suites as well. * * * The API is designed to handle creation and registration of test suites * and test cases implicitly. A simple call like * |[ * g_test_add_func ("/misc/assertions", test_assertions); * ]| * creates a test suite called "misc" with a single test case named * "assertions", which consists of running the test_assertions function. * * In addition to the traditional g_assert(), the test framework provides * an extended set of assertions for string and numerical comparisons: * g_assert_cmpfloat(), g_assert_cmpint(), g_assert_cmpuint(), * g_assert_cmphex(), g_assert_cmpstr(). The advantage of these variants * over plain g_assert() is that the assertion messages can be more * elaborate, and include the values of the compared entities. * * GLib ships with two utilities called gtester and gtester-report to * facilitate running tests and producing nicely formatted test reports. */ /** * SECTION:thread_pools * @title: Thread Pools * @short_description: pools of threads to execute work concurrently * @see_also: #GThread * * Sometimes you wish to asynchronously fork out the execution of work * and continue working in your own thread. If that will happen often, * the overhead of starting and destroying a thread each time might be * too high. In such cases reusing already started threads seems like a * good idea. And it indeed is, but implementing this can be tedious * and error-prone. * * Therefore GLib provides thread pools for your convenience. An added * advantage is, that the threads can be shared between the different * subsystems of your program, when they are using GLib. * * To create a new thread pool, you use g_thread_pool_new(). * It is destroyed by g_thread_pool_free(). * * If you want to execute a certain task within a thread pool, * you call g_thread_pool_push(). * * To get the current number of running threads you call * g_thread_pool_get_num_threads(). To get the number of still * unprocessed tasks you call g_thread_pool_unprocessed(). To control * the maximal number of threads for a thread pool, you use * g_thread_pool_get_max_threads() and g_thread_pool_set_max_threads(). * * Finally you can control the number of unused threads, that are kept * alive by GLib for future use. The current number can be fetched with * g_thread_pool_get_num_unused_threads(). The maximal number can be * controlled by g_thread_pool_get_max_unused_threads() and * g_thread_pool_set_max_unused_threads(). All currently unused threads * can be stopped by calling g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads(). */ /** * SECTION:threads * @title: Threads * @short_description: portable support for threads, mutexes, locks, conditions and thread private data * @see_also: #GThreadPool, #GAsyncQueue * * Threads act almost like processes, but unlike processes all threads * of one process share the same memory. This is good, as it provides * easy communication between the involved threads via this shared * memory, and it is bad, because strange things (so called * "Heisenbugs") might happen if the program is not carefully designed. * In particular, due to the concurrent nature of threads, no * assumptions on the order of execution of code running in different * threads can be made, unless order is explicitly forced by the * programmer through synchronization primitives. * * The aim of the thread-related functions in GLib is to provide a * portable means for writing multi-threaded software. There are * primitives for mutexes to protect the access to portions of memory * (#GMutex, #GRecMutex and #GRWLock). There is a facility to use * individual bits for locks (g_bit_lock()). There are primitives * for condition variables to allow synchronization of threads (#GCond). * There are primitives for thread-private data - data that every * thread has a private instance of (#GPrivate). There are facilities * for one-time initialization (#GOnce, g_once_init_enter()). Finally, * there are primitives to create and manage threads (#GThread). * * The GLib threading system used to be initialized with g_thread_init(). * This is no longer necessary. Since version 2.32, the GLib threading * system is automatically initialized at the start of your program, * and all thread-creation functions and synchronization primitives * are available right away. * * Note that it is not safe to assume that your program has no threads * even if you don't call g_thread_new() yourself. GLib and GIO can * and will create threads for their own purposes in some cases, such * as when using g_unix_signal_source_new() or when using GDBus. * * Originally, UNIX did not have threads, and therefore some traditional * UNIX APIs are problematic in threaded programs. Some notable examples * are * * * C library functions that return data in statically allocated * buffers, such as strtok() or strerror(). For many of these, * there are thread-safe variants with a _r suffix, or you can * look at corresponding GLib APIs (like g_strsplit() or g_strerror()). * * * setenv() and unsetenv() manipulate the process environment in * a not thread-safe way, and may interfere with getenv() calls * in other threads. Note that getenv() calls may be * hidden behind other APIs. For example, GNU gettext() * calls getenv() under the covers. In general, it is best to treat * the environment as readonly. If you absolutely have to modify the * environment, do it early in main(), when no other threads are around yet. * * * setlocale() changes the locale for the entire process, affecting * all threads. Temporary changes to the locale are often made to * change the behavior of string scanning or formatting functions * like scanf() or printf(). GLib offers a number of string APIs * (like g_ascii_formatd() or g_ascii_strtod()) that can often be * used as an alternative. Or you can use the uselocale() function * to change the locale only for the current thread. * * * fork() only takes the calling thread into the child's copy of the * process image. If other threads were executing in critical * sections they could have left mutexes locked which could easily * cause deadlocks in the new child. For this reason, you should * call exit() or exec() as soon as possible in the child and only * make signal-safe library calls before that. * * * daemon() uses fork() in a way contrary to what is described * above. It should not be used with GLib programs. * * * * GLib itself is internally completely thread-safe (all global data is * automatically locked), but individual data structure instances are * not automatically locked for performance reasons. For example, * you must coordinate accesses to the same #GHashTable from multiple * threads. The two notable exceptions from this rule are #GMainLoop * and #GAsyncQueue, which are thread-safe and * need no further application-level locking to be accessed from * multiple threads. Most refcounting functions such as g_object_ref() * are also thread-safe. */ /** * SECTION:timers * @title: Timers * @short_description: keep track of elapsed time * * #GTimer records a start time, and counts microseconds elapsed since * that time. This is done somewhat differently on different platforms, * and can be tricky to get exactly right, so #GTimer provides a * portable/convenient interface. */ /** * SECTION:timezone * @title: GTimeZone * @short_description: a structure representing a time zone * @see_also: #GDateTime * * #GTimeZone is a structure that represents a time zone, at no * particular point in time. It is refcounted and immutable. * * A time zone contains a number of intervals. Each interval has * an abbreviation to describe it, an offet to UTC and a flag indicating * if the daylight savings time is in effect during that interval. A * time zone always has at least one interval -- interval 0. * * Every UTC time is contained within exactly one interval, but a given * local time may be contained within zero, one or two intervals (due to * incontinuities associated with daylight savings time). * * An interval may refer to a specific period of time (eg: the duration * of daylight savings time during 2010) or it may refer to many periods * of time that share the same properties (eg: all periods of daylight * savings time). It is also possible (usually for political reasons) * that some properties (like the abbreviation) change between intervals * without other properties changing. * * #GTimeZone is available since GLib 2.26. */ /** * SECTION:trash_stack * @title: Trash Stacks * @short_description: maintain a stack of unused allocated memory chunks * * A #GTrashStack is an efficient way to keep a stack of unused allocated * memory chunks. Each memory chunk is required to be large enough to hold * a #gpointer. This allows the stack to be maintained without any space * overhead, since the stack pointers can be stored inside the memory chunks. * * There is no function to create a #GTrashStack. A %NULL #GTrashStack* * is a perfectly valid empty stack. */ /** * SECTION:trees-binary * @title: Balanced Binary Trees * @short_description: a sorted collection of key/value pairs optimized for searching and traversing in order * * The #GTree structure and its associated functions provide a sorted * collection of key/value pairs optimized for searching and traversing * in order. * * To create a new #GTree use g_tree_new(). * * To insert a key/value pair into a #GTree use g_tree_insert(). * * To lookup the value corresponding to a given key, use * g_tree_lookup() and g_tree_lookup_extended(). * * To find out the number of nodes in a #GTree, use g_tree_nnodes(). To * get the height of a #GTree, use g_tree_height(). * * To traverse a #GTree, calling a function for each node visited in * the traversal, use g_tree_foreach(). * * To remove a key/value pair use g_tree_remove(). * * To destroy a #GTree, use g_tree_destroy(). */ /** * SECTION:trees-nary * @title: N-ary Trees * @short_description: trees of data with any number of branches * * The #GNode struct and its associated functions provide a N-ary tree * data structure, where nodes in the tree can contain arbitrary data. * * To create a new tree use g_node_new(). * * To insert a node into a tree use g_node_insert(), * g_node_insert_before(), g_node_append() and g_node_prepend(). * * To create a new node and insert it into a tree use * g_node_insert_data(), g_node_insert_data_after(), * g_node_insert_data_before(), g_node_append_data() * and g_node_prepend_data(). * * To reverse the children of a node use g_node_reverse_children(). * * To find a node use g_node_get_root(), g_node_find(), * g_node_find_child(), g_node_child_index(), g_node_child_position(), * g_node_first_child(), g_node_last_child(), g_node_nth_child(), * g_node_first_sibling(), g_node_prev_sibling(), g_node_next_sibling() * or g_node_last_sibling(). * * To get information about a node or tree use G_NODE_IS_LEAF(), * G_NODE_IS_ROOT(), g_node_depth(), g_node_n_nodes(), * g_node_n_children(), g_node_is_ancestor() or g_node_max_height(). * * To traverse a tree, calling a function for each node visited in the * traversal, use g_node_traverse() or g_node_children_foreach(). * * To remove a node or subtree from a tree use g_node_unlink() or * g_node_destroy(). */ /** * SECTION:type_conversion * @title: Type Conversion Macros * @short_description: portably storing integers in pointer variables * * Many times GLib, GTK+, and other libraries allow you to pass "user * data" to a callback, in the form of a void pointer. From time to time * you want to pass an integer instead of a pointer. You could allocate * an integer, with something like: * |[ * int *ip = g_new (int, 1); * *ip = 42; * ]| * But this is inconvenient, and it's annoying to have to free the * memory at some later time. * * Pointers are always at least 32 bits in size (on all platforms GLib * intends to support). Thus you can store at least 32-bit integer values * in a pointer value. Naively, you might try this, but it's incorrect: * |[ * gpointer p; * int i; * p = (void*) 42; * i = (int) p; * ]| * Again, that example was not correct, don't copy it. * The problem is that on some systems you need to do this: * |[ * gpointer p; * int i; * p = (void*) (long) 42; * i = (int) (long) p; * ]| * The GLib macros GPOINTER_TO_INT(), GINT_TO_POINTER(), etc. take care * to do the right thing on the every platform. * * You may not store pointers in integers. This is not * portable in any way, shape or form. These macros only * allow storing integers in pointers, and only preserve 32 bits of the * integer; values outside the range of a 32-bit integer will be mangled. * */ /** * SECTION:types * @title: Basic Types * @short_description: standard GLib types, defined for ease-of-use and portability * * GLib defines a number of commonly used types, which can be divided * into 4 groups: * - New types which are not part of standard C (but are defined in * various C standard library header files) - #gboolean, #gsize, * #gssize, #goffset, #gintptr, #guintptr. * - Integer types which are guaranteed to be the same size across * all platforms - #gint8, #guint8, #gint16, #guint16, #gint32, * #guint32, #gint64, #guint64. * - Types which are easier to use than their standard C counterparts - * #gpointer, #gconstpointer, #guchar, #guint, #gushort, #gulong. * - Types which correspond exactly to standard C types, but are * included for completeness - #gchar, #gint, #gshort, #glong, * #gfloat, #gdouble. * * GLib also defines macros for the limits of some of the standard * integer and floating point types, as well as macros for suitable * printf() formats for these types. */ /** * SECTION:unicode * @Title: Unicode Manipulation * @Short_description: functions operating on Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings * @See_also: g_locale_to_utf8(), g_locale_from_utf8() * * This section describes a number of functions for dealing with * Unicode characters and strings. There are analogues of the * traditional ctype.h character classification * and case conversion functions, UTF-8 analogues of some string utility * functions, functions to perform normalization, case conversion and * collation on UTF-8 strings and finally functions to convert between * the UTF-8, UTF-16 and UCS-4 encodings of Unicode. * * The implementations of the Unicode functions in GLib are based * on the Unicode Character Data tables, which are available from * www.unicode.org. * GLib 2.8 supports Unicode 4.0, GLib 2.10 supports Unicode 4.1, * GLib 2.12 supports Unicode 5.0, GLib 2.16.3 supports Unicode 5.1, * GLib 2.30 supports Unicode 6.0. */ /** * SECTION:version * @Title: Version Information * @Short_description: variables and functions to check the GLib version * * GLib provides version information, primarily useful in configure * checks for builds that have a configure script. Applications will * not typically use the features described here. * * The GLib headers annotate deprecated APIs in a way that produces * compiler warnings if these deprecated APIs are used. The warnings * can be turned off by defining the macro %GLIB_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS * before including the glib.h header. * * GLib also provides support for building applications against * defined subsets of deprecated or new GLib APIs. Define the macro * %GLIB_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED to specify up to what version of GLib * you want to receive warnings about deprecated APIs. Define the * macro %GLIB_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED to specify the newest version of * GLib whose API you want to use. */ /** * SECTION:warnings * @Title: Message Output and Debugging Functions * @Short_description: functions to output messages and help debug applications * * These functions provide support for outputting messages. * * The g_return family of macros (g_return_if_fail(), * g_return_val_if_fail(), g_return_if_reached(), g_return_val_if_reached()) * should only be used for programming errors, a typical use case is * checking for invalid parameters at the beginning of a public function. * They should not be used if you just mean "if (error) return", they * should only be used if you mean "if (bug in program) return". * The program behavior is generally considered undefined after one * of these checks fails. They are not intended for normal control * flow, only to give a perhaps-helpful warning before giving up. */ /** * SECTION:windows * @title: Windows Compatibility Functions * @short_description: UNIX emulation on Windows * * These functions provide some level of UNIX emulation on the * Windows platform. If your application really needs the POSIX * APIs, we suggest you try the Cygwin project. */ /** * TRUE: * * Defines the %TRUE value for the #gboolean type. */ /** * _: * @String: the string to be translated * * Marks a string for translation, gets replaced with the translated string * at runtime. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * _glib_get_locale_dir: * * Return the path to the share\locale or lib\locale subfolder of the * GLib installation folder. The path is in the system codepage. We * have to use system codepage as bindtextdomain() doesn't have a * UTF-8 interface. */ /** * g_access: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @mode: as in access() * * A wrapper for the POSIX access() function. This function is used to * test a pathname for one or several of read, write or execute * permissions, or just existence. * * On Windows, the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like, * and the underlying function in the C library only checks the * FAT-style READONLY attribute, and does not look at the ACL of a * file at all. This function is this in practise almost useless on * Windows. Software that needs to handle file permissions on Windows * more exactly should use the Win32 API. * * See your C library manual for more details about access(). * * Returns: zero if the pathname refers to an existing file system object that has all the tested permissions, or -1 otherwise or on error. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_array_append_val: * @a: a #GArray. * @v: the value to append to the #GArray. * * Adds the value on to the end of the array. The array will grow in * size automatically if necessary. * * g_array_append_val() is a macro which uses a reference * to the value parameter @v. This means that you cannot use it with * literal values such as "27". You must use variables. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_append_vals: * @array: a #GArray. * @data: a pointer to the elements to append to the end of the array. * @len: the number of elements to append. * * Adds @len elements onto the end of the array. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_free: * @array: a #GArray. * @free_segment: if %TRUE the actual element data is freed as well. * * Frees the memory allocated for the #GArray. If @free_segment is * %TRUE it frees the memory block holding the elements as well and * also each element if @array has a @element_free_func set. Pass * %FALSE if you want to free the #GArray wrapper but preserve the * underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array * is greater than one, the #GArray wrapper is preserved but the size * of @array will be set to zero. * * If array elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, * they should be freed separately. * * Returns: the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). */ /** * g_array_get_element_size: * @array: A #GArray. * * Gets the size of the elements in @array. * * Returns: Size of each element, in bytes. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_array_index: * @a: a #GArray. * @t: the type of the elements. * @i: the index of the element to return. * * Returns the element of a #GArray at the given index. The return * value is cast to the given type. * * * Getting a pointer to an element in a #GArray * * EDayViewEvent *event; * /* This gets a pointer to the 4th element * in the array of EDayViewEvent structs. */ * event = &g_array_index (events, EDayViewEvent, 3); * * * * Returns: the element of the #GArray at the index given by @i. */ /** * g_array_insert_val: * @a: a #GArray. * @i: the index to place the element at. * @v: the value to insert into the array. * * Inserts an element into an array at the given index. * * g_array_insert_val() is a macro which uses a reference * to the value parameter @v. This means that you cannot use it with * literal values such as "27". You must use variables. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_insert_vals: * @array: a #GArray. * @index_: the index to place the elements at. * @data: a pointer to the elements to insert. * @len: the number of elements to insert. * * Inserts @len elements into a #GArray at the given index. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_new: * @zero_terminated: %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at the end which is set to 0. * @clear_: %TRUE if #GArray elements should be automatically cleared to 0 when they are allocated. * @element_size: the size of each element in bytes. * * Creates a new #GArray with a reference count of 1. * * Returns: the new #GArray. */ /** * g_array_prepend_val: * @a: a #GArray. * @v: the value to prepend to the #GArray. * * Adds the value on to the start of the array. The array will grow in * size automatically if necessary. * * This operation is slower than g_array_append_val() since the * existing elements in the array have to be moved to make space for * the new element. * * g_array_prepend_val() is a macro which uses a reference * to the value parameter @v. This means that you cannot use it with * literal values such as "27". You must use variables. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_prepend_vals: * @array: a #GArray. * @data: a pointer to the elements to prepend to the start of the array. * @len: the number of elements to prepend. * * Adds @len elements onto the start of the array. * * This operation is slower than g_array_append_vals() since the * existing elements in the array have to be moved to make space for * the new elements. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_ref: * @array: A #GArray. * * Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This * function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Returns: The passed in #GArray. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_array_remove_index: * @array: a #GArray. * @index_: the index of the element to remove. * * Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The following * elements are moved down one place. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_remove_index_fast: * @array: a @GArray. * @index_: the index of the element to remove. * * Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The last * element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function * does not preserve the order of the #GArray. But it is faster than * g_array_remove_index(). * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_remove_range: * @array: a @GArray. * @index_: the index of the first element to remove. * @length: the number of elements to remove. * * Removes the given number of elements starting at the given index * from a #GArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. * * Returns: the #GArray. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_array_set_clear_func: * @array: A #GArray * @clear_func: a function to clear an element of @array * * Sets a function to clear an element of @array. * * The @clear_func will be called when an element in the array * data segment is removed and when the array is freed and data * segment is deallocated as well. * * Note that in contrast with other uses of #GDestroyNotify * functions, @clear_func is expected to clear the contents of * the array element it is given, but not free the element itself. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_array_set_size: * @array: a #GArray. * @length: the new size of the #GArray. * * Sets the size of the array, expanding it if necessary. If the array * was created with @clear_ set to %TRUE, the new elements are set to 0. * * Returns: the #GArray. */ /** * g_array_sized_new: * @zero_terminated: %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at the end with all bits cleared. * @clear_: %TRUE if all bits in the array should be cleared to 0 on allocation. * @element_size: size of each element in the array. * @reserved_size: number of elements preallocated. * * Creates a new #GArray with @reserved_size elements preallocated and * a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you * are going to add many elements to the array. Note however that the * size of the array is still 0. * * Returns: the new #GArray. */ /** * g_array_sort: * @array: a #GArray. * @compare_func: comparison function. * * Sorts a #GArray using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style * comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less * than second arg, zero for equal, greater zero if first arg is * greater than second arg). * * This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. */ /** * g_array_sort_with_data: * @array: a #GArray. * @compare_func: comparison function. * @user_data: data to pass to @compare_func. * * Like g_array_sort(), but the comparison function receives an extra * user data argument. * * This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. * * There used to be a comment here about making the sort stable by * using the addresses of the elements in the comparison function. * This did not actually work, so any such code should be removed. */ /** * g_array_unref: * @array: A #GArray. * * Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the * reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is * released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any * thread. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_ascii_digit_value: * @c: an ASCII character. * * Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal * digit. Differs from g_unichar_digit_value() because it takes * a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters * are signed. * * Returns: If @c is a decimal digit (according to g_ascii_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. */ /** * g_ascii_dtostr: * @buffer: A buffer to place the resulting string in * @buf_len: The length of the buffer. * @d: The #gdouble to convert * * Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as * decimal point. * * This functions generates enough precision that converting * the string back using g_ascii_strtod() gives the same machine-number * (on machines with IEEE compatible 64bit doubles). It is * guaranteed that the size of the resulting string will never * be larger than @G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE bytes. * * Returns: The pointer to the buffer with the converted string. */ /** * g_ascii_formatd: * @buffer: A buffer to place the resulting string in * @buf_len: The length of the buffer. * @format: The printf()-style format to use for the code to use for converting. * @d: The #gdouble to convert * * Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as * decimal point. To format the number you pass in * a printf()-style format string. Allowed conversion * specifiers are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'F', 'g' and 'G'. * * If you just want to want to serialize the value into a * string, use g_ascii_dtostr(). * * Returns: The pointer to the buffer with the converted string. */ /** * g_ascii_isalnum: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is alphanumeric. * * Unlike the standard C library isalnum() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need to * cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII alphanumeric character */ /** * g_ascii_isalpha: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is alphabetic (i.e. a letter). * * Unlike the standard C library isalpha() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need to * cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII alphabetic character */ /** * g_ascii_iscntrl: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is a control character. * * Unlike the standard C library iscntrl() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII control characters and ignores the * locale, returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, * unlike the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need to * cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII control character. */ /** * g_ascii_isdigit: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is digit (0-9). * * Unlike the standard C library isdigit() function, this takes * a char, not an int, so don't call it * on EOF, but no need to cast to #guchar before passing a possibly * non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII digit. */ /** * g_ascii_isgraph: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is a printing character and not a space. * * Unlike the standard C library isgraph() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII characters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need * to cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII printing character other than space. */ /** * g_ascii_islower: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is an ASCII lower case letter. * * Unlike the standard C library islower() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need * to worry about casting to #guchar before passing a possibly * non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII lower case letter */ /** * g_ascii_isprint: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is a printing character. * * Unlike the standard C library isprint() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII characters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need * to cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII printing character. */ /** * g_ascii_ispunct: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is a punctuation character. * * Unlike the standard C library ispunct() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need to * cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII punctuation character. */ /** * g_ascii_isspace: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is a white-space character. * * Unlike the standard C library isspace() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII white-space and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need to * cast to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII white-space character */ /** * g_ascii_isupper: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is an ASCII upper case letter. * * Unlike the standard C library isupper() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, * returning %FALSE for all non-ASCII characters. Also, unlike * the standard library function, this takes a char, * not an int, so don't call it on EOF, but no need to * worry about casting to #guchar before passing a possibly non-ASCII * character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII upper case letter */ /** * g_ascii_isxdigit: * @c: any character * * Determines whether a character is a hexadecimal-digit character. * * Unlike the standard C library isxdigit() function, this takes * a char, not an int, so don't call it * on EOF, but no need to cast to #guchar before passing a * possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an ASCII hexadecimal-digit character. */ /** * g_ascii_strcasecmp: * @s1: string to compare with @s2. * @s2: string to compare with @s1. * * Compare two strings, ignoring the case of ASCII characters. * * Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard * ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII * bytes as if they are not letters. * * This function should be used only on strings that are known to be * in encodings where the bytes corresponding to ASCII letters always * represent themselves. This includes UTF-8 and the ISO-8859-* * charsets, but not for instance double-byte encodings like the * Windows Codepage 932, where the trailing bytes of double-byte * characters include all ASCII letters. If you compare two CP932 * strings using this function, you will get false matches. * * Returns: 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. */ /** * g_ascii_strdown: * @str: a string. * @len: length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string, with all the upper case characters in @str converted to lower case, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). (Note that this is unlike the old g_strdown(), which modified the string in place.) */ /** * g_ascii_strncasecmp: * @s1: string to compare with @s2. * @s2: string to compare with @s1. * @n: number of characters to compare. * * Compare @s1 and @s2, ignoring the case of ASCII characters and any * characters after the first @n in each string. * * Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard * ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII * characters as if they are not letters. * * The same warning as in g_ascii_strcasecmp() applies: Use this * function only on strings known to be in encodings where bytes * corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves. * * Returns: 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. */ /** * g_ascii_strtod: * @nptr: the string to convert to a numeric value. * @endptr: if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. * * Converts a string to a #gdouble value. * * This function behaves like the standard strtod() function * does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing * the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe. * A limitation of the implementation is that this function * will still accept localized versions of infinities and NANs. * * This function is typically used when reading configuration * files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. * To handle input from the user you should normally use the * locale-sensitive system strtod() function. * * To convert from a #gdouble to a string in a locale-insensitive * way, use g_ascii_dtostr(). * * If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus HUGE_VAL * is returned (according to the sign of the value), and ERANGE is * stored in errno. If the correct value would cause underflow, * zero is returned and ERANGE is stored in errno. * * This function resets errno before calling strtod() so that * you can reliably detect overflow and underflow. * * Returns: the #gdouble value. */ /** * g_ascii_strtoll: * @nptr: the string to convert to a numeric value. * @endptr: if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. * @base: to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0 * * Converts a string to a #gint64 value. * This function behaves like the standard strtoll() function * does in the C locale. It does this without actually * changing the current locale, since that would not be * thread-safe. * * This function is typically used when reading configuration * files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. * To handle input from the user you should normally use the * locale-sensitive system strtoll() function. * * If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXINT64 or %G_MININT64 * is returned, and ERANGE is stored in errno. * If the base is outside the valid range, zero is returned, and * EINVAL is stored in errno. If the * string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns @nptr * (if @endptr is non-%NULL). * * Returns: the #gint64 value or zero on error. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_ascii_strtoull: * @nptr: the string to convert to a numeric value. * @endptr: if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. * @base: to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0 * * Converts a string to a #guint64 value. * This function behaves like the standard strtoull() function * does in the C locale. It does this without actually * changing the current locale, since that would not be * thread-safe. * * This function is typically used when reading configuration * files or other non-user input that should be locale independent. * To handle input from the user you should normally use the * locale-sensitive system strtoull() function. * * If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXUINT64 * is returned, and ERANGE is stored in errno. * If the base is outside the valid range, zero is returned, and * EINVAL is stored in errno. * If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns * @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL). * * Returns: the #guint64 value or zero on error. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_ascii_strup: * @str: a string. * @len: length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters. * * Returns: a newly allocated string, with all the lower case characters in @str converted to upper case, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). (Note that this is unlike the old g_strup(), which modified the string in place.) */ /** * g_ascii_tolower: * @c: any character. * * Convert a character to ASCII lower case. * * Unlike the standard C library tolower() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning * all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are lower case * letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard * library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so * don't call it on EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar * before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: the result of converting @c to lower case. If @c is not an ASCII upper case letter, @c is returned unchanged. */ /** * g_ascii_toupper: * @c: any character. * * Convert a character to ASCII upper case. * * Unlike the standard C library toupper() function, this only * recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning * all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are upper case * letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard * library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so * don't call it on EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar * before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in. * * Returns: the result of converting @c to upper case. If @c is not an ASCII lower case letter, @c is returned unchanged. */ /** * g_ascii_xdigit_value: * @c: an ASCII character. * * Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal * digit. Differs from g_unichar_xdigit_value() because it takes * a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters * are signed. * * Returns: If @c is a hex digit (according to g_ascii_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. */ /** * g_assert: * @expr: the expression to check * * Debugging macro to terminate the application if the assertion * fails. If the assertion fails (i.e. the expression is not true), * an error message is logged and the application is terminated. * * The macro can be turned off in final releases of code by defining * G_DISABLE_ASSERT when compiling the application. */ /** * g_assert_cmpfloat: * @n1: an floating point number * @cmp: The comparison operator to use. One of ==, !=, <, >, <=, >=. * @n2: another floating point number * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if a floating point number comparison fails. * * The effect of g_assert_cmpfloat (n1, op, n2) is * the same as g_assert (n1 op n2). The advantage * of this macro is that it can produce a message that includes the * actual values of @n1 and @n2. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_assert_cmphex: * @n1: an unsigned integer * @cmp: The comparison operator to use. One of ==, !=, <, >, <=, >=. * @n2: another unsigned integer * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if an unsigned integer comparison fails. * * This is a variant of g_assert_cmpuint() that displays the numbers * in hexadecimal notation in the message. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_assert_cmpint: * @n1: an integer * @cmp: The comparison operator to use. One of ==, !=, <, >, <=, >=. * @n2: another integer * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if an integer comparison fails. * * The effect of g_assert_cmpint (n1, op, n2) is * the same as g_assert (n1 op n2). The advantage * of this macro is that it can produce a message that includes the * actual values of @n1 and @n2. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_assert_cmpstr: * @s1: a string (may be %NULL) * @cmp: The comparison operator to use. One of ==, !=, <, >, <=, >=. * @s2: another string (may be %NULL) * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if a string comparison fails. The strings are compared * using g_strcmp0(). * * The effect of g_assert_cmpstr (s1, op, s2) is * the same as g_assert (g_strcmp0 (s1, s2) op 0). * The advantage of this macro is that it can produce a message that * includes the actual values of @s1 and @s2. * * |[ * g_assert_cmpstr (mystring, ==, "fubar"); * ]| * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_assert_cmpuint: * @n1: an unsigned integer * @cmp: The comparison operator to use. One of ==, !=, <, >, <=, >=. * @n2: another unsigned integer * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if an unsigned integer comparison fails. * * The effect of g_assert_cmpuint (n1, op, n2) is * the same as g_assert (n1 op n2). The advantage * of this macro is that it can produce a message that includes the * actual values of @n1 and @n2. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_assert_error: * @err: a #GError, possibly %NULL * @dom: the expected error domain (a #GQuark) * @c: the expected error code * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if a method has not returned the correct #GError. * * The effect of g_assert_error (err, dom, c) is * the same as g_assert (err != NULL && err->domain * == dom && err->code == c). The advantage of this * macro is that it can produce a message that includes the incorrect * error message and code. * * This can only be used to test for a specific error. If you want to * test that @err is set, but don't care what it's set to, just use * g_assert (err != NULL) * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * g_assert_no_error: * @err: a #GError, possibly %NULL * * Debugging macro to terminate the application with a warning * message if a method has returned a #GError. * * The effect of g_assert_no_error (err) is * the same as g_assert (err == NULL). The advantage * of this macro is that it can produce a message that includes * the error message and code. * * Since: 2.20 */ /** * g_assert_not_reached: * * Debugging macro to terminate the application if it is ever * reached. If it is reached, an error message is logged and the * application is terminated. * * The macro can be turned off in final releases of code by defining * G_DISABLE_ASSERT when compiling the application. */ /** * g_async_queue_length: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue. * * Returns the length of the queue. * * Actually this function returns the number of data items in * the queue minus the number of waiting threads, so a negative * value means waiting threads, and a positive value means available * entries in the @queue. A return value of 0 could mean n entries * in the queue and n threads waiting. This can happen due to locking * of the queue or due to scheduling. * * Returns: the length of the @queue */ /** * g_async_queue_length_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Returns the length of the queue. * * Actually this function returns the number of data items in * the queue minus the number of waiting threads, so a negative * value means waiting threads, and a positive value means available * entries in the @queue. A return value of 0 could mean n entries * in the queue and n threads waiting. This can happen due to locking * of the queue or due to scheduling. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * Returns: the length of the @queue. */ /** * g_async_queue_lock: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Acquires the @queue's lock. If another thread is already * holding the lock, this call will block until the lock * becomes available. * * Call g_async_queue_unlock() to drop the lock again. * * While holding the lock, you can only call the * g_async_queue_*_unlocked() functions * on @queue. Otherwise, deadlock may occur. */ /** * g_async_queue_new: * * Creates a new asynchronous queue. * * Returns: a new #GAsyncQueue. Free with g_async_queue_unref() */ /** * g_async_queue_new_full: * @item_free_func: function to free queue elements * * Creates a new asynchronous queue and sets up a destroy notify * function that is used to free any remaining queue items when * the queue is destroyed after the final unref. * * Returns: a new #GAsyncQueue. Free with g_async_queue_unref() * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_async_queue_pop: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Pops data from the @queue. If @queue is empty, this function * blocks until data becomes available. * * Returns: data from the queue */ /** * g_async_queue_pop_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Pops data from the @queue. If @queue is empty, this function * blocks until data becomes available. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * Returns: data from the queue. */ /** * g_async_queue_push: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @data: @data to push into the @queue * * Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. */ /** * g_async_queue_push_sorted: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @data: the @data to push into the @queue * @func: the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue * @user_data: user data passed to @func. * * Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new * position. * * This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on * new elements, see g_async_queue_sort(). * * This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock * it when it is finished. * * For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort(). * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_async_queue_push_sorted_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @data: the @data to push into the @queue * @func: the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue * @user_data: user data passed to @func. * * Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new * position. * * The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. * It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the * first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value * if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second * element. * * This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on * new elements, see g_async_queue_sort(). * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort(). * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_async_queue_push_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @data: @data to push into the @queue * * Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. */ /** * g_async_queue_ref: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. * You do not need to hold the lock to call this function. * * Returns: the @queue that was passed in (since 2.6) */ /** * g_async_queue_ref_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. * * Deprecated: 2.8: Reference counting is done atomically. so g_async_queue_ref() can be used regardless of the @queue's lock. */ /** * g_async_queue_sort: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @func: the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue * @user_data: user data passed to @func * * Sorts @queue using @func. * * The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. * It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the * first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value * if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second * element. * * This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock * it when it is finished. * * If you were sorting a list of priority numbers to make sure the * lowest priority would be at the top of the queue, you could use: * |[ * gint32 id1; * gint32 id2; * * id1 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element1); * id2 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element2); * * return (id1 > id2 ? +1 : id1 == id2 ? 0 : -1); * ]| * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_async_queue_sort_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @func: the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue * @user_data: user data passed to @func * * Sorts @queue using @func. * * The sort function @func is passed two elements of the @queue. * It should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the * first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive value * if the first element should be lower in the @queue than the second * element. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_async_queue_timed_pop: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @end_time: a #GTimeVal, determining the final time * * Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks until * @end_time or until data becomes available. * * If no data is received before @end_time, %NULL is returned. * * To easily calculate @end_time, a combination of g_get_current_time() * and g_time_val_add() can be used. * * Returns: data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before @end_time. * Deprecated: use g_async_queue_timeout_pop(). */ /** * g_async_queue_timed_pop_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @end_time: a #GTimeVal, determining the final time * * Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks until * @end_time or until data becomes available. * * If no data is received before @end_time, %NULL is returned. * * To easily calculate @end_time, a combination of g_get_current_time() * and g_time_val_add() can be used. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * Returns: data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before @end_time. * Deprecated: use g_async_queue_timeout_pop_unlocked(). */ /** * g_async_queue_timeout_pop: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @timeout: the number of microseconds to wait * * Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks for * @timeout microseconds, or until data becomes available. * * If no data is received before the timeout, %NULL is returned. * * Returns: data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before the timeout. */ /** * g_async_queue_timeout_pop_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * @timeout: the number of microseconds to wait * * Pops data from the @queue. If the queue is empty, blocks for * @timeout microseconds, or until data becomes available. * * If no data is received before the timeout, %NULL is returned. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * Returns: data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is received before the timeout. */ /** * g_async_queue_try_pop: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, * %NULL is returned. * * Returns: data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is available immediately. */ /** * g_async_queue_try_pop_unlocked: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, * %NULL is returned. * * This function must be called while holding the @queue's lock. * * Returns: data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is available immediately. */ /** * g_async_queue_unlock: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Releases the queue's lock. * * Calling this function when you have not acquired * the with g_async_queue_lock() leads to undefined * behaviour. */ /** * g_async_queue_unref: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue. * * Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. * * If the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be destroyed * and the memory allocated will be freed. So you are not allowed * to use the @queue afterwards, as it might have disappeared. * You do not need to hold the lock to call this function. */ /** * g_async_queue_unref_and_unlock: * @queue: a #GAsyncQueue * * Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1 * and releases the lock. This function must be called while holding * the @queue's lock. If the reference count went to 0, the @queue * will be destroyed and the memory allocated will be freed. * * Deprecated: 2.8: Reference counting is done atomically. so g_async_queue_unref() can be used regardless of the @queue's lock. */ /** * g_atexit: * @func: (scope async): the function to call on normal program termination. * * Specifies a function to be called at normal program termination. * * Since GLib 2.8.2, on Windows g_atexit() actually is a preprocessor * macro that maps to a call to the atexit() function in the C * library. This means that in case the code that calls g_atexit(), * i.e. atexit(), is in a DLL, the function will be called when the * DLL is detached from the program. This typically makes more sense * than that the function is called when the GLib DLL is detached, * which happened earlier when g_atexit() was a function in the GLib * DLL. * * The behaviour of atexit() in the context of dynamically loaded * modules is not formally specified and varies wildly. * * On POSIX systems, calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) in a dynamically * loaded module which is unloaded before the program terminates might * well cause a crash at program exit. * * Some POSIX systems implement atexit() like Windows, and have each * dynamically loaded module maintain an own atexit chain that is * called when the module is unloaded. * * On other POSIX systems, before a dynamically loaded module is * unloaded, the registered atexit functions (if any) residing in that * module are called, regardless where the code that registered them * resided. This is presumably the most robust approach. * * As can be seen from the above, for portability it's best to avoid * calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) except in the main executable of a * program. * * Deprecated: 2.32: It is best to avoid g_atexit(). */ /** * g_atomic_int_add: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * @val: the value to add * * Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic += @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Before version 2.30, this function did not return a value * (but g_atomic_int_exchange_and_add() did, and had the same meaning). * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the add, signed * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_int_and: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * @val: the value to 'and' * * Performs an atomic bitwise 'and' of the value of @atomic and @val, * storing the result back in @atomic. * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic &= @val; return tmp; } * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_atomic_int_compare_and_exchange: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * @oldval: the value to compare with * @newval: the value to conditionally replace with * * Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. * If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. * * This compare and exchange is done atomically. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { if (*@atomic == @oldval) { *@atomic = @newval; return TRUE; } else return FALSE; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: %TRUE if the exchange took place * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_int_dec_and_test: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * * Decrements the value of @atomic by 1. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { *@atomic -= 1; return (*@atomic == 0); } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: %TRUE if the resultant value is zero * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_int_exchange_and_add: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint * @val: the value to add * * This function existed before g_atomic_int_add() returned the prior * value of the integer (which it now does). It is retained only for * compatibility reasons. Don't use this function in new code. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the add, signed * Since: 2.4 * Deprecated: 2.30: Use g_atomic_int_add() instead. */ /** * g_atomic_int_get: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * * Gets the current value of @atomic. * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware * memory barrier (before the get). * * Returns: the value of the integer * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_int_inc: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * * Increments the value of @atomic by 1. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { *@atomic += 1; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_int_or: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * @val: the value to 'or' * * Performs an atomic bitwise 'or' of the value of @atomic and @val, * storing the result back in @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic |= @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_atomic_int_set: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * @newval: a new value to store * * Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware * memory barrier (after the set). * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_int_xor: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gint or #guint * @val: the value to 'xor' * * Performs an atomic bitwise 'xor' of the value of @atomic and @val, * storing the result back in @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic ^= @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_add: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @val: the value to add * * Atomically adds @val to the value of @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic += @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the add, signed * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_and: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @val: the value to 'and' * * Performs an atomic bitwise 'and' of the value of @atomic and @val, * storing the result back in @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic &= @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_compare_and_exchange: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @oldval: the value to compare with * @newval: the value to conditionally replace with * * Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval. * If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs. * * This compare and exchange is done atomically. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { if (*@atomic == @oldval) { *@atomic = @newval; return TRUE; } else return FALSE; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: %TRUE if the exchange took place * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_get: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * * Gets the current value of @atomic. * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware * memory barrier (before the get). * * Returns: the value of the pointer * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_or: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @val: the value to 'or' * * Performs an atomic bitwise 'or' of the value of @atomic and @val, * storing the result back in @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic |= @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_set: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @newval: a new value to store * * Sets the value of @atomic to @newval. * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware * memory barrier (after the set). * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_atomic_pointer_xor: * @atomic: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @val: the value to 'xor' * * Performs an atomic bitwise 'xor' of the value of @atomic and @val, * storing the result back in @atomic. * * Think of this operation as an atomic version of * { tmp = *atomic; *@atomic ^= @val; return tmp; } * * This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier. * * Returns: the value of @atomic before the operation, unsigned * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_base64_decode: * @text: zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode * @out_len: (out): The length of the decoded data is written here * * Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data * * Returns: (transfer full) (array length=out_len) (element-type guint8): newly allocated buffer containing the binary data that @text represents. The returned buffer must be freed with g_free(). * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_base64_decode_inplace: * @text: (inout) (array length=out_len) (element-type guint8): zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode * @out_len: (inout): The length of the decoded data is written here * * Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data * by overwriting the input data. * * Returns: (transfer none): The binary data that @text responds. This pointer is the same as the input @text. * Since: 2.20 */ /** * g_base64_decode_step: * @in: (array length=len) (element-type guint8): binary input data * @len: max length of @in data to decode * @out: (out) (array) (element-type guint8): output buffer * @state: (inout): Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 * @save: (inout): Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 * * Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified * representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert * data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory. * * The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will * be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need * at least: (@len / 4) * 3 + 3 bytes (+ 3 may be needed in case of non-zero * state). * * Returns: The number of bytes of output that was written * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_base64_encode: * @data: (array length=len) (element-type guint8): the binary data to encode * @len: the length of @data * * Encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified * representation. * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated, zero-terminated Base-64 encoded string representing @data. The returned string must be freed with g_free(). * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_base64_encode_close: * @break_lines: whether to break long lines * @out: (out) (array) (element-type guint8): pointer to destination buffer * @state: (inout): Saved state from g_base64_encode_step() * @save: (inout): Saved state from g_base64_encode_step() * * Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step(). * * The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will * be written to it. It will need up to 4 bytes, or up to 5 bytes if * line-breaking is enabled. * * Returns: The number of bytes of output that was written * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_base64_encode_step: * @in: (array length=len) (element-type guint8): the binary data to encode * @len: the length of @in * @break_lines: whether to break long lines * @out: (out) (array) (element-type guint8): pointer to destination buffer * @state: (inout): Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 * @save: (inout): Saved state between steps, initialize to 0 * * Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified * representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert * data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory. * * When all of the data has been converted you must call * g_base64_encode_close() to flush the saved state. * * The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will * be written to it. Due to the way base64 encodes you will need * at least: (@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4 bytes (+ 4 may be needed in case of * non-zero state). If you enable line-breaking you will need at least: * ((@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4) / 72 + 1 bytes of extra space. * * @break_lines is typically used when putting base64-encoded data in emails. * It breaks the lines at 72 columns instead of putting all of the text on * the same line. This avoids problems with long lines in the email system. * Note however that it breaks the lines with LF * characters, not CR LF sequences, so the result cannot * be passed directly to SMTP or certain other protocols. * * Returns: The number of bytes of output that was written * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_basename: * @file_name: the name of the file * * Gets the name of the file without any leading directory * components. It returns a pointer into the given file name * string. * * Returns: the name of the file without any leading directory components * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_path_get_basename() instead, but notice that g_path_get_basename() allocates new memory for the returned string, unlike this function which returns a pointer into the argument. */ /** * g_bit_lock: * @address: a pointer to an integer * @lock_bit: a bit value between 0 and 31 * * Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If the bit is already * set, this call will block until g_bit_unlock() unsets the * corresponding bit. * * Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is * not supported and will very probably cause deadlocks. * * The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not * between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined. * * This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to * @address must be atomic in order for this function to work * reliably. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_bit_nth_lsf: * @mask: a #gulong containing flags * @nth_bit: the index of the bit to start the search from * * Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching * from (but not including) @nth_bit upwards. Bits are numbered * from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, * usually). To start searching from the 0th bit, set @nth_bit to -1. * * Returns: the index of the first bit set which is higher than @nth_bit */ /** * g_bit_nth_msf: * @mask: a #gulong containing flags * @nth_bit: the index of the bit to start the search from * * Find the position of the first bit set in @mask, searching * from (but not including) @nth_bit downwards. Bits are numbered * from 0 (least significant) to sizeof(#gulong) * 8 - 1 (31 or 63, * usually). To start searching from the last bit, set @nth_bit to * -1 or GLIB_SIZEOF_LONG * 8. * * Returns: the index of the first bit set which is lower than @nth_bit */ /** * g_bit_storage: * @number: a #guint * * Gets the number of bits used to hold @number, * e.g. if @number is 4, 3 bits are needed. * * Returns: the number of bits used to hold @number */ /** * g_bit_trylock: * @address: a pointer to an integer * @lock_bit: a bit value between 0 and 31 * * Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address, returning %TRUE if * successful. If the bit is already set, returns %FALSE immediately. * * Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is * not supported. * * The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not * between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined. * * This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to * @address must be atomic in order for this function to work * reliably. * * Returns: %TRUE if the lock was acquired * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_bit_unlock: * @address: a pointer to an integer * @lock_bit: a bit value between 0 and 31 * * Clears the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If another thread is * currently blocked in g_bit_lock() on this same bit then it will be * woken up. * * This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to * @address must be atomic in order for this function to work * reliably. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_add_application: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @name: (allow-none): the name of the application registering the bookmark or %NULL * @exec: (allow-none): command line to be used to launch the bookmark or %NULL * * Adds the application with @name and @exec to the list of * applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri into * @bookmark. * * Every bookmark inside a #GBookmarkFile must have at least an * application registered. Each application must provide a name, a * command line useful for launching the bookmark, the number of times * the bookmark has been registered by the application and the last * time the application registered this bookmark. * * If @name is %NULL, the name of the application will be the * same returned by g_get_application_name(); if @exec is %NULL, the * command line will be a composition of the program name as * returned by g_get_prgname() and the "\%u" modifier, which will be * expanded to the bookmark's URI. * * This function will automatically take care of updating the * registrations count and timestamping in case an application * with the same @name had already registered a bookmark for * @uri inside @bookmark. * * If no bookmark for @uri is found, one is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_add_group: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @group: the group name to be added * * Adds @group to the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri * belongs to. * * If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_free: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * * Frees a #GBookmarkFile. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_added: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was added to @bookmark * * In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a timestamp * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_app_info: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @name: an application's name * @exec: (allow-none): location for the command line of the application, or %NULL * @count: (allow-none): return location for the registration count, or %NULL * @stamp: (allow-none): return location for the last registration time, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Gets the registration informations of @app_name for the bookmark for * @uri. See g_bookmark_file_set_app_info() for more informations about * the returned data. * * The string returned in @app_exec must be freed. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the * event that no application with name @app_name has registered a bookmark * for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to * #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting * the command line fails, an error of the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain is * set and %FALSE is returned. * * Returns: %TRUE on success. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_applications: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @length: (allow-none): return location of the length of the returned list, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Retrieves the names of the applications that have registered the * bookmark for @uri. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_description: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Retrieves the description of the bookmark for @uri. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified URI cannot be found. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_groups: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @length: (allow-none): return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Retrieves the list of group names of the bookmark for @uri. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * The returned array is %NULL terminated, so @length may optionally * be %NULL. * * Returns: a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of group names. Use g_strfreev() to free it. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_icon: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @href: (allow-none): return location for the icon's location or %NULL * @mime_type: (allow-none): return location for the icon's MIME type or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Gets the icon of the bookmark for @uri. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: %TRUE if the icon for the bookmark for the URI was found. You should free the returned strings. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_is_private: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Gets whether the private flag of the bookmark for @uri is set. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the * event that the private flag cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: %TRUE if the private flag is set, %FALSE otherwise. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Retrieves the MIME type of the resource pointed by @uri. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the * event that the MIME type cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified URI cannot be found. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_modified: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Gets the time when the bookmark for @uri was last modified. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a timestamp * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_size: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * * Gets the number of bookmarks inside @bookmark. * * Returns: the number of bookmarks * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_title: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: (allow-none): a valid URI or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Returns the title of the bookmark for @uri. * * If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is returned. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified URI cannot be found. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_uris: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @length: (allow-none): return location for the number of returned URIs, or %NULL * * Returns all URIs of the bookmarks in the bookmark file @bookmark. * The array of returned URIs will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may * optionally be %NULL. * * Returns: a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_get_visited: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a timestamp. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_has_application: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @name: the name of the application * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Checks whether the bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark has been * registered by application @name. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: %TRUE if the application @name was found * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_has_group: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @group: the group name to be searched * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Checks whether @group appears in the list of groups to which * the bookmark for @uri belongs to. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: %TRUE if @group was found. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_has_item: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * * Looks whether the desktop bookmark has an item with its URI set to @uri. * * Returns: %TRUE if @uri is inside @bookmark, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_load_from_data: * @bookmark: an empty #GBookmarkFile struct * @data: desktop bookmarks loaded in memory * @length: the length of @data in bytes * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Loads a bookmark file from memory into an empty #GBookmarkFile * structure. If the object cannot be created then @error is set to a * #GBookmarkFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a desktop bookmark could be loaded. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @file: a relative path to a filename to open and parse * @full_path: (allow-none): return location for a string containing the full path of the file, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * This function looks for a desktop bookmark file named @file in the * paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(), * loads the file into @bookmark and returns the file's full path in * @full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is * set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_load_from_file: * @bookmark: an empty #GBookmarkFile struct * @filename: the path of a filename to load, in the GLib file name encoding * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Loads a desktop bookmark file into an empty #GBookmarkFile structure. * If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to either a #GFileError * or #GBookmarkFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a desktop bookmark file could be loaded * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_move_item: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @old_uri: a valid URI * @new_uri: (allow-none): a valid URI, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Changes the URI of a bookmark item from @old_uri to @new_uri. Any * existing bookmark for @new_uri will be overwritten. If @new_uri is * %NULL, then the bookmark is removed. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: %TRUE if the URI was successfully changed * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_new: * * Creates a new empty #GBookmarkFile object. * * Use g_bookmark_file_load_from_file(), g_bookmark_file_load_from_data() * or g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs() to read an existing bookmark * file. * * Returns: an empty #GBookmarkFile * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_remove_application: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @name: the name of the application * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Removes application registered with @name from the list of applications * that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * In the event that no application with name @app_name has registered * a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to * #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. * * Returns: %TRUE if the application was successfully removed. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_remove_group: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @group: the group name to be removed * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Removes @group from the list of groups to which the bookmark * for @uri belongs to. * * In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. * In the event no group was defined, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: %TRUE if @group was successfully removed. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_remove_item: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Removes the bookmark for @uri from the bookmark file @bookmark. * * Returns: %TRUE if the bookmark was removed successfully. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_added: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @added: a timestamp or -1 to use the current time * * Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was added into @bookmark. * * If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_app_info: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @name: an application's name * @exec: an application's command line * @count: the number of registrations done for this application * @stamp: the time of the last registration for this application * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Sets the meta-data of application @name inside the list of * applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside * @bookmark. * * You should rarely use this function; use g_bookmark_file_add_application() * and g_bookmark_file_remove_application() instead. * * @name can be any UTF-8 encoded string used to identify an * application. * @exec can have one of these two modifiers: "\%f", which will * be expanded as the local file name retrieved from the bookmark's * URI; "\%u", which will be expanded as the bookmark's URI. * The expansion is done automatically when retrieving the stored * command line using the g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() function. * @count is the number of times the application has registered the * bookmark; if is < 0, the current registration count will be increased * by one, if is 0, the application with @name will be removed from * the list of registered applications. * @stamp is the Unix time of the last registration; if it is -1, the * current time will be used. * * If you try to remove an application by setting its registration count to * zero, and no bookmark for @uri is found, %FALSE is returned and * @error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND; similarly, * in the event that no application @name has registered a bookmark * for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to * #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. Otherwise, if no bookmark * for @uri is found, one is created. * * Returns: %TRUE if the application's meta-data was successfully changed. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_description: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: (allow-none): a valid URI or %NULL * @description: a string * * Sets @description as the description of the bookmark for @uri. * * If @uri is %NULL, the description of @bookmark is set. * * If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_groups: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: an item's URI * @groups: (allow-none): an array of group names, or %NULL to remove all groups * @length: number of group name values in @groups * * Sets a list of group names for the item with URI @uri. Each previously * set group name list is removed. * * If @uri cannot be found then an item for it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_icon: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @href: (allow-none): the URI of the icon for the bookmark, or %NULL * @mime_type: the MIME type of the icon for the bookmark * * Sets the icon for the bookmark for @uri. If @href is %NULL, unsets * the currently set icon. @href can either be a full URL for the icon * file or the icon name following the Icon Naming specification. * * If no bookmark for @uri is found one is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_is_private: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @is_private: %TRUE if the bookmark should be marked as private * * Sets the private flag of the bookmark for @uri. * * If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_mime_type: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @mime_type: a MIME type * * Sets @mime_type as the MIME type of the bookmark for @uri. * * If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_modified: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @modified: a timestamp or -1 to use the current time * * Sets the last time the bookmark for @uri was last modified. * * If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. * * The "modified" time should only be set when the bookmark's meta-data * was actually changed. Every function of #GBookmarkFile that * modifies a bookmark also changes the modification time, except for * g_bookmark_file_set_visited(). * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_title: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: (allow-none): a valid URI or %NULL * @title: a UTF-8 encoded string * * Sets @title as the title of the bookmark for @uri inside the * bookmark file @bookmark. * * If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is set. * * If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_set_visited: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @uri: a valid URI * @visited: a timestamp or -1 to use the current time * * Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited. * * If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created. * * The "visited" time should only be set if the bookmark was launched, * either using the command line retrieved by g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() * or by the default application for the bookmark's MIME type, retrieved * using g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type(). Changing the "visited" time * does not affect the "modified" time. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_to_data: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @length: (allow-none): return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * This function outputs @bookmark as a string. * * Returns: a newly allocated string holding the contents of the #GBookmarkFile * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_bookmark_file_to_file: * @bookmark: a #GBookmarkFile * @filename: path of the output file * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * This function outputs @bookmark into a file. The write process is * guaranteed to be atomic by using g_file_set_contents() internally. * * Returns: %TRUE if the file was successfully written. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_build_filename: * @first_element: the first element in the path * @...: remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL * * Creates a filename from a series of elements using the correct * separator for filenames. * * On Unix, this function behaves identically to g_build_path * (G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, first_element, ....). * * On Windows, it takes into account that either the backslash * (\ or slash (/) can be used * as separator in filenames, but otherwise behaves as on Unix. When * file pathname separators need to be inserted, the one that last * previously occurred in the parameters (reading from left to right) * is used. * * No attempt is made to force the resulting filename to be an absolute * path. If the first element is a relative path, the result will * be a relative path. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). */ /** * g_build_filenamev: * @args: (array zero-terminated=1): %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the path elements. * * Behaves exactly like g_build_filename(), but takes the path elements * as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly * meant for language bindings. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_build_path: * @separator: a string used to separator the elements of the path. * @first_element: the first element in the path * @...: remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL * * Creates a path from a series of elements using @separator as the * separator between elements. At the boundary between two elements, * any trailing occurrences of separator in the first element, or * leading occurrences of separator in the second element are removed * and exactly one copy of the separator is inserted. * * Empty elements are ignored. * * The number of leading copies of the separator on the result is * the same as the number of leading copies of the separator on * the first non-empty element. * * The number of trailing copies of the separator on the result is * the same as the number of trailing copies of the separator on * the last non-empty element. (Determination of the number of * trailing copies is done without stripping leading copies, so * if the separator is ABA, ABABA * has 1 trailing copy.) * * However, if there is only a single non-empty element, and there * are no characters in that element not part of the leading or * trailing separators, then the result is exactly the original value * of that element. * * Other than for determination of the number of leading and trailing * copies of the separator, elements consisting only of copies * of the separator are ignored. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). */ /** * g_build_pathv: * @separator: a string used to separator the elements of the path. * @args: (array zero-terminated=1): %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the path elements. * * Behaves exactly like g_build_path(), but takes the path elements * as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly * meant for language bindings. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_byte_array_append: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @data: the byte data to be added. * @len: the number of bytes to add. * * Adds the given bytes to the end of the #GByteArray. The array will * grow in size automatically if necessary. * * Returns: the #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_free: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @free_segment: if %TRUE the actual byte data is freed as well. * * Frees the memory allocated by the #GByteArray. If @free_segment is * %TRUE it frees the actual byte data. If the reference count of * @array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but * the size of @array will be set to zero. * * Returns: the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free(). */ /** * g_byte_array_free_to_bytes: * @array: (transfer full): a #GByteArray * * Transfers the data from the #GByteArray into a new immutable #GBytes. * * The #GByteArray is freed unless the reference count of @array is greater * than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but the size of @array * will be set to zero. * * This is identical to using g_bytes_new_take() and g_byte_array_free() * together. * * Since: 2.32 * Returns: (transfer full): a new immutable #GBytes representing same byte data that was in the array */ /** * g_byte_array_new: * * Creates a new #GByteArray with a reference count of 1. * * Returns: the new #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_new_take: * @data: (array length=len): byte data for the array * @len: length of @data * * Create byte array containing the data. The data will be owned by the array * and will be freed with g_free(), i.e. it could be allocated using g_strdup(). * * Since: 2.32 * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GByteArray */ /** * g_byte_array_prepend: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @data: the byte data to be added. * @len: the number of bytes to add. * * Adds the given data to the start of the #GByteArray. The array will * grow in size automatically if necessary. * * Returns: the #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_ref: * @array: A #GByteArray. * * Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This * function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Returns: The passed in #GByteArray. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_byte_array_remove_index: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @index_: the index of the byte to remove. * * Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The * following bytes are moved down one place. * * Returns: the #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_remove_index_fast: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @index_: the index of the byte to remove. * * Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The last * element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function * does not preserve the order of the #GByteArray. But it is faster * than g_byte_array_remove_index(). * * Returns: the #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_remove_range: * @array: a @GByteArray. * @index_: the index of the first byte to remove. * @length: the number of bytes to remove. * * Removes the given number of bytes starting at the given index from a * #GByteArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap. * * Returns: the #GByteArray. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_byte_array_set_size: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @length: the new size of the #GByteArray. * * Sets the size of the #GByteArray, expanding it if necessary. * * Returns: the #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_sized_new: * @reserved_size: number of bytes preallocated. * * Creates a new #GByteArray with @reserved_size bytes preallocated. * This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many * bytes to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still * 0. * * Returns: the new #GByteArray. */ /** * g_byte_array_sort: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @compare_func: comparison function. * * Sorts a byte array, using @compare_func which should be a * qsort()-style comparison function (returns less than zero for first * arg is less than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if * first arg is greater than second arg). * * If two array elements compare equal, their order in the sorted array * is undefined. If you want equal elements to keep their order (i.e. * you want a stable sort) you can write a comparison function that, * if two elements would otherwise compare equal, compares them by * their addresses. */ /** * g_byte_array_sort_with_data: * @array: a #GByteArray. * @compare_func: comparison function. * @user_data: data to pass to @compare_func. * * Like g_byte_array_sort(), but the comparison function takes an extra * user data argument. */ /** * g_byte_array_unref: * @array: A #GByteArray. * * Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the * reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is * released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any * thread. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_bytes_compare: * @bytes1: (type GLib.Bytes): a pointer to a #GBytes * @bytes2: (type GLib.Bytes): a pointer to a #GBytes to compare with @bytes1 * * Compares the two #GBytes values. * * This function can be used to sort GBytes instances in lexographical order. * * Returns: a negative value if bytes2 is lesser, a positive value if bytes2 is greater, and zero if bytes2 is equal to bytes1 * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_equal: * @bytes1: (type GLib.Bytes): a pointer to a #GBytes * @bytes2: (type GLib.Bytes): a pointer to a #GBytes to compare with @bytes1 * * Compares the two #GBytes values being pointed to and returns * %TRUE if they are equal. * * This function can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func * parameter, when using non-%NULL #GBytes pointers as keys in a #GHashTable. * * Returns: %TRUE if the two keys match. * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_get_data: * @bytes: a #GBytes * @size: (out) (allow-none): location to return size of byte data * * Get the byte data in the #GBytes. This data should not be modified. * * This function will always return the same pointer for a given #GBytes. * * Returns: (array length=size) (type guint8): a pointer to the byte data * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_get_size: * @bytes: a #GBytes * * Get the size of the byte data in the #GBytes. * * This function will always return the same value for a given #GBytes. * * Returns: the size * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_hash: * @bytes: (type GLib.Bytes): a pointer to a #GBytes key * * Creates an integer hash code for the byte data in the #GBytes. * * This function can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func * parameter, when using non-%NULL #GBytes pointers as keys in a #GHashTable. * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to the key. * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_new: * @data: (array length=size): the data to be used for the bytes * @size: the size of @data * * Creates a new #GBytes from @data. * * @data is copied. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GBytes * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_new_from_bytes: * @bytes: a #GBytes * @offset: offset which subsection starts at * @length: length of subsection * * Creates a #GBytes which is a subsection of another #GBytes. The @offset + * @length may not be longer than the size of @bytes. * * A reference to @bytes will be held by the newly created #GBytes until * the byte data is no longer needed. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GBytes * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_new_static: * @data: (array length=size): the data to be used for the bytes * @size: the size of @data * * Creates a new #GBytes from static data. * * @data must be static (ie: never modified or freed). * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GBytes * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_new_take: * @data: (transfer full) (array length=size): the data to be used for the bytes * @size: the size of @data * * Creates a new #GBytes from @data. * * After this call, @data belongs to the bytes and may no longer be * modified by the caller. g_free() will be called on @data when the * bytes is no longer in use. Because of this @data must have been created by * a call to g_malloc(), g_malloc0() or g_realloc() or by one of the many * functions that wrap these calls (such as g_new(), g_strdup(), etc). * * For creating #GBytes with memory from other allocators, see * g_bytes_new_with_free_func(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GBytes * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_new_with_free_func: * @data: (array length=size): the data to be used for the bytes * @size: the size of @data * @free_func: the function to call to release the data * @user_data: data to pass to @free_func * * Creates a #GBytes from @data. * * When the last reference is dropped, @free_func will be called with the * @user_data argument. * * @data must not be modified after this call is made until @free_func has * been called to indicate that the bytes is no longer in use. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GBytes * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_ref: * @bytes: a #GBytes * * Increase the reference count on @bytes. * * Returns: the #GBytes * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_unref: * @bytes: (allow-none): a #GBytes * * Releases a reference on @bytes. This may result in the bytes being * freed. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_unref_to_array: * @bytes: (transfer full): a #GBytes * * Unreferences the bytes, and returns a new mutable #GByteArray containing * the same byte data. * * As an optimization, the byte data is transferred to the array without copying * if this was the last reference to bytes and bytes was created with * g_bytes_new(), g_bytes_new_take() or g_byte_array_free_to_bytes(). In all * other cases the data is copied. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new mutable #GByteArray containing the same byte data * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_bytes_unref_to_data: * @bytes: (transfer full): a #GBytes * @size: location to place the length of the returned data * * Unreferences the bytes, and returns a pointer the same byte data * contents. * * As an optimization, the byte data is returned without copying if this was * the last reference to bytes and bytes was created with g_bytes_new(), * g_bytes_new_take() or g_byte_array_free_to_bytes(). In all other cases the * data is copied. * * Returns: (transfer full): a pointer to the same byte data, which should be freed with g_free() * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_chdir: * @path: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * * A wrapper for the POSIX chdir() function. The function changes the * current directory of the process to @path. * * See your C library manual for more details about chdir(). * * Returns: 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_checksum_copy: * @checksum: the #GChecksum to copy * * Copies a #GChecksum. If @checksum has been closed, by calling * g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest(), the copied * checksum will be closed as well. * * Returns: the copy of the passed #GChecksum. Use g_checksum_free() when finished using it. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_checksum_free: * @checksum: a #GChecksum * * Frees the memory allocated for @checksum. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_checksum_get_digest: * @checksum: a #GChecksum * @buffer: output buffer * @digest_len: an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer. After the call it contains the length of the digest. * * Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary vector and places it * into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum. * * Once this function has been called, the #GChecksum is closed and can * no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_checksum_get_string: * @checksum: a #GChecksum * * Gets the digest as an hexadecimal string. * * Once this function has been called the #GChecksum can no longer be * updated with g_checksum_update(). * * The hexadecimal characters will be lower case. * * Returns: the hexadecimal representation of the checksum. The returned string is owned by the checksum and should not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_checksum_new: * @checksum_type: the desired type of checksum * * Creates a new #GChecksum, using the checksum algorithm @checksum_type. * If the @checksum_type is not known, %NULL is returned. * A #GChecksum can be used to compute the checksum, or digest, of an * arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms. * * A #GChecksum works by feeding a binary blob through g_checksum_update() * until there is data to be checked; the digest can then be extracted * using g_checksum_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a * hexadecimal string; or g_checksum_get_digest(), which will return a * vector of raw bytes. Once either g_checksum_get_string() or * g_checksum_get_digest() have been called on a #GChecksum, the checksum * will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_checksum_update() * on it anymore. * * Returns: the newly created #GChecksum, or %NULL. Use g_checksum_free() to free the memory allocated by it. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_checksum_reset: * @checksum: the #GChecksum to reset * * Resets the state of the @checksum back to its initial state. * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_checksum_type_get_length: * @checksum_type: a #GChecksumType * * Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type * * Returns: the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is not supported. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_checksum_update: * @checksum: a #GChecksum * @data: buffer used to compute the checksum * @length: size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a null-terminated string. * * Feeds @data into an existing #GChecksum. The checksum must still be * open, that is g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest() must * not have been called on @checksum. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_child_watch_add: * @pid: process id to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * * Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid * exits, at a default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. * * If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes() * you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to * the spawn function for the child watching to work. * * Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed * (see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the * source is still active. Typically, you will want to call * g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. * * GLib supports only a single callback per process id. * * This internally creates a main loop source using * g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context * using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you * need greater control. * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_child_watch_add_full: * @priority: the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. * @pid: process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * @notify: (allow-none): function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL * * Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid * exits, at the priority @priority. * * If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes() * you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to * the spawn function for the child watching to work. * * Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed * (see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the * source is still active. Typically, you will want to call * g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. * * GLib supports only a single callback per process id. * * This internally creates a main loop source using * g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context * using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you * need greater control. * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. * Rename to: g_child_watch_add * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_child_watch_source_new: * @pid: process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child). * * Creates a new child_watch source. * * The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext * and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be * executed. * * Note that child watch sources can only be used in conjunction with * g_spawn... when the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD * flag is used. * * Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed * (see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the * source is still active. Typically, you will want to call * g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source. * * Note further that using g_child_watch_source_new() is not * compatible with calling waitpid(-1) in * the application. Calling waitpid() for individual pids will * still work fine. * * Returns: the newly-created child watch source * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_chmod: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @mode: as in chmod() * * A wrapper for the POSIX chmod() function. The chmod() function is * used to set the permissions of a file system object. * * On Windows the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like, * and the underlying chmod() function in the C library just sets or * clears the FAT-style READONLY attribute. It does not touch any * ACL. Software that needs to manage file permissions on Windows * exactly should use the Win32 API. * * See your C library manual for more details about chmod(). * * Returns: zero if the operation succeeded, -1 on error. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_clear_error: * @err: a #GError return location * * If @err is %NULL, does nothing. If @err is non-%NULL, * calls g_error_free() on *@err and sets *@err to %NULL. */ /** * g_clear_pointer: (skip) * @pp: a pointer to a variable, struct member etc. holding a pointer * @destroy: a function to which a gpointer can be passed, to destroy *@pp * * Clears a reference to a variable. * * @pp must not be %NULL. * * If the reference is %NULL then this function does nothing. * Otherwise, the variable is destroyed using @destroy and the * pointer is set to %NULL. * * This function is threadsafe and modifies the pointer atomically, * using memory barriers where needed. * * A macro is also included that allows this function to be used without * pointer casts. * * Since: 2.34 */ /** * g_compute_checksum_for_data: * @checksum_type: a #GChecksumType * @data: binary blob to compute the digest of * @length: length of @data * * Computes the checksum for a binary @data of @length. This is a * convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string() * and g_checksum_free(). * * The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. * * Returns: the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_compute_checksum_for_string: * @checksum_type: a #GChecksumType * @str: the string to compute the checksum of * @length: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is null-terminated. * * Computes the checksum of a string. * * The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. * * Returns: the checksum as a hexadecimal string. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_compute_hmac_for_data: * @digest_type: a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC * @key: (array length=key_len): the key to use in the HMAC * @key_len: the length of the key * @data: binary blob to compute the HMAC of * @length: length of @data * * Computes the HMAC for a binary @data of @length. This is a * convenience wrapper for g_hmac_new(), g_hmac_get_string() * and g_hmac_unref(). * * The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. * * Returns: the HMAC of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_compute_hmac_for_string: * @digest_type: a #GChecksumType to use for the HMAC * @key: (array length=key_len): the key to use in the HMAC * @key_len: the length of the key * @str: the string to compute the HMAC for * @length: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated * * Computes the HMAC for a string. * * The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case. * * Returns: the HMAC as a hexadecimal string. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_cond_broadcast: * @cond: a #GCond * * If threads are waiting for @cond, all of them are unblocked. * If no threads are waiting for @cond, this function has no effect. * It is good practice to lock the same mutex as the waiting threads * while calling this function, though not required. */ /** * g_cond_clear: * @cond: an initialised #GCond * * Frees the resources allocated to a #GCond with g_cond_init(). * * This function should not be used with a #GCond that has been * statically allocated. * * Calling g_cond_clear() for a #GCond on which threads are * blocking leads to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_cond_init: * @cond: an uninitialized #GCond * * Initialises a #GCond so that it can be used. * * This function is useful to initialise a #GCond that has been * allocated as part of a larger structure. It is not necessary to * initialise a #GCond that has been statically allocated. * * To undo the effect of g_cond_init() when a #GCond is no longer * needed, use g_cond_clear(). * * Calling g_cond_init() on an already-initialised #GCond leads * to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_cond_signal: * @cond: a #GCond * * If threads are waiting for @cond, at least one of them is unblocked. * If no threads are waiting for @cond, this function has no effect. * It is good practice to hold the same lock as the waiting thread * while calling this function, though not required. */ /** * g_cond_wait: * @cond: a #GCond * @mutex: a #GMutex that is currently locked * * Atomically releases @mutex and waits until @cond is signalled. * * When using condition variables, it is possible that a spurious wakeup * may occur (ie: g_cond_wait() returns even though g_cond_signal() was * not called). It's also possible that a stolen wakeup may occur. * This is when g_cond_signal() is called, but another thread acquires * @mutex before this thread and modifies the state of the program in * such a way that when g_cond_wait() is able to return, the expected * condition is no longer met. * * For this reason, g_cond_wait() must always be used in a loop. See * the documentation for #GCond for a complete example. */ /** * g_cond_wait_until: * @cond: a #GCond * @mutex: a #GMutex that is currently locked * @end_time: the monotonic time to wait until * * Waits until either @cond is signalled or @end_time has passed. * * As with g_cond_wait() it is possible that a spurious or stolen wakeup * could occur. For that reason, waiting on a condition variable should * always be in a loop, based on an explicitly-checked predicate. * * %TRUE is returned if the condition variable was signalled (or in the * case of a spurious wakeup). %FALSE is returned if @end_time has * passed. * * The following code shows how to correctly perform a timed wait on a * condition variable (extended the example presented in the * documentation for #GCond): * * |[ * gpointer * pop_data_timed (void) * { * gint64 end_time; * gpointer data; * * g_mutex_lock (&data_mutex); * * end_time = g_get_monotonic_time () + 5 * G_TIME_SPAN_SECOND; * while (!current_data) * if (!g_cond_wait_until (&data_cond, &data_mutex, end_time)) * { * // timeout has passed. * g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); * return NULL; * } * * // there is data for us * data = current_data; * current_data = NULL; * * g_mutex_unlock (&data_mutex); * * return data; * } * ]| * * Notice that the end time is calculated once, before entering the * loop and reused. This is the motivation behind the use of absolute * time on this API -- if a relative time of 5 seconds were passed * directly to the call and a spurious wakeup occurred, the program would * have to start over waiting again (which would lead to a total wait * time of more than 5 seconds). * * Returns: %TRUE on a signal, %FALSE on a timeout * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_convert: * @str: the string to convert * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated Note that some encodings may allow nul bytes to occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 for the @len parameter is unsafe. . * @to_codeset: name of character set into which to convert @str * @from_codeset: character set of @str. * @bytes_read: (out): location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. * @bytes_written: (out): the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string from one character set to another. * * Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming * conversions. * * Returns: If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated nul-terminated string, which must be freed with g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. */ /** * g_convert_with_fallback: * @str: the string to convert * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. * @to_codeset: name of character set into which to convert @str * @from_codeset: character set of @str. * @fallback: UTF-8 string to use in place of character not present in the target encoding. (The string must be representable in the target encoding). If %NULL, characters not in the target encoding will be represented as Unicode escapes \uxxxx or \Uxxxxyyyy. * @bytes_read: location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. * @bytes_written: the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string from one character set to another, possibly * including fallback sequences for characters not representable * in the output. Note that it is not guaranteed that the specification * for the fallback sequences in @fallback will be honored. Some * systems may do an approximate conversion from @from_codeset * to @to_codeset in their iconv() functions, * in which case GLib will simply return that approximate conversion. * * Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming * conversions. * * Returns: If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated nul-terminated string, which must be freed with g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. */ /** * g_convert_with_iconv: * @str: the string to convert * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. * @converter: conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() * @bytes_read: location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. * @bytes_written: the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string from one character set to another. * * Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming * conversions * * Despite the fact that @byes_read can return information about partial * characters, the g_convert_... functions * are not generally suitable for streaming. If the underlying converter * being used maintains internal state, then this won't be preserved * across successive calls to g_convert(), g_convert_with_iconv() or * g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of this is the GNU C converter * for CP1255 which does not emit a base character until it knows that * the next character is not a mark that could combine with the base * character.) * * . * * Returns: If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated nul-terminated string, which must be freed with g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set. */ /** * g_creat: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @mode: as in creat() * * A wrapper for the POSIX creat() function. The creat() function is * used to convert a pathname into a file descriptor, creating a file * if necessary. * * On POSIX systems file descriptors are implemented by the operating * system. On Windows, it's the C library that implements creat() and * file descriptors. The actual Windows API for opening files is * different, see MSDN documentation for CreateFile(). The Win32 API * uses file handles, which are more randomish integers, not small * integers like file descriptors. * * Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows, * the file descriptor returned by this function makes sense only to * functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using code uses a * different C library than GLib does, the file descriptor returned by * this function cannot be passed to C library functions like write() * or read(). * * See your C library manual for more details about creat(). * * Returns: a new file descriptor, or -1 if an error occurred. The return value can be used exactly like the return value from creat(). * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_critical: * @...: format string, followed by parameters to insert into the format string (as with printf()) * * Logs a "critical warning" (#G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL). * It's more or less application-defined what constitutes * a critical vs. a regular warning. You could call * g_log_set_always_fatal() to make critical warnings exit * the program, then use g_critical() for fatal errors, for * example. * * You can also make critical warnings fatal at runtime by * setting the G_DEBUG environment variable (see * Running GLib Applications). */ /** * g_datalist_clear: * @datalist: a datalist. * * Frees all the data elements of the datalist. * The data elements' destroy functions are called * if they have been set. */ /** * g_datalist_foreach: * @datalist: a datalist. * @func: the function to call for each data element. * @user_data: user data to pass to the function. * * Calls the given function for each data element of the datalist. The * function is called with each data element's #GQuark id and data, * together with the given @user_data parameter. Note that this * function is NOT thread-safe. So unless @datalist can be protected * from any modifications during invocation of this function, it should * not be called. */ /** * g_datalist_get_data: * @datalist: a datalist. * @key: the string identifying a data element. * * Gets a data element, using its string identifier. This is slower than * g_datalist_id_get_data() because it compares strings. * * Returns: the data element, or %NULL if it is not found. */ /** * g_datalist_get_flags: * @datalist: pointer to the location that holds a list * * Gets flags values packed in together with the datalist. * See g_datalist_set_flags(). * * Returns: the flags of the datalist * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_datalist_id_get_data: * @datalist: a datalist. * @key_id: the #GQuark identifying a data element. * * Retrieves the data element corresponding to @key_id. * * Returns: the data element, or %NULL if it is not found. */ /** * g_datalist_id_remove_data: * @dl: a datalist. * @q: the #GQuark identifying the data element. * * Removes an element, using its #GQuark identifier. */ /** * g_datalist_id_remove_no_notify: * @datalist: a datalist. * @key_id: the #GQuark identifying a data element. * * Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification * function. * * Returns: the data previously stored at @key_id, or %NULL if none. */ /** * g_datalist_id_set_data: * @dl: a datalist. * @q: the #GQuark to identify the data element. * @d: (allow-none): the data element, or %NULL to remove any previous element corresponding to @q. * * Sets the data corresponding to the given #GQuark id. Any previous * data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function is * called. */ /** * g_datalist_id_set_data_full: * @datalist: a datalist. * @key_id: the #GQuark to identify the data element. * @data: (allow-none): the data element or %NULL to remove any previous element corresponding to @key_id. * @destroy_func: the function to call when the data element is removed. This function will be called with the data element and can be used to free any memory allocated for it. If @data is %NULL, then @destroy_func must also be %NULL. * * Sets the data corresponding to the given #GQuark id, and the * function to be called when the element is removed from the datalist. * Any previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy * function is called. */ /** * g_datalist_init: * @datalist: a pointer to a pointer to a datalist. * * Resets the datalist to %NULL. It does not free any memory or call * any destroy functions. */ /** * g_datalist_remove_data: * @dl: a datalist. * @k: the string identifying the data element. * * Removes an element using its string identifier. The data element's * destroy function is called if it has been set. */ /** * g_datalist_remove_no_notify: * @dl: a datalist. * @k: the string identifying the data element. * * Removes an element, without calling its destroy notifier. */ /** * g_datalist_set_data: * @dl: a datalist. * @k: the string to identify the data element. * @d: (allow-none): the data element, or %NULL to remove any previous element corresponding to @k. * * Sets the data element corresponding to the given string identifier. */ /** * g_datalist_set_data_full: * @dl: a datalist. * @k: the string to identify the data element. * @d: (allow-none): the data element, or %NULL to remove any previous element corresponding to @k. * @f: the function to call when the data element is removed. This function will be called with the data element and can be used to free any memory allocated for it. If @d is %NULL, then @f must also be %NULL. * * Sets the data element corresponding to the given string identifier, * and the function to be called when the data element is removed. */ /** * g_datalist_set_flags: * @datalist: pointer to the location that holds a list * @flags: the flags to turn on. The values of the flags are restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently 3; giving two possible boolean flags). A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is an error. * * Turns on flag values for a data list. This function is used * to keep a small number of boolean flags in an object with * a data list without using any additional space. It is * not generally useful except in circumstances where space * is very tight. (It is used in the base #GObject type, for * example.) * * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_datalist_unset_flags: * @datalist: pointer to the location that holds a list * @flags: the flags to turn off. The values of the flags are restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently 3: giving two possible boolean flags). A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is an error. * * Turns off flag values for a data list. See g_datalist_unset_flags() * * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_dataset_destroy: * @dataset_location: the location identifying the dataset. * * Destroys the dataset, freeing all memory allocated, and calling any * destroy functions set for data elements. */ /** * g_dataset_foreach: * @dataset_location: the location identifying the dataset. * @func: the function to call for each data element. * @user_data: user data to pass to the function. * * Calls the given function for each data element which is associated * with the given location. Note that this function is NOT thread-safe. * So unless @datalist can be protected from any modifications during * invocation of this function, it should not be called. */ /** * g_dataset_get_data: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the string identifying the data element. * * Gets the data element corresponding to a string. * * Returns: the data element corresponding to the string, or %NULL if it is not found. */ /** * g_dataset_id_get_data: * @dataset_location: the location identifying the dataset. * @key_id: the #GQuark id to identify the data element. * * Gets the data element corresponding to a #GQuark. * * Returns: the data element corresponding to the #GQuark, or %NULL if it is not found. */ /** * g_dataset_id_remove_data: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the #GQuark id identifying the data element. * * Removes a data element from a dataset. The data element's destroy * function is called if it has been set. */ /** * g_dataset_id_remove_no_notify: * @dataset_location: the location identifying the dataset. * @key_id: the #GQuark ID identifying the data element. * * Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification * function. * * Returns: the data previously stored at @key_id, or %NULL if none. */ /** * g_dataset_id_set_data: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the #GQuark id to identify the data element. * @d: the data element. * * Sets the data element associated with the given #GQuark id. Any * previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function * is called. */ /** * g_dataset_id_set_data_full: * @dataset_location: the location identifying the dataset. * @key_id: the #GQuark id to identify the data element. * @data: the data element. * @destroy_func: the function to call when the data element is removed. This function will be called with the data element and can be used to free any memory allocated for it. * * Sets the data element associated with the given #GQuark id, and also * the function to call when the data element is destroyed. Any * previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function * is called. */ /** * g_dataset_remove_data: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the string identifying the data element. * * Removes a data element corresponding to a string. Its destroy * function is called if it has been set. */ /** * g_dataset_remove_no_notify: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the string identifying the data element. * * Removes an element, without calling its destroy notifier. */ /** * g_dataset_set_data: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the string to identify the data element. * @d: the data element. * * Sets the data corresponding to the given string identifier. */ /** * g_dataset_set_data_full: * @l: the location identifying the dataset. * @k: the string to identify the data element. * @d: the data element. * @f: the function to call when the data element is removed. This function will be called with the data element and can be used to free any memory allocated for it. * * Sets the data corresponding to the given string identifier, and the * function to call when the data element is destroyed. */ /** * g_date_add_days: * @date: a #GDate to increment * @n_days: number of days to move the date forward * * Increments a date some number of days. * To move forward by weeks, add weeks*7 days. * The date must be valid. */ /** * g_date_add_months: * @date: a #GDate to increment * @n_months: number of months to move forward * * Increments a date by some number of months. * If the day of the month is greater than 28, * this routine may change the day of the month * (because the destination month may not have * the current day in it). The date must be valid. */ /** * g_date_add_years: * @date: a #GDate to increment * @n_years: number of years to move forward * * Increments a date by some number of years. * If the date is February 29, and the destination * year is not a leap year, the date will be changed * to February 28. The date must be valid. */ /** * g_date_clamp: * @date: a #GDate to clamp * @min_date: minimum accepted value for @date * @max_date: maximum accepted value for @date * * If @date is prior to @min_date, sets @date equal to @min_date. * If @date falls after @max_date, sets @date equal to @max_date. * Otherwise, @date is unchanged. * Either of @min_date and @max_date may be %NULL. * All non-%NULL dates must be valid. */ /** * g_date_clear: * @date: pointer to one or more dates to clear * @n_dates: number of dates to clear * * Initializes one or more #GDate structs to a sane but invalid * state. The cleared dates will not represent an existing date, but will * not contain garbage. Useful to init a date declared on the stack. * Validity can be tested with g_date_valid(). */ /** * g_date_compare: * @lhs: first date to compare * @rhs: second date to compare * * qsort()-style comparison function for dates. * Both dates must be valid. * * Returns: 0 for equal, less than zero if @lhs is less than @rhs, greater than zero if @lhs is greater than @rhs */ /** * g_date_days_between: * @date1: the first date * @date2: the second date * * Computes the number of days between two dates. * If @date2 is prior to @date1, the returned value is negative. * Both dates must be valid. * * Returns: the number of days between @date1 and @date2 */ /** * g_date_free: * @date: a #GDate to free * * Frees a #GDate returned from g_date_new(). */ /** * g_date_get_day: * @date: a #GDate to extract the day of the month from * * Returns the day of the month. The date must be valid. * * Returns: day of the month */ /** * g_date_get_day_of_year: * @date: a #GDate to extract day of year from * * Returns the day of the year, where Jan 1 is the first day of the * year. The date must be valid. * * Returns: day of the year */ /** * g_date_get_days_in_month: * @month: month * @year: year * * Returns the number of days in a month, taking leap * years into account. * * Returns: number of days in @month during the @year */ /** * g_date_get_iso8601_week_of_year: * @date: a valid #GDate * * Returns the week of the year, where weeks are interpreted according * to ISO 8601. * * Returns: ISO 8601 week number of the year. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_date_get_julian: * @date: a #GDate to extract the Julian day from * * Returns the Julian day or "serial number" of the #GDate. The * Julian day is simply the number of days since January 1, Year 1; i.e., * January 1, Year 1 is Julian day 1; January 2, Year 1 is Julian day 2, * etc. The date must be valid. * * Returns: Julian day */ /** * g_date_get_monday_week_of_year: * @date: a #GDate * * Returns the week of the year, where weeks are understood to start on * Monday. If the date is before the first Monday of the year, return * 0. The date must be valid. * * Returns: week of the year */ /** * g_date_get_monday_weeks_in_year: * @year: a year * * Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks * are taken to start on Monday. Will be 52 or 53. The * date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, * plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap * year. This function is basically telling you how many * Mondays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Mondays if * one of the extra days happens to be a Monday.) * * Returns: number of Mondays in the year */ /** * g_date_get_month: * @date: a #GDate to get the month from * * Returns the month of the year. The date must be valid. * * Returns: month of the year as a #GDateMonth */ /** * g_date_get_sunday_week_of_year: * @date: a #GDate * * Returns the week of the year during which this date falls, if weeks * are understood to being on Sunday. The date must be valid. Can return * 0 if the day is before the first Sunday of the year. * * Returns: week number */ /** * g_date_get_sunday_weeks_in_year: * @year: year to count weeks in * * Returns the number of weeks in the year, where weeks * are taken to start on Sunday. Will be 52 or 53. The * date must be valid. (Years always have 52 7-day periods, * plus 1 or 2 extra days depending on whether it's a leap * year. This function is basically telling you how many * Sundays are in the year, i.e. there are 53 Sundays if * one of the extra days happens to be a Sunday.) * * Returns: the number of weeks in @year */ /** * g_date_get_weekday: * @date: a #GDate * * Returns the day of the week for a #GDate. The date must be valid. * * Returns: day of the week as a #GDateWeekday. */ /** * g_date_get_year: * @date: a #GDate * * Returns the year of a #GDate. The date must be valid. * * Returns: year in which the date falls */ /** * g_date_is_first_of_month: * @date: a #GDate to check * * Returns %TRUE if the date is on the first of a month. * The date must be valid. * * Returns: %TRUE if the date is the first of the month */ /** * g_date_is_last_of_month: * @date: a #GDate to check * * Returns %TRUE if the date is the last day of the month. * The date must be valid. * * Returns: %TRUE if the date is the last day of the month */ /** * g_date_is_leap_year: * @year: year to check * * Returns %TRUE if the year is a leap year. * For the purposes of this function, * leap year is every year divisible by 4 unless that year * is divisible by 100. If it is divisible by 100 it would * be a leap year only if that year is also divisible * by 400. * * Returns: %TRUE if the year is a leap year */ /** * g_date_new: * * Allocates a #GDate and initializes * it to a sane state. The new date will * be cleared (as if you'd called g_date_clear()) but invalid (it won't * represent an existing day). Free the return value with g_date_free(). * * Returns: a newly-allocated #GDate */ /** * g_date_new_dmy: * @day: day of the month * @month: month of the year * @year: year * * Like g_date_new(), but also sets the value of the date. Assuming the * day-month-year triplet you pass in represents an existing day, the * returned date will be valid. * * Returns: a newly-allocated #GDate initialized with @day, @month, and @year */ /** * g_date_new_julian: * @julian_day: days since January 1, Year 1 * * Like g_date_new(), but also sets the value of the date. Assuming the * Julian day number you pass in is valid (greater than 0, less than an * unreasonably large number), the returned date will be valid. * * Returns: a newly-allocated #GDate initialized with @julian_day */ /** * g_date_order: * @date1: the first date * @date2: the second date * * Checks if @date1 is less than or equal to @date2, * and swap the values if this is not the case. */ /** * g_date_set_day: * @date: a #GDate * @day: day to set * * Sets the day of the month for a #GDate. If the resulting * day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. */ /** * g_date_set_dmy: * @date: a #GDate * @day: day * @month: month * @y: year * * Sets the value of a #GDate from a day, month, and year. * The day-month-year triplet must be valid; if you aren't * sure it is, call g_date_valid_dmy() to check before you * set it. */ /** * g_date_set_julian: * @date: a #GDate * @julian_date: Julian day number (days since January 1, Year 1) * * Sets the value of a #GDate from a Julian day number. */ /** * g_date_set_month: * @date: a #GDate * @month: month to set * * Sets the month of the year for a #GDate. If the resulting * day-month-year triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. */ /** * g_date_set_parse: * @date: a #GDate to fill in * @str: string to parse * * Parses a user-inputted string @str, and try to figure out what date it * represents, taking the current locale * into account. If the string is successfully parsed, the date will be * valid after the call. Otherwise, it will be invalid. You should check * using g_date_valid() to see whether the parsing succeeded. * * This function is not appropriate for file formats and the like; it * isn't very precise, and its exact behavior varies with the locale. * It's intended to be a heuristic routine that guesses what the user * means by a given string (and it does work pretty well in that * capacity). */ /** * g_date_set_time: * @date: a #GDate. * @time_: #GTime value to set. * * Sets the value of a date from a #GTime value. * The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. * * Deprecated: 2.10: Use g_date_set_time_t() instead. */ /** * g_date_set_time_t: * @date: a #GDate * @timet: time_t value to set * * Sets the value of a date to the date corresponding to a time * specified as a time_t. The time to date conversion is done using * the user's current timezone. * * To set the value of a date to the current day, you could write: * |[ * g_date_set_time_t (date, time (NULL)); * ]| * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_date_set_time_val: * @date: a #GDate * @timeval: #GTimeVal value to set * * Sets the value of a date from a #GTimeVal value. Note that the * @tv_usec member is ignored, because #GDate can't make use of the * additional precision. * * The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_date_set_year: * @date: a #GDate * @year: year to set * * Sets the year for a #GDate. If the resulting day-month-year * triplet is invalid, the date will be invalid. */ /** * g_date_strftime: * @s: destination buffer * @slen: buffer size * @format: format string * @date: valid #GDate * * Generates a printed representation of the date, in a * locale-specific way. * Works just like the platform's C library strftime() function, * but only accepts date-related formats; time-related formats * give undefined results. Date must be valid. Unlike strftime() * (which uses the locale encoding), works on a UTF-8 format * string and stores a UTF-8 result. * * This function does not provide any conversion specifiers in * addition to those implemented by the platform's C library. * For example, don't expect that using g_date_strftime() would * make the \%F provided by the C99 strftime() work on Windows * where the C library only complies to C89. * * Returns: number of characters written to the buffer, or 0 the buffer was too small */ /** * g_date_subtract_days: * @date: a #GDate to decrement * @n_days: number of days to move * * Moves a date some number of days into the past. * To move by weeks, just move by weeks*7 days. * The date must be valid. */ /** * g_date_subtract_months: * @date: a #GDate to decrement * @n_months: number of months to move * * Moves a date some number of months into the past. * If the current day of the month doesn't exist in * the destination month, the day of the month * may change. The date must be valid. */ /** * g_date_subtract_years: * @date: a #GDate to decrement * @n_years: number of years to move * * Moves a date some number of years into the past. * If the current day doesn't exist in the destination * year (i.e. it's February 29 and you move to a non-leap-year) * then the day is changed to February 29. The date * must be valid. */ /** * g_date_time_add: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @timespan: a #GTimeSpan * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified timespan to the copy. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_days: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @days: the number of days * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of days to the * copy. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_full: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @years: the number of years to add * @months: the number of months to add * @days: the number of days to add * @hours: the number of hours to add * @minutes: the number of minutes to add * @seconds: the number of seconds to add * * Creates a new #GDateTime adding the specified values to the current date and * time in @datetime. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime that should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_hours: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @hours: the number of hours to add * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of hours * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_minutes: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @minutes: the number of minutes to add * * Creates a copy of @datetime adding the specified number of minutes. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_months: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @months: the number of months * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of months to the * copy. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_seconds: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @seconds: the number of seconds to add * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of seconds. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_weeks: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @weeks: the number of weeks * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of weeks to the * copy. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_add_years: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @years: the number of years * * Creates a copy of @datetime and adds the specified number of years to the * copy. * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime which should be freed with g_date_time_unref(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_compare: * @dt1: first #GDateTime to compare * @dt2: second #GDateTime to compare * * A comparison function for #GDateTimes that is suitable * as a #GCompareFunc. Both #GDateTimes must be non-%NULL. * * Returns: -1, 0 or 1 if @dt1 is less than, equal to or greater than @dt2. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_difference: * @end: a #GDateTime * @begin: a #GDateTime * * Calculates the difference in time between @end and @begin. The * #GTimeSpan that is returned is effectively @end - @begin (ie: * positive if the first simparameter is larger). * * Returns: the difference between the two #GDateTime, as a time span expressed in microseconds. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_equal: * @dt1: a #GDateTime * @dt2: a #GDateTime * * Checks to see if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal. * * Equal here means that they represent the same moment after converting * them to the same time zone. * * Returns: %TRUE if @dt1 and @dt2 are equal * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_format: * @datetime: A #GDateTime * @format: a valid UTF-8 string, containing the format for the #GDateTime * * Creates a newly allocated string representing the requested @format. * * The format strings understood by this function are a subset of the * strftime() format language as specified by C99. The \%D, \%U and \%W * conversions are not supported, nor is the 'E' modifier. The GNU * extensions \%k, \%l, \%s and \%P are supported, however, as are the * '0', '_' and '-' modifiers. * * In contrast to strftime(), this function always produces a UTF-8 * string, regardless of the current locale. Note that the rendering of * many formats is locale-dependent and may not match the strftime() * output exactly. * * The following format specifiers are supported: * * * * \%a: * * the abbreviated weekday name according to the current locale * * * \%A: * * the full weekday name according to the current locale * * * \%b: * * the abbreviated month name according to the current locale * * * \%B: * * the full month name according to the current locale * * * \%c: * * the preferred date and time representation for the current locale * * * \%C: * * The century number (year/100) as a 2-digit integer (00-99) * * * \%d: * * the day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 31) * * * \%e: * * the day of the month as a decimal number (range 1 to 31) * * * \%F: * * equivalent to \%Y-\%m-\%d (the ISO 8601 date * format) * * * \%g: * * the last two digits of the ISO 8601 week-based year as a decimal * number (00-99). This works well with \%V and \%u. * * * \%G: * * the ISO 8601 week-based year as a decimal number. This works well * with \%V and \%u. * * * \%h: * * equivalent to \%b * * * \%H: * * the hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock (range 00 to * 23) * * * \%I: * * the hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock (range 01 to * 12) * * * \%j: * * the day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 to 366) * * * \%k: * * the hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 0 to 23); * single digits are preceded by a blank * * * \%l: * * the hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 1 to 12); * single digits are preceded by a blank * * * \%m: * * the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 12) * * * \%M: * * the minute as a decimal number (range 00 to 59) * * * \%p: * * either "AM" or "PM" according to the given time value, or the * corresponding strings for the current locale. Noon is treated as * "PM" and midnight as "AM". * * * \%P: * * like \%p but lowercase: "am" or "pm" or a corresponding string for * the current locale * * * \%r: * * the time in a.m. or p.m. notation * * * \%R: * * the time in 24-hour notation (\%H:\%M) * * * \%s: * * the number of seconds since the Epoch, that is, since 1970-01-01 * 00:00:00 UTC * * * \%S: * * the second as a decimal number (range 00 to 60) * * * \%t: * * a tab character * * * \%T: * * the time in 24-hour notation with seconds (\%H:\%M:\%S) * * * \%u: * * the ISO 8601 standard day of the week as a decimal, range 1 to 7, * Monday being 1. This works well with \%G and \%V. * * * \%V: * * the ISO 8601 standard week number of the current year as a decimal * number, range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the first week that has at * least 4 days in the new year. See g_date_time_get_week_of_year(). * This works well with \%G and \%u. * * * \%w: * * the day of the week as a decimal, range 0 to 6, Sunday being 0. * This is not the ISO 8601 standard format -- use \%u instead. * * * \%x: * * the preferred date representation for the current locale without * the time * * * \%X: * * the preferred time representation for the current locale without * the date * * * \%y: * * the year as a decimal number without the century * * * \%Y: * * the year as a decimal number including the century * * * \%z: * * the time-zone as hour offset from UTC * * * \%Z: * * the time zone or name or abbreviation * * * \%\%: * * a literal \% character * * * * Some conversion specifications can be modified by preceding the * conversion specifier by one or more modifier characters. The * following modifiers are supported for many of the numeric * conversions: * * * O * * Use alternative numeric symbols, if the current locale * supports those. * * * * _ * * Pad a numeric result with spaces. * This overrides the default padding for the specifier. * * * * - * * Do not pad a numeric result. * This overrides the default padding for the specifier. * * * * 0 * * Pad a numeric result with zeros. * This overrides the default padding for the specifier. * * * * * Returns: a newly allocated string formatted to the requested format or %NULL in the case that there was an error. The string should be freed with g_free(). * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_day_of_month: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the day of the month represented by @datetime in the gregorian * calendar. * * Returns: the day of the month * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_day_of_week: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the ISO 8601 day of the week on which @datetime falls (1 is * Monday, 2 is Tuesday... 7 is Sunday). * * Returns: the day of the week * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_day_of_year: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the day of the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian * calendar. * * Returns: the day of the year * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_hour: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the hour of the day represented by @datetime * * Returns: the hour of the day * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_microsecond: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the microsecond of the date represented by @datetime * * Returns: the microsecond of the second * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_minute: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the minute of the hour represented by @datetime * * Returns: the minute of the hour * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_month: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the month of the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian * calendar. * * Returns: the month represented by @datetime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_second: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the second of the minute represented by @datetime * * Returns: the second represented by @datetime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_seconds: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Retrieves the number of seconds since the start of the last minute, * including the fractional part. * * Returns: the number of seconds * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_timezone_abbreviation: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Determines the time zone abbreviation to be used at the time and in * the time zone of @datetime. * * For example, in Toronto this is currently "EST" during the winter * months and "EDT" during the summer months when daylight savings * time is in effect. * * Returns: (transfer none): the time zone abbreviation. The returned string is owned by the #GDateTime and it should not be modified or freed * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_utc_offset: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Determines the offset to UTC in effect at the time and in the time * zone of @datetime. * * The offset is the number of microseconds that you add to UTC time to * arrive at local time for the time zone (ie: negative numbers for time * zones west of GMT, positive numbers for east). * * If @datetime represents UTC time, then the offset is always zero. * * Returns: the number of microseconds that should be added to UTC to get the local time * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_week_numbering_year: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Returns the ISO 8601 week-numbering year in which the week containing * @datetime falls. * * This function, taken together with g_date_time_get_week_of_year() and * g_date_time_get_day_of_week() can be used to determine the full ISO * week date on which @datetime falls. * * This is usually equal to the normal Gregorian year (as returned by * g_date_time_get_year()), except as detailed below: * * For Thursday, the week-numbering year is always equal to the usual * calendar year. For other days, the number is such that every day * within a complete week (Monday to Sunday) is contained within the * same week-numbering year. * * For Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday occurring near the end of the year, * this may mean that the week-numbering year is one greater than the * calendar year (so that these days have the same week-numbering year * as the Thursday occurring early in the next year). * * For Friday, Saturaday and Sunday occurring near the start of the year, * this may mean that the week-numbering year is one less than the * calendar year (so that these days have the same week-numbering year * as the Thursday occurring late in the previous year). * * An equivalent description is that the week-numbering year is equal to * the calendar year containing the majority of the days in the current * week (Monday to Sunday). * * Note that January 1 0001 in the proleptic Gregorian calendar is a * Monday, so this function never returns 0. * * Returns: the ISO 8601 week-numbering year for @datetime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_week_of_year: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Returns the ISO 8601 week number for the week containing @datetime. * The ISO 8601 week number is the same for every day of the week (from * Moday through Sunday). That can produce some unusual results * (described below). * * The first week of the year is week 1. This is the week that contains * the first Thursday of the year. Equivalently, this is the first week * that has more than 4 of its days falling within the calendar year. * * The value 0 is never returned by this function. Days contained * within a year but occurring before the first ISO 8601 week of that * year are considered as being contained in the last week of the * previous year. Similarly, the final days of a calendar year may be * considered as being part of the first ISO 8601 week of the next year * if 4 or more days of that week are contained within the new year. * * Returns: the ISO 8601 week number for @datetime. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_year: * @datetime: A #GDateTime * * Retrieves the year represented by @datetime in the Gregorian calendar. * * Returns: the year represented by @datetime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_get_ymd: * @datetime: a #GDateTime. * @year: (out) (allow-none): the return location for the gregorian year, or %NULL. * @month: (out) (allow-none): the return location for the month of the year, or %NULL. * @day: (out) (allow-none): the return location for the day of the month, or %NULL. * * Retrieves the Gregorian day, month, and year of a given #GDateTime. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_hash: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Hashes @datetime into a #guint, suitable for use within #GHashTable. * * Returns: a #guint containing the hash * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_is_daylight_savings: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Determines if daylight savings time is in effect at the time and in * the time zone of @datetime. * * Returns: %TRUE if daylight savings time is in effect * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * @year: the year component of the date * @month: the month component of the date * @day: the day component of the date * @hour: the hour component of the date * @minute: the minute component of the date * @seconds: the number of seconds past the minute * * Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in * the time zone @tz. * * The @year must be between 1 and 9999, @month between 1 and 12 and @day * between 1 and 28, 29, 30 or 31 depending on the month and the year. * * @hour must be between 0 and 23 and @minute must be between 0 and 59. * * @seconds must be at least 0.0 and must be strictly less than 60.0. * It will be rounded down to the nearest microsecond. * * If the given time is not representable in the given time zone (for * example, 02:30 on March 14th 2010 in Toronto, due to daylight savings * time) then the time will be rounded up to the nearest existing time * (in this case, 03:00). If this matters to you then you should verify * the return value for containing the same as the numbers you gave. * * In the case that the given time is ambiguous in the given time zone * (for example, 01:30 on November 7th 2010 in Toronto, due to daylight * savings time) then the time falling within standard (ie: * non-daylight) time is taken. * * It not considered a programmer error for the values to this function * to be out of range, but in the case that they are, the function will * return %NULL. * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_from_timeval_local: * @tv: a #GTimeVal * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given #GTimeVal @tv in the * local time zone. * * The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of * seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the * local time offset. * * This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @tv represents a time outside * of the supported range of #GDateTime. * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_from_timeval_utc: * @tv: a #GTimeVal * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given #GTimeVal @tv in UTC. * * The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of * seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC. * * This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @tv represents a time outside * of the supported range of #GDateTime. * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_from_unix_local: * @t: the Unix time * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given Unix time @t in the * local time zone. * * Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 * 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the local time offset. * * This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @t represents a time outside * of the supported range of #GDateTime. * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_from_unix_utc: * @t: the Unix time * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to the given Unix time @t in UTC. * * Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 * 00:00:00 UTC. * * This call can fail (returning %NULL) if @t represents a time outside * of the supported range of #GDateTime. * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_local: * @year: the year component of the date * @month: the month component of the date * @day: the day component of the date * @hour: the hour component of the date * @minute: the minute component of the date * @seconds: the number of seconds past the minute * * Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in * the local time zone. * * This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new() with the time * zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). * * Returns: a #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_now: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in the given * time zone @tz. The time is as accurate as the system allows, to a * maximum accuracy of 1 microsecond. * * This function will always succeed unless the system clock is set to * truly insane values (or unless GLib is still being used after the * year 9999). * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_now_local: * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in the local * time zone. * * This is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new_now() with the time * zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_now_utc: * * Creates a #GDateTime corresponding to this exact instant in UTC. * * This is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new_now() with the time * zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_new_utc: * @year: the year component of the date * @month: the month component of the date * @day: the day component of the date * @hour: the hour component of the date * @minute: the minute component of the date * @seconds: the number of seconds past the minute * * Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the given date and time in * UTC. * * This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_new() with the time * zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). * * Returns: a #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_ref: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Atomically increments the reference count of @datetime by one. * * Returns: the #GDateTime with the reference count increased * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_to_local: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as * @datetime, but in the local time zone. * * This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_to_timezone() with the * time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_local(). * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_to_timeval: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @tv: a #GTimeVal to modify * * Stores the instant in time that @datetime represents into @tv. * * The time contained in a #GTimeVal is always stored in the form of * seconds elapsed since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the time * zone associated with @datetime. * * On systems where 'long' is 32bit (ie: all 32bit systems and all * Windows systems), a #GTimeVal is incapable of storing the entire * range of values that #GDateTime is capable of expressing. On those * systems, this function returns %FALSE to indicate that the time is * out of range. * * On systems where 'long' is 64bit, this function never fails. * * Returns: %TRUE if successful, else %FALSE * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_to_timezone: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * @tz: the new #GTimeZone * * Create a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as * @datetime, but in the time zone @tz. * * This call can fail in the case that the time goes out of bounds. For * example, converting 0001-01-01 00:00:00 UTC to a time zone west of * Greenwich will fail (due to the year 0 being out of range). * * You should release the return value by calling g_date_time_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: a new #GDateTime, or %NULL * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_to_unix: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Gives the Unix time corresponding to @datetime, rounding down to the * nearest second. * * Unix time is the number of seconds that have elapsed since 1970-01-01 * 00:00:00 UTC, regardless of the time zone associated with @datetime. * * Returns: the Unix time corresponding to @datetime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_to_utc: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Creates a new #GDateTime corresponding to the same instant in time as * @datetime, but in UTC. * * This call is equivalent to calling g_date_time_to_timezone() with the * time zone returned by g_time_zone_new_utc(). * * Returns: the newly created #GDateTime * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_time_unref: * @datetime: a #GDateTime * * Atomically decrements the reference count of @datetime by one. * * When the reference count reaches zero, the resources allocated by * @datetime are freed * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_date_to_struct_tm: * @date: a #GDate to set the struct tm from * @tm: struct tm to fill * * Fills in the date-related bits of a struct tm * using the @date value. Initializes the non-date parts with something * sane but meaningless. */ /** * g_date_valid: * @date: a #GDate to check * * Returns %TRUE if the #GDate represents an existing day. The date must not * contain garbage; it should have been initialized with g_date_clear() * if it wasn't allocated by one of the g_date_new() variants. * * Returns: Whether the date is valid */ /** * g_date_valid_day: * @day: day to check * * Returns %TRUE if the day of the month is valid (a day is valid if it's * between 1 and 31 inclusive). * * Returns: %TRUE if the day is valid */ /** * g_date_valid_dmy: * @day: day * @month: month * @year: year * * Returns %TRUE if the day-month-year triplet forms a valid, existing day * in the range of days #GDate understands (Year 1 or later, no more than * a few thousand years in the future). * * Returns: %TRUE if the date is a valid one */ /** * g_date_valid_julian: * @julian_date: Julian day to check * * Returns %TRUE if the Julian day is valid. Anything greater than zero * is basically a valid Julian, though there is a 32-bit limit. * * Returns: %TRUE if the Julian day is valid */ /** * g_date_valid_month: * @month: month * * Returns %TRUE if the month value is valid. The 12 #GDateMonth * enumeration values are the only valid months. * * Returns: %TRUE if the month is valid */ /** * g_date_valid_weekday: * @weekday: weekday * * Returns %TRUE if the weekday is valid. The seven #GDateWeekday enumeration * values are the only valid weekdays. * * Returns: %TRUE if the weekday is valid */ /** * g_date_valid_year: * @year: year * * Returns %TRUE if the year is valid. Any year greater than 0 is valid, * though there is a 16-bit limit to what #GDate will understand. * * Returns: %TRUE if the year is valid */ /** * g_dcgettext: * @domain: (allow-none): the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() * @msgid: message to translate * @category: a locale category * * This is a variant of g_dgettext() that allows specifying a locale * category instead of always using LC_MESSAGES. See g_dgettext() for * more information about how this functions differs from calling * dcgettext() directly. * * Returns: the translated string for the given locale category * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_debug: * @...: format string, followed by parameters to insert into the format string (as with printf()) * * A convenience function/macro to log a debug message. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_dgettext: * @domain: (allow-none): the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() * @msgid: message to translate * * This function is a wrapper of dgettext() which does not translate * the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no * translations for the current locale. * * The advantage of using this function over dgettext() proper is that * libraries using this function (like GTK+) will not use translations * if the application using the library does not have translations for * the current locale. This results in a consistent English-only * interface instead of one having partial translations. For this * feature to work, the call to textdomain() and setlocale() should * precede any g_dgettext() invocations. For GTK+, it means calling * textdomain() before gtk_init or its variants. * * This function disables translations if and only if upon its first * call all the following conditions hold: * * @domain is not %NULL * textdomain() has been called to set a default text domain * there is no translations available for the default text domain * and the current locale * current locale is not "C" or any English locales (those * starting with "en_") * * * Note that this behavior may not be desired for example if an application * has its untranslated messages in a language other than English. In those * cases the application should call textdomain() after initializing GTK+. * * Applications should normally not use this function directly, * but use the _() macro for translations. * * Returns: The translated string * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_dir_close: * @dir: a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() * * Closes the directory and deallocates all related resources. */ /** * g_dir_make_tmp: * @tmpl: (type filename) (allow-none): Template for directory name, as in g_mkdtemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template * @error: return location for a #GError * * Creates a subdirectory in the preferred directory for temporary * files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). * * @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing * a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). * However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a * basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is * %NULL, a default template is used. * * Note that in contrast to g_mkdtemp() (and mkdtemp()) @tmpl is not * modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. * * Returns: (type filename): The actual name used. This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer and is is in the GLib file name encoding. In case of errors, %NULL is returned and @error will be set. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_dir_open: * @path: the path to the directory you are interested in. On Unix in the on-disk encoding. On Windows in UTF-8 * @flags: Currently must be set to 0. Reserved for future use. * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL. If non-%NULL, an error will be set if and only if g_dir_open() fails. * * Opens a directory for reading. The names of the files in the * directory can then be retrieved using g_dir_read_name(). Note * that the ordering is not defined. * * Returns: a newly allocated #GDir on success, %NULL on failure. If non-%NULL, you must free the result with g_dir_close() when you are finished with it. */ /** * g_dir_read_name: * @dir: a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() * * Retrieves the name of another entry in the directory, or %NULL. * The order of entries returned from this function is not defined, * and may vary by file system or other operating-system dependent * factors. * * On Unix, the '.' and '..' entries are omitted, and the returned * name is in the on-disk encoding. * * On Windows, as is true of all GLib functions which operate on * filenames, the returned name is in UTF-8. * * Returns: The entry's name or %NULL if there are no more entries. The return value is owned by GLib and must not be modified or freed. */ /** * g_dir_rewind: * @dir: a #GDir* created by g_dir_open() * * Resets the given directory. The next call to g_dir_read_name() * will return the first entry again. */ /** * g_direct_equal: * @v1: (allow-none): a key * @v2: (allow-none): a key to compare with @v1 * * Compares two #gpointer arguments and returns %TRUE if they are equal. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func * parameter, when using opaque pointers compared by pointer value as keys * in a #GHashTable. * * This equality function is also appropriate for keys that are integers stored * in pointers, such as GINT_TO_POINTER (n). * * Returns: %TRUE if the two keys match. */ /** * g_direct_hash: * @v: (allow-none): a #gpointer key * * Converts a gpointer to a hash value. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, * when using opaque pointers compared by pointer value as keys in a * #GHashTable. * * This hash function is also appropriate for keys that are integers stored * in pointers, such as GINT_TO_POINTER (n). * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to the key. */ /** * g_dirname: * @file_name: the name of the file * * Gets the directory components of a file name. * * If the file name has no directory components "." is returned. * The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * * Returns: the directory components of the file * Deprecated: use g_path_get_dirname() instead */ /** * g_dngettext: * @domain: (allow-none): the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() * @msgid: message to translate * @msgid_plural: plural form of the message * @n: the quantity for which translation is needed * * This function is a wrapper of dngettext() which does not translate * the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no * translations for the current locale. * * See g_dgettext() for details of how this differs from dngettext() * proper. * * Returns: The translated string * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_double_equal: * @v1: a pointer to a #gdouble key * @v2: a pointer to a #gdouble key to compare with @v1 * * Compares the two #gdouble values being pointed to and returns * %TRUE if they are equal. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func * parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to doubles as keys in a * #GHashTable. * * Returns: %TRUE if the two keys match. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_double_hash: * @v: a pointer to a #gdouble key * * Converts a pointer to a #gdouble to a hash value. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, * when using non-%NULL pointers to doubles as keys in a #GHashTable. * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to the key. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_dpgettext: * @domain: (allow-none): the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() * @msgctxtid: a combined message context and message id, separated by a \004 character * @msgidoffset: the offset of the message id in @msgctxid * * This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports * a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the * '\004' character to separate the message context and * message id in @msgctxtid. * If 0 is passed as @msgidoffset, this function will fall back to * trying to use the deprecated convention of using "|" as a separation * character. * * This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences * with dgettext() proper. * * Applications should normally not use this function directly, * but use the C_() macro for translations with context. * * Returns: The translated string * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_dpgettext2: * @domain: (allow-none): the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use the domain set with textdomain() * @context: the message context * @msgid: the message * * This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports * a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the * '\004' character to separate the message context and * message id in @msgctxtid. * * This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences * with dgettext() proper. * * This function differs from C_() in that it is not a macro and * thus you may use non-string-literals as context and msgid arguments. * * Returns: The translated string * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_environ_getenv: * @envp: (allow-none) (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): an environment list (eg, as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list * @variable: the environment variable to get, in the GLib file name encoding * * Returns the value of the environment variable @variable in the * provided list @envp. * * The name and value are in the GLib file name encoding. * On UNIX, this means the actual bytes which might or might not * be in some consistent character set and encoding. On Windows, * it is in UTF-8. On Windows, in case the environment variable's * value contains references to other environment variables, they * are expanded. * * Returns: the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if the environment variable is not set in @envp. The returned string is owned by @envp, and will be freed if @variable is set or unset again. * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_environ_setenv: * @envp: (allow-none) (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): an environment list that can be freed using g_strfreev() (e.g., as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list * @variable: the environment variable to set, must not contain '=' * @value: the value for to set the variable to * @overwrite: whether to change the variable if it already exists * * Sets the environment variable @variable in the provided list * @envp to @value. * * Both the variable's name and value should be in the GLib * file name encoding. On UNIX, this means that they can be * arbitrary byte strings. On Windows, they should be in UTF-8. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): the updated environment list. Free it using g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_environ_unsetenv: * @envp: (allow-none) (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): an environment list that can be freed using g_strfreev() (e.g., as returned from g_get_environ()), or %NULL for an empty environment list * @variable: the environment variable to remove, must not contain '=' * * Removes the environment variable @variable from the provided * environment @envp. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): the updated environment list. Free it using g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_error: * @...: format string, followed by parameters to insert into the format string (as with printf()) * * A convenience function/macro to log an error message. * * Error messages are always fatal, resulting in a call to * abort() to terminate the application. This function will * result in a core dump; don't use it for errors you expect. * Using this function indicates a bug in your program, i.e. * an assertion failure. */ /** * g_error_copy: * @error: a #GError * * Makes a copy of @error. * * Returns: a new #GError */ /** * g_error_free: * @error: a #GError * * Frees a #GError and associated resources. */ /** * g_error_matches: * @error: (allow-none): a #GError or %NULL * @domain: an error domain * @code: an error code * * Returns %TRUE if @error matches @domain and @code, %FALSE * otherwise. In particular, when @error is %NULL, %FALSE will * be returned. * * Returns: whether @error has @domain and @code */ /** * g_error_new: * @domain: error domain * @code: error code * @format: printf()-style format for error message * @...: parameters for message format * * Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code, * and a message formatted with @format. * * Returns: a new #GError */ /** * g_error_new_literal: * @domain: error domain * @code: error code * @message: error message * * Creates a new #GError; unlike g_error_new(), @message is * not a printf()-style format string. Use this function if * @message contains text you don't have control over, * that could include printf() escape sequences. * * Returns: a new #GError */ /** * g_error_new_valist: * @domain: error domain * @code: error code * @format: printf()-style format for error message * @args: #va_list of parameters for the message format * * Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code, * and a message formatted with @format. * * Returns: a new #GError * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_file_error_from_errno: * @err_no: an "errno" value * * Gets a #GFileError constant based on the passed-in @err_no. * For example, if you pass in EEXIST this function returns * #G_FILE_ERROR_EXIST. Unlike errno values, you can portably * assume that all #GFileError values will exist. * * Normally a #GFileError value goes into a #GError returned * from a function that manipulates files. So you would use * g_file_error_from_errno() when constructing a #GError. * * Returns: #GFileError corresponding to the given @errno */ /** * g_file_get_contents: * @filename: (type filename): name of a file to read contents from, in the GLib file name encoding * @contents: (out) (array length=length) (element-type guint8): location to store an allocated string, use g_free() to free the returned string * @length: (allow-none): location to store length in bytes of the contents, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Reads an entire file into allocated memory, with good error * checking. * * If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE and sets @contents to the file * contents and @length to the length of the file contents in bytes. The string * stored in @contents will be nul-terminated, so for text files you can pass * %NULL for the @length argument. If the call was not successful, it returns * %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error * codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. In the error case, * @contents is set to %NULL and @length is set to zero. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred */ /** * g_file_open_tmp: * @tmpl: (type filename) (allow-none): Template for file name, as in g_mkstemp(), basename only, or %NULL for a default template * @name_used: (out) (type filename): location to store actual name used, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError * * Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary * files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()). * * @tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing * a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp(). * However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a * basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is * %NULL, a default template is used. * * Note that in contrast to g_mkstemp() (and mkstemp()) @tmpl is not * modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string. * * Upon success, and if @name_used is non-%NULL, the actual name used * is returned in @name_used. This string should be freed with g_free() * when not needed any longer. The returned name is in the GLib file * name encoding. * * Returns: A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and @error will be set. */ /** * g_file_read_link: * @filename: the symbolic link * @error: return location for a #GError * * Reads the contents of the symbolic link @filename like the POSIX * readlink() function. The returned string is in the encoding used * for filenames. Use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert it to UTF-8. * * Returns: A newly-allocated string with the contents of the symbolic link, or %NULL if an error occurred. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_file_set_contents: * @filename: (type filename): name of a file to write @contents to, in the GLib file name encoding * @contents: (array length=length) (element-type guint8): string to write to the file * @length: length of @contents, or -1 if @contents is a nul-terminated string * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Writes all of @contents to a file named @filename, with good error checking. * If a file called @filename already exists it will be overwritten. * * This write is atomic in the sense that it is first written to a temporary * file which is then renamed to the final name. Notes: * * * On Unix, if @filename already exists hard links to @filename will break. * Also since the file is recreated, existing permissions, access control * lists, metadata etc. may be lost. If @filename is a symbolic link, * the link itself will be replaced, not the linked file. * * * On Windows renaming a file will not remove an existing file with the * new name, so on Windows there is a race condition between the existing * file being removed and the temporary file being renamed. * * * On Windows there is no way to remove a file that is open to some * process, or mapped into memory. Thus, this function will fail if * @filename already exists and is open. * * * * If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE. If the call was not successful, * it returns %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. * Possible error codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. * * Note that the name for the temporary file is constructed by appending up * to 7 characters to @filename. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_file_test: * @filename: a filename to test in the GLib file name encoding * @test: bitfield of #GFileTest flags * * Returns %TRUE if any of the tests in the bitfield @test are * %TRUE. For example, (G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS | * G_FILE_TEST_IS_DIR) will return %TRUE if the file exists; * the check whether it's a directory doesn't matter since the existence * test is %TRUE. With the current set of available tests, there's no point * passing in more than one test at a time. * * Apart from %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK all tests follow symbolic links, * so for a symbolic link to a regular file g_file_test() will return * %TRUE for both %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %G_FILE_TEST_IS_REGULAR. * * Note, that for a dangling symbolic link g_file_test() will return * %TRUE for %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %FALSE for all other flags. * * You should never use g_file_test() to test whether it is safe * to perform an operation, because there is always the possibility * of the condition changing before you actually perform the operation. * For example, you might think you could use %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK * to know whether it is safe to write to a file without being * tricked into writing into a different location. It doesn't work! * |[ * /* DON'T DO THIS */ * if (!g_file_test (filename, G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK)) * { * fd = g_open (filename, O_WRONLY); * /* write to fd */ * } * ]| * * Another thing to note is that %G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS and * %G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE are implemented using the access() * system call. This usually doesn't matter, but if your program * is setuid or setgid it means that these tests will give you * the answer for the real user ID and group ID, rather than the * effective user ID and group ID. * * On Windows, there are no symlinks, so testing for * %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK will always return %FALSE. Testing for * %G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE will just check that the file exists and * its name indicates that it is executable, checking for well-known * extensions and those listed in the PATHEXT environment variable. * * Returns: whether a test was %TRUE */ /** * g_filename_display_basename: * @filename: an absolute pathname in the GLib file name encoding * * Returns the display basename for the particular filename, guaranteed * to be valid UTF-8. The display name might not be identical to the filename, * for instance there might be problems converting it to UTF-8, and some files * can be translated in the display. * * If GLib cannot make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it * replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character. * You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is * "\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid * encoding. * * You must pass the whole absolute pathname to this functions so that * translation of well known locations can be done. * * This function is preferred over g_filename_display_name() if you know the * whole path, as it allows translation. * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing a rendition of the basename of the filename in valid UTF-8 * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_filename_display_name: * @filename: a pathname hopefully in the GLib file name encoding * * Converts a filename into a valid UTF-8 string. The conversion is * not necessarily reversible, so you should keep the original around * and use the return value of this function only for display purposes. * Unlike g_filename_to_utf8(), the result is guaranteed to be non-%NULL * even if the filename actually isn't in the GLib file name encoding. * * If GLib cannot make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it * replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character. * You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is * "\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid * encoding. * * If you know the whole pathname of the file you should use * g_filename_display_basename(), since that allows location-based * translation of filenames. * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing a rendition of the filename in valid UTF-8 * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_filename_from_uri: * @uri: a uri describing a filename (escaped, encoded in ASCII). * @hostname: (allow-none): Location to store hostname for the URI, or %NULL. If there is no hostname in the URI, %NULL will be stored in this location. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts an escaped ASCII-encoded URI to a local filename in the * encoding used for filenames. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string holding the resulting filename, or %NULL on an error. */ /** * g_filename_from_utf8: * @utf8string: a UTF-8 encoded string. * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. * @bytes_read: location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. * @bytes_written: the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding GLib uses for * filenames. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames; * on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on the * current locale. * * Returns: The converted string, or %NULL on an error. */ /** * g_filename_to_uri: * @filename: an absolute filename specified in the GLib file name encoding, which is the on-disk file name bytes on Unix, and UTF-8 on Windows * @hostname: (allow-none): A UTF-8 encoded hostname, or %NULL for none. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts an absolute filename to an escaped ASCII-encoded URI, with the path * component following Section 3.3. of RFC 2396. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string holding the resulting URI, or %NULL on an error. */ /** * g_filename_to_utf8: * @opsysstring: a string in the encoding for filenames * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. * @bytes_read: location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. * @bytes_written: the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string which is in the encoding used by GLib for * filenames into a UTF-8 string. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 * for filenames; on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on * the current locale. * * Returns: The converted string, or %NULL on an error. */ /** * g_find_program_in_path: * @program: a program name in the GLib file name encoding * * Locates the first executable named @program in the user's path, in the * same way that execvp() would locate it. Returns an allocated string * with the absolute path name, or %NULL if the program is not found in * the path. If @program is already an absolute path, returns a copy of * @program if @program exists and is executable, and %NULL otherwise. * * On Windows, if @program does not have a file type suffix, tries * with the suffixes .exe, .cmd, .bat and .com, and the suffixes in * the PATHEXT environment variable. * * On Windows, it looks for the file in the same way as CreateProcess() * would. This means first in the directory where the executing * program was loaded from, then in the current directory, then in the * Windows 32-bit system directory, then in the Windows directory, and * finally in the directories in the PATH environment * variable. If the program is found, the return value contains the * full name including the type suffix. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string with the absolute path, or %NULL */ /** * g_fopen: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @mode: a string describing the mode in which the file should be opened * * A wrapper for the stdio fopen() function. The fopen() function * opens a file and associates a new stream with it. * * Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows, * and a file descriptor is partof the FILE struct, the * FILE pointer returned by this function makes sense * only to functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using * code uses a different C library than GLib does, the * FILE pointer returned by this function cannot be * passed to C library functions like fprintf() or fread(). * * See your C library manual for more details about fopen(). * * Returns: A FILE pointer if the file was successfully opened, or %NULL if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_format_size: * @size: a size in bytes * * Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human readable * string. Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix (kB, MB, GB) * and are displayed rounded to the nearest tenth. E.g. the file size * 3292528 bytes will be converted into the string "3.2 MB". * * The prefix units base is 1000 (i.e. 1 kB is 1000 bytes). * * This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. * * See g_format_size_full() for more options about how the size might be * formatted. * * Returns: a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable file size * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_format_size_for_display: * @size: a size in bytes * * Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human * readable string. Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix * (KB, MB, GB) and are displayed rounded to the nearest tenth. * E.g. the file size 3292528 bytes will be converted into the * string "3.1 MB". * * The prefix units base is 1024 (i.e. 1 KB is 1024 bytes). * * This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. * * Returns: a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable file size * Since: 2.16 * Deprecated: 2.30: This function is broken due to its use of SI suffixes to denote IEC units. Use g_format_size() instead. */ /** * g_format_size_full: * @size: a size in bytes * @flags: #GFormatSizeFlags to modify the output * * Formats a size. * * This function is similar to g_format_size() but allows for flags * that modify the output. See #GFormatSizeFlags. * * Returns: a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable file size * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_fprintf: * @file: the stream to write to. * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @...: the arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_free: * @mem: the memory to free * * Frees the memory pointed to by @mem. * If @mem is %NULL it simply returns. */ /** * g_freopen: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @mode: a string describing the mode in which the file should be opened * @stream: (allow-none): an existing stream which will be reused, or %NULL * * A wrapper for the POSIX freopen() function. The freopen() function * opens a file and associates it with an existing stream. * * See your C library manual for more details about freopen(). * * Returns: A FILE pointer if the file was successfully opened, or %NULL if an error occurred. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_application_name: * * Gets a human-readable name for the application, as set by * g_set_application_name(). This name should be localized if * possible, and is intended for display to the user. Contrast with * g_get_prgname(), which gets a non-localized name. If * g_set_application_name() has not been called, returns the result of * g_get_prgname() (which may be %NULL if g_set_prgname() has also not * been called). * * Returns: human-readable application name. may return %NULL * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_get_charset: * @charset: return location for character set name * * Obtains the character set for the current * locale; you might use this character set as an argument to * g_convert(), to convert from the current locale's encoding to some * other encoding. (Frequently g_locale_to_utf8() and g_locale_from_utf8() * are nice shortcuts, though.) * * On Windows the character set returned by this function is the * so-called system default ANSI code-page. That is the character set * used by the "narrow" versions of C library and Win32 functions that * handle file names. It might be different from the character set * used by the C library's current locale. * * The return value is %TRUE if the locale's encoding is UTF-8, in that * case you can perhaps avoid calling g_convert(). * * The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be * freed. * * Returns: %TRUE if the returned charset is UTF-8 */ /** * g_get_codeset: * * Gets the character set for the current locale. * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the name of the character set. This string must be freed with g_free(). */ /** * g_get_current_dir: * * Gets the current directory. * * The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * The encoding of the returned string is system defined. * On Windows, it is always UTF-8. * * Returns: the current directory */ /** * g_get_current_time: * @result: #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time. * * Equivalent to the UNIX gettimeofday() function, but portable. * * You may find g_get_real_time() to be more convenient. */ /** * g_get_environ: * * Gets the list of environment variables for the current process. * * The list is %NULL terminated and each item in the list is of the * form 'NAME=VALUE'. * * This is equivalent to direct access to the 'environ' global variable, * except portable. * * The return value is freshly allocated and it should be freed with * g_strfreev() when it is no longer needed. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): the list of environment variables * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_get_filename_charsets: * @charsets: return location for the %NULL-terminated list of encoding names * * Determines the preferred character sets used for filenames. * The first character set from the @charsets is the filename encoding, the * subsequent character sets are used when trying to generate a displayable * representation of a filename, see g_filename_display_name(). * * On Unix, the character sets are determined by consulting the * environment variables G_FILENAME_ENCODING and * G_BROKEN_FILENAMES. On Windows, the character set * used in the GLib API is always UTF-8 and said environment variables * have no effect. * * G_FILENAME_ENCODING may be set to a comma-separated list * of character set names. The special token "@locale" is taken to * mean the character set for the current * locale. If G_FILENAME_ENCODING is not set, but * G_BROKEN_FILENAMES is, the character set of the current * locale is taken as the filename encoding. If neither environment variable * is set, UTF-8 is taken as the filename encoding, but the character * set of the current locale is also put in the list of encodings. * * The returned @charsets belong to GLib and must not be freed. * * Note that on Unix, regardless of the locale character set or * G_FILENAME_ENCODING value, the actual file names present * on a system might be in any random encoding or just gibberish. * * Returns: %TRUE if the filename encoding is UTF-8. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_home_dir: * * Gets the current user's home directory as defined in the * password database. * * Note that in contrast to traditional UNIX tools, this function * prefers passwd entries over the HOME * environment variable. * * One of the reasons for this decision is that applications in many * cases need special handling to deal with the case where * HOME is * * Not owned by the user * Not writeable * Not even readable * * Since applications are in general not written * to deal with these situations it was considered better to make * g_get_home_dir() not pay attention to HOME and to * return the real home directory for the user. If applications * want to pay attention to HOME, they can do: * |[ * const char *homedir = g_getenv ("HOME"); * if (!homedir) * homedir = g_get_home_dir (); * ]| * * Returns: the current user's home directory */ /** * g_get_host_name: * * Return a name for the machine. * * The returned name is not necessarily a fully-qualified domain name, * or even present in DNS or some other name service at all. It need * not even be unique on your local network or site, but usually it * is. Callers should not rely on the return value having any specific * properties like uniqueness for security purposes. Even if the name * of the machine is changed while an application is running, the * return value from this function does not change. The returned * string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. If no * name can be determined, a default fixed string "localhost" is * returned. * * Returns: the host name of the machine. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_get_language_names: * * Computes a list of applicable locale names, which can be used to * e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned * list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable and always contains * the default locale "C". * * For example, if LANGUAGE=de:en_US, then the returned list is * "de", "en_US", "en", "C". * * This function consults the environment variables LANGUAGE, * LC_ALL, LC_MESSAGES and LANG * to find the list of locales specified by the user. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_locale_variants: * @locale: a locale identifier * * Returns a list of derived variants of @locale, which can be used to * e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned * list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable. * This function handles territory, charset and extra locale modifiers. * * For example, if @locale is "fr_BE", then the returned list * is "fr_BE", "fr". * * If you need the list of variants for the current locale, * use g_get_language_names(). * * Returns: (transfer full) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8): a newly allocated array of newly allocated strings with the locale variants. Free with g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_get_monotonic_time: * * Queries the system monotonic time, if available. * * On POSIX systems with clock_gettime() and CLOCK_MONOTONIC this call * is a very shallow wrapper for that. Otherwise, we make a best effort * that probably involves returning the wall clock time (with at least * microsecond accuracy, subject to the limitations of the OS kernel). * * It's important to note that POSIX CLOCK_MONOTONIC does * not count time spent while the machine is suspended. * * On Windows, "limitations of the OS kernel" is a rather substantial * statement. Depending on the configuration of the system, the wall * clock time is updated as infrequently as 64 times a second (which * is approximately every 16ms). Also, on XP (but not on Vista or later) * the monotonic clock is locally monotonic, but may differ in exact * value between processes due to timer wrap handling. * * Returns: the monotonic time, in microseconds * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_get_prgname: * * Gets the name of the program. This name should not * be localized, contrast with g_get_application_name(). * (If you are using GDK or GTK+ the program name is set in gdk_init(), * which is called by gtk_init(). The program name is found by taking * the last component of argv[0].) * * Returns: the name of the program. The returned string belongs to GLib and must not be modified or freed. */ /** * g_get_real_name: * * Gets the real name of the user. This usually comes from the user's entry * in the passwd file. The encoding of the returned * string is system-defined. (On Windows, it is, however, always UTF-8.) * If the real user name cannot be determined, the string "Unknown" is * returned. * * Returns: the user's real name. */ /** * g_get_real_time: * * Queries the system wall-clock time. * * This call is functionally equivalent to g_get_current_time() except * that the return value is often more convenient than dealing with a * #GTimeVal. * * You should only use this call if you are actually interested in the real * wall-clock time. g_get_monotonic_time() is probably more useful for * measuring intervals. * * Returns: the number of microseconds since January 1, 1970 UTC. * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_get_system_config_dirs: * * Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access * system-wide configuration information. * * On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in * the * XDG Base Directory Specification. * In this case the list of directories retrieved will be XDG_CONFIG_DIRS. * * On Windows is the directory that contains application data for all users. * A typical path is C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data. * This folder is used for application data that is not user specific. * For example, an application can store a spell-check dictionary, a database * of clip art, or a log file in the CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA folder. * This information will not roam and is available to anyone using the computer. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_system_data_dirs: * * Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access * system-wide application data. * * On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in * the * XDG Base Directory Specification * In this case the list of directories retrieved will be XDG_DATA_DIRS. * * On Windows the first elements in the list are the Application Data * and Documents folders for All Users. (These can be determined only * on Windows 2000 or later and are not present in the list on other * Windows versions.) See documentation for CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA and * CSIDL_COMMON_DOCUMENTS. * * Then follows the "share" subfolder in the installation folder for * the package containing the DLL that calls this function, if it can * be determined. * * Finally the list contains the "share" subfolder in the installation * folder for GLib, and in the installation folder for the package the * application's .exe file belongs to. * * The installation folders above are determined by looking up the * folder where the module (DLL or EXE) in question is located. If the * folder's name is "bin", its parent is used, otherwise the folder * itself. * * Note that on Windows the returned list can vary depending on where * this function is called. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_tmp_dir: * * Gets the directory to use for temporary files. This is found from * inspecting the environment variables TMPDIR, * TMP, and TEMP in that order. If none * of those are defined "/tmp" is returned on UNIX and "C:\" on Windows. * The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. On Windows, * it is always UTF-8. The return value is never %NULL or the empty string. * * Returns: the directory to use for temporary files. */ /** * g_get_user_cache_dir: * * Returns a base directory in which to store non-essential, cached * data specific to particular user. * * On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in * the * XDG Base Directory Specification. * In this case the directory retrieved will be XDG_CACHE_HOME. * * On Windows is the directory that serves as a common repository for * temporary Internet files. A typical path is * C:\Documents and Settings\username\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files. * See documentation for CSIDL_INTERNET_CACHE. * * Returns: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_user_config_dir: * * Returns a base directory in which to store user-specific application * configuration information such as user preferences and settings. * * On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in * the * XDG Base Directory Specification. * In this case the directory retrieved will be XDG_CONFIG_HOME. * * On Windows this is the folder to use for local (as opposed to * roaming) application data. See documentation for * CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA. Note that on Windows it thus is the same as * what g_get_user_data_dir() returns. * * Returns: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_user_data_dir: * * Returns a base directory in which to access application data such * as icons that is customized for a particular user. * * On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in * the * XDG Base Directory Specification. * In this case the directory retrieved will be XDG_DATA_HOME. * * On Windows this is the folder to use for local (as opposed to * roaming) application data. See documentation for * CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA. Note that on Windows it thus is the same as * what g_get_user_config_dir() returns. * * Returns: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_get_user_name: * * Gets the user name of the current user. The encoding of the returned * string is system-defined. On UNIX, it might be the preferred file name * encoding, or something else, and there is no guarantee that it is even * consistent on a machine. On Windows, it is always UTF-8. * * Returns: the user name of the current user. */ /** * g_get_user_runtime_dir: * * Returns a directory that is unique to the current user on the local * system. * * On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in * the * XDG Base Directory Specification. This is the directory * specified in the XDG_RUNTIME_DIR environment variable. * In the case that this variable is not set, GLib will issue a warning * message to stderr and return the value of g_get_user_cache_dir(). * * On Windows this is the folder to use for local (as opposed to * roaming) application data. See documentation for * CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA. Note that on Windows it thus is the same as * what g_get_user_config_dir() returns. * * Returns: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_get_user_special_dir: * @directory: the logical id of special directory * * Returns the full path of a special directory using its logical id. * * On Unix this is done using the XDG special user directories. * For compatibility with existing practise, %G_USER_DIRECTORY_DESKTOP * falls back to $HOME/Desktop when XDG special * user directories have not been set up. * * Depending on the platform, the user might be able to change the path * of the special directory without requiring the session to restart; GLib * will not reflect any change once the special directories are loaded. * * Returns: the path to the specified special directory, or %NULL if the logical id was not found. The returned string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_getenv: * @variable: the environment variable to get, in the GLib file name encoding * * Returns the value of an environment variable. * * The name and value are in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, * this means the actual bytes which might or might not be in some * consistent character set and encoding. On Windows, it is in UTF-8. * On Windows, in case the environment variable's value contains * references to other environment variables, they are expanded. * * Returns: the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if the environment variable is not found. The returned string may be overwritten by the next call to g_getenv(), g_setenv() or g_unsetenv(). */ /** * g_hash_table_add: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: a key to insert * * This is a convenience function for using a #GHashTable as a set. It * is equivalent to calling g_hash_table_replace() with @key as both the * key and the value. * * When a hash table only ever contains keys that have themselves as the * corresponding value it is able to be stored more efficiently. See * the discussion in the section description. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_hash_table_contains: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: a key to check * * Checks if @key is in @hash_table. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_hash_table_destroy: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its * reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, * you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy * notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy * functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the * destruction phase. */ /** * g_hash_table_find: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @predicate: function to test the key/value pairs for a certain property * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls the given function for key/value pairs in the #GHashTable * until @predicate returns %TRUE. The function is passed the key * and value of each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The * hash table may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't * add/remove items). * * Note, that hash tables are really only optimized for forward * lookups, i.e. g_hash_table_lookup(). So code that frequently issues * g_hash_table_find() or g_hash_table_foreach() (e.g. in the order of * once per every entry in a hash table) should probably be reworked * to use additional or different data structures for reverse lookups * (keep in mind that an O(n) find/foreach operation issued for all n * values in a hash table ends up needing O(n*n) operations). * * Returns: (allow-none): The value of the first key/value pair is returned, for which @predicate evaluates to %TRUE. If no pair with the requested property is found, %NULL is returned. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_hash_table_foreach: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @func: the function to call for each key/value pair * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the * #GHashTable. The function is passed the key and value of each * pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not * be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove * items). To remove all items matching a predicate, use * g_hash_table_foreach_remove(). * * See g_hash_table_find() for performance caveats for linear * order searches in contrast to g_hash_table_lookup(). */ /** * g_hash_table_foreach_remove: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @func: the function to call for each key/value pair * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the * #GHashTable. If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value * pair is removed from the #GHashTable. If you supplied key or * value destroy functions when creating the #GHashTable, they are * used to free the memory allocated for the removed keys and values. * * See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the * key/value pairs in the hash table. * * Returns: the number of key/value pairs removed */ /** * g_hash_table_foreach_steal: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @func: the function to call for each key/value pair * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the * #GHashTable. If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value * pair is removed from the #GHashTable, but no key or value * destroy functions are called. * * See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the * key/value pairs in the hash table. * * Returns: the number of key/value pairs removed. */ /** * g_hash_table_freeze: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * This function is deprecated and will be removed in the next major * release of GLib. It does nothing. */ /** * g_hash_table_get_keys: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Retrieves every key inside @hash_table. The returned data * is valid until @hash_table is modified. * * Returns: a #GList containing all the keys inside the hash table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done using the list. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_hash_table_get_values: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Retrieves every value inside @hash_table. The returned data * is valid until @hash_table is modified. * * Returns: a #GList containing all the values inside the hash table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done using the list. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_hash_table_insert: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: a key to insert * @value: the value to associate with the key * * Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable. * * If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current * value is replaced with the new value. If you supplied a * @value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old * value is freed using that function. If you supplied a * @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed * key is freed using that function. */ /** * g_hash_table_iter_get_hash_table: * @iter: an initialized #GHashTableIter * * Returns the #GHashTable associated with @iter. * * Returns: the #GHashTable associated with @iter. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_hash_table_iter_init: * @iter: an uninitialized #GHashTableIter * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Initializes a key/value pair iterator and associates it with * @hash_table. Modifying the hash table after calling this function * invalidates the returned iterator. * |[ * GHashTableIter iter; * gpointer key, value; * * g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, hash_table); * while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value)) * { * /* do something with key and value */ * } * ]| * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_hash_table_iter_next: * @iter: an initialized #GHashTableIter * @key: (allow-none): a location to store the key, or %NULL * @value: (allow-none): a location to store the value, or %NULL * * Advances @iter and retrieves the key and/or value that are now * pointed to as a result of this advancement. If %FALSE is returned, * @key and @value are not set, and the iterator becomes invalid. * * Returns: %FALSE if the end of the #GHashTable has been reached. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_hash_table_iter_remove: * @iter: an initialized #GHashTableIter * * Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator * from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after * g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called * more than once for the same key/value pair. * * If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), * the key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, * otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated * values are freed yourself. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_hash_table_iter_replace: * @iter: an initialized #GHashTableIter * @value: the value to replace with * * Replaces the value currently pointed to by the iterator * from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after * g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE. * * If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the * #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hash_table_iter_steal: * @iter: an initialized #GHashTableIter * * Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the * iterator from its associated #GHashTable, without calling * the key and value destroy functions. Can only be called * after g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot * be called more than once for the same key/value pair. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_hash_table_lookup: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: the key to look up * * Looks up a key in a #GHashTable. Note that this function cannot * distinguish between a key that is not present and one which is present * and has the value %NULL. If you need this distinction, use * g_hash_table_lookup_extended(). * * Returns: (allow-none): the associated value, or %NULL if the key is not found */ /** * g_hash_table_lookup_extended: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @lookup_key: the key to look up * @orig_key: (allow-none): return location for the original key, or %NULL * @value: (allow-none): return location for the value associated with the key, or %NULL * * Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the * associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This * is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, * for example before calling g_hash_table_remove(). * * You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test * whether the %NULL key exists, provided the hash and equal functions * of @hash_table are %NULL-safe. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable */ /** * g_hash_table_new: * @hash_func: a function to create a hash value from a key * @key_equal_func: a function to check two keys for equality * * Creates a new #GHashTable with a reference count of 1. * * Hash values returned by @hash_func are used to determine where keys * are stored within the #GHashTable data structure. The g_direct_hash(), * g_int_hash(), g_int64_hash(), g_double_hash() and g_str_hash() * functions are provided for some common types of keys. * If @hash_func is %NULL, g_direct_hash() is used. * * @key_equal_func is used when looking up keys in the #GHashTable. * The g_direct_equal(), g_int_equal(), g_int64_equal(), g_double_equal() * and g_str_equal() functions are provided for the most common types * of keys. If @key_equal_func is %NULL, keys are compared directly in * a similar fashion to g_direct_equal(), but without the overhead of * a function call. * * Returns: a new #GHashTable */ /** * g_hash_table_new_full: * @hash_func: a function to create a hash value from a key * @key_equal_func: a function to check two keys for equality * @key_destroy_func: (allow-none): a function to free the memory allocated for the key used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable, or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. * @value_destroy_func: (allow-none): a function to free the memory allocated for the value used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable, or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. * * Creates a new #GHashTable like g_hash_table_new() with a reference * count of 1 and allows to specify functions to free the memory * allocated for the key and value that get called when removing the * entry from the #GHashTable. * * Returns: a new #GHashTable */ /** * g_hash_table_ref: * @hash_table: a valid #GHashTable * * Atomically increments the reference count of @hash_table by one. * This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Returns: the passed in #GHashTable * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_hash_table_remove: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: the key to remove * * Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable. * * If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the * key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise * you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed * yourself. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable */ /** * g_hash_table_remove_all: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable. * * If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), * the keys and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, * otherwise you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated * values are freed yourself. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_hash_table_replace: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: a key to insert * @value: the value to associate with the key * * Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to * g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key * already exists in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the * new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating * the #GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. * If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the * #GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function. */ /** * g_hash_table_size: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Returns the number of elements contained in the #GHashTable. * * Returns: the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable. */ /** * g_hash_table_steal: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * @key: the key to remove * * Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without * calling the key and value destroy functions. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable */ /** * g_hash_table_steal_all: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable * without calling the key and value destroy functions. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_hash_table_thaw: * @hash_table: a #GHashTable * * This function is deprecated and will be removed in the next major * release of GLib. It does nothing. */ /** * g_hash_table_unref: * @hash_table: a valid #GHashTable * * Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one. * If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be * destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. * This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_hmac_copy: * @hmac: the #GHmac to copy * * Copies a #GHmac. If @hmac has been closed, by calling * g_hmac_get_string() or g_hmac_get_digest(), the copied * HMAC will be closed as well. * * Returns: the copy of the passed #GHmac. Use g_hmac_unref() when finished using it. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hmac_get_digest: * @hmac: a #GHmac * @buffer: output buffer * @digest_len: an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer. After the call it contains the length of the digest * * Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary array and places it * into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum. * * Once this function has been called, the #GHmac is closed and can * no longer be updated with g_checksum_update(). * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hmac_get_string: * @hmac: a #GHmac * * Gets the HMAC as an hexadecimal string. * * Once this function has been called the #GHmac can no longer be * updated with g_hmac_update(). * * The hexadecimal characters will be lower case. * * Returns: the hexadecimal representation of the HMAC. The returned string is owned by the HMAC and should not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hmac_new: * @digest_type: the desired type of digest * @key: (array length=key_len): the key for the HMAC * @key_len: the length of the keys * * Creates a new #GHmac, using the digest algorithm @digest_type. * If the @digest_type is not known, %NULL is returned. * A #GHmac can be used to compute the HMAC of a key and an * arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms. * * A #GHmac works by feeding a binary blob through g_hmac_update() * until the data is complete; the digest can then be extracted * using g_hmac_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a * hexadecimal string; or g_hmac_get_digest(), which will return a * array of raw bytes. Once either g_hmac_get_string() or * g_hmac_get_digest() have been called on a #GHmac, the HMAC * will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_hmac_update() * on it anymore. * * Returns: the newly created #GHmac, or %NULL. Use g_hmac_unref() to free the memory allocated by it. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hmac_ref: * @hmac: a valid #GHmac * * Atomically increments the reference count of @hmac by one. * * This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Returns: the passed in #GHmac. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hmac_unref: * @hmac: a #GHmac * * Atomically decrements the reference count of @hmac by one. * * If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be * destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released. * This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * Frees the memory allocated for @hmac. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hmac_update: * @hmac: a #GHmac * @data: (array length=length): buffer used to compute the checksum * @length: size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a nul-terminated string * * Feeds @data into an existing #GHmac. * * The HMAC must still be open, that is g_hmac_get_string() or * g_hmac_get_digest() must not have been called on @hmac. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_hook_alloc: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * * Allocates space for a #GHook and initializes it. * * Returns: a new #GHook */ /** * g_hook_append: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to add to the end of @hook_list * * Appends a #GHook onto the end of a #GHookList. */ /** * g_hook_compare_ids: * @new_hook: a #GHook * @sibling: a #GHook to compare with @new_hook * * Compares the ids of two #GHook elements, returning a negative value * if the second id is greater than the first. * * Returns: a value <= 0 if the id of @sibling is >= the id of @new_hook */ /** * g_hook_destroy: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook_id: a hook ID * * Destroys a #GHook, given its ID. * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GHook was found in the #GHookList and destroyed */ /** * g_hook_destroy_link: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to remove * * Removes one #GHook from a #GHookList, marking it * inactive and calling g_hook_unref() on it. */ /** * g_hook_find: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @need_valids: %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped * @func: the function to call for each #GHook, which should return %TRUE when the #GHook has been found * @data: the data to pass to @func * * Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList using the given function to * test for a match. * * Returns: the found #GHook or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found */ /** * g_hook_find_data: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @need_valids: %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped * @data: the data to find * * Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given data. * * Returns: the #GHook with the given @data or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found */ /** * g_hook_find_func: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @need_valids: %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped * @func: the function to find * * Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given function. * * Returns: the #GHook with the given @func or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found */ /** * g_hook_find_func_data: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @need_valids: %TRUE if #GHook elements which have been destroyed should be skipped * @func: the function to find * @data: the data to find * * Finds a #GHook in a #GHookList with the given function and data. * * Returns: the #GHook with the given @func and @data or %NULL if no matching #GHook is found */ /** * g_hook_first_valid: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @may_be_in_call: %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped * * Returns the first #GHook in a #GHookList which has not been destroyed. * The reference count for the #GHook is incremented, so you must call * g_hook_unref() to restore it when no longer needed. (Or call * g_hook_next_valid() if you are stepping through the #GHookList.) * * Returns: the first valid #GHook, or %NULL if none are valid */ /** * g_hook_free: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to free * * Calls the #GHookList @finalize_hook function if it exists, * and frees the memory allocated for the #GHook. */ /** * g_hook_get: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook_id: a hook id * * Returns the #GHook with the given id, or %NULL if it is not found. * * Returns: the #GHook with the given id, or %NULL if it is not found */ /** * g_hook_insert_before: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @sibling: the #GHook to insert the new #GHook before * @hook: the #GHook to insert * * Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, before a given #GHook. */ /** * g_hook_insert_sorted: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to insert * @func: the comparison function used to sort the #GHook elements * * Inserts a #GHook into a #GHookList, sorted by the given function. */ /** * g_hook_list_clear: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * * Removes all the #GHook elements from a #GHookList. */ /** * g_hook_list_init: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook_size: the size of each element in the #GHookList, typically sizeof (GHook) * * Initializes a #GHookList. * This must be called before the #GHookList is used. */ /** * g_hook_list_invoke: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @may_recurse: %TRUE if functions which are already running (e.g. in another thread) can be called. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped * * Calls all of the #GHook functions in a #GHookList. */ /** * g_hook_list_invoke_check: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @may_recurse: %TRUE if functions which are already running (e.g. in another thread) can be called. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped * * Calls all of the #GHook functions in a #GHookList. * Any function which returns %FALSE is removed from the #GHookList. */ /** * g_hook_list_marshal: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @may_recurse: %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped * @marshaller: the function to call for each #GHook * @marshal_data: data to pass to @marshaller * * Calls a function on each valid #GHook. */ /** * g_hook_list_marshal_check: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @may_recurse: %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped * @marshaller: the function to call for each #GHook * @marshal_data: data to pass to @marshaller * * Calls a function on each valid #GHook and destroys it if the * function returns %FALSE. */ /** * g_hook_next_valid: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the current #GHook * @may_be_in_call: %TRUE if hooks which are currently running (e.g. in another thread) are considered valid. If set to %FALSE, these are skipped * * Returns the next #GHook in a #GHookList which has not been destroyed. * The reference count for the #GHook is incremented, so you must call * g_hook_unref() to restore it when no longer needed. (Or continue to call * g_hook_next_valid() until %NULL is returned.) * * Returns: the next valid #GHook, or %NULL if none are valid */ /** * g_hook_prepend: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to add to the start of @hook_list * * Prepends a #GHook on the start of a #GHookList. */ /** * g_hook_ref: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to increment the reference count of * * Increments the reference count for a #GHook. * * Returns: the @hook that was passed in (since 2.6) */ /** * g_hook_unref: * @hook_list: a #GHookList * @hook: the #GHook to unref * * Decrements the reference count of a #GHook. * If the reference count falls to 0, the #GHook is removed * from the #GHookList and g_hook_free() is called to free it. */ /** * g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded: * @hostname: a hostname * * Tests if @hostname contains segments with an ASCII-compatible * encoding of an Internationalized Domain Name. If this returns * %TRUE, you should decode the hostname with g_hostname_to_unicode() * before displaying it to the user. * * Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded * segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and * g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name. * * Returns: %TRUE if @hostname contains any ASCII-encoded segments. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_hostname_is_ip_address: * @hostname: a hostname (or IP address in string form) * * Tests if @hostname is the string form of an IPv4 or IPv6 address. * (Eg, "192.168.0.1".) * * Returns: %TRUE if @hostname is an IP address * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_hostname_is_non_ascii: * @hostname: a hostname * * Tests if @hostname contains Unicode characters. If this returns * %TRUE, you need to encode the hostname with g_hostname_to_ascii() * before using it in non-IDN-aware contexts. * * Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded * segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and * g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name. * * Returns: %TRUE if @hostname contains any non-ASCII characters * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_hostname_to_ascii: * @hostname: a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname * * Converts @hostname to its canonical ASCII form; an ASCII-only * string containing no uppercase letters and not ending with a * trailing dot. * * Returns: an ASCII hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if @hostname is in some way invalid. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_hostname_to_unicode: * @hostname: a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname * * Converts @hostname to its canonical presentation form; a UTF-8 * string in Unicode normalization form C, containing no uppercase * letters, no forbidden characters, and no ASCII-encoded segments, * and not ending with a trailing dot. * * Of course if @hostname is not an internationalized hostname, then * the canonical presentation form will be entirely ASCII. * * Returns: a UTF-8 hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if @hostname is in some way invalid. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_htonl: * @val: a 32-bit integer value in host byte order * * Converts a 32-bit integer value from host to network byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to network byte order */ /** * g_htons: * @val: a 16-bit integer value in host byte order * * Converts a 16-bit integer value from host to network byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to network byte order */ /** * g_iconv: * @converter: conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() * @inbuf: bytes to convert * @inbytes_left: inout parameter, bytes remaining to convert in @inbuf * @outbuf: converted output bytes * @outbytes_left: inout parameter, bytes available to fill in @outbuf * * Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv(), but * may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack * a native implementation. * * GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely * more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. * * Returns: count of non-reversible conversions, or -1 on error */ /** * g_iconv_close: * @converter: a conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() * * Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_close(), but * may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack * a native implementation. Should be called to clean up * the conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() when * you are done converting things. * * GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely * more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. * * Returns: -1 on error, 0 on success */ /** * g_iconv_open: * @to_codeset: destination codeset * @from_codeset: source codeset * * Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_open(), but * may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack * a native implementation. * * GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely * more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers. * * Returns: a "conversion descriptor", or (GIConv)-1 if opening the converter failed. */ /** * g_idle_add: * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function. * * Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority * events pending to the default main loop. The function is given the * default idle priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE. If the function * returns %FALSE it is automatically removed from the list of event * sources and will not be called again. * * This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new() * and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). * You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. */ /** * g_idle_add_full: * @priority: the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE. * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * @notify: (allow-none): function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL * * Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority * events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically * removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again. * * This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new() * and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). * You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. * Rename to: g_idle_add */ /** * g_idle_remove_by_data: * @data: the data for the idle source's callback. * * Removes the idle function with the given data. * * Returns: %TRUE if an idle source was found and removed. */ /** * g_idle_source_new: * * Creates a new idle source. * * The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext * and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be * executed. Note that the default priority for idle sources is * %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE, as compared to other sources which * have a default priority of %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. * * Returns: the newly-created idle source */ /** * g_int64_equal: * @v1: a pointer to a #gint64 key * @v2: a pointer to a #gint64 key to compare with @v1 * * Compares the two #gint64 values being pointed to and returns * %TRUE if they are equal. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func * parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to 64-bit integers as keys in a * #GHashTable. * * Returns: %TRUE if the two keys match. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_int64_hash: * @v: a pointer to a #gint64 key * * Converts a pointer to a #gint64 to a hash value. * * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, * when using non-%NULL pointers to 64-bit integer values as keys in a * #GHashTable. * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to the key. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_int_equal: * @v1: a pointer to a #gint key * @v2: a pointer to a #gint key to compare with @v1 * * Compares the two #gint values being pointed to and returns * %TRUE if they are equal. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func * parameter, when using non-%NULL pointers to integers as keys in a * #GHashTable. * * Note that this function acts on pointers to #gint, not on #gint directly: * if your hash table's keys are of the form * GINT_TO_POINTER (n), use g_direct_equal() instead. * * Returns: %TRUE if the two keys match. */ /** * g_int_hash: * @v: a pointer to a #gint key * * Converts a pointer to a #gint to a hash value. * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, * when using non-%NULL pointers to integer values as keys in a #GHashTable. * * Note that this function acts on pointers to #gint, not on #gint directly: * if your hash table's keys are of the form * GINT_TO_POINTER (n), use g_direct_hash() instead. * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to the key. */ /** * g_intern_static_string: * @string: (allow-none): a static string * * Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings can * be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of using strcmp(). * g_intern_static_string() does not copy the string, therefore @string must * not be freed or modified. * * Returns: a canonical representation for the string * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_intern_string: * @string: (allow-none): a string * * Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings can * be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of using strcmp(). * * Returns: a canonical representation for the string * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_io_add_watch: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @condition: the condition to watch for * @func: the function to call when the condition is satisfied * @user_data: user data to pass to @func * * Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context * with the default priority. * * Returns: the event source id */ /** * g_io_add_watch_full: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @priority: the priority of the #GIOChannel source * @condition: the condition to watch for * @func: the function to call when the condition is satisfied * @user_data: user data to pass to @func * @notify: the function to call when the source is removed * * Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context * with the given priority. * * This internally creates a main loop source using g_io_create_watch() * and attaches it to the main loop context with g_source_attach(). * You can do these steps manually if you need greater control. * * Returns: the event source id * Rename to: g_io_add_watch */ /** * g_io_channel_close: * @channel: A #GIOChannel * * Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be * flushed, ignoring errors. The channel will not be freed until the * last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref(). * * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_io_channel_shutdown() instead. */ /** * g_io_channel_error_from_errno: * @en: an errno error number, e.g. EINVAL * * Converts an errno error number to a #GIOChannelError. * * Returns: a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g. %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL. */ /** * g_io_channel_error_quark: * * * * Returns: the quark used as %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR */ /** * g_io_channel_flush: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @error: location to store an error of type #GIOChannelError * * Flushes the write buffer for the GIOChannel. * * Returns: the status of the operation: One of #G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL, #G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN, or #G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. */ /** * g_io_channel_get_buffer_condition: * @channel: A #GIOChannel * * This function returns a #GIOCondition depending on whether there * is data to be read/space to write data in the internal buffers in * the #GIOChannel. Only the flags %G_IO_IN and %G_IO_OUT may be set. * * Returns: A #GIOCondition */ /** * g_io_channel_get_buffer_size: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Gets the buffer size. * * Returns: the size of the buffer. */ /** * g_io_channel_get_buffered: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Returns whether @channel is buffered. * * Returns: %TRUE if the @channel is buffered. */ /** * g_io_channel_get_close_on_unref: * @channel: a #GIOChannel. * * Returns whether the file/socket/whatever associated with @channel * will be closed when @channel receives its final unref and is * destroyed. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels created * by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels. * * Returns: Whether the channel will be closed on the final unref of the GIOChannel data structure. */ /** * g_io_channel_get_encoding: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Gets the encoding for the input/output of the channel. * The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The encoding %NULL * makes the channel safe for binary data. * * Returns: A string containing the encoding, this string is owned by GLib and must not be freed. */ /** * g_io_channel_get_flags: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Gets the current flags for a #GIOChannel, including read-only * flags such as %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE. * * The values of the flags %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE and %G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITABLE * are cached for internal use by the channel when it is created. * If they should change at some later point (e.g. partial shutdown * of a socket with the UNIX shutdown() function), the user * should immediately call g_io_channel_get_flags() to update * the internal values of these flags. * * Returns: the flags which are set on the channel */ /** * g_io_channel_get_line_term: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @length: a location to return the length of the line terminator * * This returns the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine * where in the file a line break occurs. A value of %NULL * indicates autodetection. * * Returns: The line termination string. This value is owned by GLib and must not be freed. */ /** * g_io_channel_init: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Initializes a #GIOChannel struct. * * This is called by each of the above functions when creating a * #GIOChannel, and so is not often needed by the application * programmer (unless you are creating a new type of #GIOChannel). */ /** * g_io_channel_new_file: * @filename: A string containing the name of a file * @mode: One of "r", "w", "a", "r+", "w+", "a+". These have the same meaning as in fopen() * @error: A location to return an error of type %G_FILE_ERROR * * Open a file @filename as a #GIOChannel using mode @mode. This * channel will be closed when the last reference to it is dropped, * so there is no need to call g_io_channel_close() (though doing * so will not cause problems, as long as no attempt is made to * access the channel after it is closed). * * Returns: A #GIOChannel on success, %NULL on failure. */ /** * g_io_channel_read: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @buf: a buffer to read the data into (which should be at least count bytes long) * @count: the number of bytes to read from the #GIOChannel * @bytes_read: returns the number of bytes actually read * * Reads data from a #GIOChannel. * * Returns: %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_io_channel_read_chars() instead. */ /** * g_io_channel_read_chars: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @buf: a buffer to read data into * @count: the size of the buffer. Note that the buffer may not be complelely filled even if there is data in the buffer if the remaining data is not a complete character. * @bytes_read: (allow-none): The number of bytes read. This may be zero even on success if count < 6 and the channel's encoding is non-%NULL. This indicates that the next UTF-8 character is too wide for the buffer. * @error: a location to return an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError. * * Replacement for g_io_channel_read() with the new API. * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_read_line: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @str_return: The line read from the #GIOChannel, including the line terminator. This data should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. This is a nul-terminated string. If a @length of zero is returned, this will be %NULL instead. * @length: (allow-none): location to store length of the read data, or %NULL * @terminator_pos: (allow-none): location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL * @error: A location to return an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError * * Reads a line, including the terminating character(s), * from a #GIOChannel into a newly-allocated string. * @str_return will contain allocated memory if the return * is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_read_line_string: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @buffer: a #GString into which the line will be written. If @buffer already contains data, the old data will be overwritten. * @terminator_pos: (allow-none): location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL * @error: a location to store an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError * * Reads a line from a #GIOChannel, using a #GString as a buffer. * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_read_to_end: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @str_return: Location to store a pointer to a string holding the remaining data in the #GIOChannel. This data should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. This data is terminated by an extra nul character, but there may be other nuls in the intervening data. * @length: location to store length of the data * @error: location to return an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError * * Reads all the remaining data from the file. * * Returns: %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL on success. This function never returns %G_IO_STATUS_EOF. */ /** * g_io_channel_read_unichar: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @thechar: a location to return a character * @error: a location to return an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError * * Reads a Unicode character from @channel. * This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding. * * Returns: a #GIOStatus */ /** * g_io_channel_ref: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Increments the reference count of a #GIOChannel. * * Returns: the @channel that was passed in (since 2.6) */ /** * g_io_channel_seek: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @offset: an offset, in bytes, which is added to the position specified by @type * @type: the position in the file, which can be %G_SEEK_CUR (the current position), %G_SEEK_SET (the start of the file), or %G_SEEK_END (the end of the file) * * Sets the current position in the #GIOChannel, similar to the standard * library function fseek(). * * Returns: %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_io_channel_seek_position() instead. */ /** * g_io_channel_seek_position: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @offset: The offset in bytes from the position specified by @type * @type: a #GSeekType. The type %G_SEEK_CUR is only allowed in those cases where a call to g_io_channel_set_encoding () is allowed. See the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding () for details. * @error: A location to return an error of type #GIOChannelError * * Replacement for g_io_channel_seek() with the new API. * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_set_buffer_size: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @size: the size of the buffer, or 0 to let GLib pick a good size * * Sets the buffer size. */ /** * g_io_channel_set_buffered: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @buffered: whether to set the channel buffered or unbuffered * * The buffering state can only be set if the channel's encoding * is %NULL. For any other encoding, the channel must be buffered. * * A buffered channel can only be set unbuffered if the channel's * internal buffers have been flushed. Newly created channels or * channels which have returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF * not require such a flush. For write-only channels, a call to * g_io_channel_flush () is sufficient. For all other channels, * the buffers may be flushed by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position (). * This includes the possibility of seeking with seek type %G_SEEK_CUR * and an offset of zero. Note that this means that socket-based * channels cannot be set unbuffered once they have had data * read from them. * * On unbuffered channels, it is safe to mix read and write * calls from the new and old APIs, if this is necessary for * maintaining old code. * * The default state of the channel is buffered. */ /** * g_io_channel_set_close_on_unref: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @do_close: Whether to close the channel on the final unref of the GIOChannel data structure. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels created by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels. * * Setting this flag to %TRUE for a channel you have already closed * can cause problems. */ /** * g_io_channel_set_encoding: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @encoding: the encoding type * @error: location to store an error of type #GConvertError * * Sets the encoding for the input/output of the channel. * The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The default encoding * for the external file is UTF-8. * * The encoding %NULL is safe to use with binary data. * * The encoding can only be set if one of the following conditions * is true: * * * The channel was just created, and has not been written to or read * from yet. * * * The channel is write-only. * * * The channel is a file, and the file pointer was just * repositioned by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position(). * (This flushes all the internal buffers.) * * * The current encoding is %NULL or UTF-8. * * * One of the (new API) read functions has just returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF * (or, in the case of g_io_channel_read_to_end(), %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL). * * * One of the functions g_io_channel_read_chars() or * g_io_channel_read_unichar() has returned %G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN or * %G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. This may be useful in the case of * %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. * Returning one of these statuses from g_io_channel_read_line(), * g_io_channel_read_line_string(), or g_io_channel_read_to_end() * does not guarantee that the encoding can * be changed. * * * Channels which do not meet one of the above conditions cannot call * g_io_channel_seek_position() with an offset of %G_SEEK_CUR, and, if * they are "seekable", cannot call g_io_channel_write_chars() after * calling one of the API "read" functions. * * Returns: %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL if the encoding was successfully set. */ /** * g_io_channel_set_flags: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @flags: the flags to set on the IO channel * @error: A location to return an error of type #GIOChannelError * * Sets the (writeable) flags in @channel to (@flags & %G_IO_FLAG_SET_MASK). * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_set_line_term: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @line_term: The line termination string. Use %NULL for autodetect. Autodetection breaks on "\n", "\r\n", "\r", "\0", and the Unicode paragraph separator. Autodetection should not be used for anything other than file-based channels. * @length: The length of the termination string. If -1 is passed, the string is assumed to be nul-terminated. This option allows termination strings with embedded nuls. * * This sets the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine * where in the file a line break occurs. */ /** * g_io_channel_shutdown: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @flush: if %TRUE, flush pending * @err: location to store a #GIOChannelError * * Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be * flushed if @flush is %TRUE. The channel will not be freed until the * last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref(). * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_unix_get_fd: * @channel: a #GIOChannel, created with g_io_channel_unix_new(). * * Returns the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel. * * On Windows this function returns the file descriptor or socket of * the #GIOChannel. * * Returns: the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel. */ /** * g_io_channel_unix_new: * @fd: a file descriptor. * * Creates a new #GIOChannel given a file descriptor. On UNIX systems * this works for plain files, pipes, and sockets. * * The returned #GIOChannel has a reference count of 1. * * The default encoding for #GIOChannel is UTF-8. If your application * is reading output from a command using via pipe, you may need to set * the encoding to the encoding of the current locale (see * g_get_charset()) with the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function. * * If you want to read raw binary data without interpretation, then * call the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function with %NULL for the * encoding argument. * * This function is available in GLib on Windows, too, but you should * avoid using it on Windows. The domain of file descriptors and * sockets overlap. There is no way for GLib to know which one you mean * in case the argument you pass to this function happens to be both a * valid file descriptor and socket. If that happens a warning is * issued, and GLib assumes that it is the file descriptor you mean. * * Returns: a new #GIOChannel. */ /** * g_io_channel_unref: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * * Decrements the reference count of a #GIOChannel. */ /** * g_io_channel_win32_new_fd: * @fd: a C library file descriptor. * * Creates a new #GIOChannel given a file descriptor on Windows. This * works for file descriptors from the C runtime. * * This function works for file descriptors as returned by the open(), * creat(), pipe() and fileno() calls in the Microsoft C runtime. In * order to meaningfully use this function your code should use the * same C runtime as GLib uses, which is msvcrt.dll. Note that in * current Microsoft compilers it is near impossible to convince it to * build code that would use msvcrt.dll. The last Microsoft compiler * version that supported using msvcrt.dll as the C runtime was version * 6. The GNU compiler and toolchain for Windows, also known as Mingw, * fully supports msvcrt.dll. * * If you have created a #GIOChannel for a file descriptor and started * watching (polling) it, you shouldn't call read() on the file * descriptor. This is because adding polling for a file descriptor is * implemented in GLib on Windows by starting a thread that sits * blocked in a read() from the file descriptor most of the time. All * reads from the file descriptor should be done by this internal GLib * thread. Your code should call only g_io_channel_read(). * * This function is available only in GLib on Windows. * * Returns: a new #GIOChannel. */ /** * g_io_channel_win32_new_messages: * @hwnd: a window handle. * * Creates a new #GIOChannel given a window handle on Windows. * * This function creates a #GIOChannel that can be used to poll for * Windows messages for the window in question. * * Returns: a new #GIOChannel. */ /** * g_io_channel_win32_new_socket: * @socket: a Winsock socket * * Creates a new #GIOChannel given a socket on Windows. * * This function works for sockets created by Winsock. It's available * only in GLib on Windows. * * Polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket puts the * socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the * implementation and unavoidable. * * Returns: a new #GIOChannel */ /** * g_io_channel_write: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @buf: the buffer containing the data to write * @count: the number of bytes to write * @bytes_written: the number of bytes actually written * * Writes data to a #GIOChannel. * * Returns: %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful. * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_io_channel_write_chars() instead. */ /** * g_io_channel_write_chars: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @buf: a buffer to write data from * @count: the size of the buffer. If -1, the buffer is taken to be a nul-terminated string. * @bytes_written: The number of bytes written. This can be nonzero even if the return value is not %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. If the return value is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL and the channel is blocking, this will always be equal to @count if @count >= 0. * @error: a location to return an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError * * Replacement for g_io_channel_write() with the new API. * * On seekable channels with encodings other than %NULL or UTF-8, generic * mixing of reading and writing is not allowed. A call to g_io_channel_write_chars () * may only be made on a channel from which data has been read in the * cases described in the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding (). * * Returns: the status of the operation. */ /** * g_io_channel_write_unichar: * @channel: a #GIOChannel * @thechar: a character * @error: location to return an error of type #GConvertError or #GIOChannelError * * Writes a Unicode character to @channel. * This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding. * * Returns: a #GIOStatus */ /** * g_io_create_watch: * @channel: a #GIOChannel to watch * @condition: conditions to watch for * * Creates a #GSource that's dispatched when @condition is met for the * given @channel. For example, if condition is #G_IO_IN, the source will * be dispatched when there's data available for reading. * * g_io_add_watch() is a simpler interface to this same functionality, for * the case where you want to add the source to the default main loop context * at the default priority. * * On Windows, polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket * puts the socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the * implementation and unavoidable. * * Returns: a new #GSource */ /** * g_key_file_free: (skip) * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * * Clears all keys and groups from @key_file, and decreases the * reference count by 1. If the reference count reaches zero, * frees the key file and all its allocated memory. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_boolean: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a * boolean. * * If @key cannot be found then %FALSE is returned and @error is set * to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value * associated with @key cannot be interpreted as a boolean then %FALSE * is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: the value associated with the key as a boolean, or %FALSE if the key was not found or could not be parsed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_boolean_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @length: (out): the number of booleans returned * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as * booleans. * * If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to * #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated * with @key cannot be interpreted as booleans then %NULL is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: (array length=length) (element-type gboolean) (transfer container): the values associated with the key as a list of booleans, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of booleans should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_comment: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: (allow-none): a group name, or %NULL * @key: a key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Retrieves a comment above @key from @group_name. * If @key is %NULL then @comment will be read from above * @group_name. If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then * @comment will be read from above the first group in the file. * * Returns: a comment that should be freed with g_free() * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_double: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a * double. If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used. * * If @key cannot be found then 0.0 is returned and @error is set to * #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated * with @key cannot be interpreted as a double then 0.0 is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: the value associated with the key as a double, or 0.0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_key_file_get_double_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @length: (out): the number of doubles returned * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as * doubles. * * If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to * #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated * with @key cannot be interpreted as doubles then %NULL is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: (array length=length) (element-type gdouble) (transfer container): the values associated with the key as a list of doubles, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of doubles should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_key_file_get_groups: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @length: (out) (allow-none): return location for the number of returned groups, or %NULL * * Returns all groups in the key file loaded with @key_file. * The array of returned groups will be %NULL-terminated, so * @length may optionally be %NULL. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_int64: * @key_file: a non-%NULL #GKeyFile * @group_name: a non-%NULL group name * @key: a non-%NULL key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a signed * 64-bit integer. This is similar to g_key_file_get_integer() but can return * 64-bit results without truncation. * * Returns: the value associated with the key as a signed 64-bit integer, or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_key_file_get_integer: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an * integer. * * If @key cannot be found then 0 is returned and @error is set to * #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated * with @key cannot be interpreted as an integer then 0 is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: the value associated with the key as an integer, or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_integer_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @length: (out): the number of integers returned * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as * integers. * * If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to * #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated * with @key cannot be interpreted as integers then %NULL is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. * * Returns: (array length=length) (element-type gint) (transfer container): the values associated with the key as a list of integers, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed. The returned list of integers should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_keys: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @length: (out) (allow-none): return location for the number of keys returned, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Returns all keys for the group name @group_name. The array of * returned keys will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may * optionally be %NULL. In the event that the @group_name cannot * be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to * #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_locale_string: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @locale: (allow-none): a locale identifier or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name * translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is * %NULL then the current locale is assumed. * * If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set * to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the value associated * with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translation can * be found then the untranslated value is returned. * * Returns: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_locale_string_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @locale: (allow-none): a locale identifier or %NULL * @length: (out) (allow-none): return location for the number of returned strings or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name * translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is * %NULL then the current locale is assumed. * * If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set * to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the values associated * with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translations * can be found then the untranslated values are returned. The * returned array is %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally * be %NULL. * * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the key isn't found. The string array should be freed with g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_start_group: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * * Returns the name of the start group of the file. * * Returns: The start group of the key file. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_string: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Returns the string value associated with @key under @group_name. * Unlike g_key_file_get_value(), this function handles escape sequences * like \s. * * In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the * event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_string_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @length: (out) (allow-none): return location for the number of returned strings, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name. * * In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the * event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. The array should be freed with g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_get_uint64: * @key_file: a non-%NULL #GKeyFile * @group_name: a non-%NULL group name * @key: a non-%NULL key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an unsigned * 64-bit integer. This is similar to g_key_file_get_integer() but can return * large positive results without truncation. * * Returns: the value associated with the key as an unsigned 64-bit integer, or 0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_key_file_get_value: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Returns the raw value associated with @key under @group_name. * Use g_key_file_get_string() to retrieve an unescaped UTF-8 string. * * In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and * @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the * event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned * and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND. * * Returns: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified key cannot be found. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_has_group: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * * Looks whether the key file has the group @group_name. * * Returns: %TRUE if @group_name is a part of @key_file, %FALSE otherwise. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_has_key: (skip) * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key name * @error: return location for a #GError * * Looks whether the key file has the key @key in the group * @group_name. * * This function does not follow the rules for #GError strictly; * the return value both carries meaning and signals an error. To use * this function, you must pass a #GError pointer in @error, and check * whether it is not %NULL to see if an error occurred. * * Language bindings should use g_key_file_get_value() to test whether * or not a key exists. * * Returns: %TRUE if @key is a part of @group_name, %FALSE otherwise. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_load_from_data: * @key_file: an empty #GKeyFile struct * @data: (length length): key file loaded in memory * @length: the length of @data in bytes (or -1 if data is nul-terminated) * @flags: flags from #GKeyFileFlags * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Loads a key file from memory into an empty #GKeyFile structure. * If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs: * @key_file: an empty #GKeyFile struct * @file: (type filename): a relative path to a filename to open and parse * @full_path: (out) (type filename) (allow-none): return location for a string containing the full path of the file, or %NULL * @flags: flags from #GKeyFileFlags * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths * returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(), * loads the file into @key_file and returns the file's full path in * @full_path. If the file could not be loaded then an %error is * set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_load_from_dirs: * @key_file: an empty #GKeyFile struct * @file: (type filename): a relative path to a filename to open and parse * @search_dirs: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type filename): %NULL-terminated array of directories to search * @full_path: (out) (type filename) (allow-none): return location for a string containing the full path of the file, or %NULL * @flags: flags from #GKeyFileFlags * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths * specified in @search_dirs, loads the file into @key_file and * returns the file's full path in @full_path. If the file could not * be loaded then an %error is set to either a #GFileError or * #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_key_file_load_from_file: * @key_file: an empty #GKeyFile struct * @file: (type filename): the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding * @flags: flags from #GKeyFileFlags * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Loads a key file into an empty #GKeyFile structure. * If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to * either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_new: * * Creates a new empty #GKeyFile object. Use * g_key_file_load_from_file(), g_key_file_load_from_data(), * g_key_file_load_from_dirs() or g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs() to * read an existing key file. * * Returns: (transfer full): an empty #GKeyFile. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_ref: (skip) * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * * Increases the reference count of @key_file. * * Returns: the same @key_file. * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_key_file_remove_comment: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: (allow-none): a group name, or %NULL * @key: (allow-none): a key * @error: return location for a #GError * * Removes a comment above @key from @group_name. * If @key is %NULL then @comment will be removed above @group_name. * If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will * be removed above the first group in the file. * * Returns: %TRUE if the comment was removed, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_remove_group: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Removes the specified group, @group_name, * from the key file. * * Returns: %TRUE if the group was removed, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_remove_key: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key name to remove * @error: return location for a #GError or %NULL * * Removes @key in @group_name from the key file. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was removed, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_boolean: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @value: %TRUE or %FALSE * * Associates a new boolean value with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_boolean_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @list: (array length=length): an array of boolean values * @length: length of @list * * Associates a list of boolean values with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_comment: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: (allow-none): a group name, or %NULL * @key: (allow-none): a key * @comment: a comment * @error: return location for a #GError * * Places a comment above @key from @group_name. * If @key is %NULL then @comment will be written above @group_name. * If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be * written above the first group in the file. * * Returns: %TRUE if the comment was written, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_double: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @value: an double value * * Associates a new double value with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_key_file_set_double_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @list: (array length=length): an array of double values * @length: number of double values in @list * * Associates a list of double values with @key under * @group_name. If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_key_file_set_int64: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @value: an integer value * * Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_key_file_set_integer: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @value: an integer value * * Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_integer_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @list: (array length=length): an array of integer values * @length: number of integer values in @list * * Associates a list of integer values with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_list_separator: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @separator: the separator * * Sets the character which is used to separate * values in lists. Typically ';' or ',' are used * as separators. The default list separator is ';'. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_locale_string: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @locale: a locale identifier * @string: a string * * Associates a string value for @key and @locale under @group_name. * If the translation for @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_locale_string_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @locale: a locale identifier * @list: (array length=length zero-terminated=1): a %NULL-terminated array of locale string values * @length: the length of @list * * Associates a list of string values for @key and @locale under * @group_name. If the translation for @key cannot be found then * it is created. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_string: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @string: a string * * Associates a new string value with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. * Unlike g_key_file_set_value(), this function handles characters * that need escaping, such as newlines. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_string_list: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @list: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (element-type utf8): an array of string values * @length: number of string values in @list * * Associates a list of string values for @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * If @group_name cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_set_uint64: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @value: an integer value * * Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name. * If @key cannot be found then it is created. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_key_file_set_value: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @group_name: a group name * @key: a key * @value: a string * * Associates a new value with @key under @group_name. * * If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name cannot * be found then it is created. To set an UTF-8 string which may contain * characters that need escaping (such as newlines or spaces), use * g_key_file_set_string(). * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_to_data: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * @length: (out) (allow-none): return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * This function outputs @key_file as a string. * * Note that this function never reports an error, * so it is safe to pass %NULL as @error. * * Returns: a newly allocated string holding the contents of the #GKeyFile * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_key_file_unref: * @key_file: a #GKeyFile * * Decreases the reference count of @key_file by 1. If the reference count * reaches zero, frees the key file and all its allocated memory. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_list_alloc: * * Allocates space for one #GList element. It is called by * g_list_append(), g_list_prepend(), g_list_insert() and * g_list_insert_sorted() and so is rarely used on its own. * * Returns: a pointer to the newly-allocated #GList element. */ /** * g_list_append: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @data: the data for the new element * * Adds a new element on to the end of the list. * * * The return value is the new start of the list, which * may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. * * * * Note that g_list_append() has to traverse the entire list * to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple * elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend * the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added. * * * |[ * /* Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. */ * GList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL; * * /* This is a list of strings. */ * list = g_list_append (list, "first"); * list = g_list_append (list, "second"); * * /* This is a list of integers. */ * number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27)); * number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14)); * ]| * * Returns: the new start of the #GList */ /** * g_list_concat: * @list1: a #GList * @list2: the #GList to add to the end of the first #GList * * Adds the second #GList onto the end of the first #GList. * Note that the elements of the second #GList are not copied. * They are used directly. * * Returns: the start of the new #GList */ /** * g_list_copy: * @list: a #GList * * Copies a #GList. * * * Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements * consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but * the actual data is not. See g_list_copy_deep() if you need * to copy the data as well. * * * Returns: a copy of @list */ /** * g_list_copy_deep: * @list: a #GList * @func: a copy function used to copy every element in the list * @user_data: user data passed to the copy function @func, or #NULL * * Makes a full (deep) copy of a #GList. * * In contrast with g_list_copy(), this function uses @func to make a copy of * each list element, in addition to copying the list container itself. * * @func, as a #GCopyFunc, takes two arguments, the data to be copied and a user * pointer. It's safe to pass #NULL as user_data, if the copy function takes only * one argument. * * For instance, if @list holds a list of GObjects, you can do: * |[ * another_list = g_list_copy_deep (list, (GCopyFunc) g_object_ref, NULL); * ]| * * And, to entirely free the new list, you could do: * |[ * g_list_free_full (another_list, g_object_unref); * ]| * * Returns: a full copy of @list, use #g_list_free_full to free it * Since: 2.34 */ /** * g_list_delete_link: * @list: a #GList * @link_: node to delete from @list * * Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it. * Compare this to g_list_remove_link() which removes the node * without freeing it. * * Returns: the new head of @list */ /** * g_list_find: * @list: a #GList * @data: the element data to find * * Finds the element in a #GList which * contains the given data. * * Returns: the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found */ /** * g_list_find_custom: * @list: a #GList * @data: user data passed to the function * @func: the function to call for each element. It should return 0 when the desired element is found * * Finds an element in a #GList, using a supplied function to * find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling * the given function which should return 0 when the desired * element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments, * the #GList element's data as the first argument and the * given user data. * * Returns: the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found */ /** * g_list_first: * @list: a #GList * * Gets the first element in a #GList. * * Returns: the first element in the #GList, or %NULL if the #GList has no elements */ /** * g_list_foreach: * @list: a #GList * @func: the function to call with each element's data * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls a function for each element of a #GList. */ /** * g_list_free: * @list: a #GList * * Frees all of the memory used by a #GList. * The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator. * * * If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, * you should either use g_list_free_full() or free them manually * first. * */ /** * g_list_free1: * * Another name for g_list_free_1(). */ /** * g_list_free_1: * @list: a #GList element * * Frees one #GList element. * It is usually used after g_list_remove_link(). */ /** * g_list_free_full: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @free_func: the function to be called to free each element's data * * Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GList, and * calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_list_index: * @list: a #GList * @data: the data to find * * Gets the position of the element containing * the given data (starting from 0). * * Returns: the index of the element containing the data, or -1 if the data is not found */ /** * g_list_insert: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @data: the data for the new element * @position: the position to insert the element. If this is negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the list, the new element is added on to the end of the list. * * Inserts a new element into the list at the given position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GList */ /** * g_list_insert_before: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @sibling: the list element before which the new element is inserted or %NULL to insert at the end of the list * @data: the data for the new element * * Inserts a new element into the list before the given position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GList */ /** * g_list_insert_sorted: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @data: the data for the new element * @func: the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. * * Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison * function to determine its position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GList */ /** * g_list_insert_sorted_with_data: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @data: the data for the new element * @func: the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. * @user_data: user data to pass to comparison function. * * Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison * function to determine its position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GList * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_list_last: * @list: a #GList * * Gets the last element in a #GList. * * Returns: the last element in the #GList, or %NULL if the #GList has no elements */ /** * g_list_length: * @list: a #GList * * Gets the number of elements in a #GList. * * * This function iterates over the whole list to * count its elements. * * * Returns: the number of elements in the #GList */ /** * g_list_next: * @list: an element in a #GList. * * A convenience macro to get the next element in a #GList. * * Returns: the next element, or %NULL if there are no more elements. */ /** * g_list_nth: * @list: a #GList * @n: the position of the element, counting from 0 * * Gets the element at the given position in a #GList. * * Returns: the element, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GList */ /** * g_list_nth_data: * @list: a #GList * @n: the position of the element * * Gets the data of the element at the given position. * * Returns: the element's data, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GList */ /** * g_list_nth_prev: * @list: a #GList * @n: the position of the element, counting from 0 * * Gets the element @n places before @list. * * Returns: the element, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GList */ /** * g_list_position: * @list: a #GList * @llink: an element in the #GList * * Gets the position of the given element * in the #GList (starting from 0). * * Returns: the position of the element in the #GList, or -1 if the element is not found */ /** * g_list_prepend: * @list: a pointer to a #GList * @data: the data for the new element * * Adds a new element on to the start of the list. * * * The return value is the new start of the list, which * may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. * * * |[ * /* Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. */ * GList *list = NULL; * list = g_list_prepend (list, "last"); * list = g_list_prepend (list, "first"); * ]| * * Returns: the new start of the #GList */ /** * g_list_previous: * @list: an element in a #GList. * * A convenience macro to get the previous element in a #GList. * * Returns: the previous element, or %NULL if there are no previous elements. */ /** * g_list_remove: * @list: a #GList * @data: the data of the element to remove * * Removes an element from a #GList. * If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed. * If none of the elements contain the data, the #GList is unchanged. * * Returns: the new start of the #GList */ /** * g_list_remove_all: * @list: a #GList * @data: data to remove * * Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data. * Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with * g_list_remove() which removes only the first node * matching the given data. * * Returns: new head of @list */ /** * g_list_remove_link: * @list: a #GList * @llink: an element in the #GList * * Removes an element from a #GList, without freeing the element. * The removed element's prev and next links are set to %NULL, so * that it becomes a self-contained list with one element. * * Returns: the new start of the #GList, without the element */ /** * g_list_reverse: * @list: a #GList * * Reverses a #GList. * It simply switches the next and prev pointers of each element. * * Returns: the start of the reversed #GList */ /** * g_list_sort: * @list: a #GList * @compare_func: the comparison function used to sort the #GList. This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GList and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element comes before the second, or a positive value if the first element comes after the second. * * Sorts a #GList using the given comparison function. The algorithm * used is a stable sort. * * Returns: the start of the sorted #GList */ /** * g_list_sort_with_data: * @list: a #GList * @compare_func: comparison function * @user_data: user data to pass to comparison function * * Like g_list_sort(), but the comparison function accepts * a user data argument. * * Returns: the new head of @list */ /** * g_listenv: * * Gets the names of all variables set in the environment. * * Programs that want to be portable to Windows should typically use * this function and g_getenv() instead of using the environ array * from the C library directly. On Windows, the strings in the environ * array are in system codepage encoding, while in most of the typical * use cases for environment variables in GLib-using programs you want * the UTF-8 encoding that this function and g_getenv() provide. * * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated list of strings which must be freed with g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_locale_from_utf8: * @utf8string: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. * @bytes_read: location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. * @bytes_written: the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by * the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating * system) in the current locale. On * Windows this means the system codepage. * * Returns: The converted string, or %NULL on an error. */ /** * g_locale_to_utf8: * @opsysstring: a string in the encoding of the current locale. On Windows this means the system codepage. * @len: the length of the string, or -1 if the string is nul-terminated. * @bytes_read: location to store the number of bytes in the input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL. Even if the conversion was successful, this may be less than @len if there were partial characters at the end of the input. If the error #G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value stored will the byte offset after the last valid input sequence. * @bytes_written: the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not including the terminating nul). * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur. * * Converts a string which is in the encoding used for strings by * the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating * system) in the current locale into a * UTF-8 string. * * Returns: The converted string, or %NULL on an error. */ /** * g_log: * @log_domain: the log domain, usually #G_LOG_DOMAIN * @log_level: the log level, either from #GLogLevelFlags or a user-defined level * @format: the message format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Logs an error or debugging message. * * If the log level has been set as fatal, the abort() * function is called to terminate the program. */ /** * g_log_default_handler: * @log_domain: the log domain of the message * @log_level: the level of the message * @message: the message * @unused_data: data passed from g_log() which is unused * * The default log handler set up by GLib; g_log_set_default_handler() * allows to install an alternate default log handler. * This is used if no log handler has been set for the particular log * domain and log level combination. It outputs the message to stderr * or stdout and if the log level is fatal it calls abort(). * * The behavior of this log handler can be influenced by a number of * environment variables: * * * G_MESSAGES_PREFIXED * * A :-separated list of log levels for which messages should * be prefixed by the program name and PID of the aplication. * * * * G_MESSAGES_DEBUG * * A space-separated list of log domains for which debug and * informational messages are printed. By default these * messages are not printed. * * * * * stderr is used for levels %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, %G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, * %G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING and %G_LOG_LEVEL_MESSAGE. stdout is used for * the rest. */ /** * g_log_remove_handler: * @log_domain: the log domain * @handler_id: the id of the handler, which was returned in g_log_set_handler() * * Removes the log handler. */ /** * g_log_set_always_fatal: * @fatal_mask: the mask containing bits set for each level of error which is to be fatal * * Sets the message levels which are always fatal, in any log domain. * When a message with any of these levels is logged the program terminates. * You can only set the levels defined by GLib to be fatal. * %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR is always fatal. * * You can also make some message levels fatal at runtime by setting * the G_DEBUG environment variable (see * Running GLib Applications). * * Returns: the old fatal mask */ /** * g_log_set_default_handler: * @log_func: the log handler function * @user_data: data passed to the log handler * * Installs a default log handler which is used if no * log handler has been set for the particular log domain * and log level combination. By default, GLib uses * g_log_default_handler() as default log handler. * * Returns: the previous default log handler * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_log_set_fatal_mask: * @log_domain: the log domain * @fatal_mask: the new fatal mask * * Sets the log levels which are fatal in the given domain. * %G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR is always fatal. * * Returns: the old fatal mask for the log domain */ /** * g_log_set_handler: * @log_domain: (allow-none): the log domain, or %NULL for the default "" application domain * @log_levels: the log levels to apply the log handler for. To handle fatal and recursive messages as well, combine the log levels with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION bit flags. * @log_func: the log handler function * @user_data: data passed to the log handler * * Sets the log handler for a domain and a set of log levels. * To handle fatal and recursive messages the @log_levels parameter * must be combined with the #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL and #G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION * bit flags. * * Note that since the #G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR log level is always fatal, if * you want to set a handler for this log level you must combine it with * #G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL. * * * Adding a log handler for all warning messages in the default * (application) domain * * g_log_set_handler (NULL, G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL * | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); * * * * * Adding a log handler for all critical messages from GTK+ * * g_log_set_handler ("Gtk", G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL * | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); * * * * * Adding a log handler for <emphasis>all</emphasis> messages from * GLib * * g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_MASK | G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL * | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION, my_log_handler, NULL); * * * * Returns: the id of the new handler */ /** * g_logv: * @log_domain: the log domain * @log_level: the log level * @format: the message format. See the printf() documentation * @args: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Logs an error or debugging message. * * If the log level has been set as fatal, the abort() * function is called to terminate the program. */ /** * g_lstat: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @buf: a pointer to a stat struct, which will be filled with the file information * * A wrapper for the POSIX lstat() function. The lstat() function is * like stat() except that in the case of symbolic links, it returns * information about the symbolic link itself and not the file that it * refers to. If the system does not support symbolic links g_lstat() * is identical to g_stat(). * * See your C library manual for more details about lstat(). * * Returns: 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_main_context_acquire: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Tries to become the owner of the specified context. * If some other thread is the owner of the context, * returns %FALSE immediately. Ownership is properly * recursive: the owner can require ownership again * and will release ownership when g_main_context_release() * is called as many times as g_main_context_acquire(). * * You must be the owner of a context before you * can call g_main_context_prepare(), g_main_context_query(), * g_main_context_check(), g_main_context_dispatch(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and this thread is now the owner of @context. */ /** * g_main_context_add_poll: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (or %NULL for the default context) * @fd: a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file descriptor to watch. * @priority: the priority for this file descriptor which should be the same as the priority used for g_source_attach() to ensure that the file descriptor is polled whenever the results may be needed. * * Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for * this context. This will very seldom be used directly. Instead * a typical event source will use g_source_add_poll() instead. */ /** * g_main_context_check: * @context: a #GMainContext * @max_priority: the maximum numerical priority of sources to check * @fds: (array length=n_fds): array of #GPollFD's that was passed to the last call to g_main_context_query() * @n_fds: return value of g_main_context_query() * * Passes the results of polling back to the main loop. * * Returns: %TRUE if some sources are ready to be dispatched. */ /** * g_main_context_default: * * Returns the global default main context. This is the main context * used for main loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly * specified, and corresponds to the "main" main loop. See also * g_main_context_get_thread_default(). * * Returns: (transfer none): the global default main context. */ /** * g_main_context_dispatch: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Dispatches all pending sources. */ /** * g_main_context_find_source_by_funcs_user_data: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used). * @funcs: the @source_funcs passed to g_source_new(). * @user_data: the user data from the callback. * * Finds a source with the given source functions and user data. If * multiple sources exist with the same source function and user data, * the first one found will be returned. * * Returns: (transfer none): the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL */ /** * g_main_context_find_source_by_id: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) * @source_id: the source ID, as returned by g_source_get_id(). * * Finds a #GSource given a pair of context and ID. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GSource if found, otherwise, %NULL */ /** * g_main_context_find_source_by_user_data: * @context: a #GMainContext * @user_data: the user_data for the callback. * * Finds a source with the given user data for the callback. If * multiple sources exist with the same user data, the first * one found will be returned. * * Returns: (transfer none): the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL */ /** * g_main_context_get_poll_func: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Gets the poll function set by g_main_context_set_poll_func(). * * Returns: the poll function */ /** * g_main_context_get_thread_default: * * Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread. Asynchronous * operations that want to be able to be run in contexts other than * the default one should call this method or * g_main_context_ref_thread_default() to get a #GMainContext to add * their #GSources to. (Note that even in single-threaded * programs applications may sometimes want to temporarily push a * non-default context, so it is not safe to assume that this will * always return %NULL if you are running in the default thread.) * * If you need to hold a reference on the context, use * g_main_context_ref_thread_default() instead. * * Returns: (transfer none): the thread-default #GMainContext, or %NULL if the thread-default context is the global default context. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_main_context_invoke: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext, or %NULL * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * * Invokes a function in such a way that @context is owned during the * invocation of @function. * * If @context is %NULL then the global default main context — as * returned by g_main_context_default() — is used. * * If @context is owned by the current thread, @function is called * directly. Otherwise, if @context is the thread-default main context * of the current thread and g_main_context_acquire() succeeds, then * @function is called and g_main_context_release() is called * afterwards. * * In any other case, an idle source is created to call @function and * that source is attached to @context (presumably to be run in another * thread). The idle source is attached with #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT * priority. If you want a different priority, use * g_main_context_invoke_full(). * * Note that, as with normal idle functions, @function should probably * return %FALSE. If it returns %TRUE, it will be continuously run in a * loop (and may prevent this call from returning). * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_main_context_invoke_full: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext, or %NULL * @priority: the priority at which to run @function * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * @notify: (allow-none): a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL. * * Invokes a function in such a way that @context is owned during the * invocation of @function. * * This function is the same as g_main_context_invoke() except that it * lets you specify the priority incase @function ends up being * scheduled as an idle and also lets you give a #GDestroyNotify for @data. * * @notify should not assume that it is called from any particular * thread or with any particular context acquired. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_main_context_is_owner: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Determines whether this thread holds the (recursive) * ownership of this #GMainContext. This is useful to * know before waiting on another thread that may be * blocking to get ownership of @context. * * Returns: %TRUE if current thread is owner of @context. * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_main_context_iteration: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) * @may_block: whether the call may block. * * Runs a single iteration for the given main loop. This involves * checking to see if any event sources are ready to be processed, * then if no events sources are ready and @may_block is %TRUE, waiting * for a source to become ready, then dispatching the highest priority * events sources that are ready. Otherwise, if @may_block is %FALSE * sources are not waited to become ready, only those highest priority * events sources will be dispatched (if any), that are ready at this * given moment without further waiting. * * Note that even when @may_block is %TRUE, it is still possible for * g_main_context_iteration() to return %FALSE, since the the wait may * be interrupted for other reasons than an event source becoming ready. * * Returns: %TRUE if events were dispatched. */ /** * g_main_context_new: * * Creates a new #GMainContext structure. * * Returns: the new #GMainContext */ /** * g_main_context_pending: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) * * Checks if any sources have pending events for the given context. * * Returns: %TRUE if events are pending. */ /** * g_main_context_pop_thread_default: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext object, or %NULL * * Pops @context off the thread-default context stack (verifying that * it was on the top of the stack). * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_main_context_prepare: * @context: a #GMainContext * @priority: location to store priority of highest priority source already ready. * * Prepares to poll sources within a main loop. The resulting information * for polling is determined by calling g_main_context_query (). * * Returns: %TRUE if some source is ready to be dispatched prior to polling. */ /** * g_main_context_push_thread_default: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext, or %NULL for the global default context * * Acquires @context and sets it as the thread-default context for the * current thread. This will cause certain asynchronous operations * (such as most gio-based I/O) which are * started in this thread to run under @context and deliver their * results to its main loop, rather than running under the global * default context in the main thread. Note that calling this function * changes the context returned by * g_main_context_get_thread_default(), not the * one returned by g_main_context_default(), so it does not affect the * context used by functions like g_idle_add(). * * Normally you would call this function shortly after creating a new * thread, passing it a #GMainContext which will be run by a * #GMainLoop in that thread, to set a new default context for all * async operations in that thread. (In this case, you don't need to * ever call g_main_context_pop_thread_default().) In some cases * however, you may want to schedule a single operation in a * non-default context, or temporarily use a non-default context in * the main thread. In that case, you can wrap the call to the * asynchronous operation inside a * g_main_context_push_thread_default() / * g_main_context_pop_thread_default() pair, but it is up to you to * ensure that no other asynchronous operations accidentally get * started while the non-default context is active. * * Beware that libraries that predate this function may not correctly * handle being used from a thread with a thread-default context. Eg, * see g_file_supports_thread_contexts(). * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_main_context_query: * @context: a #GMainContext * @max_priority: maximum priority source to check * @timeout_: (out): location to store timeout to be used in polling * @fds: (out caller-allocates) (array length=n_fds): location to store #GPollFD records that need to be polled. * @n_fds: length of @fds. * * Determines information necessary to poll this main loop. * * Returns: the number of records actually stored in @fds, or, if more than @n_fds records need to be stored, the number of records that need to be stored. */ /** * g_main_context_ref: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Increases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. * * Returns: the @context that was passed in (since 2.6) */ /** * g_main_context_ref_thread_default: * * Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread, as with * g_main_context_get_thread_default(), but also adds a reference to * it with g_main_context_ref(). In addition, unlike * g_main_context_get_thread_default(), if the thread-default context * is the global default context, this will return that #GMainContext * (with a ref added to it) rather than returning %NULL. * * Returns: (transfer full): the thread-default #GMainContext. Unref with g_main_context_unref() when you are done with it. * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_main_context_release: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Releases ownership of a context previously acquired by this thread * with g_main_context_acquire(). If the context was acquired multiple * times, the ownership will be released only when g_main_context_release() * is called as many times as it was acquired. */ /** * g_main_context_remove_poll: * @context: a #GMainContext * @fd: a #GPollFD descriptor previously added with g_main_context_add_poll() * * Removes file descriptor from the set of file descriptors to be * polled for a particular context. */ /** * g_main_context_set_poll_func: * @context: a #GMainContext * @func: the function to call to poll all file descriptors * * Sets the function to use to handle polling of file descriptors. It * will be used instead of the poll() system call * (or GLib's replacement function, which is used where * poll() isn't available). * * This function could possibly be used to integrate the GLib event * loop with an external event loop. */ /** * g_main_context_unref: * @context: a #GMainContext * * Decreases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. If * the result is zero, free the context and free all associated memory. */ /** * g_main_context_wait: * @context: a #GMainContext * @cond: a condition variable * @mutex: a mutex, currently held * * Tries to become the owner of the specified context, * as with g_main_context_acquire(). But if another thread * is the owner, atomically drop @mutex and wait on @cond until * that owner releases ownership or until @cond is signaled, then * try again (once) to become the owner. * * Returns: %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and this thread is now the owner of @context. */ /** * g_main_context_wakeup: * @context: a #GMainContext * * If @context is currently waiting in a poll(), interrupt * the poll(), and continue the iteration process. */ /** * g_main_current_source: * * Returns the currently firing source for this thread. * * Returns: (transfer none): The currently firing source or %NULL. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_main_depth: * * Returns the depth of the stack of calls to * g_main_context_dispatch() on any #GMainContext in the current thread. * That is, when called from the toplevel, it gives 0. When * called from within a callback from g_main_context_iteration() * (or g_main_loop_run(), etc.) it returns 1. When called from within * a callback to a recursive call to g_main_context_iteration(), * it returns 2. And so forth. * * This function is useful in a situation like the following: * Imagine an extremely simple "garbage collected" system. * * |[ * static GList *free_list; * * gpointer * allocate_memory (gsize size) * { * gpointer result = g_malloc (size); * free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, result); * return result; * } * * void * free_allocated_memory (void) * { * GList *l; * for (l = free_list; l; l = l->next); * g_free (l->data); * g_list_free (free_list); * free_list = NULL; * } * * [...] * * while (TRUE); * { * g_main_context_iteration (NULL, TRUE); * free_allocated_memory(); * } * ]| * * This works from an application, however, if you want to do the same * thing from a library, it gets more difficult, since you no longer * control the main loop. You might think you can simply use an idle * function to make the call to free_allocated_memory(), but that * doesn't work, since the idle function could be called from a * recursive callback. This can be fixed by using g_main_depth() * * |[ * gpointer * allocate_memory (gsize size) * { * FreeListBlock *block = g_new (FreeListBlock, 1); * block->mem = g_malloc (size); * block->depth = g_main_depth (); * free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, block); * return block->mem; * } * * void * free_allocated_memory (void) * { * GList *l; * * int depth = g_main_depth (); * for (l = free_list; l; ); * { * GList *next = l->next; * FreeListBlock *block = l->data; * if (block->depth > depth) * { * g_free (block->mem); * g_free (block); * free_list = g_list_delete_link (free_list, l); * } * * l = next; * } * } * ]| * * There is a temptation to use g_main_depth() to solve * problems with reentrancy. For instance, while waiting for data * to be received from the network in response to a menu item, * the menu item might be selected again. It might seem that * one could make the menu item's callback return immediately * and do nothing if g_main_depth() returns a value greater than 1. * However, this should be avoided since the user then sees selecting * the menu item do nothing. Furthermore, you'll find yourself adding * these checks all over your code, since there are doubtless many, * many things that the user could do. Instead, you can use the * following techniques: * * * * * Use gtk_widget_set_sensitive() or modal dialogs to prevent * the user from interacting with elements while the main * loop is recursing. * * * * * Avoid main loop recursion in situations where you can't handle * arbitrary callbacks. Instead, structure your code so that you * simply return to the main loop and then get called again when * there is more work to do. * * * * * Returns: The main loop recursion level in the current thread */ /** * g_main_loop_get_context: * @loop: a #GMainLoop. * * Returns the #GMainContext of @loop. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GMainContext of @loop */ /** * g_main_loop_is_running: * @loop: a #GMainLoop. * * Checks to see if the main loop is currently being run via g_main_loop_run(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the mainloop is currently being run. */ /** * g_main_loop_new: * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used). * @is_running: set to %TRUE to indicate that the loop is running. This is not very important since calling g_main_loop_run() will set this to %TRUE anyway. * * Creates a new #GMainLoop structure. * * Returns: a new #GMainLoop. */ /** * g_main_loop_quit: * @loop: a #GMainLoop * * Stops a #GMainLoop from running. Any calls to g_main_loop_run() * for the loop will return. * * Note that sources that have already been dispatched when * g_main_loop_quit() is called will still be executed. */ /** * g_main_loop_ref: * @loop: a #GMainLoop * * Increases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. * * Returns: @loop */ /** * g_main_loop_run: * @loop: a #GMainLoop * * Runs a main loop until g_main_loop_quit() is called on the loop. * If this is called for the thread of the loop's #GMainContext, * it will process events from the loop, otherwise it will * simply wait. */ /** * g_main_loop_unref: * @loop: a #GMainLoop * * Decreases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. If * the result is zero, free the loop and free all associated memory. */ /** * g_malloc: * @n_bytes: the number of bytes to allocate * * Allocates @n_bytes bytes of memory. * If @n_bytes is 0 it returns %NULL. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated memory */ /** * g_malloc0: * @n_bytes: the number of bytes to allocate * * Allocates @n_bytes bytes of memory, initialized to 0's. * If @n_bytes is 0 it returns %NULL. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated memory */ /** * g_malloc0_n: * @n_blocks: the number of blocks to allocate * @n_block_bytes: the size of each block in bytes * * This function is similar to g_malloc0(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, * but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. * * Since: 2.24 * Returns: a pointer to the allocated memory */ /** * g_malloc_n: * @n_blocks: the number of blocks to allocate * @n_block_bytes: the size of each block in bytes * * This function is similar to g_malloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, * but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. * * Since: 2.24 * Returns: a pointer to the allocated memory */ /** * g_mapped_file_free: * @file: a #GMappedFile * * This call existed before #GMappedFile had refcounting and is currently * exactly the same as g_mapped_file_unref(). * * Since: 2.8 * Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_mapped_file_unref() instead. */ /** * g_mapped_file_get_contents: * @file: a #GMappedFile * * Returns the contents of a #GMappedFile. * * Note that the contents may not be zero-terminated, * even if the #GMappedFile is backed by a text file. * * If the file is empty then %NULL is returned. * * Returns: the contents of @file, or %NULL. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_mapped_file_get_length: * @file: a #GMappedFile * * Returns the length of the contents of a #GMappedFile. * * Returns: the length of the contents of @file. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_mapped_file_new: * @filename: The path of the file to load, in the GLib filename encoding * @writable: whether the mapping should be writable * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function. * * If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise * it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer * are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not * written back to the file. * * Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents * of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file * will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done * atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()). * * If @filename is the name of an empty, regular file, the function * will successfully return an empty #GMappedFile. In other cases of * size 0 (e.g. device files such as /dev/null), @error will be set * to the #GFileError value #G_FILE_ERROR_INVAL. * * Returns: a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_mapped_file_new_from_fd: * @fd: The file descriptor of the file to load * @writable: whether the mapping should be writable * @error: return location for a #GError, or %NULL * * Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function. * * If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise * it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer * are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not * written back to the file. * * Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents * of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file * will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done * atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()). * * Returns: a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed. * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_mapped_file_ref: * @file: a #GMappedFile * * Increments the reference count of @file by one. It is safe to call * this function from any thread. * * Returns: the passed in #GMappedFile. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_mapped_file_unref: * @file: a #GMappedFile * * Decrements the reference count of @file by one. If the reference count * drops to 0, unmaps the buffer of @file and frees it. * * It is safe to call this function from any thread. * * Since 2.22 */ /** * g_markup_collect_attributes: * @element_name: the current tag name * @attribute_names: the attribute names * @attribute_values: the attribute values * @error: a pointer to a #GError or %NULL * @first_type: the #GMarkupCollectType of the first attribute * @first_attr: the name of the first attribute * @...: a pointer to the storage location of the first attribute (or %NULL), followed by more types names and pointers, ending with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID * * Collects the attributes of the element from the data passed to the * #GMarkupParser start_element function, dealing with common error * conditions and supporting boolean values. * * This utility function is not required to write a parser but can save * a lot of typing. * * The @element_name, @attribute_names, @attribute_values and @error * parameters passed to the start_element callback should be passed * unmodified to this function. * * Following these arguments is a list of "supported" attributes to collect. * It is an error to specify multiple attributes with the same name. If any * attribute not in the list appears in the @attribute_names array then an * unknown attribute error will result. * * The #GMarkupCollectType field allows specifying the type of collection * to perform and if a given attribute must appear or is optional. * * The attribute name is simply the name of the attribute to collect. * * The pointer should be of the appropriate type (see the descriptions * under #GMarkupCollectType) and may be %NULL in case a particular * attribute is to be allowed but ignored. * * This function deals with issuing errors for missing attributes * (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE), unknown attributes * (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE) and duplicate * attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT) as well * as parse errors for boolean-valued attributes (again of type * %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT). In all of these cases %FALSE * will be returned and @error will be set as appropriate. * * Returns: %TRUE if successful * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_markup_escape_text: * @text: some valid UTF-8 text * @length: length of @text in bytes, or -1 if the text is nul-terminated * * Escapes text so that the markup parser will parse it verbatim. * Less than, greater than, ampersand, etc. are replaced with the * corresponding entities. This function would typically be used * when writing out a file to be parsed with the markup parser. * * Note that this function doesn't protect whitespace and line endings * from being processed according to the XML rules for normalization * of line endings and attribute values. * * Note also that this function will produce character references in * the range of &#x1; ... &#x1f; for all control sequences * except for tabstop, newline and carriage return. The character * references in this range are not valid XML 1.0, but they are * valid XML 1.1 and will be accepted by the GMarkup parser. * * Returns: a newly allocated string with the escaped text */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_end_parse: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * @error: return location for a #GError * * Signals to the #GMarkupParseContext that all data has been * fed into the parse context with g_markup_parse_context_parse(). * * This function reports an error if the document isn't complete, * for example if elements are still open. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_free: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * * Frees a #GMarkupParseContext. * * This function can't be called from inside one of the * #GMarkupParser functions or while a subparser is pushed. */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_get_element: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * * Retrieves the name of the currently open element. * * If called from the start_element or end_element handlers this will * give the element_name as passed to those functions. For the parent * elements, see g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack(). * * Returns: the name of the currently open element, or %NULL * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * * Retrieves the element stack from the internal state of the parser. * * The returned #GSList is a list of strings where the first item is * the currently open tag (as would be returned by * g_markup_parse_context_get_element()) and the next item is its * immediate parent. * * This function is intended to be used in the start_element and * end_element handlers where g_markup_parse_context_get_element() * would merely return the name of the element that is being * processed. * * Returns: the element stack, which must not be modified * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_get_position: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * @line_number: (allow-none): return location for a line number, or %NULL * @char_number: (allow-none): return location for a char-on-line number, or %NULL * * Retrieves the current line number and the number of the character on * that line. Intended for use in error messages; there are no strict * semantics for what constitutes the "current" line number other than * "the best number we could come up with for error messages." */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_get_user_data: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * * Returns the user_data associated with @context. * * This will either be the user_data that was provided to * g_markup_parse_context_new() or to the most recent call * of g_markup_parse_context_push(). * * Returns: the provided user_data. The returned data belongs to the markup context and will be freed when g_markup_parse_context_free() is called. * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_new: * @parser: a #GMarkupParser * @flags: one or more #GMarkupParseFlags * @user_data: user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions * @user_data_dnotify: user data destroy notifier called when the parse context is freed * * Creates a new parse context. A parse context is used to parse * marked-up documents. You can feed any number of documents into * a context, as long as no errors occur; once an error occurs, * the parse context can't continue to parse text (you have to * free it and create a new parse context). * * Returns: a new #GMarkupParseContext */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_parse: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * @text: chunk of text to parse * @text_len: length of @text in bytes * @error: return location for a #GError * * Feed some data to the #GMarkupParseContext. * * The data need not be valid UTF-8; an error will be signaled if * it's invalid. The data need not be an entire document; you can * feed a document into the parser incrementally, via multiple calls * to this function. Typically, as you receive data from a network * connection or file, you feed each received chunk of data into this * function, aborting the process if an error occurs. Once an error * is reported, no further data may be fed to the #GMarkupParseContext; * all errors are fatal. * * Returns: %FALSE if an error occurred, %TRUE on success */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_pop: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * * Completes the process of a temporary sub-parser redirection. * * This function exists to collect the user_data allocated by a * matching call to g_markup_parse_context_push(). It must be called * in the end_element handler corresponding to the start_element * handler during which g_markup_parse_context_push() was called. * You must not call this function from the error callback -- the * @user_data is provided directly to the callback in that case. * * This function is not intended to be directly called by users * interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to * be used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level * interface. * * Returns: the user data passed to g_markup_parse_context_push() * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_markup_parse_context_push: * @context: a #GMarkupParseContext * @parser: a #GMarkupParser * @user_data: user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions * * Temporarily redirects markup data to a sub-parser. * * This function may only be called from the start_element handler of * a #GMarkupParser. It must be matched with a corresponding call to * g_markup_parse_context_pop() in the matching end_element handler * (except in the case that the parser aborts due to an error). * * All tags, text and other data between the matching tags is * redirected to the subparser given by @parser. @user_data is used * as the user_data for that parser. @user_data is also passed to the * error callback in the event that an error occurs. This includes * errors that occur in subparsers of the subparser. * * The end tag matching the start tag for which this call was made is * handled by the previous parser (which is given its own user_data) * which is why g_markup_parse_context_pop() is provided to allow "one * last access" to the @user_data provided to this function. In the * case of error, the @user_data provided here is passed directly to * the error callback of the subparser and g_markup_parse_context_pop() * should not be called. In either case, if @user_data was allocated * then it ought to be freed from both of these locations. * * This function is not intended to be directly called by users * interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be * used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level * interface. * * As an example, see the following implementation of a simple * parser that counts the number of tags encountered. * * |[ * typedef struct * { * gint tag_count; * } CounterData; * * static void * counter_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context, * const gchar *element_name, * const gchar **attribute_names, * const gchar **attribute_values, * gpointer user_data, * GError **error) * { * CounterData *data = user_data; * * data->tag_count++; * } * * static void * counter_error (GMarkupParseContext *context, * GError *error, * gpointer user_data) * { * CounterData *data = user_data; * * g_slice_free (CounterData, data); * } * * static GMarkupParser counter_subparser = * { * counter_start_element, * NULL, * NULL, * NULL, * counter_error * }; * ]| * * In order to allow this parser to be easily used as a subparser, the * following interface is provided: * * |[ * void * start_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context) * { * CounterData *data = g_slice_new (CounterData); * * data->tag_count = 0; * g_markup_parse_context_push (context, &counter_subparser, data); * } * * gint * end_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context) * { * CounterData *data = g_markup_parse_context_pop (context); * int result; * * result = data->tag_count; * g_slice_free (CounterData, data); * * return result; * } * ]| * * The subparser would then be used as follows: * * |[ * static void start_element (context, element_name, ...) * { * if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0) * start_counting (context); * * /* else, handle other tags... */ * } * * static void end_element (context, element_name, ...) * { * if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0) * g_print ("Counted %d tags\n", end_counting (context)); * * /* else, handle other tags... */ * } * ]| * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_markup_printf_escaped: * @format: printf() style format string * @...: the arguments to insert in the format string * * Formats arguments according to @format, escaping * all string and character arguments in the fashion * of g_markup_escape_text(). This is useful when you * want to insert literal strings into XML-style markup * output, without having to worry that the strings * might themselves contain markup. * * |[ * const char *store = "Fortnum & Mason"; * const char *item = "Tea"; * char *output; *   * output = g_markup_printf_escaped ("<purchase>" * "<store>%s</store>" * "<item>%s</item>" * "</purchase>", * store, item); * ]| * * Returns: newly allocated result from formatting operation. Free with g_free(). * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_markup_vprintf_escaped: * @format: printf() style format string * @args: variable argument list, similar to vprintf() * * Formats the data in @args according to @format, escaping * all string and character arguments in the fashion * of g_markup_escape_text(). See g_markup_printf_escaped(). * * Returns: newly allocated result from formatting operation. Free with g_free(). * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_match_info_expand_references: * @match_info: (allow-none): a #GMatchInfo or %NULL * @string_to_expand: the string to expand * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Returns a new string containing the text in @string_to_expand with * references and escape sequences expanded. References refer to the last * match done with @string against @regex and have the same syntax used by * g_regex_replace(). * * The @string_to_expand must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was * passed to g_regex_new(). * * The backreferences are extracted from the string passed to the match * function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. * * @match_info may be %NULL in which case @string_to_expand must not * contain references. For instance "foo\n" does not refer to an actual * pattern and '\n' merely will be replaced with \n character, * while to expand "\0" (whole match) one needs the result of a match. * Use g_regex_check_replacement() to find out whether @string_to_expand * contains references. * * Returns: (allow-none): the expanded string, or %NULL if an error occurred * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_fetch: * @match_info: #GMatchInfo structure * @match_num: number of the sub expression * * Retrieves the text matching the @match_num'th capturing * parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first paren * set, 2 the second, and so on. * * If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything * (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty * string is returned. * * If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using * g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved * string is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched * substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so * 0 is the longest match. * * The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function, * so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. * * Returns: (allow-none): The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred. You have to free the string yourself * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_fetch_all: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo structure * * Bundles up pointers to each of the matching substrings from a match * and stores them in an array of gchar pointers. The first element in * the returned array is the match number 0, i.e. the entire matched * text. * * If a sub pattern didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching * "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty string is inserted. * * If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using * g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved * strings are not that matched by sets of parentheses but that of the * matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, * so the first one is the longest match. * * The strings are fetched from the string passed to the match function, * so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. * * Returns: (allow-none): a %NULL-terminated array of gchar * pointers. It must be freed using g_strfreev(). If the previous match failed %NULL is returned * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_fetch_named: * @match_info: #GMatchInfo structure * @name: name of the subexpression * * Retrieves the text matching the capturing parentheses named @name. * * If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything * (e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P<X>a)?b") * then an empty string is returned. * * The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function, * so you cannot call this function after freeing the string. * * Returns: (allow-none): The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred. You have to free the string yourself * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_fetch_named_pos: * @match_info: #GMatchInfo structure * @name: name of the subexpression * @start_pos: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the start position, or %NULL * @end_pos: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the end position, or %NULL * * Retrieves the position in bytes of the capturing parentheses named @name. * * If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything * (e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P<X>a)?b") * then @start_pos and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned. * * Returns: %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left unchanged. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_fetch_pos: * @match_info: #GMatchInfo structure * @match_num: number of the sub expression * @start_pos: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the start position, or %NULL * @end_pos: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the end position, or %NULL * * Retrieves the position in bytes of the @match_num'th capturing * parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first * paren set, 2 the second, and so on. * * If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything * (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then @start_pos * and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned. * * If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using * g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved * position is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched * substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so * 0 is the longest match. * * Returns: %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left unchanged * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_free: * @match_info: (allow-none): a #GMatchInfo, or %NULL * * If @match_info is not %NULL, calls g_match_info_unref(); otherwise does * nothing. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_get_match_count: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo structure * * Retrieves the number of matched substrings (including substring 0, * that is the whole matched text), so 1 is returned if the pattern * has no substrings in it and 0 is returned if the match failed. * * If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is * using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved * count is not that of the number of capturing parentheses but that of * the number of matched substrings. * * Returns: Number of matched substrings, or -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_get_regex: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo * * Returns #GRegex object used in @match_info. It belongs to Glib * and must not be freed. Use g_regex_ref() if you need to keep it * after you free @match_info object. * * Returns: #GRegex object used in @match_info * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_get_string: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo * * Returns the string searched with @match_info. This is the * string passed to g_regex_match() or g_regex_replace() so * you may not free it before calling this function. * * Returns: the string searched with @match_info * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_is_partial_match: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo structure * * Usually if the string passed to g_regex_match*() matches as far as * it goes, but is too short to match the entire pattern, %FALSE is * returned. There are circumstances where it might be helpful to * distinguish this case from other cases in which there is no match. * * Consider, for example, an application where a human is required to * type in data for a field with specific formatting requirements. An * example might be a date in the form ddmmmyy, defined by the pattern * "^\d?\d(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)\d\d$". * If the application sees the user’s keystrokes one by one, and can * check that what has been typed so far is potentially valid, it is * able to raise an error as soon as a mistake is made. * * GRegex supports the concept of partial matching by means of the * #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL flag. When this is set the return code for * g_regex_match() or g_regex_match_full() is, as usual, %TRUE * for a complete match, %FALSE otherwise. But, when these functions * return %FALSE, you can check if the match was partial calling * g_match_info_is_partial_match(). * * When using partial matching you cannot use g_match_info_fetch*(). * * Because of the way certain internal optimizations are implemented * the partial matching algorithm cannot be used with all patterns. * So repeated single characters such as "a{2,4}" and repeated single * meta-sequences such as "\d+" are not permitted if the maximum number * of occurrences is greater than one. Optional items such as "\d?" * (where the maximum is one) are permitted. Quantifiers with any values * are permitted after parentheses, so the invalid examples above can be * coded thus "(a){2,4}" and "(\d)+". If #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL is set * for a pattern that does not conform to the restrictions, matching * functions return an error. * * Returns: %TRUE if the match was partial, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_matches: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo structure * * Returns whether the previous match operation succeeded. * * Returns: %TRUE if the previous match operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_next: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo structure * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Scans for the next match using the same parameters of the previous * call to g_regex_match_full() or g_regex_match() that returned * @match_info. * * The match is done on the string passed to the match function, so you * cannot free it before calling this function. * * Returns: %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_match_info_ref: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo * * Increases reference count of @match_info by 1. * * Returns: @match_info * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_match_info_unref: * @match_info: a #GMatchInfo * * Decreases reference count of @match_info by 1. When reference count drops * to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the match_info structure. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_mem_gc_friendly: * * This variable is %TRUE if the G_DEBUG environment variable * includes the key gc-friendly. */ /** * g_mem_is_system_malloc: * * Checks whether the allocator used by g_malloc() is the system's * malloc implementation. If it returns %TRUE memory allocated with * malloc() can be used interchangeable with memory allocated using g_malloc(). * This function is useful for avoiding an extra copy of allocated memory returned * by a non-GLib-based API. * * A different allocator can be set using g_mem_set_vtable(). * * Returns: if %TRUE, malloc() and g_malloc() can be mixed. */ /** * g_mem_profile: * * Outputs a summary of memory usage. * * It outputs the frequency of allocations of different sizes, * the total number of bytes which have been allocated, * the total number of bytes which have been freed, * and the difference between the previous two values, i.e. the number of bytes * still in use. * * Note that this function will not output anything unless you have * previously installed the #glib_mem_profiler_table with g_mem_set_vtable(). */ /** * g_mem_set_vtable: * @vtable: table of memory allocation routines. * * Sets the #GMemVTable to use for memory allocation. You can use this to provide * custom memory allocation routines. This function must be called * before using any other GLib functions. The @vtable only needs to * provide malloc(), realloc(), and free() functions; GLib can provide default * implementations of the others. The malloc() and realloc() implementations * should return %NULL on failure, GLib will handle error-checking for you. * @vtable is copied, so need not persist after this function has been called. */ /** * g_memdup: * @mem: the memory to copy. * @byte_size: the number of bytes to copy. * * Allocates @byte_size bytes of memory, and copies @byte_size bytes into it * from @mem. If @mem is %NULL it returns %NULL. * * Returns: a pointer to the newly-allocated copy of the memory, or %NULL if @mem is %NULL. */ /** * g_memmove: * @dest: the destination address to copy the bytes to. * @src: the source address to copy the bytes from. * @len: the number of bytes to copy. * * Copies a block of memory @len bytes long, from @src to @dest. * The source and destination areas may overlap. * * In order to use this function, you must include * string.h yourself, because this macro will * typically simply resolve to memmove() and GLib does not include * string.h for you. */ /** * g_message: * @...: format string, followed by parameters to insert into the format string (as with printf()) * * A convenience function/macro to log a normal message. */ /** * g_mkdir: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @mode: permissions to use for the newly created directory * * A wrapper for the POSIX mkdir() function. The mkdir() function * attempts to create a directory with the given name and permissions. * The mode argument is ignored on Windows. * * See your C library manual for more details about mkdir(). * * Returns: 0 if the directory was successfully created, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_mkdir_with_parents: * @pathname: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding * @mode: permissions to use for newly created directories * * Create a directory if it doesn't already exist. Create intermediate * parent directories as needed, too. * * Returns: 0 if the directory already exists, or was successfully created. Returns -1 if an error occurred, with errno set. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_mkdtemp: * @tmpl: (type filename): template directory name * * Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation * on most UNIX-like systems. * * The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for * mkdtemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". * g_mkdtemp() is slightly more flexible than mkdtemp() in that the * sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template * and you can pass a @mode and additional @flags. The X string will * be modified to form the name of a directory that didn't exist. * The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, * on Windows it should be in UTF-8. * * Returns: A pointer to @tmpl, which has been modified to hold the directory name. In case of errors, %NULL is returned and %errno will be set. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_mkdtemp_full: * @tmpl: (type filename): template directory name * @mode: permissions to create the temporary directory with * * Creates a temporary directory. See the mkdtemp() documentation * on most UNIX-like systems. * * The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for * mkdtemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". * g_mkdtemp() is slightly more flexible than mkdtemp() in that the * sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template * and you can pass a @mode. The X string will be modified to form * the name of a directory that didn't exist. The string should be * in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, on Windows it * should be in UTF-8. * * Returns: A pointer to @tmpl, which has been modified to hold the directory name. In case of errors, %NULL is returned, and %errno will be set. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_mkstemp: * @tmpl: (type filename): template filename * * Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation * on most UNIX-like systems. * * The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for * mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". * g_mkstemp() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp() in that the * sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the template. * The X string will be modified to form the name of a file that * didn't exist. The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. * Most importantly, on Windows it should be in UTF-8. * * Returns: A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and %errno will be set. */ /** * g_mkstemp_full: * @tmpl: (type filename): template filename * @flags: flags to pass to an open() call in addition to O_EXCL and O_CREAT, which are passed automatically * @mode: permissions to create the temporary file with * * Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation * on most UNIX-like systems. * * The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for * mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX". * g_mkstemp_full() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp() * in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the * template and you can pass a @mode and additional @flags. The X * string will be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist. * The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly, * on Windows it should be in UTF-8. * * Returns: A file handle (as from open()) to the file opened for reading and writing. The file handle should be closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned and %errno will be set. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_mutex_clear: * @mutex: an initialized #GMutex * * Frees the resources allocated to a mutex with g_mutex_init(). * * This function should not be used with a #GMutex that has been * statically allocated. * * Calling g_mutex_clear() on a locked mutex leads to undefined * behaviour. * * Sine: 2.32 */ /** * g_mutex_init: * @mutex: an uninitialized #GMutex * * Initializes a #GMutex so that it can be used. * * This function is useful to initialize a mutex that has been * allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. * It is not necessary to initialize a mutex that has been * created that has been statically allocated. * * |[ * typedef struct { * GMutex m; * ... * } Blob; * * Blob *b; * * b = g_new (Blob, 1); * g_mutex_init (&b->m); * ]| * * To undo the effect of g_mutex_init() when a mutex is no longer * needed, use g_mutex_clear(). * * Calling g_mutex_init() on an already initialized #GMutex leads * to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_mutex_lock: * @mutex: a #GMutex * * Locks @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, the * current thread will block until @mutex is unlocked by the other * thread. * * #GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be * non-recursive. As such, calling g_mutex_lock() on a #GMutex that has * already been locked by the same thread results in undefined behaviour * (including but not limited to deadlocks). */ /** * g_mutex_trylock: * @mutex: a #GMutex * * Tries to lock @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, * it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @mutex and returns * %TRUE. * * #GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be * non-recursive. As such, calling g_mutex_lock() on a #GMutex that has * already been locked by the same thread results in undefined behaviour * (including but not limited to deadlocks or arbitrary return values). * * * Returns: %TRUE if @mutex could be locked */ /** * g_mutex_unlock: * @mutex: a #GMutex * * Unlocks @mutex. If another thread is blocked in a g_mutex_lock() * call for @mutex, it will become unblocked and can lock @mutex itself. * * Calling g_mutex_unlock() on a mutex that is not locked by the * current thread leads to undefined behaviour. */ /** * g_node_child_index: * @node: a #GNode * @data: the data to find * * Gets the position of the first child of a #GNode * which contains the given data. * * Returns: the index of the child of @node which contains @data, or -1 if the data is not found */ /** * g_node_child_position: * @node: a #GNode * @child: a child of @node * * Gets the position of a #GNode with respect to its siblings. * @child must be a child of @node. The first child is numbered 0, * the second 1, and so on. * * Returns: the position of @child with respect to its siblings */ /** * g_node_children_foreach: * @node: a #GNode * @flags: which types of children are to be visited, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES * @func: the function to call for each visited node * @data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls a function for each of the children of a #GNode. * Note that it doesn't descend beneath the child nodes. */ /** * g_node_copy: * @node: a #GNode * * Recursively copies a #GNode (but does not deep-copy the data inside the * nodes, see g_node_copy_deep() if you need that). * * Returns: a new #GNode containing the same data pointers */ /** * g_node_copy_deep: * @node: a #GNode * @copy_func: the function which is called to copy the data inside each node, or %NULL to use the original data. * @data: data to pass to @copy_func * * Recursively copies a #GNode and its data. * * Returns: a new #GNode containing copies of the data in @node. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_node_depth: * @node: a #GNode * * Gets the depth of a #GNode. * * If @node is %NULL the depth is 0. The root node has a depth of 1. * For the children of the root node the depth is 2. And so on. * * Returns: the depth of the #GNode */ /** * g_node_destroy: * @root: the root of the tree/subtree to destroy * * Removes @root and its children from the tree, freeing any memory * allocated. */ /** * g_node_find: * @root: the root #GNode of the tree to search * @order: the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER, %G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER * @flags: which types of children are to be searched, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES * @data: the data to find * * Finds a #GNode in a tree. * * Returns: the found #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found */ /** * g_node_find_child: * @node: a #GNode * @flags: which types of children are to be searched, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES * @data: the data to find * * Finds the first child of a #GNode with the given data. * * Returns: the found child #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found */ /** * g_node_first_sibling: * @node: a #GNode * * Gets the first sibling of a #GNode. * This could possibly be the node itself. * * Returns: the first sibling of @node */ /** * g_node_get_root: * @node: a #GNode * * Gets the root of a tree. * * Returns: the root of the tree */ /** * g_node_insert: * @parent: the #GNode to place @node under * @position: the position to place @node at, with respect to its siblings If position is -1, @node is inserted as the last child of @parent * @node: the #GNode to insert * * Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent at the given position. * * Returns: the inserted #GNode */ /** * g_node_insert_after: * @parent: the #GNode to place @node under * @sibling: the sibling #GNode to place @node after. If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the first child of @parent. * @node: the #GNode to insert * * Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent after the given sibling. * * Returns: the inserted #GNode */ /** * g_node_insert_before: * @parent: the #GNode to place @node under * @sibling: the sibling #GNode to place @node before. If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the last child of @parent. * @node: the #GNode to insert * * Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent before the given sibling. * * Returns: the inserted #GNode */ /** * g_node_is_ancestor: * @node: a #GNode * @descendant: a #GNode * * Returns %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant. * This is true if node is the parent of @descendant, * or if node is the grandparent of @descendant etc. * * Returns: %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant */ /** * g_node_last_child: * @node: a #GNode (must not be %NULL) * * Gets the last child of a #GNode. * * Returns: the last child of @node, or %NULL if @node has no children */ /** * g_node_last_sibling: * @node: a #GNode * * Gets the last sibling of a #GNode. * This could possibly be the node itself. * * Returns: the last sibling of @node */ /** * g_node_max_height: * @root: a #GNode * * Gets the maximum height of all branches beneath a #GNode. * This is the maximum distance from the #GNode to all leaf nodes. * * If @root is %NULL, 0 is returned. If @root has no children, * 1 is returned. If @root has children, 2 is returned. And so on. * * Returns: the maximum height of the tree beneath @root */ /** * g_node_n_children: * @node: a #GNode * * Gets the number of children of a #GNode. * * Returns: the number of children of @node */ /** * g_node_n_nodes: * @root: a #GNode * @flags: which types of children are to be counted, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES * * Gets the number of nodes in a tree. * * Returns: the number of nodes in the tree */ /** * g_node_new: * @data: the data of the new node * * Creates a new #GNode containing the given data. * Used to create the first node in a tree. * * Returns: a new #GNode */ /** * g_node_nth_child: * @node: a #GNode * @n: the index of the desired child * * Gets a child of a #GNode, using the given index. * The first child is at index 0. If the index is * too big, %NULL is returned. * * Returns: the child of @node at index @n */ /** * g_node_prepend: * @parent: the #GNode to place the new #GNode under * @node: the #GNode to insert * * Inserts a #GNode as the first child of the given parent. * * Returns: the inserted #GNode */ /** * g_node_reverse_children: * @node: a #GNode. * * Reverses the order of the children of a #GNode. * (It doesn't change the order of the grandchildren.) */ /** * g_node_traverse: * @root: the root #GNode of the tree to traverse * @order: the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER, %G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER. * @flags: which types of children are to be visited, one of %G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES * @max_depth: the maximum depth of the traversal. Nodes below this depth will not be visited. If max_depth is -1 all nodes in the tree are visited. If depth is 1, only the root is visited. If depth is 2, the root and its children are visited. And so on. * @func: the function to call for each visited #GNode * @data: user data to pass to the function * * Traverses a tree starting at the given root #GNode. * It calls the given function for each node visited. * The traversal can be halted at any point by returning %TRUE from @func. */ /** * g_node_unlink: * @node: the #GNode to unlink, which becomes the root of a new tree * * Unlinks a #GNode from a tree, resulting in two separate trees. */ /** * g_ntohl: * @val: a 32-bit integer value in network byte order * * Converts a 32-bit integer value from network to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order. */ /** * g_ntohs: * @val: a 16-bit integer value in network byte order * * Converts a 16-bit integer value from network to host byte order. * * Returns: @val converted to host byte order */ /** * g_nullify_pointer: * @nullify_location: the memory address of the pointer. * * Set the pointer at the specified location to %NULL. */ /** * g_on_error_query: * @prg_name: the program name, needed by gdb for the [S]tack trace option. If @prg_name is %NULL, g_get_prgname() is called to get the program name (which will work correctly if gdk_init() or gtk_init() has been called) * * Prompts the user with * [E]xit, [H]alt, show [S]tack trace or [P]roceed. * This function is intended to be used for debugging use only. * The following example shows how it can be used together with * the g_log() functions. * * |[ * #include <glib.h> * * static void * log_handler (const gchar *log_domain, * GLogLevelFlags log_level, * const gchar *message, * gpointer user_data) * { * g_log_default_handler (log_domain, log_level, message, user_data); * * g_on_error_query (MY_PROGRAM_NAME); * } * * int * main (int argc, char *argv[]) * { * g_log_set_handler (MY_LOG_DOMAIN, * G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING | * G_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR | * G_LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL, * log_handler, * NULL); * /* ... */ * ]| * * If [E]xit is selected, the application terminates with a call * to _exit(0). * * If [S]tack trace is selected, g_on_error_stack_trace() is called. * This invokes gdb, which attaches to the current * process and shows a stack trace. The prompt is then shown again. * * If [P]roceed is selected, the function returns. * * This function may cause different actions on non-UNIX platforms. */ /** * g_on_error_stack_trace: * @prg_name: the program name, needed by gdb for the [S]tack trace option. * * Invokes gdb, which attaches to the current * process and shows a stack trace. Called by g_on_error_query() * when the [S]tack trace option is selected. You can get the current * process's "program name" with g_get_prgname(), assuming that you * have called gtk_init() or gdk_init(). * * This function may cause different actions on non-UNIX platforms. */ /** * g_once: * @once: a #GOnce structure * @func: the #GThreadFunc function associated to @once. This function is called only once, regardless of the number of times it and its associated #GOnce struct are passed to g_once(). * @arg: data to be passed to @func * * The first call to this routine by a process with a given #GOnce * struct calls @func with the given argument. Thereafter, subsequent * calls to g_once() with the same #GOnce struct do not call @func * again, but return the stored result of the first call. On return * from g_once(), the status of @once will be %G_ONCE_STATUS_READY. * * For example, a mutex or a thread-specific data key must be created * exactly once. In a threaded environment, calling g_once() ensures * that the initialization is serialized across multiple threads. * * Calling g_once() recursively on the same #GOnce struct in * @func will lead to a deadlock. * * |[ * gpointer * get_debug_flags (void) * { * static GOnce my_once = G_ONCE_INIT; * * g_once (&my_once, parse_debug_flags, NULL); * * return my_once.retval; * } * ]| * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_once_init_enter: * @location: location of a static initializable variable containing 0 * * Function to be called when starting a critical initialization * section. The argument @location must point to a static * 0-initialized variable that will be set to a value other than 0 at * the end of the initialization section. In combination with * g_once_init_leave() and the unique address @value_location, it can * be ensured that an initialization section will be executed only once * during a program's life time, and that concurrent threads are * blocked until initialization completed. To be used in constructs * like this: * * |[ * static gsize initialization_value = 0; * * if (g_once_init_enter (&initialization_value)) * { * gsize setup_value = 42; /** initialization code here **/ * * g_once_init_leave (&initialization_value, setup_value); * } * * /** use initialization_value here **/ * ]| * * Returns: %TRUE if the initialization section should be entered, %FALSE and blocks otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_once_init_leave: * @location: location of a static initializable variable containing 0 * @result: new non-0 value for *@value_location * * Counterpart to g_once_init_enter(). Expects a location of a static * 0-initialized initialization variable, and an initialization value * other than 0. Sets the variable to the initialization value, and * releases concurrent threads blocking in g_once_init_enter() on this * initialization variable. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_open: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @flags: as in open() * @mode: as in open() * * A wrapper for the POSIX open() function. The open() function is * used to convert a pathname into a file descriptor. * * On POSIX systems file descriptors are implemented by the operating * system. On Windows, it's the C library that implements open() and * file descriptors. The actual Win32 API for opening files is quite * different, see MSDN documentation for CreateFile(). The Win32 API * uses file handles, which are more randomish integers, not small * integers like file descriptors. * * Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows, * the file descriptor returned by this function makes sense only to * functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using code uses a * different C library than GLib does, the file descriptor returned by * this function cannot be passed to C library functions like write() * or read(). * * See your C library manual for more details about open(). * * Returns: a new file descriptor, or -1 if an error occurred. The return value can be used exactly like the return value from open(). * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_add_group: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @group: the group to add * * Adds a #GOptionGroup to the @context, so that parsing with @context * will recognize the options in the group. Note that the group will * be freed together with the context when g_option_context_free() is * called, so you must not free the group yourself after adding it * to a context. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_add_main_entries: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @entries: a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntrys * @translation_domain: (allow-none): a translation domain to use for translating the output for the options in @entries with gettext(), or %NULL * * A convenience function which creates a main group if it doesn't * exist, adds the @entries to it and sets the translation domain. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_free: * @context: a #GOptionContext * * Frees context and all the groups which have been * added to it. * * Please note that parsed arguments need to be freed separately (see * #GOptionEntry). * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_get_description: * @context: a #GOptionContext * * Returns the description. See g_option_context_set_description(). * * Returns: the description * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_option_context_get_help: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @main_help: if %TRUE, only include the main group * @group: (allow-none): the #GOptionGroup to create help for, or %NULL * * Returns a formatted, translated help text for the given context. * To obtain the text produced by , call * g_option_context_get_help (context, TRUE, NULL). * To obtain the text produced by , call * g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, NULL). * To obtain the help text for an option group, call * g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, group). * * Returns: A newly allocated string containing the help text * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_option_context_get_help_enabled: * @context: a #GOptionContext * * Returns whether automatic generation * is turned on for @context. See g_option_context_set_help_enabled(). * * Returns: %TRUE if automatic help generation is turned on. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_get_ignore_unknown_options: * @context: a #GOptionContext * * Returns whether unknown options are ignored or not. See * g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options(). * * Returns: %TRUE if unknown options are ignored. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_get_main_group: * @context: a #GOptionContext * * Returns a pointer to the main group of @context. * * Returns: the main group of @context, or %NULL if @context doesn't have a main group. Note that group belongs to @context and should not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_get_summary: * @context: a #GOptionContext * * Returns the summary. See g_option_context_set_summary(). * * Returns: the summary * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_option_context_new: * @parameter_string: a string which is displayed in the first line of output, after the usage summary programname [OPTION...] * * Creates a new option context. * * The @parameter_string can serve multiple purposes. It can be used * to add descriptions for "rest" arguments, which are not parsed by * the #GOptionContext, typically something like "FILES" or * "FILE1 FILE2...". If you are using #G_OPTION_REMAINING for * collecting "rest" arguments, GLib handles this automatically by * using the @arg_description of the corresponding #GOptionEntry in * the usage summary. * * Another usage is to give a short summary of the program * functionality, like " - frob the strings", which will be displayed * in the same line as the usage. For a longer description of the * program functionality that should be displayed as a paragraph * below the usage line, use g_option_context_set_summary(). * * Note that the @parameter_string is translated using the * function set with g_option_context_set_translate_func(), so * it should normally be passed untranslated. * * Returns: a newly created #GOptionContext, which must be freed with g_option_context_free() after use. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_parse: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @argc: (inout) (allow-none): a pointer to the number of command line arguments * @argv: (inout) (array length=argc) (allow-none): a pointer to the array of command line arguments * @error: a return location for errors * * Parses the command line arguments, recognizing options * which have been added to @context. A side-effect of * calling this function is that g_set_prgname() will be * called. * * If the parsing is successful, any parsed arguments are * removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated * accordingly. A '--' option is stripped from @argv * unless there are unparsed options before and after it, * or some of the options after it start with '-'. In case * of an error, @argc and @argv are left unmodified. * * If automatic support is enabled * (see g_option_context_set_help_enabled()), and the * @argv array contains one of the recognized help options, * this function will produce help output to stdout and * call exit (0). * * Note that function depends on the * current locale for * automatic character set conversion of string and filename * arguments. * * Returns: %TRUE if the parsing was successful, %FALSE if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_set_description: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @description: (allow-none): a string to be shown in output after the list of options, or %NULL * * Adds a string to be displayed in output * after the list of options. This text often includes a bug reporting * address. * * Note that the summary is translated (see * g_option_context_set_translate_func()). * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_option_context_set_help_enabled: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @help_enabled: %TRUE to enable , %FALSE to disable it * * Enables or disables automatic generation of * output. By default, g_option_context_parse() recognizes * , , * , * and groupname and creates * suitable output to stdout. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @ignore_unknown: %TRUE to ignore unknown options, %FALSE to produce an error when unknown options are met * * Sets whether to ignore unknown options or not. If an argument is * ignored, it is left in the @argv array after parsing. By default, * g_option_context_parse() treats unknown options as error. * * This setting does not affect non-option arguments (i.e. arguments * which don't start with a dash). But note that GOption cannot reliably * determine whether a non-option belongs to a preceding unknown option. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_set_main_group: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @group: the group to set as main group * * Sets a #GOptionGroup as main group of the @context. * This has the same effect as calling g_option_context_add_group(), * the only difference is that the options in the main group are * treated differently when generating output. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_context_set_summary: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @summary: (allow-none): a string to be shown in output before the list of options, or %NULL * * Adds a string to be displayed in output * before the list of options. This is typically a summary of the * program functionality. * * Note that the summary is translated (see * g_option_context_set_translate_func() and * g_option_context_set_translation_domain()). * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_option_context_set_translate_func: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @func: (allow-none): the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL * @data: (allow-none): user data to pass to @func, or %NULL * @destroy_notify: (allow-none): a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL * * Sets the function which is used to translate the contexts * user-visible strings, for output. * If @func is %NULL, strings are not translated. * * Note that option groups have their own translation functions, * this function only affects the @parameter_string (see g_option_context_new()), * the summary (see g_option_context_set_summary()) and the description * (see g_option_context_set_description()). * * If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation * domain, see g_option_context_set_translation_domain(). * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_option_context_set_translation_domain: * @context: a #GOptionContext * @domain: the domain to use * * A convenience function to use gettext() for translating * user-visible strings. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_option_group_add_entries: * @group: a #GOptionGroup * @entries: a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntrys * * Adds the options specified in @entries to @group. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_group_free: * @group: a #GOptionGroup * * Frees a #GOptionGroup. Note that you must not * free groups which have been added to a #GOptionContext. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_group_new: * @name: the name for the option group, this is used to provide help for the options in this group with @name * @description: a description for this group to be shown in . This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function of the group * @help_description: a description for the @name option. This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function of the group * @user_data: (allow-none): user data that will be passed to the pre- and post-parse hooks, the error hook and to callbacks of %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK options, or %NULL * @destroy: (allow-none): a function that will be called to free @user_data, or %NULL * * Creates a new #GOptionGroup. * * Returns: a newly created option group. It should be added to a #GOptionContext or freed with g_option_group_free(). * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_group_set_error_hook: * @group: a #GOptionGroup * @error_func: a function to call when an error occurs * * Associates a function with @group which will be called * from g_option_context_parse() when an error occurs. * * Note that the user data to be passed to @error_func can be * specified when constructing the group with g_option_group_new(). * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_group_set_parse_hooks: * @group: a #GOptionGroup * @pre_parse_func: (allow-none): a function to call before parsing, or %NULL * @post_parse_func: (allow-none): a function to call after parsing, or %NULL * * Associates two functions with @group which will be called * from g_option_context_parse() before the first option is parsed * and after the last option has been parsed, respectively. * * Note that the user data to be passed to @pre_parse_func and * @post_parse_func can be specified when constructing the group * with g_option_group_new(). * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_group_set_translate_func: * @group: a #GOptionGroup * @func: (allow-none): the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL * @data: (allow-none): user data to pass to @func, or %NULL * @destroy_notify: (allow-none): a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL * * Sets the function which is used to translate user-visible * strings, for output. Different * groups can use different #GTranslateFuncs. If @func * is %NULL, strings are not translated. * * If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation * domain, see g_option_group_set_translation_domain(). * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_option_group_set_translation_domain: * @group: a #GOptionGroup * @domain: the domain to use * * A convenience function to use gettext() for translating * user-visible strings. * * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_parse_debug_string: * @string: (allow-none): a list of debug options separated by colons, spaces, or commas, or %NULL. * @keys: (array length=nkeys): pointer to an array of #GDebugKey which associate strings with bit flags. * @nkeys: the number of #GDebugKeys in the array. * * Parses a string containing debugging options * into a %guint containing bit flags. This is used * within GDK and GTK+ to parse the debug options passed on the * command line or through environment variables. * * If @string is equal to "all", all flags are set. Any flags * specified along with "all" in @string are inverted; thus, * "all,foo,bar" or "foo,bar,all" sets all flags * except those corresponding to "foo" and "bar". * * If @string is equal to "help", all the available keys in @keys * are printed out to standard error. * * Returns: the combined set of bit flags. */ /** * g_path_get_basename: * @file_name: the name of the file * * Gets the last component of the filename. * * If @file_name ends with a directory separator it gets the component * before the last slash. If @file_name consists only of directory * separators (and on Windows, possibly a drive letter), a single * separator is returned. If @file_name is empty, it gets ".". * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the last component of the filename */ /** * g_path_get_dirname: * @file_name: the name of the file * * Gets the directory components of a file name. * * If the file name has no directory components "." is returned. * The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * * Returns: the directory components of the file */ /** * g_path_is_absolute: * @file_name: a file name * * Returns %TRUE if the given @file_name is an absolute file name. * Note that this is a somewhat vague concept on Windows. * * On POSIX systems, an absolute file name is well-defined. It always * starts from the single root directory. For example "/usr/local". * * On Windows, the concepts of current drive and drive-specific * current directory introduce vagueness. This function interprets as * an absolute file name one that either begins with a directory * separator such as "\Users\tml" or begins with the root on a drive, * for example "C:\Windows". The first case also includes UNC paths * such as "\\myserver\docs\foo". In all cases, either slashes or * backslashes are accepted. * * Note that a file name relative to the current drive root does not * truly specify a file uniquely over time and across processes, as * the current drive is a per-process value and can be changed. * * File names relative the current directory on some specific drive, * such as "D:foo/bar", are not interpreted as absolute by this * function, but they obviously are not relative to the normal current * directory as returned by getcwd() or g_get_current_dir() * either. Such paths should be avoided, or need to be handled using * Windows-specific code. * * Returns: %TRUE if @file_name is absolute */ /** * g_path_skip_root: * @file_name: a file name * * Returns a pointer into @file_name after the root component, * i.e. after the "/" in UNIX or "C:\" under Windows. If @file_name * is not an absolute path it returns %NULL. * * Returns: a pointer into @file_name after the root component */ /** * g_pattern_match: * @pspec: a #GPatternSpec * @string_length: the length of @string (in bytes, i.e. strlen(), not g_utf8_strlen()) * @string: the UTF-8 encoded string to match * @string_reversed: (allow-none): the reverse of @string or %NULL * * Matches a string against a compiled pattern. Passing the correct * length of the string given is mandatory. The reversed string can be * omitted by passing %NULL, this is more efficient if the reversed * version of the string to be matched is not at hand, as * g_pattern_match() will only construct it if the compiled pattern * requires reverse matches. * * Note that, if the user code will (possibly) match a string against a * multitude of patterns containing wildcards, chances are high that * some patterns will require a reversed string. In this case, it's * more efficient to provide the reversed string to avoid multiple * constructions thereof in the various calls to g_pattern_match(). * * Note also that the reverse of a UTF-8 encoded string can in general * not be obtained by g_strreverse(). This works * only if the string doesn't contain any multibyte characters. GLib * offers the g_utf8_strreverse() function to reverse UTF-8 encoded * strings. * * Returns: %TRUE if @string matches @pspec */ /** * g_pattern_match_simple: * @pattern: the UTF-8 encoded pattern * @string: the UTF-8 encoded string to match * * Matches a string against a pattern given as a string. If this * function is to be called in a loop, it's more efficient to compile * the pattern once with g_pattern_spec_new() and call * g_pattern_match_string() repeatedly. * * Returns: %TRUE if @string matches @pspec */ /** * g_pattern_match_string: * @pspec: a #GPatternSpec * @string: the UTF-8 encoded string to match * * Matches a string against a compiled pattern. If the string is to be * matched against more than one pattern, consider using * g_pattern_match() instead while supplying the reversed string. * * Returns: %TRUE if @string matches @pspec */ /** * g_pattern_spec_equal: * @pspec1: a #GPatternSpec * @pspec2: another #GPatternSpec * * Compares two compiled pattern specs and returns whether they will * match the same set of strings. * * Returns: Whether the compiled patterns are equal */ /** * g_pattern_spec_free: * @pspec: a #GPatternSpec * * Frees the memory allocated for the #GPatternSpec. */ /** * g_pattern_spec_new: * @pattern: a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string * * Compiles a pattern to a #GPatternSpec. * * Returns: a newly-allocated #GPatternSpec */ /** * g_pointer_bit_lock: * @address: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @lock_bit: a bit value between 0 and 31 * * This is equivalent to g_bit_lock, but working on pointers (or other * pointer-sized values). * * For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of * the pointer. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_pointer_bit_trylock: * @address: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @lock_bit: a bit value between 0 and 31 * * This is equivalent to g_bit_trylock, but working on pointers (or * other pointer-sized values). * * For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of * the pointer. * * Returns: %TRUE if the lock was acquired * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_pointer_bit_unlock: * @address: a pointer to a #gpointer-sized value * @lock_bit: a bit value between 0 and 31 * * This is equivalent to g_bit_unlock, but working on pointers (or other * pointer-sized values). * * For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of * the pointer. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_poll: * @fds: file descriptors to poll * @nfds: the number of file descriptors in @fds * @timeout: amount of time to wait, in milliseconds, or -1 to wait forever * * Polls @fds, as with the poll() system call, but portably. (On * systems that don't have poll(), it is emulated using select().) * This is used internally by #GMainContext, but it can be called * directly if you need to block until a file descriptor is ready, but * don't want to run the full main loop. * * Each element of @fds is a #GPollFD describing a single file * descriptor to poll. The %fd field indicates the file descriptor, * and the %events field indicates the events to poll for. On return, * the %revents fields will be filled with the events that actually * occurred. * * On POSIX systems, the file descriptors in @fds can be any sort of * file descriptor, but the situation is much more complicated on * Windows. If you need to use g_poll() in code that has to run on * Windows, the easiest solution is to construct all of your * #GPollFDs with g_io_channel_win32_make_pollfd(). * * Returns: the number of entries in @fds whose %revents fields were filled in, or 0 if the operation timed out, or -1 on error or if the call was interrupted. * Since: 2.20 */ /** * g_prefix_error: * @err: (allow-none): a return location for a #GError, or %NULL * @format: printf()-style format string * @...: arguments to @format * * Formats a string according to @format and * prefix it to an existing error message. If * @err is %NULL (ie: no error variable) then do * nothing. * * If *@err is %NULL (ie: an error variable is * present but there is no error condition) then * also do nothing. Whether or not it makes * sense to take advantage of this feature is up * to you. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_print: * @format: the message format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Outputs a formatted message via the print handler. * The default print handler simply outputs the message to stdout. * * g_print() should not be used from within libraries for debugging * messages, since it may be redirected by applications to special * purpose message windows or even files. Instead, libraries should * use g_log(), or the convenience functions g_message(), g_warning() * and g_error(). */ /** * g_printerr: * @format: the message format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Outputs a formatted message via the error message handler. * The default handler simply outputs the message to stderr. * * g_printerr() should not be used from within libraries. * Instead g_log() should be used, or the convenience functions * g_message(), g_warning() and g_error(). */ /** * g_printf: * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @...: the arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the standard printf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_printf_string_upper_bound: * @format: the format string. See the printf() documentation * @args: the parameters to be inserted into the format string * * Calculates the maximum space needed to store the output * of the sprintf() function. * * Returns: the maximum space needed to store the formatted string */ /** * g_private_get: * @key: a #GPrivate * * Returns the current value of the thread local variable @key. * * If the value has not yet been set in this thread, %NULL is returned. * Values are never copied between threads (when a new thread is * created, for example). * * Returns: the thread-local value */ /** * g_private_replace: * @key: a #GPrivate * @value: the new value * * Sets the thread local variable @key to have the value @value in the * current thread. * * This function differs from g_private_set() in the following way: if * the previous value was non-%NULL then the #GDestroyNotify handler for * @key is run on it. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_private_set: * @key: a #GPrivate * @value: the new value * * Sets the thread local variable @key to have the value @value in the * current thread. * * This function differs from g_private_replace() in the following way: * the #GDestroyNotify for @key is not called on the old value. */ /** * g_propagate_error: * @dest: error return location * @src: error to move into the return location * * If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into *@dest. * The error variable @dest points to must be %NULL. */ /** * g_propagate_prefixed_error: * @dest: error return location * @src: error to move into the return location * @format: printf()-style format string * @...: arguments to @format * * If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, * moves @src into *@dest. *@dest must be %NULL. * After the move, add a prefix as with * g_prefix_error(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_ptr_array_add: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @data: the pointer to add. * * Adds a pointer to the end of the pointer array. The array will grow * in size automatically if necessary. */ /** * g_ptr_array_foreach: * @array: a #GPtrArray * @func: the function to call for each array element * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls a function for each element of a #GPtrArray. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_ptr_array_free: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @free_seg: if %TRUE the actual pointer array is freed as well. * * Frees the memory allocated for the #GPtrArray. If @free_seg is %TRUE * it frees the memory block holding the elements as well. Pass %FALSE * if you want to free the #GPtrArray wrapper but preserve the * underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array * is greater than one, the #GPtrArray wrapper is preserved but the * size of @array will be set to zero. * * If array contents point to dynamically-allocated * memory, they should be freed separately if @free_seg is %TRUE and no * #GDestroyNotify function has been set for @array. * * Returns: the pointer array if @free_seg is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL. The pointer array should be freed using g_free(). */ /** * g_ptr_array_index: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @index_: the index of the pointer to return. * * Returns the pointer at the given index of the pointer array. * * Returns: the pointer at the given index. */ /** * g_ptr_array_new: * * Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1. * * Returns: the new #GPtrArray. */ /** * g_ptr_array_new_full: * @reserved_size: number of pointers preallocated. * @element_free_func: (allow-none): A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL. * * Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated * and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if * you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that * the size of the array is still 0. It also set @element_free_func * for freeing each element when the array is destroyed either via * g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with @free_segment * set to %TRUE or when removing elements. * * Returns: A new #GPtrArray. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_ptr_array_new_with_free_func: * @element_free_func: (allow-none): A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL. * * Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1 and use @element_free_func * for freeing each element when the array is destroyed either via * g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with @free_segment * set to %TRUE or when removing elements. * * Returns: A new #GPtrArray. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_ptr_array_ref: * @array: A #GArray. * * Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This * function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Returns: The passed in #GPtrArray. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_ptr_array_remove: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @data: the pointer to remove. * * Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer * array. The following elements are moved down one place. If @array * has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the * removed element. * * It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the * pointer was not found. * * Returns: %TRUE if the pointer is removed. %FALSE if the pointer is not found in the array. */ /** * g_ptr_array_remove_fast: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @data: the pointer to remove. * * Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer * array. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space, * so this function does not preserve the order of the array. But it is * faster than g_ptr_array_remove(). If @array has a non-%NULL * #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. * * It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the * pointer was not found. * * Returns: %TRUE if the pointer was found in the array. */ /** * g_ptr_array_remove_index: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @index_: the index of the pointer to remove. * * Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. The * following elements are moved down one place. If @array has a * non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed * element. * * Returns: the pointer which was removed. */ /** * g_ptr_array_remove_index_fast: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @index_: the index of the pointer to remove. * * Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. The * last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this * function does not preserve the order of the array. But it is faster * than g_ptr_array_remove_index(). If @array has a non-%NULL * #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element. * * Returns: the pointer which was removed. */ /** * g_ptr_array_remove_range: * @array: a @GPtrArray. * @index_: the index of the first pointer to remove. * @length: the number of pointers to remove. * * Removes the given number of pointers starting at the given index * from a #GPtrArray. The following elements are moved to close the * gap. If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called * for the removed elements. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_ptr_array_set_free_func: * @array: A #GPtrArray. * @element_free_func: (allow-none): A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL. * * Sets a function for freeing each element when @array is destroyed * either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called * with @free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_ptr_array_set_size: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @length: the new length of the pointer array. * * Sets the size of the array. When making the array larger, * newly-added elements will be set to %NULL. When making it smaller, * if @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function then it will be * called for the removed elements. */ /** * g_ptr_array_sized_new: * @reserved_size: number of pointers preallocated. * * Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated * and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if * you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that * the size of the array is still 0. * * Returns: the new #GPtrArray. */ /** * g_ptr_array_sort: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @compare_func: comparison function. * * Sorts the array, using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style * comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less * than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if irst arg is * greater than second arg). * * The comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort() doesn't * take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes pointers to * the pointers in the array. * * This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. */ /** * g_ptr_array_sort_with_data: * @array: a #GPtrArray. * @compare_func: comparison function. * @user_data: data to pass to @compare_func. * * Like g_ptr_array_sort(), but the comparison function has an extra * user data argument. * * The comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort_with_data() * doesn't take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes * pointers to the pointers in the array. * * This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. */ /** * g_ptr_array_unref: * @array: A #GPtrArray. * * Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the * reference count drops to 0, the effect is the same as calling * g_ptr_array_free() with @free_segment set to %TRUE. This function * is MT-safe and may be called from any thread. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_qsort_with_data: * @pbase: start of array to sort * @total_elems: elements in the array * @size: size of each element * @compare_func: function to compare elements * @user_data: data to pass to @compare_func * * This is just like the standard C qsort() function, but * the comparison routine accepts a user data argument. * * This is guaranteed to be a stable sort since version 2.32. */ /** * g_quark_from_static_string: * @string: (allow-none): a string. * * Gets the #GQuark identifying the given (static) string. If the * string does not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark * is created, linked to the given string. * * Note that this function is identical to g_quark_from_string() except * that if a new #GQuark is created the string itself is used rather * than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string * will always exist. It can be used with * statically allocated strings in the main program, but not with * statically allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you * expect to ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this * function in GTK+ theme engines). * * Returns: the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL. */ /** * g_quark_from_string: * @string: (allow-none): a string. * * Gets the #GQuark identifying the given string. If the string does * not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark is created, * using a copy of the string. * * Returns: the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL. */ /** * g_quark_to_string: * @quark: a #GQuark. * * Gets the string associated with the given #GQuark. * * Returns: the string associated with the #GQuark. */ /** * g_quark_try_string: * @string: (allow-none): a string. * * Gets the #GQuark associated with the given string, or 0 if string is * %NULL or it has no associated #GQuark. * * If you want the GQuark to be created if it doesn't already exist, * use g_quark_from_string() or g_quark_from_static_string(). * * Returns: the #GQuark associated with the string, or 0 if @string is %NULL or there is no #GQuark associated with it. */ /** * g_queue_clear: * @queue: a #GQueue * * Removes all the elements in @queue. If queue elements contain * dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_queue_copy: * @queue: a #GQueue * * Copies a @queue. Note that is a shallow copy. If the elements in the * queue consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied, but the * actual data is not. * * Returns: A copy of @queue * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_delete_link: * @queue: a #GQueue * @link_: a #GList link that must be part of @queue * * Removes @link_ from @queue and frees it. * * @link_ must be part of @queue. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_find: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: data to find * * Finds the first link in @queue which contains @data. * * Returns: The first link in @queue which contains @data. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_find_custom: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: user data passed to @func * @func: a #GCompareFunc to call for each element. It should return 0 when the desired element is found * * Finds an element in a #GQueue, using a supplied function to find the * desired element. It iterates over the queue, calling the given function * which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function * takes two gconstpointer arguments, the #GQueue element's data as the * first argument and the given user data as the second argument. * * Returns: The found link, or %NULL if it wasn't found * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_foreach: * @queue: a #GQueue * @func: the function to call for each element's data * @user_data: user data to pass to @func * * Calls @func for each element in the queue passing @user_data to the * function. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_free: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Frees the memory allocated for the #GQueue. Only call this function if * @queue was created with g_queue_new(). If queue elements contain * dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first. * * * If queue elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, * you should either use g_queue_free_full() or free them manually * first. * */ /** * g_queue_free_full: * @queue: a pointer to a #GQueue * @free_func: the function to be called to free each element's data * * Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GQueue, and * calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_queue_get_length: * @queue: a #GQueue * * Returns the number of items in @queue. * * Returns: The number of items in @queue. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_index: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: the data to find. * * Returns the position of the first element in @queue which contains @data. * * Returns: The position of the first element in @queue which contains @data, or -1 if no element in @queue contains @data. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_init: * @queue: an uninitialized #GQueue * * A statically-allocated #GQueue must be initialized with this function * before it can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with * #G_QUEUE_INIT. It is not necessary to initialize queues created with * g_queue_new(). * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_queue_insert_after: * @queue: a #GQueue * @sibling: a #GList link that must be part of @queue * @data: the data to insert * * Inserts @data into @queue after @sibling * * @sibling must be part of @queue * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_insert_before: * @queue: a #GQueue * @sibling: a #GList link that must be part of @queue * @data: the data to insert * * Inserts @data into @queue before @sibling. * * @sibling must be part of @queue. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_insert_sorted: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: the data to insert * @func: the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare elements in the queue. It is called with two elements of the @queue and @user_data. It should return 0 if the elements are equal, a negative value if the first element comes before the second, and a positive value if the second element comes before the first. * @user_data: user data passed to @func. * * Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_is_empty: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Returns %TRUE if the queue is empty. * * Returns: %TRUE if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_link_index: * @queue: a #GQueue * @link_: A #GList link * * Returns the position of @link_ in @queue. * * Returns: The position of @link_, or -1 if the link is not part of @queue * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_new: * * Creates a new #GQueue. * * Returns: a new #GQueue. */ /** * g_queue_peek_head: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Returns the first element of the queue. * * Returns: the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_peek_head_link: * @queue: a #GQueue * * Returns the first link in @queue * * Returns: the first link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_peek_nth: * @queue: a #GQueue * @n: the position of the element. * * Returns the @n'th element of @queue. * * Returns: The data for the @n'th element of @queue, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_peek_nth_link: * @queue: a #GQueue * @n: the position of the link * * Returns the link at the given position * * Returns: The link at the @n'th position, or %NULL if @n is off the end of the list * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_peek_tail: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Returns the last element of the queue. * * Returns: the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_peek_tail_link: * @queue: a #GQueue * * Returns the last link @queue. * * Returns: the last link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_pop_head: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Removes the first element of the queue. * * Returns: the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_pop_head_link: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Removes the first element of the queue. * * Returns: the #GList element at the head of the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_pop_nth: * @queue: a #GQueue * @n: the position of the element. * * Removes the @n'th element of @queue. * * Returns: the element's data, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_pop_nth_link: * @queue: a #GQueue * @n: the link's position * * Removes and returns the link at the given position. * * Returns: The @n'th link, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_pop_tail: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Removes the last element of the queue. * * Returns: the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_pop_tail_link: * @queue: a #GQueue. * * Removes the last element of the queue. * * Returns: the #GList element at the tail of the queue, or %NULL if the queue is empty. */ /** * g_queue_push_head: * @queue: a #GQueue. * @data: the data for the new element. * * Adds a new element at the head of the queue. */ /** * g_queue_push_head_link: * @queue: a #GQueue. * @link_: a single #GList element, not a list with more than one element. * * Adds a new element at the head of the queue. */ /** * g_queue_push_nth: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: the data for the new element * @n: the position to insert the new element. If @n is negative or larger than the number of elements in the @queue, the element is added to the end of the queue. * * Inserts a new element into @queue at the given position * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_push_nth_link: * @queue: a #GQueue * @n: the position to insert the link. If this is negative or larger than the number of elements in @queue, the link is added to the end of @queue. * @link_: the link to add to @queue * * Inserts @link into @queue at the given position. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_push_tail: * @queue: a #GQueue. * @data: the data for the new element. * * Adds a new element at the tail of the queue. */ /** * g_queue_push_tail_link: * @queue: a #GQueue. * @link_: a single #GList element, not a list with more than one element. * * Adds a new element at the tail of the queue. */ /** * g_queue_remove: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: data to remove. * * Removes the first element in @queue that contains @data. * * Returns: %TRUE if @data was found and removed from @queue * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_remove_all: * @queue: a #GQueue * @data: data to remove * * Remove all elements whose data equals @data from @queue. * * Returns: the number of elements removed from @queue * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_reverse: * @queue: a #GQueue * * Reverses the order of the items in @queue. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_sort: * @queue: a #GQueue * @compare_func: the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @queue. This function is passed two elements of the queue and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first comes before the second, and a positive value if the second comes before the first. * @user_data: user data passed to @compare_func * * Sorts @queue using @compare_func. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_queue_unlink: * @queue: a #GQueue * @link_: a #GList link that must be part of @queue * * Unlinks @link_ so that it will no longer be part of @queue. The link is * not freed. * * @link_ must be part of @queue, * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_rand_boolean: * @rand_: a #GRand. * * Returns a random #gboolean from @rand_. This corresponds to a * unbiased coin toss. * * Returns: a random #gboolean. */ /** * g_rand_copy: * @rand_: a #GRand. * * Copies a #GRand into a new one with the same exact state as before. * This way you can take a snapshot of the random number generator for * replaying later. * * Returns: the new #GRand. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_rand_double: * @rand_: a #GRand. * * Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over * the range [0..1). * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_rand_double_range: * @rand_: a #GRand. * @begin: lower closed bound of the interval. * @end: upper open bound of the interval. * * Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over * the range [@begin..@end). * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_rand_free: * @rand_: a #GRand. * * Frees the memory allocated for the #GRand. */ /** * g_rand_int: * @rand_: a #GRand. * * Returns the next random #guint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over * the range [0..2^32-1]. * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_rand_int_range: * @rand_: a #GRand. * @begin: lower closed bound of the interval. * @end: upper open bound of the interval. * * Returns the next random #gint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over * the range [@begin..@end-1]. * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_rand_new: * * Creates a new random number generator initialized with a seed taken * either from /dev/urandom (if existing) or from * the current time (as a fallback). * * Returns: the new #GRand. */ /** * g_rand_new_with_seed: * @seed: a value to initialize the random number generator. * * Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed. * * Returns: the new #GRand. */ /** * g_rand_new_with_seed_array: * @seed: an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator. * @seed_length: an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator. * * Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed. * * Returns: the new #GRand. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_rand_set_seed: * @rand_: a #GRand. * @seed: a value to reinitialize the random number generator. * * Sets the seed for the random number generator #GRand to @seed. */ /** * g_rand_set_seed_array: * @rand_: a #GRand. * @seed: array to initialize with * @seed_length: length of array * * Initializes the random number generator by an array of * longs. Array can be of arbitrary size, though only the * first 624 values are taken. This function is useful * if you have many low entropy seeds, or if you require more then * 32bits of actual entropy for your application. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_random_boolean: * * Returns a random #gboolean. This corresponds to a unbiased coin toss. * * Returns: a random #gboolean. */ /** * g_random_double: * * Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [0..1). * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_random_double_range: * @begin: lower closed bound of the interval. * @end: upper open bound of the interval. * * Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [@begin..@end). * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_random_int: * * Return a random #guint32 equally distributed over the range * [0..2^32-1]. * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_random_int_range: * @begin: lower closed bound of the interval. * @end: upper open bound of the interval. * * Returns a random #gint32 equally distributed over the range * [@begin..@end-1]. * * Returns: A random number. */ /** * g_random_set_seed: * @seed: a value to reinitialize the global random number generator. * * Sets the seed for the global random number generator, which is used * by the g_random_* functions, to @seed. */ /** * g_realloc: * @mem: the memory to reallocate * @n_bytes: new size of the memory in bytes * * Reallocates the memory pointed to by @mem, so that it now has space for * @n_bytes bytes of memory. It returns the new address of the memory, which may * have been moved. @mem may be %NULL, in which case it's considered to * have zero-length. @n_bytes may be 0, in which case %NULL will be returned * and @mem will be freed unless it is %NULL. * * Returns: the new address of the allocated memory */ /** * g_realloc_n: * @mem: the memory to reallocate * @n_blocks: the number of blocks to allocate * @n_block_bytes: the size of each block in bytes * * This function is similar to g_realloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, * but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. * * Since: 2.24 * Returns: the new address of the allocated memory */ /** * g_rec_mutex_clear: * @rec_mutex: an initialized #GRecMutex * * Frees the resources allocated to a recursive mutex with * g_rec_mutex_init(). * * This function should not be used with a #GRecMutex that has been * statically allocated. * * Calling g_rec_mutex_clear() on a locked recursive mutex leads * to undefined behaviour. * * Sine: 2.32 */ /** * g_rec_mutex_init: * @rec_mutex: an uninitialized #GRecMutex * * Initializes a #GRecMutex so that it can be used. * * This function is useful to initialize a recursive mutex * that has been allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger * structure. * * It is not necessary to initialise a recursive mutex that has been * statically allocated. * * |[ * typedef struct { * GRecMutex m; * ... * } Blob; * * Blob *b; * * b = g_new (Blob, 1); * g_rec_mutex_init (&b->m); * ]| * * Calling g_rec_mutex_init() on an already initialized #GRecMutex * leads to undefined behaviour. * * To undo the effect of g_rec_mutex_init() when a recursive mutex * is no longer needed, use g_rec_mutex_clear(). * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rec_mutex_lock: * @rec_mutex: a #GRecMutex * * Locks @rec_mutex. If @rec_mutex is already locked by another * thread, the current thread will block until @rec_mutex is * unlocked by the other thread. If @rec_mutex is already locked * by the current thread, the 'lock count' of @rec_mutex is increased. * The mutex will only become available again when it is unlocked * as many times as it has been locked. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rec_mutex_trylock: * @rec_mutex: a #GRecMutex * * Tries to lock @rec_mutex. If @rec_mutex is already locked * by another thread, it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise * it locks @rec_mutex and returns %TRUE. * * Returns: %TRUE if @rec_mutex could be locked * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rec_mutex_unlock: * @rec_mutex: a #GRecMutex * * Unlocks @rec_mutex. If another thread is blocked in a * g_rec_mutex_lock() call for @rec_mutex, it will become unblocked * and can lock @rec_mutex itself. * * Calling g_rec_mutex_unlock() on a recursive mutex that is not * locked by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_regex_check_replacement: * @replacement: the replacement string * @has_references: (out) (allow-none): location to store information about references in @replacement or %NULL * @error: location to store error * * Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string * (see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in * it are valid. * * If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked * for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n' * does not contain references and may be evaluated without information * about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first * subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object. * * Returns: whether @replacement is a valid replacement string * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_escape_nul: * @string: the string to escape * @length: the length of @string * * Escapes the nul characters in @string to "\x00". It can be used * to compile a regex with embedded nul characters. * * For completeness, @length can be -1 for a nul-terminated string. * In this case the output string will be of course equal to @string. * * Returns: a newly-allocated escaped string * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_regex_escape_string: * @string: (array length=length): the string to escape * @length: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * * Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions * in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This * function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions. * * @string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0", * in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string * in @length. * * Returns: a newly-allocated escaped string * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_get_capture_count: * @regex: a #GRegex * * Returns the number of capturing subpatterns in the pattern. * * Returns: the number of capturing subpatterns * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_get_compile_flags: * @regex: a #GRegex * * Returns the compile options that @regex was created with. * * Returns: flags from #GRegexCompileFlags * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_regex_get_match_flags: * @regex: a #GRegex * * Returns the match options that @regex was created with. * * Returns: flags from #GRegexMatchFlags * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_regex_get_max_backref: * @regex: a #GRegex * * Returns the number of the highest back reference * in the pattern, or 0 if the pattern does not contain * back references. * * Returns: the number of the highest back reference * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_get_pattern: * @regex: a #GRegex structure * * Gets the pattern string associated with @regex, i.e. a copy of * the string passed to g_regex_new(). * * Returns: the pattern of @regex * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_get_string_number: * @regex: #GRegex structure * @name: name of the subexpression * * Retrieves the number of the subexpression named @name. * * Returns: The number of the subexpression or -1 if @name does not exists * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_match: * @regex: a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() * @string: the string to scan for matches * @match_options: match options * @match_info: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it * * Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex. * The @match_options are combined with the match options specified * when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more * flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures. * * A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, * is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info * is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, * i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched. * * To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in * string you can use g_match_info_next(). * * |[ * static void * print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string) * { * /* Print all uppercase-only words. */ * GRegex *regex; * GMatchInfo *match_info; *   * regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL); * g_regex_match (regex, string, 0, &match_info); * while (g_match_info_matches (match_info)) * { * gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0); * g_print ("Found: %s\n", word); * g_free (word); * g_match_info_next (match_info, NULL); * } * g_match_info_free (match_info); * g_regex_unref (regex); * } * ]| * * @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If * you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after * freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. * * Returns: %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_match_all: * @regex: a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() * @string: the string to scan for matches * @match_options: match options * @match_info: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it * * Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only * the longest match in the string is retrieved. This function uses * a different algorithm so it can retrieve all the possible matches. * For more documentation see g_regex_match_all_full(). * * A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is * stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is * not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, * i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually * matched. * * @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If * you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after * freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. * * Returns: %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_match_all_full: * @regex: a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() * @string: (array length=string_len): the string to scan for matches * @string_len: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * @start_position: starting index of the string to match * @match_options: match options * @match_info: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only * the longest match in the string is retrieved, it is not possible * to obtain all the available matches. For instance matching * "<a> <b> <c>" against the pattern "<.*>" * you get "<a> <b> <c>". * * This function uses a different algorithm (called DFA, i.e. deterministic * finite automaton), so it can retrieve all the possible matches, all * starting at the same point in the string. For instance matching * "<a> <b> <c>" against the pattern "<.*>" * you would obtain three matches: "<a> <b> <c>", * "<a> <b>" and "<a>". * * The number of matched strings is retrieved using * g_match_info_get_match_count(). To obtain the matched strings and * their position you can use, respectively, g_match_info_fetch() and * g_match_info_fetch_pos(). Note that the strings are returned in * reverse order of length; that is, the longest matching string is * given first. * * Note that the DFA algorithm is slower than the standard one and it * is not able to capture substrings, so backreferences do not work. * * Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened * string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern * that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". * * A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is * stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is * not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, * i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually * matched. * * @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If * you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after * freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. * * Returns: %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_match_full: * @regex: a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() * @string: (array length=string_len): the string to scan for matches * @string_len: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * @start_position: starting index of the string to match * @match_options: match options * @match_info: (out) (allow-none): pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo, or %NULL if you do not need it * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex. * The @match_options are combined with the match options specified * when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more * flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures. * * Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened * string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern * that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". * * A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is * stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is * not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE, * i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually * matched. * * @string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If * you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after * freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined. * * To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in * string you can use g_match_info_next(). * * |[ * static void * print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string) * { * /* Print all uppercase-only words. */ * GRegex *regex; * GMatchInfo *match_info; * GError *error = NULL; *   * regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL); * g_regex_match_full (regex, string, -1, 0, 0, &match_info, &error); * while (g_match_info_matches (match_info)) * { * gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0); * g_print ("Found: %s\n", word); * g_free (word); * g_match_info_next (match_info, &error); * } * g_match_info_free (match_info); * g_regex_unref (regex); * if (error != NULL) * { * g_printerr ("Error while matching: %s\n", error->message); * g_error_free (error); * } * } * ]| * * Returns: %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_match_simple: * @pattern: the regular expression * @string: the string to scan for matches * @compile_options: compile options for the regular expression, or 0 * @match_options: match options, or 0 * * Scans for a match in @string for @pattern. * * This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not * require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some * lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting * substrings, capture counts, and so on. * * If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than * once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with * g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_new: * @pattern: the regular expression * @compile_options: compile options for the regular expression, or 0 * @match_options: match options for the regular expression, or 0 * @error: return location for a #GError * * Compiles the regular expression to an internal form, and does * the initial setup of the #GRegex structure. * * Returns: a #GRegex structure. Call g_regex_unref() when you are done with it * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_ref: * @regex: a #GRegex * * Increases reference count of @regex by 1. * * Returns: @regex * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_replace: * @regex: a #GRegex structure * @string: (array length=string_len): the string to perform matches against * @string_len: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * @start_position: starting index of the string to match * @replacement: text to replace each match with * @match_options: options for the match * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the * replacement text. Backreferences of the form '\number' or * '\g<number>' in the replacement text are interpolated by the * number-th captured subexpression of the match, '\g<name>' refers * to the captured subexpression with the given name. '\0' refers to the * complete match, but '\0' followed by a number is the octal representation * of a character. To include a literal '\' in the replacement, write '\\'. * There are also escapes that changes the case of the following text: * * * \l * * Convert to lower case the next character * * * \u * * Convert to upper case the next character * * * \L * * Convert to lower case till \E * * * \U * * Convert to upper case till \E * * * \E * * End case modification * * * * * If you do not need to use backreferences use g_regex_replace_literal(). * * The @replacement string must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was * passed to g_regex_new(). If you want to use not UTF-8 encoded stings * you can use g_regex_replace_literal(). * * Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened * string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that * begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the replacements * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_replace_eval: * @regex: a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new() * @string: (array length=string_len): string to perform matches against * @string_len: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * @start_position: starting index of the string to match * @match_options: options for the match * @eval: a function to call for each match * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Replaces occurrences of the pattern in regex with the output of * @eval for that occurrence. * * Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened * string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern * that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". * * The following example uses g_regex_replace_eval() to replace multiple * strings at once: * |[ * static gboolean * eval_cb (const GMatchInfo *info, * GString *res, * gpointer data) * { * gchar *match; * gchar *r; * * match = g_match_info_fetch (info, 0); * r = g_hash_table_lookup ((GHashTable *)data, match); * g_string_append (res, r); * g_free (match); * * return FALSE; * } * * /* ... */ * * GRegex *reg; * GHashTable *h; * gchar *res; * * h = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal); * * g_hash_table_insert (h, "1", "ONE"); * g_hash_table_insert (h, "2", "TWO"); * g_hash_table_insert (h, "3", "THREE"); * g_hash_table_insert (h, "4", "FOUR"); * * reg = g_regex_new ("1|2|3|4", 0, 0, NULL); * res = g_regex_replace_eval (reg, text, -1, 0, 0, eval_cb, h, NULL); * g_hash_table_destroy (h); * * /* ... */ * ]| * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the replacements * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_replace_literal: * @regex: a #GRegex structure * @string: (array length=string_len): the string to perform matches against * @string_len: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * @start_position: starting index of the string to match * @replacement: text to replace each match with * @match_options: options for the match * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors * * Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the * replacement text. @replacement is replaced literally, to * include backreferences use g_regex_replace(). * * Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a * shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the * case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind * assertion, such as "\b". * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the replacements * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_split: * @regex: a #GRegex structure * @string: the string to split with the pattern * @match_options: match time option flags * * Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. * If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each * of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match * anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first * token. * * As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an * empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for * this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is * typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If * you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the * empty string before calling this function. * * A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate * characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. * For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get * "a", "b" and "c". * * Returns: a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev() * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_split_full: * @regex: a #GRegex structure * @string: (array length=string_len): the string to split with the pattern * @string_len: the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated * @start_position: starting index of the string to match * @match_options: match time option flags * @max_tokens: the maximum number of tokens to split @string into. If this is less than 1, the string is split completely * @error: return location for a #GError * * Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens. * If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each * of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match * anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first * token. * * As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an * empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for * this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is * typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If * you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the * empty string before calling this function. * * A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate * characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters. * For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get * "a", "b" and "c". * * Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened * string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern * that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b". * * Returns: a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev() * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_split_simple: * @pattern: the regular expression * @string: the string to scan for matches * @compile_options: compile options for the regular expression, or 0 * @match_options: match options, or 0 * * Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of * the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, * then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned. * If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the * whole string is returned as the first token. * * This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does * not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding * some lines of code when you need just to do a split without * extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on. * * If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than * once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with * g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split(). * * As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" * is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. * The reason for this special case is that being able to represent * a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling * of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements, * you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this * function. * * A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into * separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between * characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator * "\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c". * * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free it using g_strfreev() * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_regex_unref: * @regex: a #GRegex * * Decreases reference count of @regex by 1. When reference count drops * to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the regex structure. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_reload_user_special_dirs_cache: * * Resets the cache used for g_get_user_special_dir(), so * that the latest on-disk version is used. Call this only * if you just changed the data on disk yourself. * * Due to threadsafety issues this may cause leaking of strings * that were previously returned from g_get_user_special_dir() * that can't be freed. We ensure to only leak the data for * the directories that actually changed value though. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_remove: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * * A wrapper for the POSIX remove() function. The remove() function * deletes a name from the filesystem. * * See your C library manual for more details about how remove() works * on your system. On Unix, remove() removes also directories, as it * calls unlink() for files and rmdir() for directories. On Windows, * although remove() in the C library only works for files, this * function tries first remove() and then if that fails rmdir(), and * thus works for both files and directories. Note however, that on * Windows, it is in general not possible to remove a file that is * open to some process, or mapped into memory. * * If this function fails on Windows you can't infer too much from the * errno value. rmdir() is tried regardless of what caused remove() to * fail. Any errno value set by remove() will be overwritten by that * set by rmdir(). * * Returns: 0 if the file was successfully removed, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_rename: * @oldfilename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @newfilename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding * * A wrapper for the POSIX rename() function. The rename() function * renames a file, moving it between directories if required. * * See your C library manual for more details about how rename() works * on your system. It is not possible in general on Windows to rename * a file that is open to some process. * * Returns: 0 if the renaming succeeded, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_rmdir: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * * A wrapper for the POSIX rmdir() function. The rmdir() function * deletes a directory from the filesystem. * * See your C library manual for more details about how rmdir() works * on your system. * * Returns: 0 if the directory was successfully removed, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_rw_lock_clear: * @rw_lock: an initialized #GRWLock * * Frees the resources allocated to a lock with g_rw_lock_init(). * * This function should not be used with a #GRWLock that has been * statically allocated. * * Calling g_rw_lock_clear() when any thread holds the lock * leads to undefined behaviour. * * Sine: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_init: * @rw_lock: an uninitialized #GRWLock * * Initializes a #GRWLock so that it can be used. * * This function is useful to initialize a lock that has been * allocated on the stack, or as part of a larger structure. It is not * necessary to initialise a reader-writer lock that has been statically * allocated. * * |[ * typedef struct { * GRWLock l; * ... * } Blob; * * Blob *b; * * b = g_new (Blob, 1); * g_rw_lock_init (&b->l); * ]| * * To undo the effect of g_rw_lock_init() when a lock is no longer * needed, use g_rw_lock_clear(). * * Calling g_rw_lock_init() on an already initialized #GRWLock leads * to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_reader_lock: * @rw_lock: a #GRWLock * * Obtain a read lock on @rw_lock. If another thread currently holds * the write lock on @rw_lock or blocks waiting for it, the current * thread will block. Read locks can be taken recursively. * * It is implementation-defined how many threads are allowed to * hold read locks on the same lock simultaneously. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_reader_trylock: * @rw_lock: a #GRWLock * * Tries to obtain a read lock on @rw_lock and returns %TRUE if * the read lock was successfully obtained. Otherwise it * returns %FALSE. * * Returns: %TRUE if @rw_lock could be locked * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_reader_unlock: * @rw_lock: a #GRWLock * * Release a read lock on @rw_lock. * * Calling g_rw_lock_reader_unlock() on a lock that is not held * by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_writer_lock: * @rw_lock: a #GRWLock * * Obtain a write lock on @rw_lock. If any thread already holds * a read or write lock on @rw_lock, the current thread will block * until all other threads have dropped their locks on @rw_lock. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_writer_trylock: * @rw_lock: a #GRWLock * * Tries to obtain a write lock on @rw_lock. If any other thread holds * a read or write lock on @rw_lock, it immediately returns %FALSE. * Otherwise it locks @rw_lock and returns %TRUE. * * Returns: %TRUE if @rw_lock could be locked * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_rw_lock_writer_unlock: * @rw_lock: a #GRWLock * * Release a write lock on @rw_lock. * * Calling g_rw_lock_writer_unlock() on a lock that is not held * by the current thread leads to undefined behaviour. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_scanner_add_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @symbol: the symbol to add * @value: the value of the symbol * * Adds a symbol to the default scope. * * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_scanner_scope_add_symbol() instead. */ /** * g_scanner_cur_line: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Returns the current line in the input stream (counting * from 1). This is the line of the last token parsed via * g_scanner_get_next_token(). * * Returns: the current line */ /** * g_scanner_cur_position: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Returns the current position in the current line (counting * from 0). This is the position of the last token parsed via * g_scanner_get_next_token(). * * Returns: the current position on the line */ /** * g_scanner_cur_token: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Gets the current token type. This is simply the @token * field in the #GScanner structure. * * Returns: the current token type */ /** * g_scanner_cur_value: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Gets the current token value. This is simply the @value * field in the #GScanner structure. * * Returns: the current token value */ /** * g_scanner_destroy: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Frees all memory used by the #GScanner. */ /** * g_scanner_eof: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Returns %TRUE if the scanner has reached the end of * the file or text buffer. * * Returns: %TRUE if the scanner has reached the end of the file or text buffer */ /** * g_scanner_error: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @format: the message format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Outputs an error message, via the #GScanner message handler. */ /** * g_scanner_foreach_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @func: the function to call with each symbol * @data: data to pass to the function * * Calls a function for each symbol in the default scope. * * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_scanner_scope_foreach_symbol() instead. */ /** * g_scanner_freeze_symbol_table: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * There is no reason to use this macro, since it does nothing. * * Deprecated: 2.2: This macro does nothing. */ /** * g_scanner_get_next_token: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Parses the next token just like g_scanner_peek_next_token() * and also removes it from the input stream. The token data is * placed in the @token, @value, @line, and @position fields of * the #GScanner structure. * * Returns: the type of the token */ /** * g_scanner_input_file: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @input_fd: a file descriptor * * Prepares to scan a file. */ /** * g_scanner_input_text: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @text: the text buffer to scan * @text_len: the length of the text buffer * * Prepares to scan a text buffer. */ /** * g_scanner_lookup_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @symbol: the symbol to look up * * Looks up a symbol in the current scope and return its value. * If the symbol is not bound in the current scope, %NULL is * returned. * * Returns: the value of @symbol in the current scope, or %NULL if @symbol is not bound in the current scope */ /** * g_scanner_new: * @config_templ: the initial scanner settings * * Creates a new #GScanner. * * The @config_templ structure specifies the initial settings * of the scanner, which are copied into the #GScanner * @config field. If you pass %NULL then the default settings * are used. * * Returns: the new #GScanner */ /** * g_scanner_peek_next_token: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Parses the next token, without removing it from the input stream. * The token data is placed in the @next_token, @next_value, @next_line, * and @next_position fields of the #GScanner structure. * * Note that, while the token is not removed from the input stream * (i.e. the next call to g_scanner_get_next_token() will return the * same token), it will not be reevaluated. This can lead to surprising * results when changing scope or the scanner configuration after peeking * the next token. Getting the next token after switching the scope or * configuration will return whatever was peeked before, regardless of * any symbols that may have been added or removed in the new scope. * * Returns: the type of the token */ /** * g_scanner_remove_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @symbol: the symbol to remove * * Removes a symbol from the default scope. * * Deprecated: 2.2: Use g_scanner_scope_remove_symbol() instead. */ /** * g_scanner_scope_add_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @scope_id: the scope id * @symbol: the symbol to add * @value: the value of the symbol * * Adds a symbol to the given scope. */ /** * g_scanner_scope_foreach_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @scope_id: the scope id * @func: the function to call for each symbol/value pair * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls the given function for each of the symbol/value pairs * in the given scope of the #GScanner. The function is passed * the symbol and value of each pair, and the given @user_data * parameter. */ /** * g_scanner_scope_lookup_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @scope_id: the scope id * @symbol: the symbol to look up * * Looks up a symbol in a scope and return its value. If the * symbol is not bound in the scope, %NULL is returned. * * Returns: the value of @symbol in the given scope, or %NULL if @symbol is not bound in the given scope. */ /** * g_scanner_scope_remove_symbol: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @scope_id: the scope id * @symbol: the symbol to remove * * Removes a symbol from a scope. */ /** * g_scanner_set_scope: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @scope_id: the new scope id * * Sets the current scope. * * Returns: the old scope id */ /** * g_scanner_sync_file_offset: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * Rewinds the filedescriptor to the current buffer position * and blows the file read ahead buffer. This is useful for * third party uses of the scanners filedescriptor, which hooks * onto the current scanning position. */ /** * g_scanner_thaw_symbol_table: * @scanner: a #GScanner * * There is no reason to use this macro, since it does nothing. * * Deprecated: 2.2: This macro does nothing. */ /** * g_scanner_unexp_token: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @expected_token: the expected token * @identifier_spec: a string describing how the scanner's user refers to identifiers (%NULL defaults to "identifier"). This is used if @expected_token is %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER or %G_TOKEN_IDENTIFIER_NULL. * @symbol_spec: a string describing how the scanner's user refers to symbols (%NULL defaults to "symbol"). This is used if @expected_token is %G_TOKEN_SYMBOL or any token value greater than %G_TOKEN_LAST. * @symbol_name: the name of the symbol, if the scanner's current token is a symbol. * @message: a message string to output at the end of the warning/error, or %NULL. * @is_error: if %TRUE it is output as an error. If %FALSE it is output as a warning. * * Outputs a message through the scanner's msg_handler, * resulting from an unexpected token in the input stream. * Note that you should not call g_scanner_peek_next_token() * followed by g_scanner_unexp_token() without an intermediate * call to g_scanner_get_next_token(), as g_scanner_unexp_token() * evaluates the scanner's current token (not the peeked token) * to construct part of the message. */ /** * g_scanner_warn: * @scanner: a #GScanner * @format: the message format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Outputs a warning message, via the #GScanner message handler. */ /** * g_sequence_append: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: the data for the new item * * Adds a new item to the end of @seq. * * Returns: an iterator pointing to the new item * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_foreach: * @seq: a #GSequence * @func: the function to call for each item in @seq * @user_data: user data passed to @func * * Calls @func for each item in the sequence passing @user_data * to the function. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_foreach_range: * @begin: a #GSequenceIter * @end: a #GSequenceIter * @func: a #GFunc * @user_data: user data passed to @func * * Calls @func for each item in the range (@begin, @end) passing * @user_data to the function. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_free: * @seq: a #GSequence * * Frees the memory allocated for @seq. If @seq has a data destroy * function associated with it, that function is called on all items in * @seq. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_get: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns the data that @iter points to. * * Returns: the data that @iter points to * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_get_begin_iter: * @seq: a #GSequence * * Returns the begin iterator for @seq. * * Returns: the begin iterator for @seq. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_get_end_iter: * @seq: a #GSequence * * Returns the end iterator for @seg * * Returns: the end iterator for @seq * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_get_iter_at_pos: * @seq: a #GSequence * @pos: a position in @seq, or -1 for the end. * * Returns the iterator at position @pos. If @pos is negative or larger * than the number of items in @seq, the end iterator is returned. * * Returns: The #GSequenceIter at position @pos * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_get_length: * @seq: a #GSequence * * Returns the length of @seq * * Returns: the length of @seq * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_insert_before: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * @data: the data for the new item * * Inserts a new item just before the item pointed to by @iter. * * Returns: an iterator pointing to the new item * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_insert_sorted: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: the data to insert * @cmp_func: the function used to compare items in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func. * * Inserts @data into @sequence using @func to determine the new * position. The sequence must already be sorted according to @cmp_func; * otherwise the new position of @data is undefined. * * @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. * It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value * if the first item comes before the second, and a positive value * if the second item comes before the first. * * Returns: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: data for the new item * @iter_cmp: the function used to compare iterators in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func * * Like g_sequence_insert_sorted(), but uses * a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as * the compare function. * * @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. * It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative * value if the first iterator comes before the second, and a * positive value if the second iterator comes before the first. * * It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should * return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the * first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value * if the second iterator comes before the first. * * Returns: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_compare: * @a: a #GSequenceIter * @b: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns a negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are equal, * and a positive number if @a comes after @b. * * The @a and @b iterators must point into the same sequence. * * Returns: A negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are equal, and a positive number if @a comes after @b. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_get_position: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns the position of @iter * * Returns: the position of @iter * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_get_sequence: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns the #GSequence that @iter points into. * * Returns: the #GSequence that @iter points into. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_is_begin: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns whether @iter is the begin iterator * * Returns: whether @iter is the begin iterator * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_is_end: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns whether @iter is the end iterator * * Returns: Whether @iter is the end iterator. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_move: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * @delta: A positive or negative number indicating how many positions away from @iter the returned #GSequenceIter will be. * * Returns the #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter. * If @iter is closer than -@delta positions to the beginning of the sequence, * the begin iterator is returned. If @iter is closer than @delta positions * to the end of the sequence, the end iterator is returned. * * Returns: a #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_next: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns an iterator pointing to the next position after @iter. If * @iter is the end iterator, the end iterator is returned. * * Returns: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the next position after @iter. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_iter_prev: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Returns an iterator pointing to the previous position before @iter. If * @iter is the begin iterator, the begin iterator is returned. * * Returns: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the previous position before @iter. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_lookup: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: data to lookup * @cmp_func: the function used to compare items in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func. * * Returns an iterator pointing to the position of the first item found * equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. If more than one * item is equal, it is not guaranteed that it is the first which is * returned. In that case, you can use g_sequence_iter_next() and * g_sequence_iter_prev() to get others. * * @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. * It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if * the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if * the second item comes before the first. * * * This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is * unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or * g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if * you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after * doing unsorted insertions. * * * Returns: an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position of the first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_sequence_lookup_iter: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: data to lookup * @iter_cmp: the function used to compare iterators in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @iter_cmp * * Like g_sequence_lookup(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc * instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. * * @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. * It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value * if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive * value if the second iterator comes before the first. * * * This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is * unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or * g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if * you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after * doing unsorted insertions. * * * Returns: an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position of the first item found equal to @data according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_sequence_move: * @src: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move * @dest: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which the item is moved. * * Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest. * After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately * after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different * sequences. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_move_range: * @dest: a #GSequenceIter * @begin: a #GSequenceIter * @end: a #GSequenceIter * * Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr. * The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is * allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed * into by @begin and @end. * * If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is * removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within * the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_new: * @data_destroy: (allow-none): a #GDestroyNotify function, or %NULL * * Creates a new GSequence. The @data_destroy function, if non-%NULL will * be called on all items when the sequence is destroyed and on items that * are removed from the sequence. * * Returns: a new #GSequence * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_prepend: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: the data for the new item * * Adds a new item to the front of @seq * * Returns: an iterator pointing to the new item * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_range_get_midpoint: * @begin: a #GSequenceIter * @end: a #GSequenceIter * * Finds an iterator somewhere in the range (@begin, @end). This * iterator will be close to the middle of the range, but is not * guaranteed to be exactly in the middle. * * The @begin and @end iterators must both point to the same sequence and * @begin must come before or be equal to @end in the sequence. * * Returns: A #GSequenceIter pointing somewhere in the (@begin, @end) range. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_remove: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * * Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the * end iterator to this function. * * If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this * function is called on the data for the removed item. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_remove_range: * @begin: a #GSequenceIter * @end: a #GSequenceIter * * Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range. * * If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this * function is called on the data for the removed items. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_search: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: data for the new item * @cmp_func: the function used to compare items in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func. * * Returns an iterator pointing to the position where @data would * be inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. * * @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. * It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if * the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if * the second item comes before the first. * * If you are simply searching for an existing element of the sequence, * consider using g_sequence_lookup(). * * * This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is * unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or * g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if * you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after * doing unsorted insertions. * * * Returns: an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position where @data would have been inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_search_iter: * @seq: a #GSequence * @data: data for the new item * @iter_cmp: the function used to compare iterators in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @iter_cmp * * Like g_sequence_search(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc * instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as the compare function. * * @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. * It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value * if the first iterator comes before the second, and a positive * value if the second iterator comes before the first. * * If you are simply searching for an existing element of the sequence, * consider using g_sequence_lookup_iter(). * * * This function will fail if the data contained in the sequence is * unsorted. Use g_sequence_insert_sorted() or * g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter() to add data to your sequence or, if * you want to add a large amount of data, call g_sequence_sort() after * doing unsorted insertions. * * * Returns: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position in @seq where @data would have been inserted according to @iter_cmp and @cmp_data. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_set: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * @data: new data for the item * * Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If * the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that * function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_sort: * @seq: a #GSequence * @cmp_func: the function used to sort the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func * * Sorts @seq using @cmp_func. * * @cmp_func is passed two items of @seq and should * return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the * first comes before the second, and a positive value * if the second comes before the first. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_sort_changed: * @iter: A #GSequenceIter * @cmp_func: the function used to compare items in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func. * * Moves the data pointed to a new position as indicated by @cmp_func. This * function should be called for items in a sequence already sorted according * to @cmp_func whenever some aspect of an item changes so that @cmp_func * may return different values for that item. * * @cmp_func is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. * It should return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if * the first item comes before the second, and a positive value if * the second item comes before the first. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_sort_changed_iter: * @iter: a #GSequenceIter * @iter_cmp: the function used to compare iterators in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func * * Like g_sequence_sort_changed(), but uses * a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as * the compare function. * * @iter_cmp is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should * return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first * iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second * iterator comes before the first. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_sort_iter: * @seq: a #GSequence * @cmp_func: the function used to compare iterators in the sequence * @cmp_data: user data passed to @cmp_func * * Like g_sequence_sort(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead * of a GCompareDataFunc as the compare function * * @cmp_func is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should * return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first * iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second * iterator comes before the first. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_sequence_swap: * @a: a #GSequenceIter * @b: a #GSequenceIter * * Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b * to point into difference sequences. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_set_application_name: * @application_name: localized name of the application * * Sets a human-readable name for the application. This name should be * localized if possible, and is intended for display to the user. * Contrast with g_set_prgname(), which sets a non-localized name. * g_set_prgname() will be called automatically by gtk_init(), * but g_set_application_name() will not. * * Note that for thread safety reasons, this function can only * be called once. * * The application name will be used in contexts such as error messages, * or when displaying an application's name in the task list. * * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_set_error: * @err: (allow-none): a return location for a #GError, or %NULL * @domain: error domain * @code: error code * @format: printf()-style format * @...: args for @format * * Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err * must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. */ /** * g_set_error_literal: * @err: (allow-none): a return location for a #GError, or %NULL * @domain: error domain * @code: error code * @message: error message * * Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then *@err * must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to *@err. * Unlike g_set_error(), @message is not a printf()-style format string. * Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over, * that could include printf() escape sequences. * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_set_prgname: * @prgname: the name of the program. * * Sets the name of the program. This name should not * be localized, contrast with g_set_application_name(). Note that for * thread-safety reasons this function can only be called once. */ /** * g_set_print_handler: * @func: the new print handler * * Sets the print handler. * * Any messages passed to g_print() will be output via * the new handler. The default handler simply outputs * the message to stdout. By providing your own handler * you can redirect the output, to a GTK+ widget or a * log file for example. * * Returns: the old print handler */ /** * g_set_printerr_handler: * @func: the new error message handler * * Sets the handler for printing error messages. * * Any messages passed to g_printerr() will be output via * the new handler. The default handler simply outputs the * message to stderr. By providing your own handler you can * redirect the output, to a GTK+ widget or a log file for * example. * * Returns: the old error message handler */ /** * g_setenv: * @variable: the environment variable to set, must not contain '='. * @value: the value for to set the variable to. * @overwrite: whether to change the variable if it already exists. * * Sets an environment variable. Both the variable's name and value * should be in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means that * they can be arbitrary byte strings. On Windows, they should be in * UTF-8. * * Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory * used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed. * * * Environment variable handling in UNIX is not thread-safe, and your * program may crash if one thread calls g_setenv() while another * thread is calling getenv(). (And note that many functions, such as * gettext(), call getenv() internally.) This function is only safe to * use at the very start of your program, before creating any other * threads (or creating objects that create worker threads of their * own). * * If you need to set up the environment for a child process, you can * use g_get_environ() to get an environment array, modify that with * g_environ_setenv() and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass that * array directly to execvpe(), g_spawn_async(), or the like. * * * Returns: %FALSE if the environment variable couldn't be set. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_shell_parse_argv: * @command_line: command line to parse * @argcp: (out): return location for number of args * @argvp: (out) (array length=argcp zero-terminated=1): return location for array of args * @error: return location for error * * Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way * the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would * perform (variable expansion, globs, operators, filename expansion, * etc. are not supported). The results are defined to be the same as * those you would get from a UNIX98 /bin/sh, as long as the input * contains none of the unsupported shell expansions. If the input * does contain such expansions, they are passed through * literally. Possible errors are those from the #G_SHELL_ERROR * domain. Free the returned vector with g_strfreev(). * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error set */ /** * g_shell_quote: * @unquoted_string: a literal string * * Quotes a string so that the shell (/bin/sh) will interpret the * quoted string to mean @unquoted_string. If you pass a filename to * the shell, for example, you should first quote it with this * function. The return value must be freed with g_free(). The * quoting style used is undefined (single or double quotes may be * used). * * Returns: quoted string */ /** * g_shell_unquote: * @quoted_string: shell-quoted string * @error: error return location or NULL * * Unquotes a string as the shell (/bin/sh) would. Only handles * quotes; if a string contains file globs, arithmetic operators, * variables, backticks, redirections, or other special-to-the-shell * features, the result will be different from the result a real shell * would produce (the variables, backticks, etc. will be passed * through literally instead of being expanded). This function is * guaranteed to succeed if applied to the result of * g_shell_quote(). If it fails, it returns %NULL and sets the * error. The @quoted_string need not actually contain quoted or * escaped text; g_shell_unquote() simply goes through the string and * unquotes/unescapes anything that the shell would. Both single and * double quotes are handled, as are escapes including escaped * newlines. The return value must be freed with g_free(). Possible * errors are in the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain. * * Shell quoting rules are a bit strange. Single quotes preserve the * literal string exactly. escape sequences are not allowed; not even * \' - if you want a ' in the quoted text, you have to do something * like 'foo'\''bar'. Double quotes allow $, `, ", \, and newline to * be escaped with backslash. Otherwise double quotes preserve things * literally. * * Returns: an unquoted string */ /** * g_slice_alloc: * @block_size: the number of bytes to allocate * * Allocates a block of memory from the slice allocator. * The block adress handed out can be expected to be aligned * to at least 1 * sizeof (void*), * though in general slices are 2 * sizeof (void*) bytes aligned, * if a malloc() fallback implementation is used instead, * the alignment may be reduced in a libc dependent fashion. * Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can * be changed with the G_SLICE=always-malloc * environment variable. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated memory block * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_alloc0: * @block_size: the number of bytes to allocate * * Allocates a block of memory via g_slice_alloc() and initializes * the returned memory to 0. Note that the underlying slice allocation * mechanism can be changed with the * G_SLICE=always-malloc * environment variable. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated block * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_copy: * @block_size: the number of bytes to allocate * @mem_block: the memory to copy * * Allocates a block of memory from the slice allocator * and copies @block_size bytes into it from @mem_block. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated memory block * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_slice_dup: * @type: the type to duplicate, typically a structure name * @mem: the memory to copy into the allocated block * * A convenience macro to duplicate a block of memory using * the slice allocator. * * It calls g_slice_copy() with sizeof (@type) * and casts the returned pointer to a pointer of the given type, * avoiding a type cast in the source code. * Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can * be changed with the G_SLICE=always-malloc * environment variable. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated block, cast to a pointer to @type * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_slice_free: * @type: the type of the block to free, typically a structure name * @mem: a pointer to the block to free * * A convenience macro to free a block of memory that has * been allocated from the slice allocator. * * It calls g_slice_free1() using sizeof (type) * as the block size. * Note that the exact release behaviour can be changed with the * G_DEBUG=gc-friendly environment * variable, also see G_SLICE for * related debugging options. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_free1: * @block_size: the size of the block * @mem_block: a pointer to the block to free * * Frees a block of memory. * * The memory must have been allocated via g_slice_alloc() or * g_slice_alloc0() and the @block_size has to match the size * specified upon allocation. Note that the exact release behaviour * can be changed with the * G_DEBUG=gc-friendly environment * variable, also see G_SLICE for * related debugging options. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_free_chain: * @type: the type of the @mem_chain blocks * @mem_chain: a pointer to the first block of the chain * @next: the field name of the next pointer in @type * * Frees a linked list of memory blocks of structure type @type. * The memory blocks must be equal-sized, allocated via * g_slice_alloc() or g_slice_alloc0() and linked together by * a @next pointer (similar to #GSList). The name of the * @next field in @type is passed as third argument. * Note that the exact release behaviour can be changed with the * G_DEBUG=gc-friendly environment * variable, also see G_SLICE for * related debugging options. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_free_chain_with_offset: * @block_size: the size of the blocks * @mem_chain: a pointer to the first block of the chain * @next_offset: the offset of the @next field in the blocks * * Frees a linked list of memory blocks of structure type @type. * * The memory blocks must be equal-sized, allocated via * g_slice_alloc() or g_slice_alloc0() and linked together by a * @next pointer (similar to #GSList). The offset of the @next * field in each block is passed as third argument. * Note that the exact release behaviour can be changed with the * G_DEBUG=gc-friendly environment * variable, also see G_SLICE for * related debugging options. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_new: * @type: the type to allocate, typically a structure name * * A convenience macro to allocate a block of memory from the * slice allocator. * * It calls g_slice_alloc() with sizeof (@type) * and casts the returned pointer to a pointer of the given type, * avoiding a type cast in the source code. * Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can * be changed with the G_SLICE=always-malloc * environment variable. * * Returns: a pointer to the allocated block, cast to a pointer to @type * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slice_new0: * @type: the type to allocate, typically a structure name * * A convenience macro to allocate a block of memory from the * slice allocator and set the memory to 0. * * It calls g_slice_alloc0() with sizeof (@type) * and casts the returned pointer to a pointer of the given type, * avoiding a type cast in the source code. * Note that the underlying slice allocation mechanism can * be changed with the G_SLICE=always-malloc * environment variable. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slist_alloc: * * Allocates space for one #GSList element. It is called by the * g_slist_append(), g_slist_prepend(), g_slist_insert() and * g_slist_insert_sorted() functions and so is rarely used on its own. * * Returns: a pointer to the newly-allocated #GSList element. */ /** * g_slist_append: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data for the new element * * Adds a new element on to the end of the list. * * * The return value is the new start of the list, which may * have changed, so make sure you store the new value. * * * * Note that g_slist_append() has to traverse the entire list * to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple * elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend * the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added. * * * |[ * /* Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. */ * GSList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL; * * /* This is a list of strings. */ * list = g_slist_append (list, "first"); * list = g_slist_append (list, "second"); * * /* This is a list of integers. */ * number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27)); * number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14)); * ]| * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_concat: * @list1: a #GSList * @list2: the #GSList to add to the end of the first #GSList * * Adds the second #GSList onto the end of the first #GSList. * Note that the elements of the second #GSList are not copied. * They are used directly. * * Returns: the start of the new #GSList */ /** * g_slist_copy: * @list: a #GSList * * Copies a #GSList. * * * Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements * consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but * the actual data isn't. See g_slist_copy_deep() if you need * to copy the data as well. * * * Returns: a copy of @list */ /** * g_slist_copy_deep: * @list: a #GSList * @func: a copy function used to copy every element in the list * @user_data: user data passed to the copy function @func, or #NULL * * Makes a full (deep) copy of a #GSList. * * In contrast with g_slist_copy(), this function uses @func to make a copy of * each list element, in addition to copying the list container itself. * * @func, as a #GCopyFunc, takes two arguments, the data to be copied and a user * pointer. It's safe to pass #NULL as user_data, if the copy function takes only * one argument. * * For instance, if @list holds a list of GObjects, you can do: * |[ * another_list = g_slist_copy_deep (list, (GCopyFunc) g_object_ref, NULL); * ]| * * And, to entirely free the new list, you could do: * |[ * g_slist_free_full (another_list, g_object_unref); * ]| * * Returns: a full copy of @list, use #g_slist_free_full to free it * Since: 2.34 */ /** * g_slist_delete_link: * @list: a #GSList * @link_: node to delete * * Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it. * Compare this to g_slist_remove_link() which removes the node * without freeing it. * * Returns: the new head of @list */ /** * g_slist_find: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the element data to find * * Finds the element in a #GSList which * contains the given data. * * Returns: the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found */ /** * g_slist_find_custom: * @list: a #GSList * @data: user data passed to the function * @func: the function to call for each element. It should return 0 when the desired element is found * * Finds an element in a #GSList, using a supplied function to * find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling * the given function which should return 0 when the desired * element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments, * the #GSList element's data as the first argument and the * given user data. * * Returns: the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found */ /** * g_slist_foreach: * @list: a #GSList * @func: the function to call with each element's data * @user_data: user data to pass to the function * * Calls a function for each element of a #GSList. */ /** * g_slist_free: * @list: a #GSList * * Frees all of the memory used by a #GSList. * The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator. * * * If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory, * you should either use g_slist_free_full() or free them manually * first. * */ /** * g_slist_free1: * * A macro which does the same as g_slist_free_1(). * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slist_free_1: * @list: a #GSList element * * Frees one #GSList element. * It is usually used after g_slist_remove_link(). */ /** * g_slist_free_full: * @list: a pointer to a #GSList * @free_func: the function to be called to free each element's data * * Convenience method, which frees all the memory used by a #GSList, and * calls the specified destroy function on every element's data. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_slist_index: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data to find * * Gets the position of the element containing * the given data (starting from 0). * * Returns: the index of the element containing the data, or -1 if the data is not found */ /** * g_slist_insert: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data for the new element * @position: the position to insert the element. If this is negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the list, the new element is added on to the end of the list. * * Inserts a new element into the list at the given position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_insert_before: * @slist: a #GSList * @sibling: node to insert @data before * @data: data to put in the newly-inserted node * * Inserts a node before @sibling containing @data. * * Returns: the new head of the list. */ /** * g_slist_insert_sorted: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data for the new element * @func: the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. * * Inserts a new element into the list, using the given * comparison function to determine its position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_insert_sorted_with_data: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data for the new element * @func: the function to compare elements in the list. It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the second parameter in the sort order. * @user_data: data to pass to comparison function * * Inserts a new element into the list, using the given * comparison function to determine its position. * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_slist_last: * @list: a #GSList * * Gets the last element in a #GSList. * * * This function iterates over the whole list. * * * Returns: the last element in the #GSList, or %NULL if the #GSList has no elements */ /** * g_slist_length: * @list: a #GSList * * Gets the number of elements in a #GSList. * * * This function iterates over the whole list to * count its elements. * * * Returns: the number of elements in the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_next: * @slist: an element in a #GSList. * * A convenience macro to get the next element in a #GSList. * * Returns: the next element, or %NULL if there are no more elements. */ /** * g_slist_nth: * @list: a #GSList * @n: the position of the element, counting from 0 * * Gets the element at the given position in a #GSList. * * Returns: the element, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_nth_data: * @list: a #GSList * @n: the position of the element * * Gets the data of the element at the given position. * * Returns: the element's data, or %NULL if the position is off the end of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_position: * @list: a #GSList * @llink: an element in the #GSList * * Gets the position of the given element * in the #GSList (starting from 0). * * Returns: the position of the element in the #GSList, or -1 if the element is not found */ /** * g_slist_prepend: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data for the new element * * Adds a new element on to the start of the list. * * * The return value is the new start of the list, which * may have changed, so make sure you store the new value. * * * |[ * /* Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. */ * GSList *list = NULL; * list = g_slist_prepend (list, "last"); * list = g_slist_prepend (list, "first"); * ]| * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_remove: * @list: a #GSList * @data: the data of the element to remove * * Removes an element from a #GSList. * If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed. * If none of the elements contain the data, the #GSList is unchanged. * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList */ /** * g_slist_remove_all: * @list: a #GSList * @data: data to remove * * Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data. * Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with * g_slist_remove() which removes only the first node * matching the given data. * * Returns: new head of @list */ /** * g_slist_remove_link: * @list: a #GSList * @link_: an element in the #GSList * * Removes an element from a #GSList, without * freeing the element. The removed element's next * link is set to %NULL, so that it becomes a * self-contained list with one element. * * Returns: the new start of the #GSList, without the element */ /** * g_slist_reverse: * @list: a #GSList * * Reverses a #GSList. * * Returns: the start of the reversed #GSList */ /** * g_slist_sort: * @list: a #GSList * @compare_func: the comparison function used to sort the #GSList. This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GSList and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element comes before the second, or a positive value if the first element comes after the second. * * Sorts a #GSList using the given comparison function. * * Returns: the start of the sorted #GSList */ /** * g_slist_sort_with_data: * @list: a #GSList * @compare_func: comparison function * @user_data: data to pass to comparison function * * Like g_slist_sort(), but the sort function accepts a user data argument. * * Returns: new head of the list */ /** * g_snprintf: * @string: the buffer to hold the output. * @n: the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the terminating nul character). * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @...: the arguments to insert in the output. * * A safer form of the standard sprintf() function. The output is guaranteed * to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so * it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur. * * See also g_strdup_printf(). * * In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the * output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated. * In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output * string. * * The return value of g_snprintf() conforms to the snprintf() * function as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from * traditional snprintf(), which returns the length of the output string. * * The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in * the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer was large enough. */ /** * g_source_add_child_source: * @source: a #GSource * @child_source: a second #GSource that @source should "poll" * * Adds @child_source to @source as a "polled" source; when @source is * added to a #GMainContext, @child_source will be automatically added * with the same priority, when @child_source is triggered, it will * cause @source to dispatch (in addition to calling its own * callback), and when @source is destroyed, it will destroy * @child_source as well. (@source will also still be dispatched if * its own prepare/check functions indicate that it is ready.) * * If you don't need @child_source to do anything on its own when it * triggers, you can call g_source_set_dummy_callback() on it to set a * callback that does nothing (except return %TRUE if appropriate). * * @source will hold a reference on @child_source while @child_source * is attached to it. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_source_add_poll: * @source: a #GSource * @fd: a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file descriptor to watch. * * Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for * this source. This is usually combined with g_source_new() to add an * event source. The event source's check function will typically test * the @revents field in the #GPollFD struct and return %TRUE if events need * to be processed. */ /** * g_source_attach: * @source: a #GSource * @context: (allow-none): a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used) * * Adds a #GSource to a @context so that it will be executed within * that context. Remove it by calling g_source_destroy(). * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) for the source within the #GMainContext. */ /** * g_source_destroy: * @source: a #GSource * * Removes a source from its #GMainContext, if any, and mark it as * destroyed. The source cannot be subsequently added to another * context. */ /** * g_source_get_can_recurse: * @source: a #GSource * * Checks whether a source is allowed to be called recursively. * see g_source_set_can_recurse(). * * Returns: whether recursion is allowed. */ /** * g_source_get_context: * @source: a #GSource * * Gets the #GMainContext with which the source is associated. * Calling this function on a destroyed source is an error. * * Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none): the #GMainContext with which the source is associated, or %NULL if the context has not yet been added to a source. */ /** * g_source_get_current_time: * @source: a #GSource * @timeval: #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time. * * This function ignores @source and is otherwise the same as * g_get_current_time(). * * Deprecated: 2.28: use g_source_get_time() instead */ /** * g_source_get_id: * @source: a #GSource * * Returns the numeric ID for a particular source. The ID of a source * is a positive integer which is unique within a particular main loop * context. The reverse * mapping from ID to source is done by g_main_context_find_source_by_id(). * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) for the source */ /** * g_source_get_name: * @source: a #GSource * * Gets a name for the source, used in debugging and profiling. * The name may be #NULL if it has never been set with * g_source_set_name(). * * Returns: the name of the source * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_source_get_priority: * @source: a #GSource * * Gets the priority of a source. * * Returns: the priority of the source */ /** * g_source_get_time: * @source: a #GSource * * Gets the time to be used when checking this source. The advantage of * calling this function over calling g_get_monotonic_time() directly is * that when checking multiple sources, GLib can cache a single value * instead of having to repeatedly get the system monotonic time. * * The time here is the system monotonic time, if available, or some * other reasonable alternative otherwise. See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the monotonic time in microseconds * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_source_is_destroyed: * @source: a #GSource * * Returns whether @source has been destroyed. * * This is important when you operate upon your objects * from within idle handlers, but may have freed the object * before the dispatch of your idle handler. * * |[ * static gboolean * idle_callback (gpointer data) * { * SomeWidget *self = data; * * GDK_THREADS_ENTER (); * /* do stuff with self */ * self->idle_id = 0; * GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (); * * return G_SOURCE_REMOVE; * } * * static void * some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self) * { * self->idle_id = g_idle_add (idle_callback, self); * } * * static void * some_widget_finalize (GObject *object) * { * SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object); * * if (self->idle_id) * g_source_remove (self->idle_id); * * G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object); * } * ]| * * This will fail in a multi-threaded application if the * widget is destroyed before the idle handler fires due * to the use after free in the callback. A solution, to * this particular problem, is to check to if the source * has already been destroy within the callback. * * |[ * static gboolean * idle_callback (gpointer data) * { * SomeWidget *self = data; * * GDK_THREADS_ENTER (); * if (!g_source_is_destroyed (g_main_current_source ())) * { * /* do stuff with self */ * } * GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (); * * return FALSE; * } * ]| * * Returns: %TRUE if the source has been destroyed * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_source_new: * @source_funcs: structure containing functions that implement the sources behavior. * @struct_size: size of the #GSource structure to create. * * Creates a new #GSource structure. The size is specified to * allow creating structures derived from #GSource that contain * additional data. The size passed in must be at least * sizeof (GSource). * * The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext * and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be * executed. * * Returns: the newly-created #GSource. */ /** * g_source_ref: * @source: a #GSource * * Increases the reference count on a source by one. * * Returns: @source */ /** * g_source_remove: * @tag: the ID of the source to remove. * * Removes the source with the given id from the default main context. * The id of * a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be returned by the * functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), g_idle_add_full(), * g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), g_child_watch_add(), * g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and g_io_add_watch_full(). * * See also g_source_destroy(). You must use g_source_destroy() for sources * added to a non-default main context. * * Returns: %TRUE if the source was found and removed. */ /** * g_source_remove_by_funcs_user_data: * @funcs: The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new() * @user_data: the user data for the callback * * Removes a source from the default main loop context given the * source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the * same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed. * * Returns: %TRUE if a source was found and removed. */ /** * g_source_remove_by_user_data: * @user_data: the user_data for the callback. * * Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user * data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user * data, only one will be destroyed. * * Returns: %TRUE if a source was found and removed. */ /** * g_source_remove_child_source: * @source: a #GSource * @child_source: a #GSource previously passed to g_source_add_child_source(). * * Detaches @child_source from @source and destroys it. * * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_source_remove_poll: * @source: a #GSource * @fd: a #GPollFD structure previously passed to g_source_add_poll(). * * Removes a file descriptor from the set of file descriptors polled for * this source. */ /** * g_source_set_callback: * @source: the source * @func: a callback function * @data: the data to pass to callback function * @notify: (allow-none): a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL. * * Sets the callback function for a source. The callback for a source is * called from the source's dispatch function. * * The exact type of @func depends on the type of source; ie. you * should not count on @func being called with @data as its first * parameter. * * Typically, you won't use this function. Instead use functions specific * to the type of source you are using. */ /** * g_source_set_callback_indirect: * @source: the source * @callback_data: pointer to callback data "object" * @callback_funcs: functions for reference counting @callback_data and getting the callback and data * * Sets the callback function storing the data as a refcounted callback * "object". This is used internally. Note that calling * g_source_set_callback_indirect() assumes * an initial reference count on @callback_data, and thus * @callback_funcs->unref will eventually be called once more * than @callback_funcs->ref. */ /** * g_source_set_can_recurse: * @source: a #GSource * @can_recurse: whether recursion is allowed for this source * * Sets whether a source can be called recursively. If @can_recurse is * %TRUE, then while the source is being dispatched then this source * will be processed normally. Otherwise, all processing of this * source is blocked until the dispatch function returns. */ /** * g_source_set_funcs: * @source: a #GSource * @funcs: the new #GSourceFuncs * * Sets the source functions (can be used to override * default implementations) of an unattached source. * * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_source_set_name: * @source: a #GSource * @name: debug name for the source * * Sets a name for the source, used in debugging and profiling. * The name defaults to #NULL. * * The source name should describe in a human-readable way * what the source does. For example, "X11 event queue" * or "GTK+ repaint idle handler" or whatever it is. * * It is permitted to call this function multiple times, but is not * recommended due to the potential performance impact. For example, * one could change the name in the "check" function of a #GSourceFuncs * to include details like the event type in the source name. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_source_set_name_by_id: * @tag: a #GSource ID * @name: debug name for the source * * Sets the name of a source using its ID. * * This is a convenience utility to set source names from the return * value of g_idle_add(), g_timeout_add(), etc. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_source_set_priority: * @source: a #GSource * @priority: the new priority. * * Sets the priority of a source. While the main loop is being run, a * source will be dispatched if it is ready to be dispatched and no * sources at a higher (numerically smaller) priority are ready to be * dispatched. */ /** * g_source_unref: * @source: a #GSource * * Decreases the reference count of a source by one. If the * resulting reference count is zero the source and associated * memory will be destroyed. */ /** * g_spaced_primes_closest: * @num: a #guint * * Gets the smallest prime number from a built-in array of primes which * is larger than @num. This is used within GLib to calculate the optimum * size of a #GHashTable. * * The built-in array of primes ranges from 11 to 13845163 such that * each prime is approximately 1.5-2 times the previous prime. * * Returns: the smallest prime number from a built-in array of primes which is larger than @num */ /** * g_spawn_async: * @working_directory: (allow-none): child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's * @argv: (array zero-terminated=1): child's argument vector * @envp: (array zero-terminated=1) (allow-none): child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's * @flags: flags from #GSpawnFlags * @child_setup: (scope async) (allow-none): function to run in the child just before exec() * @user_data: (closure): user data for @child_setup * @child_pid: (out) (allow-none): return location for child process reference, or %NULL * @error: return location for error * * See g_spawn_async_with_pipes() for a full description; this function * simply calls the g_spawn_async_with_pipes() without any pipes. * * You should call g_spawn_close_pid() on the returned child process * reference when you don't need it any more. * * * If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you * are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may * want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen() instead to ensure that * the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen. * * * Note that the returned @child_pid on Windows is a * handle to the child process and not its identifier. Process handles * and process identifiers are different concepts on Windows. * * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set */ /** * g_spawn_async_with_pipes: * @working_directory: (allow-none): child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding * @argv: (array zero-terminated=1): child's argument vector, in the GLib file name encoding * @envp: (array zero-terminated=1) (allow-none): child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding * @flags: flags from #GSpawnFlags * @child_setup: (scope async) (allow-none): function to run in the child just before exec() * @user_data: (closure): user data for @child_setup * @child_pid: (out) (allow-none): return location for child process ID, or %NULL * @standard_input: (out) (allow-none): return location for file descriptor to write to child's stdin, or %NULL * @standard_output: (out) (allow-none): return location for file descriptor to read child's stdout, or %NULL * @standard_error: (out) (allow-none): return location for file descriptor to read child's stderr, or %NULL * @error: return location for error * * Executes a child program asynchronously (your program will not * block waiting for the child to exit). The child program is * specified by the only argument that must be provided, @argv. @argv * should be a %NULL-terminated array of strings, to be passed as the * argument vector for the child. The first string in @argv is of * course the name of the program to execute. By default, the name of * the program must be a full path. If @flags contains the * %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag, the PATH environment variable * is used to search for the executable. If @flags contains the * %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP flag, the PATH variable from * @envp is used to search for the executable. * If both the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP * flags are set, the PATH variable from @envp takes precedence * over the environment variable. * * If the program name is not a full path and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is not * used, then the program will be run from the current directory (or * @working_directory, if specified); this might be unexpected or even * dangerous in some cases when the current directory is world-writable. * * On Windows, note that all the string or string vector arguments to * this function and the other g_spawn*() functions are in UTF-8, the * GLib file name encoding. Unicode characters that are not part of * the system codepage passed in these arguments will be correctly * available in the spawned program only if it uses wide character API * to retrieve its command line. For C programs built with Microsoft's * tools it is enough to make the program have a wmain() instead of * main(). wmain() has a wide character argument vector as parameter. * * At least currently, mingw doesn't support wmain(), so if you use * mingw to develop the spawned program, it will have to call the * undocumented function __wgetmainargs() to get the wide character * argument vector and environment. See gspawn-win32-helper.c in the * GLib sources or init.c in the mingw runtime sources for a prototype * for that function. Alternatively, you can retrieve the Win32 system * level wide character command line passed to the spawned program * using the GetCommandLineW() function. * * On Windows the low-level child process creation API * CreateProcess() doesn't use argument vectors, * but a command line. The C runtime library's * spawn*() family of functions (which * g_spawn_async_with_pipes() eventually calls) paste the argument * vector elements together into a command line, and the C runtime startup code * does a corresponding reconstruction of an argument vector from the * command line, to be passed to main(). Complications arise when you have * argument vector elements that contain spaces of double quotes. The * spawn*() functions don't do any quoting or * escaping, but on the other hand the startup code does do unquoting * and unescaping in order to enable receiving arguments with embedded * spaces or double quotes. To work around this asymmetry, * g_spawn_async_with_pipes() will do quoting and escaping on argument * vector elements that need it before calling the C runtime * spawn() function. * * The returned @child_pid on Windows is a handle to the child * process, not its identifier. Process handles and process * identifiers are different concepts on Windows. * * @envp is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string * has the form KEY=VALUE. This will become * the child's environment. If @envp is %NULL, the child inherits its * parent's environment. * * @flags should be the bitwise OR of any flags you want to affect the * function's behaviour. The %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD means that the * child will not automatically be reaped; you must use a child watch to * be notified about the death of the child process. Eventually you must * call g_spawn_close_pid() on the @child_pid, in order to free * resources which may be associated with the child process. (On Unix, * using a child watch is equivalent to calling waitpid() or handling * the SIGCHLD signal manually. On Windows, calling g_spawn_close_pid() * is equivalent to calling CloseHandle() on the process handle returned * in @child_pid). See g_child_watch_add(). * * %G_SPAWN_LEAVE_DESCRIPTORS_OPEN means that the parent's open file * descriptors will be inherited by the child; otherwise all * descriptors except stdin/stdout/stderr will be closed before * calling exec() in the child. %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH * means that argv[0] need not be an absolute path, it * will be looked for in the PATH environment variable. * %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP means need not be an absolute path, it * will be looked for in the PATH variable from @envp. If * both %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH and %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH_FROM_ENVP are used, * the value from @envp takes precedence over the environment. * %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard output will * be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's * standard output. If you use this flag, @standard_output must be %NULL. * %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard error * will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's * standard error. If you use this flag, @standard_error must be %NULL. * %G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN means that the child will inherit the parent's * standard input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to * /dev/null). If you use this flag, @standard_input must be %NULL. * %G_SPAWN_FILE_AND_ARGV_ZERO means that the first element of @argv is * the file to execute, while the remaining elements are the * actual argument vector to pass to the file. Normally * g_spawn_async_with_pipes() uses @argv[0] as the file to execute, and * passes all of @argv to the child. * * @child_setup and @user_data are a function and user data. On POSIX * platforms, the function is called in the child after GLib has * performed all the setup it plans to perform (including creating * pipes, closing file descriptors, etc.) but before calling * exec(). That is, @child_setup is called just * before calling exec() in the child. Obviously * actions taken in this function will only affect the child, not the * parent. * * On Windows, there is no separate fork() and exec() * functionality. Child processes are created and run with a single * API call, CreateProcess(). There is no sensible thing @child_setup * could be used for on Windows so it is ignored and not called. * * If non-%NULL, @child_pid will on Unix be filled with the child's * process ID. You can use the process ID to send signals to the * child, or to use g_child_watch_add() (or waitpid()) if you specified the * %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. On Windows, @child_pid will be * filled with a handle to the child process only if you specified the * %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. You can then access the child * process using the Win32 API, for example wait for its termination * with the WaitFor*() functions, or examine its * exit code with GetExitCodeProcess(). You should close the handle * with CloseHandle() or g_spawn_close_pid() when you no longer need it. * * If non-%NULL, the @standard_input, @standard_output, @standard_error * locations will be filled with file descriptors for writing to the child's * standard input or reading from its standard output or standard error. * The caller of g_spawn_async_with_pipes() must close these file descriptors * when they are no longer in use. If these parameters are %NULL, the corresponding * pipe won't be created. * * If @standard_input is NULL, the child's standard input is attached to * /dev/null unless %G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN is set. * * If @standard_error is NULL, the child's standard error goes to the same * location as the parent's standard error unless %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL * is set. * * If @standard_output is NULL, the child's standard output goes to the same * location as the parent's standard output unless %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL * is set. * * @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors. * If an error is set, the function returns %FALSE. Errors * are reported even if they occur in the child (for example if the * executable in argv[0] is not found). Typically * the message field of returned errors should be displayed * to users. Possible errors are those from the #G_SPAWN_ERROR domain. * * If an error occurs, @child_pid, @standard_input, @standard_output, * and @standard_error will not be filled with valid values. * * If @child_pid is not %NULL and an error does not occur then the returned * process reference must be closed using g_spawn_close_pid(). * * * If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you * are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may * want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes() instead to ensure that * the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen. * * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set */ /** * g_spawn_close_pid: * @pid: The process reference to close * * On some platforms, notably Windows, the #GPid type represents a resource * which must be closed to prevent resource leaking. g_spawn_close_pid() * is provided for this purpose. It should be used on all platforms, even * though it doesn't do anything under UNIX. */ /** * g_spawn_command_line_async: * @command_line: a command line * @error: return location for errors * * A simple version of g_spawn_async() that parses a command line with * g_shell_parse_argv() and passes it to g_spawn_async(). Runs a * command line in the background. Unlike g_spawn_async(), the * %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is enabled, other flags are not. Note * that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security implications, so * consider using g_spawn_async() directly if appropriate. Possible * errors are those from g_shell_parse_argv() and g_spawn_async(). * * The same concerns on Windows apply as for g_spawn_command_line_sync(). * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set. */ /** * g_spawn_command_line_sync: * @command_line: a command line * @standard_output: (out) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8) (allow-none): return location for child output * @standard_error: (out) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8) (allow-none): return location for child errors * @exit_status: (out) (allow-none): return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid() * @error: return location for errors * * A simple version of g_spawn_sync() with little-used parameters * removed, taking a command line instead of an argument vector. See * g_spawn_sync() for full details. @command_line will be parsed by * g_shell_parse_argv(). Unlike g_spawn_sync(), the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag * is enabled. Note that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security * implications, so consider using g_spawn_sync() directly if * appropriate. Possible errors are those from g_spawn_sync() and those * from g_shell_parse_argv(). * * If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the exit status of the child is stored there as * it would be returned by waitpid(); standard UNIX macros such as WIFEXITED() * and WEXITSTATUS() must be used to evaluate the exit status. * * On Windows, please note the implications of g_shell_parse_argv() * parsing @command_line. Parsing is done according to Unix shell rules, not * Windows command interpreter rules. * Space is a separator, and backslashes are * special. Thus you cannot simply pass a @command_line containing * canonical Windows paths, like "c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe", as * the backslashes will be eaten, and the space will act as a * separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like * "'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'". * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set */ /** * g_spawn_sync: * @working_directory: (allow-none): child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's * @argv: (array zero-terminated=1): child's argument vector * @envp: (array zero-terminated=1) (allow-none): child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's * @flags: flags from #GSpawnFlags * @child_setup: (scope async) (allow-none): function to run in the child just before exec() * @user_data: (closure): user data for @child_setup * @standard_output: (out) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8) (allow-none): return location for child output, or %NULL * @standard_error: (out) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8) (allow-none): return location for child error messages, or %NULL * @exit_status: (out) (allow-none): return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid(), or %NULL * @error: return location for error, or %NULL * * Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning). * All output from the child is stored in @standard_output and @standard_error, * if those parameters are non-%NULL. Note that you must set the * %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL and %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL flags when * passing %NULL for @standard_output and @standard_error. * If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the exit status of the child is stored * there as it would be returned by waitpid(); standard UNIX macros such * as WIFEXITED() and WEXITSTATUS() must be used to evaluate the exit status. * Note that this function call waitpid() even if @exit_status is %NULL, and * does not accept the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. * If an error occurs, no data is returned in @standard_output, * @standard_error, or @exit_status. * * This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that * function for full details on the other parameters and details on * how these functions work on Windows. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set. */ /** * g_sprintf: * @string: A pointer to a memory buffer to contain the resulting string. It is up to the caller to ensure that the allocated buffer is large enough to hold the formatted result * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @...: the arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the standard sprintf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * * Note that it is usually better to use g_snprintf(), to avoid the * risk of buffer overflow. * * See also g_strdup_printf(). * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_stat: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @buf: a pointer to a stat struct, which will be filled with the file information * * A wrapper for the POSIX stat() function. The stat() function * returns information about a file. On Windows the stat() function in * the C library checks only the FAT-style READONLY attribute and does * not look at the ACL at all. Thus on Windows the protection bits in * the st_mode field are a fabrication of little use. * * On Windows the Microsoft C libraries have several variants of the * stat struct and stat() function with names * like "_stat", "_stat32", "_stat32i64" and "_stat64i32". The one * used here is for 32-bit code the one with 32-bit size and time * fields, specifically called "_stat32". * * In Microsoft's compiler, by default "struct stat" means one with * 64-bit time fields while in MinGW "struct stat" is the legacy one * with 32-bit fields. To hopefully clear up this messs, the gstdio.h * header defines a type GStatBuf which is the appropriate struct type * depending on the platform and/or compiler being used. On POSIX it * is just "struct stat", but note that even on POSIX platforms, * "stat" might be a macro. * * See your C library manual for more details about stat(). * * Returns: 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_stpcpy: * @dest: destination buffer. * @src: source string. * * Copies a nul-terminated string into the dest buffer, include the * trailing nul, and return a pointer to the trailing nul byte. * This is useful for concatenating multiple strings together * without having to repeatedly scan for the end. * * Returns: a pointer to trailing nul byte. */ /** * g_str_equal: * @v1: a key * @v2: a key to compare with @v1 * * Compares two strings for byte-by-byte equality and returns %TRUE * if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the * @key_equal_func parameter, when using non-%NULL strings as keys in a * #GHashTable. * * Note that this function is primarily meant as a hash table comparison * function. For a general-purpose, %NULL-safe string comparison function, * see g_strcmp0(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the two keys match */ /** * g_str_has_prefix: * @str: a nul-terminated string * @prefix: the nul-terminated prefix to look for * * Looks whether the string @str begins with @prefix. * * Returns: %TRUE if @str begins with @prefix, %FALSE otherwise. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_str_has_suffix: * @str: a nul-terminated string * @suffix: the nul-terminated suffix to look for * * Looks whether the string @str ends with @suffix. * * Returns: %TRUE if @str end with @suffix, %FALSE otherwise. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_str_hash: * @v: a string key * * Converts a string to a hash value. * * This function implements the widely used "djb" hash apparently posted * by Daniel Bernstein to comp.lang.c some time ago. The 32 bit * unsigned hash value starts at 5381 and for each byte 'c' in the * string, is updated: hash = hash * 33 + c. This * function uses the signed value of each byte. * * It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter, * when using non-%NULL strings as keys in a #GHashTable. * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to the key */ /** * g_strcanon: * @string: a nul-terminated array of bytes * @valid_chars: bytes permitted in @string * @substitutor: replacement character for disallowed bytes * * For each character in @string, if the character is not in * @valid_chars, replaces the character with @substitutor. * Modifies @string in place, and return @string itself, not * a copy. The return value is to allow nesting such as * |[ * g_ascii_strup (g_strcanon (str, "abc", '?')) * ]| * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_strcasecmp: * @s1: a string. * @s2: a string to compare with @s1. * * A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard * strcasecmp() function on platforms which support it. * * Returns: 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. * Deprecated: 2.2: See g_strncasecmp() for a discussion of why this function is deprecated and how to replace it. */ /** * g_strchomp: * @string: a string to remove the trailing whitespace from * * Removes trailing whitespace from a string. * * This function doesn't allocate or reallocate any memory; * it modifies @string in place. The pointer to @string is * returned to allow the nesting of functions. * * Also see g_strchug() and g_strstrip(). * * Returns: @string. */ /** * g_strchug: * @string: a string to remove the leading whitespace from * * Removes leading whitespace from a string, by moving the rest * of the characters forward. * * This function doesn't allocate or reallocate any memory; * it modifies @string in place. The pointer to @string is * returned to allow the nesting of functions. * * Also see g_strchomp() and g_strstrip(). * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_strcmp0: * @str1: (allow-none): a C string or %NULL * @str2: (allow-none): another C string or %NULL * * Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL * gracefully by sorting it before non-%NULL strings. * Comparing two %NULL pointers returns 0. * * Returns: -1, 0 or 1, if @str1 is <, == or > than @str2. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_strcompress: * @source: a string to compress * * Replaces all escaped characters with their one byte equivalent. * * This function does the reverse conversion of g_strescape(). * * Returns: a newly-allocated copy of @source with all escaped character compressed */ /** * g_strconcat: * @string1: the first string to add, which must not be %NULL * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of strings to append to the string * * Concatenates all of the given strings into one long string. * The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. * * Note that this function is usually not the right function to use to * assemble a translated message from pieces, since proper translation * often requires the pieces to be reordered. * * The variable argument list must end * with %NULL. If you forget the %NULL, g_strconcat() will start appending * random memory junk to your string. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string containing all the string arguments */ /** * g_strdelimit: * @string: the string to convert * @delimiters: (allow-none): a string containing the current delimiters, or %NULL to use the standard delimiters defined in #G_STR_DELIMITERS * @new_delimiter: the new delimiter character * * Converts any delimiter characters in @string to @new_delimiter. * Any characters in @string which are found in @delimiters are * changed to the @new_delimiter character. Modifies @string in place, * and returns @string itself, not a copy. The return value is to * allow nesting such as * |[ * g_ascii_strup (g_strdelimit (str, "abc", '?')) * ]| * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_strdown: * @string: the string to convert. * * Converts a string to lower case. * * Returns: the string * Deprecated: 2.2: This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strdown() or g_utf8_strdown() instead. */ /** * g_strdup: * @str: the string to duplicate * * Duplicates a string. If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL. * The returned string should be freed with g_free() * when no longer needed. * * Returns: a newly-allocated copy of @str */ /** * g_strdup_printf: * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Similar to the standard C sprintf() function but safer, since it * calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold * the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no * longer needed. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string holding the result */ /** * g_strdup_vprintf: * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls * @args: the list of parameters to insert into the format string * * Similar to the standard C vsprintf() function but safer, since it * calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold * the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when * no longer needed. * * See also g_vasprintf(), which offers the same functionality, but * additionally returns the length of the allocated string. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string holding the result */ /** * g_strdupv: * @str_array: a %NULL-terminated array of strings * * Copies %NULL-terminated array of strings. The copy is a deep copy; * the new array should be freed by first freeing each string, then * the array itself. g_strfreev() does this for you. If called * on a %NULL value, g_strdupv() simply returns %NULL. * * Returns: a new %NULL-terminated array of strings. */ /** * g_strerror: * @errnum: the system error number. See the standard C %errno documentation * * Returns a string corresponding to the given error code, e.g. * "no such process". You should use this function in preference to * strerror(), because it returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since * not all platforms support the strerror() function. * * Returns: a UTF-8 string describing the error code. If the error code is unknown, it returns "unknown error (<code>)". */ /** * g_strescape: * @source: a string to escape * @exceptions: a string of characters not to escape in @source * * Escapes the special characters '\b', '\f', '\n', '\r', '\t', '\v', '\' * and '"' in the string @source by inserting a '\' before * them. Additionally all characters in the range 0x01-0x1F (everything * below SPACE) and in the range 0x7F-0xFF (all non-ASCII chars) are * replaced with a '\' followed by their octal representation. * Characters supplied in @exceptions are not escaped. * * g_strcompress() does the reverse conversion. * * Returns: a newly-allocated copy of @source with certain characters escaped. See above. */ /** * g_strfreev: * @str_array: a %NULL-terminated array of strings to free * * Frees a %NULL-terminated array of strings, and the array itself. * If called on a %NULL value, g_strfreev() simply returns. */ /** * g_string_append: * @string: a #GString * @val: the string to append onto the end of @string * * Adds a string onto the end of a #GString, expanding * it if necessary. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_append_c: * @string: a #GString * @c: the byte to append onto the end of @string * * Adds a byte onto the end of a #GString, expanding * it if necessary. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_append_len: * @string: a #GString * @val: bytes to append * @len: number of bytes of @val to use * * Appends @len bytes of @val to @string. Because @len is * provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not * be nul-terminated. * * Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is * the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at * least @len addressable bytes. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_append_printf: * @string: a #GString * @format: the string format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. * This function is similar to g_string_printf() except * that the text is appended to the #GString. */ /** * g_string_append_unichar: * @string: a #GString * @wc: a Unicode character * * Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and appends it * to the string. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_append_uri_escaped: * @string: a #GString * @unescaped: a string * @reserved_chars_allowed: a string of reserved characters allowed to be used, or %NULL * @allow_utf8: set %TRUE if the escaped string may include UTF8 characters * * Appends @unescaped to @string, escaped any characters that * are reserved in URIs using URI-style escape sequences. * * Returns: @string * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_string_append_vprintf: * @string: a #GString * @format: the string format. See the printf() documentation * @args: the list of arguments to insert in the output * * Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. * This function is similar to g_string_append_printf() * except that the arguments to the format string are passed * as a va_list. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_string_ascii_down: * @string: a GString * * Converts all uppercase ASCII letters to lowercase ASCII letters. * * Returns: passed-in @string pointer, with all the uppercase characters converted to lowercase in place, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). */ /** * g_string_ascii_up: * @string: a GString * * Converts all lowercase ASCII letters to uppercase ASCII letters. * * Returns: passed-in @string pointer, with all the lowercase characters converted to uppercase in place, with semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). */ /** * g_string_assign: * @string: the destination #GString. Its current contents are destroyed. * @rval: the string to copy into @string * * Copies the bytes from a string into a #GString, * destroying any previous contents. It is rather like * the standard strcpy() function, except that you do not * have to worry about having enough space to copy the string. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_chunk_clear: * @chunk: a #GStringChunk * * Frees all strings contained within the #GStringChunk. * After calling g_string_chunk_clear() it is not safe to * access any of the strings which were contained within it. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_string_chunk_free: * @chunk: a #GStringChunk * * Frees all memory allocated by the #GStringChunk. * After calling g_string_chunk_free() it is not safe to * access any of the strings which were contained within it. */ /** * g_string_chunk_insert: * @chunk: a #GStringChunk * @string: the string to add * * Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk. * It returns a pointer to the new copy of the string * in the #GStringChunk. The characters in the string * can be changed, if necessary, though you should not * change anything after the end of the string. * * Unlike g_string_chunk_insert_const(), this function * does not check for duplicates. Also strings added * with g_string_chunk_insert() will not be searched * by g_string_chunk_insert_const() when looking for * duplicates. * * Returns: a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk */ /** * g_string_chunk_insert_const: * @chunk: a #GStringChunk * @string: the string to add * * Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk, unless the same * string has already been added to the #GStringChunk with * g_string_chunk_insert_const(). * * This function is useful if you need to copy a large number * of strings but do not want to waste space storing duplicates. * But you must remember that there may be several pointers to * the same string, and so any changes made to the strings * should be done very carefully. * * Note that g_string_chunk_insert_const() will not return a * pointer to a string added with g_string_chunk_insert(), even * if they do match. * * Returns: a pointer to the new or existing copy of @string within the #GStringChunk */ /** * g_string_chunk_insert_len: * @chunk: a #GStringChunk * @string: bytes to insert * @len: number of bytes of @string to insert, or -1 to insert a nul-terminated string * * Adds a copy of the first @len bytes of @string to the #GStringChunk. * The copy is nul-terminated. * * Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's * responsibility to ensure that @string has at least @len addressable * bytes. * * The characters in the returned string can be changed, if necessary, * though you should not change anything after the end of the string. * * Returns: a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_string_chunk_new: * @size: the default size of the blocks of memory which are allocated to store the strings. If a particular string is larger than this default size, a larger block of memory will be allocated for it. * * Creates a new #GStringChunk. * * Returns: a new #GStringChunk */ /** * g_string_down: * @string: a #GString * * Converts a #GString to lowercase. * * Returns: the #GString * Deprecated: 2.2: This function uses the locale-specific tolower() function, which is almost never the right thing. Use g_string_ascii_down() or g_utf8_strdown() instead. */ /** * g_string_equal: * @v: a #GString * @v2: another #GString * * Compares two strings for equality, returning %TRUE if they are equal. * For use with #GHashTable. * * Returns: %TRUE if they strings are the same length and contain the same bytes */ /** * g_string_erase: * @string: a #GString * @pos: the position of the content to remove * @len: the number of bytes to remove, or -1 to remove all following bytes * * Removes @len bytes from a #GString, starting at position @pos. * The rest of the #GString is shifted down to fill the gap. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_free: * @string: a #GString * @free_segment: if %TRUE, the actual character data is freed as well * * Frees the memory allocated for the #GString. * If @free_segment is %TRUE it also frees the character data. If * it's %FALSE, the caller gains ownership of the buffer and must * free it after use with g_free(). * * Returns: the character data of @string (i.e. %NULL if @free_segment is %TRUE) */ /** * g_string_hash: * @str: a string to hash * * Creates a hash code for @str; for use with #GHashTable. * * Returns: hash code for @str */ /** * g_string_insert: * @string: a #GString * @pos: the position to insert the copy of the string * @val: the string to insert * * Inserts a copy of a string into a #GString, * expanding it if necessary. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_insert_c: * @string: a #GString * @pos: the position to insert the byte * @c: the byte to insert * * Inserts a byte into a #GString, expanding it if necessary. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_insert_len: * @string: a #GString * @pos: position in @string where insertion should happen, or -1 for at the end * @val: bytes to insert * @len: number of bytes of @val to insert * * Inserts @len bytes of @val into @string at @pos. * Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded * nuls and need not be nul-terminated. If @pos is -1, * bytes are inserted at the end of the string. * * Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is * the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at * least @len addressable bytes. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_insert_unichar: * @string: a #GString * @pos: the position at which to insert character, or -1 to append at the end of the string * @wc: a Unicode character * * Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and insert it * into the string at the given position. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_new: * @init: the initial text to copy into the string * * Creates a new #GString, initialized with the given string. * * Returns: the new #GString */ /** * g_string_new_len: * @init: initial contents of the string * @len: length of @init to use * * Creates a new #GString with @len bytes of the @init buffer. * Because a length is provided, @init need not be nul-terminated, * and can contain embedded nul bytes. * * Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's * responsibility to ensure that @init has at least @len addressable * bytes. * * Returns: a new #GString */ /** * g_string_overwrite: * @string: a #GString * @pos: the position at which to start overwriting * @val: the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos * * Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary. * * Returns: @string * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_string_overwrite_len: * @string: a #GString * @pos: the position at which to start overwriting * @val: the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos * @len: the number of bytes to write from @val * * Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary. * This function will work with embedded nuls. * * Returns: @string * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_string_prepend: * @string: a #GString * @val: the string to prepend on the start of @string * * Adds a string on to the start of a #GString, * expanding it if necessary. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_prepend_c: * @string: a #GString * @c: the byte to prepend on the start of the #GString * * Adds a byte onto the start of a #GString, * expanding it if necessary. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_prepend_len: * @string: a #GString * @val: bytes to prepend * @len: number of bytes in @val to prepend * * Prepends @len bytes of @val to @string. * Because @len is provided, @val may contain * embedded nuls and need not be nul-terminated. * * Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, * it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that * @val has at least @len addressable bytes. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_prepend_unichar: * @string: a #GString * @wc: a Unicode character * * Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and prepends it * to the string. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_printf: * @string: a #GString * @format: the string format. See the printf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Writes a formatted string into a #GString. * This is similar to the standard sprintf() function, * except that the #GString buffer automatically expands * to contain the results. The previous contents of the * #GString are destroyed. */ /** * g_string_set_size: * @string: a #GString * @len: the new length * * Sets the length of a #GString. If the length is less than * the current length, the string will be truncated. If the * length is greater than the current length, the contents * of the newly added area are undefined. (However, as * always, string->str[string->len] will be a nul byte.) * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_sized_new: * @dfl_size: the default size of the space allocated to hold the string * * Creates a new #GString, with enough space for @dfl_size * bytes. This is useful if you are going to add a lot of * text to the string and don't want it to be reallocated * too often. * * Returns: the new #GString */ /** * g_string_sprintf: * @string: a #GString * @format: the string format. See the sprintf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Writes a formatted string into a #GString. * This is similar to the standard sprintf() function, * except that the #GString buffer automatically expands * to contain the results. The previous contents of the * #GString are destroyed. * * Deprecated: This function has been renamed to g_string_printf(). */ /** * g_string_sprintfa: * @string: a #GString * @format: the string format. See the sprintf() documentation * @...: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString. * This function is similar to g_string_sprintf() except that * the text is appended to the #GString. * * Deprecated: This function has been renamed to g_string_append_printf() */ /** * g_string_truncate: * @string: a #GString * @len: the new size of @string * * Cuts off the end of the GString, leaving the first @len bytes. * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_string_up: * @string: a #GString * * Converts a #GString to uppercase. * * Returns: @string * Deprecated: 2.2: This function uses the locale-specific toupper() function, which is almost never the right thing. Use g_string_ascii_up() or g_utf8_strup() instead. */ /** * g_string_vprintf: * @string: a #GString * @format: the string format. See the printf() documentation * @args: the parameters to insert into the format string * * Writes a formatted string into a #GString. * This function is similar to g_string_printf() except that * the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_strip_context: * @msgid: a string * @msgval: another string * * An auxiliary function for gettext() support (see Q_()). * * Returns: @msgval, unless @msgval is identical to @msgid and contains a '|' character, in which case a pointer to the substring of msgid after the first '|' character is returned. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_strjoin: * @separator: (allow-none): a string to insert between each of the strings, or %NULL * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of strings to join * * Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the * optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string * should be freed with g_free(). * * Returns: a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined together, with @separator between them */ /** * g_strjoinv: * @separator: (allow-none): a string to insert between each of the strings, or %NULL * @str_array: a %NULL-terminated array of strings to join * * Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the * optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string * should be freed with g_free(). * * Returns: a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined together, with @separator between them */ /** * g_strlcat: * @dest: destination buffer, already containing one nul-terminated string * @src: source buffer * @dest_size: length of @dest buffer in bytes (not length of existing string inside @dest) * * Portability wrapper that calls strlcat() on systems which have it, * and emulates it otherwise. Appends nul-terminated @src string to @dest, * guaranteeing nul-termination for @dest. The total size of @dest won't * exceed @dest_size. * * At most dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. * Unlike strncat, dest_size is the full size of dest, not the space left over. * This function does NOT allocate memory. * This always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0 or there were no NUL characters * in the dest_size characters of dest to start with). * * Caveat: this is supposedly a more secure alternative to * strcat() or strncat(), but for real security g_strconcat() is harder * to mess up. * * Returns: size of attempted result, which is MIN (dest_size, strlen (original dest)) + strlen (src), so if retval >= dest_size, truncation occurred. */ /** * g_strlcpy: * @dest: destination buffer * @src: source buffer * @dest_size: length of @dest in bytes * * Portability wrapper that calls strlcpy() on systems which have it, * and emulates strlcpy() otherwise. Copies @src to @dest; @dest is * guaranteed to be nul-terminated; @src must be nul-terminated; * @dest_size is the buffer size, not the number of chars to copy. * * At most dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. Always nul-terminates * (unless dest_size == 0). This function does not * allocate memory. Unlike strncpy(), this function doesn't pad dest (so * it's often faster). It returns the size of the attempted result, * strlen (src), so if @retval >= @dest_size, truncation occurred. * * Caveat: strlcpy() is supposedly more secure than * strcpy() or strncpy(), but if you really want to avoid screwups, * g_strdup() is an even better idea. * * Returns: length of @src */ /** * g_strncasecmp: * @s1: a string. * @s2: a string to compare with @s1. * @n: the maximum number of characters to compare. * * A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard * strncasecmp() function on platforms which support it. * It is similar to g_strcasecmp() except it only compares the first @n * characters of the strings. * * Returns: 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2, or a positive value if @s1 > @s2. * Deprecated: 2.2: The problem with g_strncasecmp() is that it does the comparison by calling toupper()/tolower(). These functions are locale-specific and operate on single bytes. However, it is impossible to handle things correctly from an I18N standpoint by operating on bytes, since characters may be multibyte. Thus g_strncasecmp() is broken if your string is guaranteed to be ASCII, since it's locale-sensitive, and it's broken if your string is localized, since it doesn't work on many encodings at all, including UTF-8, EUC-JP, etc. There are therefore two replacement functions: g_ascii_strncasecmp(), which only works on ASCII and is not locale-sensitive, and g_utf8_casefold(), which is good for case-insensitive sorting of UTF-8. */ /** * g_strndup: * @str: the string to duplicate * @n: the maximum number of bytes to copy from @str * * Duplicates the first @n bytes of a string, returning a newly-allocated * buffer @n + 1 bytes long which will always be nul-terminated. * If @str is less than @n bytes long the buffer is padded with nuls. * If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL. * The returned value should be freed when no longer needed. * * * To copy a number of characters from a UTF-8 encoded string, use * g_utf8_strncpy() instead. * * * Returns: a newly-allocated buffer containing the first @n bytes of @str, nul-terminated */ /** * g_strnfill: * @length: the length of the new string * @fill_char: the byte to fill the string with * * Creates a new string @length bytes long filled with @fill_char. * The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string filled the @fill_char */ /** * g_strreverse: * @string: the string to reverse * * Reverses all of the bytes in a string. For example, * g_strreverse ("abcdef") will result * in "fedcba". * * Note that g_strreverse() doesn't work on UTF-8 strings * containing multibyte characters. For that purpose, use * g_utf8_strreverse(). * * Returns: the same pointer passed in as @string */ /** * g_strrstr: * @haystack: a nul-terminated string * @needle: the nul-terminated string to search for * * Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence * of the string @needle. * * Returns: a pointer to the found occurrence, or %NULL if not found. */ /** * g_strrstr_len: * @haystack: a nul-terminated string * @haystack_len: the maximum length of @haystack * @needle: the nul-terminated string to search for * * Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence * of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search * to @haystack_len. * * Returns: a pointer to the found occurrence, or %NULL if not found. */ /** * g_strsignal: * @signum: the signal number. See the signal documentation * * Returns a string describing the given signal, e.g. "Segmentation fault". * You should use this function in preference to strsignal(), because it * returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since not all platforms support * the strsignal() function. * * Returns: a UTF-8 string describing the signal. If the signal is unknown, it returns "unknown signal (<signum>)". */ /** * g_strsplit: * @string: a string to split * @delimiter: a string which specifies the places at which to split the string. The delimiter is not included in any of the resulting strings, unless @max_tokens is reached. * @max_tokens: the maximum number of pieces to split @string into. If this is less than 1, the string is split completely. * * Splits a string into a maximum of @max_tokens pieces, using the given * @delimiter. If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder of @string is * appended to the last token. * * As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty * vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this * special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically * more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need * to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string * before calling g_strsplit(). * * Returns: a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. */ /** * g_strsplit_set: * @string: The string to be tokenized * @delimiters: A nul-terminated string containing bytes that are used to split the string. * @max_tokens: The maximum number of tokens to split @string into. If this is less than 1, the string is split completely * * Splits @string into a number of tokens not containing any of the characters * in @delimiter. A token is the (possibly empty) longest string that does not * contain any of the characters in @delimiters. If @max_tokens is reached, the * remainder is appended to the last token. * * For example the result of g_strsplit_set ("abc:def/ghi", ":/", -1) is a * %NULL-terminated vector containing the three strings "abc", "def", * and "ghi". * * The result if g_strsplit_set (":def/ghi:", ":/", -1) is a %NULL-terminated * vector containing the four strings "", "def", "ghi", and "". * * As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty * vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this * special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically * more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need * to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string * before calling g_strsplit_set(). * * Note that this function works on bytes not characters, so it can't be used * to delimit UTF-8 strings for anything but ASCII characters. * * Returns: a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use g_strfreev() to free it. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_strstr_len: * @haystack: a string * @haystack_len: the maximum length of @haystack. Note that -1 is a valid length, if @haystack is nul-terminated, meaning it will search through the whole string. * @needle: the string to search for * * Searches the string @haystack for the first occurrence * of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search * to @haystack_len. * * Returns: a pointer to the found occurrence, or %NULL if not found. */ /** * g_strstrip: * @string: a string to remove the leading and trailing whitespace from * * Removes leading and trailing whitespace from a string. * See g_strchomp() and g_strchug(). * * Returns: @string */ /** * g_strtod: * @nptr: the string to convert to a numeric value. * @endptr: if non-%NULL, it returns the character after the last character used in the conversion. * * Converts a string to a #gdouble value. * It calls the standard strtod() function to handle the conversion, but * if the string is not completely converted it attempts the conversion * again with g_ascii_strtod(), and returns the best match. * * This function should seldom be used. The normal situation when reading * numbers not for human consumption is to use g_ascii_strtod(). Only when * you know that you must expect both locale formatted and C formatted numbers * should you use this. Make sure that you don't pass strings such as comma * separated lists of values, since the commas may be interpreted as a decimal * point in some locales, causing unexpected results. * * Returns: the #gdouble value. */ /** * g_strup: * @string: the string to convert. * * Converts a string to upper case. * * Returns: the string * Deprecated: 2.2: This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strup() or g_utf8_strup() instead. */ /** * g_strv_length: * @str_array: a %NULL-terminated array of strings * * Returns the length of the given %NULL-terminated * string array @str_array. * * Returns: length of @str_array. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_test_add: * @testpath: The test path for a new test case. * @Fixture: The type of a fixture data structure. * @tdata: Data argument for the test functions. * @fsetup: The function to set up the fixture data. * @ftest: The actual test function. * @fteardown: The function to tear down the fixture data. * * Hook up a new test case at @testpath, similar to g_test_add_func(). * A fixture data structure with setup and teardown function may be provided * though, similar to g_test_create_case(). * g_test_add() is implemented as a macro, so that the fsetup(), ftest() and * fteardown() callbacks can expect a @Fixture pointer as first argument in * a type safe manner. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_add_data_func: * @testpath: /-separated test case path name for the test. * @test_data: Test data argument for the test function. * @test_func: The test function to invoke for this test. * * Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However * the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically * created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the * slash-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data argument * will be passed as first argument to @test_func. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_add_func: * @testpath: /-separated test case path name for the test. * @test_func: The test function to invoke for this test. * * Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However * the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically * created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the * slash-separated portions of @testpath. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_bug: * @bug_uri_snippet: Bug specific bug tracker URI portion. * * This function adds a message to test reports that * associates a bug URI with a test case. * Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with g_test_bug_base() * and @bug_uri_snippet. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_bug_base: * @uri_pattern: the base pattern for bug URIs * * Specify the base URI for bug reports. * * The base URI is used to construct bug report messages for * g_test_message() when g_test_bug() is called. * Calling this function outside of a test case sets the * default base URI for all test cases. Calling it from within * a test case changes the base URI for the scope of the test * case only. * Bug URIs are constructed by appending a bug specific URI * portion to @uri_pattern, or by replacing the special string * '\%s' within @uri_pattern if that is present. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_create_case: * @test_name: the name for the test case * @data_size: the size of the fixture data structure * @test_data: test data argument for the test functions * @data_setup: the function to set up the fixture data * @data_test: the actual test function * @data_teardown: the function to teardown the fixture data * * Create a new #GTestCase, named @test_name, this API is fairly * low level, calling g_test_add() or g_test_add_func() is preferable. * When this test is executed, a fixture structure of size @data_size * will be allocated and filled with 0s. Then @data_setup is called * to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test * function @data_test is called. Once the test run completed, the * fixture structure is torn down by calling @data_teardown and * after that the memory is released. * * Splitting up a test run into fixture setup, test function and * fixture teardown is most usful if the same fixture is used for * multiple tests. In this cases, g_test_create_case() will be * called with the same fixture, but varying @test_name and * @data_test arguments. * * Returns: a newly allocated #GTestCase. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_create_suite: * @suite_name: a name for the suite * * Create a new test suite with the name @suite_name. * * Returns: A newly allocated #GTestSuite instance. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_fail: * * Indicates that a test failed. This function can be called * multiple times from the same test. You can use this function * if your test failed in a recoverable way. * * Do not use this function if the failure of a test could cause * other tests to malfunction. * * Calling this function will not stop the test from running, you * need to return from the test function yourself. So you can * produce additional diagnostic messages or even continue running * the test. * * If not called from inside a test, this function does nothing. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_test_get_root: * * Get the toplevel test suite for the test path API. * * Returns: the toplevel #GTestSuite * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_init: * @argc: Address of the @argc parameter of the main() function. Changed if any arguments were handled. * @argv: Address of the @argv parameter of main(). Any parameters understood by g_test_init() stripped before return. * @...: Reserved for future extension. Currently, you must pass %NULL. * * Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the * test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname() * and parsing test related command line args. * So far, the following arguments are understood: * * * * * list test cases available in a test executable. * * * * * * provide a random seed to reproduce test runs using random numbers. * * * * * run tests verbosely. * * * , * run tests quietly. * * * * * execute all tests matching TESTPATH. * * * * * * execute tests according to these test modes: * * * perf * * performance tests, may take long and report results. * * * * slow, thorough * * slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and * maximize coverage. * * * * quick * * quick tests, should run really quickly and give good coverage. * * * * undefined * * tests for undefined behaviour, may provoke programming errors * under g_test_trap_fork() to check that appropriate assertions * or warnings are given * * * * no-undefined * * avoid tests for undefined behaviour * * * * * * * * debug test logging output. * * * , * gtester-specific argument. * * * * gtester-specific argument. * * * * gtester-specific argument. * * * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_log_buffer_free: * * Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. */ /** * g_test_log_buffer_new: * * Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. */ /** * g_test_log_buffer_pop: * * Internal function for gtester to retrieve test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. */ /** * g_test_log_buffer_push: * * Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. */ /** * g_test_log_msg_free: * * Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided. */ /** * g_test_log_set_fatal_handler: * @log_func: the log handler function. * @user_data: data passed to the log handler. * * Installs a non-error fatal log handler which can be * used to decide whether log messages which are counted * as fatal abort the program. * * The use case here is that you are running a test case * that depends on particular libraries or circumstances * and cannot prevent certain known critical or warning * messages. So you install a handler that compares the * domain and message to precisely not abort in such a case. * * Note that the handler is reset at the beginning of * any test case, so you have to set it inside each test * function which needs the special behavior. * * This handler has no effect on g_error messages. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_test_maximized_result: * @maximized_quantity: the reported value * @format: the format string of the report message * @...: arguments to pass to the printf() function * * Report the result of a performance or measurement test. * The test should generally strive to maximize the reported * quantities (larger values are better than smaller ones), * this and @maximized_quantity can determine sorting * order for test result reports. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_message: * @format: the format string * @...: printf-like arguments to @format * * Add a message to the test report. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_minimized_result: * @minimized_quantity: the reported value * @format: the format string of the report message * @...: arguments to pass to the printf() function * * Report the result of a performance or measurement test. * The test should generally strive to minimize the reported * quantities (smaller values are better than larger ones), * this and @minimized_quantity can determine sorting * order for test result reports. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_perf: * * Returns %TRUE if tests are run in performance mode. * * Returns: %TRUE if in performance mode */ /** * g_test_queue_destroy: * @destroy_func: Destroy callback for teardown phase. * @destroy_data: Destroy callback data. * * This function enqueus a callback @destroy_func to be executed * during the next test case teardown phase. This is most useful * to auto destruct allocted test resources at the end of a test run. * Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means enqueueing * callback A before callback B will cause B() to be called before * A() during teardown. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_queue_free: * @gfree_pointer: the pointer to be stored. * * Enqueue a pointer to be released with g_free() during the next * teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling g_test_queue_destroy() * with a destroy callback of g_free(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_queue_unref: * @gobject: the object to unref * * Enqueue an object to be released with g_object_unref() during * the next teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling * g_test_queue_destroy() with a destroy callback of g_object_unref(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_quick: * * Returns %TRUE if tests are run in quick mode. * Exactly one of g_test_quick() and g_test_slow() is active in any run; * there is no "medium speed". * * Returns: %TRUE if in quick mode */ /** * g_test_quiet: * * Returns %TRUE if tests are run in quiet mode. * The default is neither g_test_verbose() nor g_test_quiet(). * * Returns: %TRUE if in quiet mode */ /** * g_test_rand_bit: * * Get a reproducible random bit (0 or 1), see g_test_rand_int() * for details on test case random numbers. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_rand_double: * * Get a reproducible random floating point number, * see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. * * Returns: a random number from the seeded random number generator. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_rand_double_range: * @range_start: the minimum value returned by this function * @range_end: the minimum value not returned by this function * * Get a reproducible random floating pointer number out of a specified range, * see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. * * Returns: a number with @range_start <= number < @range_end. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_rand_int: * * Get a reproducible random integer number. * * The random numbers generated by the g_test_rand_*() family of functions * change with every new test program start, unless the --seed option is * given when starting test programs. * * For individual test cases however, the random number generator is * reseeded, to avoid dependencies between tests and to make --seed * effective for all test cases. * * Returns: a random number from the seeded random number generator. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_rand_int_range: * @begin: the minimum value returned by this function * @end: the smallest value not to be returned by this function * * Get a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range, * see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers. * * Returns: a number with @begin <= number < @end. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_run: * * Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved * with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test * cases to be run are filtered according to * test path arguments (-p testpath) as * parsed by g_test_init(). * g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once * in a program. * * Returns: 0 on success * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_run_suite: * @suite: a #GTestSuite * * Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites. * The test suites to be executed are filtered according to * test path arguments (-p testpath) * as parsed by g_test_init(). * g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once * in a program. * * Returns: 0 on success * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_slow: * * Returns %TRUE if tests are run in slow mode. * Exactly one of g_test_quick() and g_test_slow() is active in any run; * there is no "medium speed". * * Returns: the opposite of g_test_quick() */ /** * g_test_suite_add: * @suite: a #GTestSuite * @test_case: a #GTestCase * * Adds @test_case to @suite. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_suite_add_suite: * @suite: a #GTestSuite * @nestedsuite: another #GTestSuite * * Adds @nestedsuite to @suite. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_thorough: * * Returns %TRUE if tests are run in thorough mode, equivalent to * g_test_slow(). * * Returns: the same thing as g_test_slow() */ /** * g_test_timer_elapsed: * * Get the time since the last start of the timer with g_test_timer_start(). * * Returns: the time since the last start of the timer, as a double * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_timer_last: * * Report the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(). * * Returns: the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(), as a double * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_timer_start: * * Start a timing test. Call g_test_timer_elapsed() when the task is supposed * to be done. Call this function again to restart the timer. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_assert_failed: * * Assert that the last forked test failed. * See g_test_trap_fork(). * * This is sometimes used to test situations that are formally considered to * be undefined behaviour, like inputs that fail a g_return_if_fail() * check. In these situations you should skip the entire test, including the * call to g_test_trap_fork(), unless g_test_undefined() returns %TRUE * to indicate that undefined behaviour may be tested. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_assert_passed: * * Assert that the last forked test passed. * See g_test_trap_fork(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_assert_stderr: * @serrpattern: a glob-style pattern * * Assert that the stderr output of the last forked test * matches @serrpattern. See g_test_trap_fork(). * * This is sometimes used to test situations that are formally considered to * be undefined behaviour, like inputs that fail a g_return_if_fail() * check. In these situations you should skip the entire test, including the * call to g_test_trap_fork(), unless g_test_undefined() returns %TRUE * to indicate that undefined behaviour may be tested. * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_assert_stderr_unmatched: * @serrpattern: a glob-style pattern * * Assert that the stderr output of the last forked test * does not match @serrpattern. See g_test_trap_fork(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_assert_stdout: * @soutpattern: a glob-style pattern * * Assert that the stdout output of the last forked test matches * @soutpattern. See g_test_trap_fork(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_assert_stdout_unmatched: * @soutpattern: a glob-style pattern * * Assert that the stdout output of the last forked test * does not match @soutpattern. See g_test_trap_fork(). * * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_fork: * @usec_timeout: Timeout for the forked test in micro seconds. * @test_trap_flags: Flags to modify forking behaviour. * * Fork the current test program to execute a test case that might * not return or that might abort. The forked test case is aborted * and considered failing if its run time exceeds @usec_timeout. * * The forking behavior can be configured with the #GTestTrapFlags flags. * * In the following example, the test code forks, the forked child * process produces some sample output and exits successfully. * The forking parent process then asserts successful child program * termination and validates child program outputs. * * |[ * static void * test_fork_patterns (void) * { * if (g_test_trap_fork (0, G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT | G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR)) * { * g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17\n"); * g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43\n"); * exit (0); /* successful test run */ * } * g_test_trap_assert_passed(); * g_test_trap_assert_stdout ("*somagic17*"); * g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*semagic43*"); * } * ]| * * This function is implemented only on Unix platforms. * * Returns: %TRUE for the forked child and %FALSE for the executing parent process. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_has_passed: * * Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call. * * Returns: %TRUE if the last forked child terminated successfully. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_trap_reached_timeout: * * Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call. * * Returns: %TRUE if the last forked child got killed due to a fork timeout. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_test_undefined: * * Returns %TRUE if tests may provoke assertions and other formally-undefined * behaviour under g_test_trap_fork(), to verify that appropriate warnings * are given. It can be useful to turn this off if running tests under * valgrind. * * Returns: %TRUE if tests may provoke programming errors */ /** * g_test_verbose: * * Returns %TRUE if tests are run in verbose mode. * The default is neither g_test_verbose() nor g_test_quiet(). * * Returns: %TRUE if in verbose mode */ /** * g_thread_exit: * @retval: the return value of this thread * * Terminates the current thread. * * If another thread is waiting for us using g_thread_join() then the * waiting thread will be woken up and get @retval as the return value * of g_thread_join(). * * Calling g_thread_exit (retval) is equivalent to * returning @retval from the function @func, as given to g_thread_new(). * * * You must only call g_thread_exit() from a thread that you created * yourself with g_thread_new() or related APIs. You must not call * this function from a thread created with another threading library * or or from within a #GThreadPool. * */ /** * g_thread_join: * @thread: a #GThread * * Waits until @thread finishes, i.e. the function @func, as * given to g_thread_new(), returns or g_thread_exit() is called. * If @thread has already terminated, then g_thread_join() * returns immediately. * * Any thread can wait for any other thread by calling g_thread_join(), * not just its 'creator'. Calling g_thread_join() from multiple threads * for the same @thread leads to undefined behaviour. * * The value returned by @func or given to g_thread_exit() is * returned by this function. * * g_thread_join() consumes the reference to the passed-in @thread. * This will usually cause the #GThread struct and associated resources * to be freed. Use g_thread_ref() to obtain an extra reference if you * want to keep the GThread alive beyond the g_thread_join() call. * * Returns: the return value of the thread */ /** * g_thread_new: * @name: a name for the new thread * @func: a function to execute in the new thread * @data: an argument to supply to the new thread * * This function creates a new thread. The new thread starts by invoking * @func with the argument data. The thread will run until @func returns * or until g_thread_exit() is called from the new thread. The return value * of @func becomes the return value of the thread, which can be obtained * with g_thread_join(). * * The @name can be useful for discriminating threads in a debugger. * Some systems restrict the length of @name to 16 bytes. * * If the thread can not be created the program aborts. See * g_thread_try_new() if you want to attempt to deal with failures. * * To free the struct returned by this function, use g_thread_unref(). * Note that g_thread_join() implicitly unrefs the #GThread as well. * * Returns: the new #GThread * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_thread_pool_free: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * @immediate: should @pool shut down immediately? * @wait_: should the function wait for all tasks to be finished? * * Frees all resources allocated for @pool. * * If @immediate is %TRUE, no new task is processed for @pool. * Otherwise @pool is not freed before the last task is processed. * Note however, that no thread of this pool is interrupted while * processing a task. Instead at least all still running threads * can finish their tasks before the @pool is freed. * * If @wait_ is %TRUE, the functions does not return before all * tasks to be processed (dependent on @immediate, whether all * or only the currently running) are ready. * Otherwise the function returns immediately. * * After calling this function @pool must not be used anymore. */ /** * g_thread_pool_get_max_idle_time: * * This function will return the maximum @interval that a * thread will wait in the thread pool for new tasks before * being stopped. * * If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread * pool for new work are not stopped. * * Returns: the maximum @interval (milliseconds) to wait for new tasks in the thread pool before stopping the thread * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_thread_pool_get_max_threads: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * * Returns the maximal number of threads for @pool. * * Returns: the maximal number of threads */ /** * g_thread_pool_get_max_unused_threads: * * Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads. * * Returns: the maximal number of unused threads */ /** * g_thread_pool_get_num_threads: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * * Returns the number of threads currently running in @pool. * * Returns: the number of threads currently running */ /** * g_thread_pool_get_num_unused_threads: * * Returns the number of currently unused threads. * * Returns: the number of currently unused threads */ /** * g_thread_pool_new: * @func: a function to execute in the threads of the new thread pool * @user_data: user data that is handed over to @func every time it is called * @max_threads: the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently in the new thread pool, -1 means no limit * @exclusive: should this thread pool be exclusive? * @error: return location for error, or %NULL * * This function creates a new thread pool. * * Whenever you call g_thread_pool_push(), either a new thread is * created or an unused one is reused. At most @max_threads threads * are running concurrently for this thread pool. @max_threads = -1 * allows unlimited threads to be created for this thread pool. The * newly created or reused thread now executes the function @func * with the two arguments. The first one is the parameter to * g_thread_pool_push() and the second one is @user_data. * * The parameter @exclusive determines whether the thread pool owns * all threads exclusive or shares them with other thread pools. * If @exclusive is %TRUE, @max_threads threads are started * immediately and they will run exclusively for this thread pool * until it is destroyed by g_thread_pool_free(). If @exclusive is * %FALSE, threads are created when needed and shared between all * non-exclusive thread pools. This implies that @max_threads may * not be -1 for exclusive thread pools. * * @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report * errors. An error can only occur when @exclusive is set to %TRUE * and not all @max_threads threads could be created. * * Returns: the new #GThreadPool */ /** * g_thread_pool_push: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * @data: a new task for @pool * @error: return location for error, or %NULL * * Inserts @data into the list of tasks to be executed by @pool. * * When the number of currently running threads is lower than the * maximal allowed number of threads, a new thread is started (or * reused) with the properties given to g_thread_pool_new(). * Otherwise, @data stays in the queue until a thread in this pool * finishes its previous task and processes @data. * * @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report * errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be * created. In that case @data is simply appended to the queue of * work to do. * * Before version 2.32, this function did not return a success status. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred */ /** * g_thread_pool_set_max_idle_time: * @interval: the maximum @interval (in milliseconds) a thread can be idle * * This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread * waiting in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before * being stopped. This function is similar to calling * g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, * except this is done on a per thread basis. * * By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped. * * This function makes use of g_async_queue_timed_pop () using * @interval. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_thread_pool_set_max_threads: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * @max_threads: a new maximal number of threads for @pool, or -1 for unlimited * @error: return location for error, or %NULL * * Sets the maximal allowed number of threads for @pool. * A value of -1 means that the maximal number of threads * is unlimited. If @pool is an exclusive thread pool, setting * the maximal number of threads to -1 is not allowed. * * Setting @max_threads to 0 means stopping all work for @pool. * It is effectively frozen until @max_threads is set to a non-zero * value again. * * A thread is never terminated while calling @func, as supplied by * g_thread_pool_new(). Instead the maximal number of threads only * has effect for the allocation of new threads in g_thread_pool_push(). * A new thread is allocated, whenever the number of currently * running threads in @pool is smaller than the maximal number. * * @error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report * errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be * created. * * Before version 2.32, this function did not return a success status. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred */ /** * g_thread_pool_set_max_unused_threads: * @max_threads: maximal number of unused threads * * Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. * If @max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number * of unused threads. */ /** * g_thread_pool_set_sort_function: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * @func: the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort the list of tasks. This function is passed two tasks. It should return 0 if the order in which they are handled does not matter, a negative value if the first task should be processed before the second or a positive value if the second task should be processed first. * @user_data: user data passed to @func * * Sets the function used to sort the list of tasks. This allows the * tasks to be processed by a priority determined by @func, and not * just in the order in which they were added to the pool. * * Note, if the maximum number of threads is more than 1, the order * that threads are executed cannot be guaranteed 100%. Threads are * scheduled by the operating system and are executed at random. It * cannot be assumed that threads are executed in the order they are * created. * * Since: 2.10 */ /** * g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads: * * Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the * maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to * regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add(). */ /** * g_thread_pool_unprocessed: * @pool: a #GThreadPool * * Returns the number of tasks still unprocessed in @pool. * * Returns: the number of unprocessed tasks */ /** * g_thread_ref: * @thread: a #GThread * * Increase the reference count on @thread. * * Returns: a new reference to @thread * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_thread_self: * * This functions returns the #GThread corresponding to the * current thread. Note that this function does not increase * the reference count of the returned struct. * * This function will return a #GThread even for threads that * were not created by GLib (i.e. those created by other threading * APIs). This may be useful for thread identification purposes * (i.e. comparisons) but you must not use GLib functions (such * as g_thread_join()) on these threads. * * Returns: the #GThread representing the current thread */ /** * g_thread_supported: * * This macro returns %TRUE if the thread system is initialized, * and %FALSE if it is not. * * For language bindings, g_thread_get_initialized() provides * the same functionality as a function. * * Returns: %TRUE, if the thread system is initialized */ /** * g_thread_try_new: * @name: a name for the new thread * @func: a function to execute in the new thread * @data: an argument to supply to the new thread * @error: return location for error, or %NULL * * This function is the same as g_thread_new() except that * it allows for the possibility of failure. * * If a thread can not be created (due to resource limits), * @error is set and %NULL is returned. * * Returns: the new #GThread, or %NULL if an error occurred * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_thread_unref: * @thread: a #GThread * * Decrease the reference count on @thread, possibly freeing all * resources associated with it. * * Note that each thread holds a reference to its #GThread while * it is running, so it is safe to drop your own reference to it * if you don't need it anymore. * * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_thread_yield: * * Causes the calling thread to voluntarily relinquish the CPU, so * that other threads can run. * * This function is often used as a method to make busy wait less evil. */ /** * g_time_val_add: * @time_: a #GTimeVal * @microseconds: number of microseconds to add to @time * * Adds the given number of microseconds to @time_. @microseconds can * also be negative to decrease the value of @time_. */ /** * g_time_val_from_iso8601: * @iso_date: an ISO 8601 encoded date string * @time_: (out): a #GTimeVal * * Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time * to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_. * * @iso_date must include year, month, day, hours, minutes, and * seconds. It can optionally include fractions of a second and a time * zone indicator. (In the absence of any time zone indication, the * timestamp is assumed to be in local time.) * * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion was successful. * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_time_val_to_iso8601: * @time_: a #GTimeVal * * Converts @time_ into an RFC 3339 encoded string, relative to the * Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). This is one of the many formats * allowed by ISO 8601. * * ISO 8601 allows a large number of date/time formats, with or without * punctuation and optional elements. The format returned by this function * is a complete date and time, with optional punctuation included, the * UTC time zone represented as "Z", and the @tv_usec part included if * and only if it is nonzero, i.e. either * "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ" or "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.fffffZ". * * This corresponds to the Internet date/time format defined by * RFC 3339, and * to either of the two most-precise formats defined by * the W3C Note * "Date and Time Formats". Both of these documents are profiles of * ISO 8601. * * Use g_date_time_format() or g_strdup_printf() if a different * variation of ISO 8601 format is required. * * Returns: a newly allocated string containing an ISO 8601 date * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_time_zone_adjust_time: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * @type: the #GTimeType of @time_ * @time_: a pointer to a number of seconds since January 1, 1970 * * Finds an interval within @tz that corresponds to the given @time_, * possibly adjusting @time_ if required to fit into an interval. * The meaning of @time_ depends on @type. * * This function is similar to g_time_zone_find_interval(), with the * difference that it always succeeds (by making the adjustments * described below). * * In any of the cases where g_time_zone_find_interval() succeeds then * this function returns the same value, without modifying @time_. * * This function may, however, modify @time_ in order to deal with * non-existent times. If the non-existent local @time_ of 02:30 were * requested on March 14th 2010 in Toronto then this function would * adjust @time_ to be 03:00 and return the interval containing the * adjusted time. * * Returns: the interval containing @time_, never -1 * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_find_interval: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * @type: the #GTimeType of @time_ * @time_: a number of seconds since January 1, 1970 * * Finds an the interval within @tz that corresponds to the given @time_. * The meaning of @time_ depends on @type. * * If @type is %G_TIME_TYPE_UNIVERSAL then this function will always * succeed (since universal time is monotonic and continuous). * * Otherwise @time_ is treated is local time. The distinction between * %G_TIME_TYPE_STANDARD and %G_TIME_TYPE_DAYLIGHT is ignored except in * the case that the given @time_ is ambiguous. In Toronto, for example, * 01:30 on November 7th 2010 occurred twice (once inside of daylight * savings time and the next, an hour later, outside of daylight savings * time). In this case, the different value of @type would result in a * different interval being returned. * * It is still possible for this function to fail. In Toronto, for * example, 02:00 on March 14th 2010 does not exist (due to the leap * forward to begin daylight savings time). -1 is returned in that * case. * * Returns: the interval containing @time_, or -1 in case of failure * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_get_abbreviation: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * @interval: an interval within the timezone * * Determines the time zone abbreviation to be used during a particular * @interval of time in the time zone @tz. * * For example, in Toronto this is currently "EST" during the winter * months and "EDT" during the summer months when daylight savings time * is in effect. * * Returns: the time zone abbreviation, which belongs to @tz * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_get_offset: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * @interval: an interval within the timezone * * Determines the offset to UTC in effect during a particular @interval * of time in the time zone @tz. * * The offset is the number of seconds that you add to UTC time to * arrive at local time for @tz (ie: negative numbers for time zones * west of GMT, positive numbers for east). * * Returns: the number of seconds that should be added to UTC to get the local time in @tz * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_is_dst: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * @interval: an interval within the timezone * * Determines if daylight savings time is in effect during a particular * @interval of time in the time zone @tz. * * Returns: %TRUE if daylight savings time is in effect * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_new: * @identifier: (allow-none): a timezone identifier * * Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to @identifier. * * @identifier can either be an RFC3339/ISO 8601 time offset or * something that would pass as a valid value for the * TZ environment variable (including %NULL). * * Valid RFC3339 time offsets are "Z" (for UTC) or * "±hh:mm". ISO 8601 additionally specifies * "±hhmm" and "±hh". * * The TZ environment variable typically corresponds * to the name of a file in the zoneinfo database, but there are many * other possibilities. Note that those other possibilities are not * currently implemented, but are planned. * * g_time_zone_new_local() calls this function with the value of the * TZ environment variable. This function itself is * independent of the value of TZ, but if @identifier * is %NULL then /etc/localtime will be consulted * to discover the correct timezone. * * See RFC3339 * §5.6 for a precise definition of valid RFC3339 time offsets * (the time-offset expansion) and ISO 8601 for the * full list of valid time offsets. See The * GNU C Library manual for an explanation of the possible * values of the TZ environment variable. * * You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: the requested timezone * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_new_local: * * Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to local time. The local time * zone may change between invocations to this function; for example, * if the system administrator changes it. * * This is equivalent to calling g_time_zone_new() with the value of the * TZ environment variable (including the possibility * of %NULL). * * You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: the local timezone * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_new_utc: * * Creates a #GTimeZone corresponding to UTC. * * This is equivalent to calling g_time_zone_new() with a value like * "Z", "UTC", "+00", etc. * * You should release the return value by calling g_time_zone_unref() * when you are done with it. * * Returns: the universal timezone * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_ref: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * * Increases the reference count on @tz. * * Returns: a new reference to @tz. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_time_zone_unref: * @tz: a #GTimeZone * * Decreases the reference count on @tz. * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_timeout_add: * @interval: the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds (1/1000ths of a second) * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * * Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the default * priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly * until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically * destroyed and the function will not be called again. The first call * to the function will be at the end of the first @interval. * * Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other * event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. * After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next * timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval * (it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). * * If you want to have a timer in the "seconds" range and do not care * about the exact time of the first call of the timer, use the * g_timeout_add_seconds() function; this function allows for more * optimizations and more efficient system power usage. * * This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new() * and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can * do these steps manually if you need greater control. * * The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock * time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. */ /** * g_timeout_add_full: * @priority: the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. * @interval: the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds (1/1000ths of a second) * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * @notify: (allow-none): function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL * * Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given * priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns * %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and * the function will not be called again. The @notify function is * called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the * function will be at the end of the first @interval. * * Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other * event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. * After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next * timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval * (it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). * * This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new() * and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can * do these steps manually if you need greater control. * * The interval given in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. * See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. * Rename to: g_timeout_add */ /** * g_timeout_add_seconds: * @interval: the time between calls to the function, in seconds * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * * Sets a function to be called at regular intervals with the default * priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly until * it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed * and the function will not be called again. * * This internally creates a main loop source using * g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context * using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need * greater control. Also see g_timeout_add_seconds_full(). * * Note that the first call of the timer may not be precise for timeouts * of one second. If you need finer precision and have such a timeout, * you may want to use g_timeout_add() instead. * * The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock * time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_timeout_add_seconds_full: * @priority: the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. * @interval: the time between calls to the function, in seconds * @function: function to call * @data: data to pass to @function * @notify: (allow-none): function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL * * Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with @priority. * The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which * point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will * not be called again. * * Unlike g_timeout_add(), this function operates at whole second granularity. * The initial starting point of the timer is determined by the implementation * and the implementation is expected to group multiple timers together so that * they fire all at the same time. * To allow this grouping, the @interval to the first timer is rounded * and can deviate up to one second from the specified interval. * Subsequent timer iterations will generally run at the specified interval. * * Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other * event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. * After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next * timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given @interval * * If you want timing more precise than whole seconds, use g_timeout_add() * instead. * * The grouping of timers to fire at the same time results in a more power * and CPU efficient behavior so if your timer is in multiples of seconds * and you don't require the first timer exactly one second from now, the * use of g_timeout_add_seconds() is preferred over g_timeout_add(). * * This internally creates a main loop source using * g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context * using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need * greater control. * * The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock * time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source. * Rename to: g_timeout_add_seconds * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_timeout_source_new: * @interval: the timeout interval in milliseconds. * * Creates a new timeout source. * * The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext * and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be * executed. * * The interval given is in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock * time. See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the newly-created timeout source */ /** * g_timeout_source_new_seconds: * @interval: the timeout interval in seconds * * Creates a new timeout source. * * The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext * and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be * executed. * * The scheduling granularity/accuracy of this timeout source will be * in seconds. * * The interval given in terms of monotonic time, not wall clock time. * See g_get_monotonic_time(). * * Returns: the newly-created timeout source * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_timer_continue: * @timer: a #GTimer. * * Resumes a timer that has previously been stopped with * g_timer_stop(). g_timer_stop() must be called before using this * function. * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_timer_destroy: * @timer: a #GTimer to destroy. * * Destroys a timer, freeing associated resources. */ /** * g_timer_elapsed: * @timer: a #GTimer. * @microseconds: return location for the fractional part of seconds elapsed, in microseconds (that is, the total number of microseconds elapsed, modulo 1000000), or %NULL * * If @timer has been started but not stopped, obtains the time since * the timer was started. If @timer has been stopped, obtains the * elapsed time between the time it was started and the time it was * stopped. The return value is the number of seconds elapsed, * including any fractional part. The @microseconds out parameter is * essentially useless. * * Returns: seconds elapsed as a floating point value, including any fractional part. */ /** * g_timer_new: * * Creates a new timer, and starts timing (i.e. g_timer_start() is * implicitly called for you). * * Returns: a new #GTimer. */ /** * g_timer_reset: * @timer: a #GTimer. * * This function is useless; it's fine to call g_timer_start() on an * already-started timer to reset the start time, so g_timer_reset() * serves no purpose. */ /** * g_timer_start: * @timer: a #GTimer. * * Marks a start time, so that future calls to g_timer_elapsed() will * report the time since g_timer_start() was called. g_timer_new() * automatically marks the start time, so no need to call * g_timer_start() immediately after creating the timer. */ /** * g_timer_stop: * @timer: a #GTimer. * * Marks an end time, so calls to g_timer_elapsed() will return the * difference between this end time and the start time. */ /** * g_trash_stack_height: * @stack_p: a #GTrashStack * * Returns the height of a #GTrashStack. * * Note that execution of this function is of O(N) complexity * where N denotes the number of items on the stack. * * Returns: the height of the stack */ /** * g_trash_stack_peek: * @stack_p: a #GTrashStack * * Returns the element at the top of a #GTrashStack * which may be %NULL. * * Returns: the element at the top of the stack */ /** * g_trash_stack_pop: * @stack_p: a #GTrashStack * * Pops a piece of memory off a #GTrashStack. * * Returns: the element at the top of the stack */ /** * g_trash_stack_push: * @stack_p: a #GTrashStack * @data_p: the piece of memory to push on the stack * * Pushes a piece of memory onto a #GTrashStack. */ /** * g_tree_destroy: * @tree: a #GTree. * * Removes all keys and values from the #GTree and decreases its * reference count by one. If keys and/or values are dynamically * allocated, you should either free them first or create the #GTree * using g_tree_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy functions * you supplied will be called on all keys and values before destroying * the #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_foreach: * @tree: a #GTree. * @func: the function to call for each node visited. If this function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. * @user_data: user data to pass to the function. * * Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the #GTree. * The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given * @data parameter. The tree is traversed in sorted order. * * The tree may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't * add/remove items). To remove all items matching a predicate, you need * to add each item to a list in your #GTraverseFunc as you walk over * the tree, then walk the list and remove each item. */ /** * g_tree_height: * @tree: a #GTree. * * Gets the height of a #GTree. * * If the #GTree contains no nodes, the height is 0. * If the #GTree contains only one root node the height is 1. * If the root node has children the height is 2, etc. * * Returns: the height of the #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_insert: * @tree: a #GTree. * @key: the key to insert. * @value: the value corresponding to the key. * * Inserts a key/value pair into a #GTree. If the given key already exists * in the #GTree its corresponding value is set to the new value. If you * supplied a value_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old value is * freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when * creating the #GTree, the passed key is freed using that function. * * The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added, * so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible. */ /** * g_tree_lookup: * @tree: a #GTree. * @key: the key to look up. * * Gets the value corresponding to the given key. Since a #GTree is * automatically balanced as key/value pairs are added, key lookup is very * fast. * * Returns: the value corresponding to the key, or %NULL if the key was not found. */ /** * g_tree_lookup_extended: * @tree: a #GTree. * @lookup_key: the key to look up. * @orig_key: returns the original key. * @value: returns the value associated with the key. * * Looks up a key in the #GTree, returning the original key and the * associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This * is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key, * for example before calling g_tree_remove(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was found in the #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_new: * @key_compare_func: the function used to order the nodes in the #GTree. It should return values similar to the standard strcmp() function - 0 if the two arguments are equal, a negative value if the first argument comes before the second, or a positive value if the first argument comes after the second. * * Creates a new #GTree. * * Returns: a new #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_new_full: * @key_compare_func: qsort()-style comparison function. * @key_compare_data: data to pass to comparison function. * @key_destroy_func: a function to free the memory allocated for the key used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. * @value_destroy_func: a function to free the memory allocated for the value used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't want to supply such a function. * * Creates a new #GTree like g_tree_new() and allows to specify functions * to free the memory allocated for the key and value that get called when * removing the entry from the #GTree. * * Returns: a new #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_new_with_data: * @key_compare_func: qsort()-style comparison function. * @key_compare_data: data to pass to comparison function. * * Creates a new #GTree with a comparison function that accepts user data. * See g_tree_new() for more details. * * Returns: a new #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_nnodes: * @tree: a #GTree. * * Gets the number of nodes in a #GTree. * * Returns: the number of nodes in the #GTree. */ /** * g_tree_ref: * @tree: a #GTree. * * Increments the reference count of @tree by one. It is safe to call * this function from any thread. * * Returns: the passed in #GTree. * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_tree_remove: * @tree: a #GTree. * @key: the key to remove. * * Removes a key/value pair from a #GTree. * * If the #GTree was created using g_tree_new_full(), the key and value * are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to * make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself. * If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned nothing) */ /** * g_tree_replace: * @tree: a #GTree. * @key: the key to insert. * @value: the value corresponding to the key. * * Inserts a new key and value into a #GTree similar to g_tree_insert(). * The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GTree, it gets * replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when * creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If you * supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old key is * freed using that function. * * The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added, * so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible. */ /** * g_tree_search: * @tree: a #GTree * @search_func: a function used to search the #GTree * @user_data: the data passed as the second argument to @search_func * * Searches a #GTree using @search_func. * * The @search_func is called with a pointer to the key of a key/value * pair in the tree, and the passed in @user_data. If @search_func returns * 0 for a key/value pair, then the corresponding value is returned as * the result of g_tree_search(). If @search_func returns -1, searching * will proceed among the key/value pairs that have a smaller key; if * @search_func returns 1, searching will proceed among the key/value * pairs that have a larger key. * * Returns: the value corresponding to the found key, or %NULL if the key was not found. */ /** * g_tree_steal: * @tree: a #GTree. * @key: the key to remove. * * Removes a key and its associated value from a #GTree without calling * the key and value destroy functions. * * If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing. * * Returns: %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned nothing) */ /** * g_tree_traverse: * @tree: a #GTree. * @traverse_func: the function to call for each node visited. If this function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped. * @traverse_type: the order in which nodes are visited, one of %G_IN_ORDER, %G_PRE_ORDER and %G_POST_ORDER. * @user_data: user data to pass to the function. * * Calls the given function for each node in the #GTree. * * Deprecated: 2.2: The order of a balanced tree is somewhat arbitrary. If you just want to visit all nodes in sorted order, use g_tree_foreach() instead. If you really need to visit nodes in a different order, consider using an N-ary Tree. */ /** * g_tree_unref: * @tree: a #GTree. * * Decrements the reference count of @tree by one. If the reference count * drops to 0, all keys and values will be destroyed (if destroy * functions were specified) and all memory allocated by @tree will be * released. * * It is safe to call this function from any thread. * * Since: 2.22 */ /** * g_try_malloc: * @n_bytes: number of bytes to allocate. * * Attempts to allocate @n_bytes, and returns %NULL on failure. * Contrast with g_malloc(), which aborts the program on failure. * * Returns: the allocated memory, or %NULL. */ /** * g_try_malloc0: * @n_bytes: number of bytes to allocate * * Attempts to allocate @n_bytes, initialized to 0's, and returns %NULL on * failure. Contrast with g_malloc0(), which aborts the program on failure. * * Since: 2.8 * Returns: the allocated memory, or %NULL */ /** * g_try_malloc0_n: * @n_blocks: the number of blocks to allocate * @n_block_bytes: the size of each block in bytes * * This function is similar to g_try_malloc0(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, * but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. * * Since: 2.24 * Returns: the allocated memory, or %NULL */ /** * g_try_malloc_n: * @n_blocks: the number of blocks to allocate * @n_block_bytes: the size of each block in bytes * * This function is similar to g_try_malloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, * but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. * * Since: 2.24 * Returns: the allocated memory, or %NULL. */ /** * g_try_realloc: * @mem: (allow-none): previously-allocated memory, or %NULL. * @n_bytes: number of bytes to allocate. * * Attempts to realloc @mem to a new size, @n_bytes, and returns %NULL * on failure. Contrast with g_realloc(), which aborts the program * on failure. If @mem is %NULL, behaves the same as g_try_malloc(). * * Returns: the allocated memory, or %NULL. */ /** * g_try_realloc_n: * @mem: (allow-none): previously-allocated memory, or %NULL. * @n_blocks: the number of blocks to allocate * @n_block_bytes: the size of each block in bytes * * This function is similar to g_try_realloc(), allocating (@n_blocks * @n_block_bytes) bytes, * but care is taken to detect possible overflow during multiplication. * * Since: 2.24 * Returns: the allocated memory, or %NULL. */ /** * g_ucs4_to_utf16: * @str: a UCS-4 encoded string * @len: the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_read: (allow-none): location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store number of gunichar2 written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than %G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur. * * Convert a string from UCS-4 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be * added to the result after the converted text. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. */ /** * g_ucs4_to_utf8: * @str: a UCS-4 encoded string * @len: the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_read: (allow-none): location to store number of characters read, or %NULL. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store number of bytes written or %NULL. The value here stored does not include the trailing 0 byte. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than %G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur. * * Convert a string from a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4. * to UTF-8. The result will be terminated with a 0 byte. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. In that case, @items_read will be set to the position of the first invalid input character. */ /** * g_unichar_break_type: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines the break type of @c. @c should be a Unicode character * (to derive a character from UTF-8 encoded text, use * g_utf8_get_char()). The break type is used to find word and line * breaks ("text boundaries"), Pango implements the Unicode boundary * resolution algorithms and normally you would use a function such * as pango_break() instead of caring about break types yourself. * * Returns: the break type of @c */ /** * g_unichar_combining_class: * @uc: a Unicode character * * Determines the canonical combining class of a Unicode character. * * Returns: the combining class of the character * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_unichar_compose: * @a: a Unicode character * @b: a Unicode character * @ch: return location for the composed character * * Performs a single composition step of the * Unicode canonical composition algorithm. * * This function includes algorithmic Hangul Jamo composition, * but it is not exactly the inverse of g_unichar_decompose(). * No composition can have either of @a or @b equal to zero. * To be precise, this function composes if and only if * there exists a Primary Composite P which is canonically * equivalent to the sequence <@a,@b>. See the Unicode * Standard for the definition of Primary Composite. * * If @a and @b do not compose a new character, @ch is set to zero. * * See UAX#15 * for details. * * Returns: %TRUE if the characters could be composed * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unichar_decompose: * @ch: a Unicode character * @a: return location for the first component of @ch * @b: return location for the second component of @ch * * Performs a single decomposition step of the * Unicode canonical decomposition algorithm. * * This function does not include compatibility * decompositions. It does, however, include algorithmic * Hangul Jamo decomposition, as well as 'singleton' * decompositions which replace a character by a single * other character. In the case of singletons *@b will * be set to zero. * * If @ch is not decomposable, *@a is set to @ch and *@b * is set to zero. * * Note that the way Unicode decomposition pairs are * defined, it is guaranteed that @b would not decompose * further, but @a may itself decompose. To get the full * canonical decomposition for @ch, one would need to * recursively call this function on @a. Or use * g_unichar_fully_decompose(). * * See UAX#15 * for details. * * Returns: %TRUE if the character could be decomposed * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unichar_digit_value: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal * digit. * * Returns: If @c is a decimal digit (according to g_unichar_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. */ /** * g_unichar_fully_decompose: * @ch: a Unicode character. * @compat: whether perform canonical or compatibility decomposition * @result: (allow-none): location to store decomposed result, or %NULL * @result_len: length of @result * * Computes the canonical or compatibility decomposition of a * Unicode character. For compatibility decomposition, * pass %TRUE for @compat; for canonical decomposition * pass %FALSE for @compat. * * The decomposed sequence is placed in @result. Only up to * @result_len characters are written into @result. The length * of the full decomposition (irrespective of @result_len) is * returned by the function. For canonical decomposition, * currently all decompositions are of length at most 4, but * this may change in the future (very unlikely though). * At any rate, Unicode does guarantee that a buffer of length * 18 is always enough for both compatibility and canonical * decompositions, so that is the size recommended. This is provided * as %G_UNICHAR_MAX_DECOMPOSITION_LENGTH. * * See UAX#15 * for details. * * Returns: the length of the full decomposition. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unichar_get_mirror_char: * @ch: a Unicode character * @mirrored_ch: location to store the mirrored character * * In Unicode, some characters are mirrored. This * means that their images are mirrored horizontally in text that is laid * out from right to left. For instance, "(" would become its mirror image, * ")", in right-to-left text. * * If @ch has the Unicode mirrored property and there is another unicode * character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's * glyph and @mirrored_ch is set, it puts that character in the address * pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Otherwise the original character is put. * * Returns: %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character, %FALSE otherwise * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_unichar_get_script: * @ch: a Unicode character * * Looks up the #GUnicodeScript for a particular character (as defined * by Unicode Standard Annex \#24). No check is made for @ch being a * valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the * result is undefined. * * This function is equivalent to pango_script_for_unichar() and the * two are interchangeable. * * Returns: the #GUnicodeScript for the character. * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_unichar_isalnum: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is alphanumeric. * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value * with g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an alphanumeric character */ /** * g_unichar_isalpha: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is alphabetic (i.e. a letter). * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with * g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an alphabetic character */ /** * g_unichar_iscntrl: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is a control character. * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with * g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is a control character */ /** * g_unichar_isdefined: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines if a given character is assigned in the Unicode * standard. * * Returns: %TRUE if the character has an assigned value */ /** * g_unichar_isdigit: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is numeric (i.e. a digit). This * covers ASCII 0-9 and also digits in other languages/scripts. Given * some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is a digit */ /** * g_unichar_isgraph: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is printable and not a space * (returns %FALSE for control characters, format characters, and * spaces). g_unichar_isprint() is similar, but returns %TRUE for * spaces. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with * g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is printable unless it's a space */ /** * g_unichar_islower: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is a lowercase letter. * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with * g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is a lowercase letter */ /** * g_unichar_ismark: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is a mark (non-spacing mark, * combining mark, or enclosing mark in Unicode speak). * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value * with g_utf8_get_char(). * * Note: in most cases where isalpha characters are allowed, * ismark characters should be allowed to as they are essential * for writing most European languages as well as many non-Latin * scripts. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is a mark character * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_unichar_isprint: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is printable. * Unlike g_unichar_isgraph(), returns %TRUE for spaces. * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with * g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is printable */ /** * g_unichar_ispunct: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is punctuation or a symbol. * Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with * g_utf8_get_char(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is a punctuation or symbol character */ /** * g_unichar_isspace: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines whether a character is a space, tab, or line separator * (newline, carriage return, etc.). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a * character value with g_utf8_get_char(). * * (Note: don't use this to do word breaking; you have to use * Pango or equivalent to get word breaking right, the algorithm * is fairly complex.) * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is a space character */ /** * g_unichar_istitle: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines if a character is titlecase. Some characters in * Unicode which are composites, such as the DZ digraph * have three case variants instead of just two. The titlecase * form is used at the beginning of a word where only the * first letter is capitalized. The titlecase form of the DZ * digraph is U+01F2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTTER D WITH SMALL LETTER Z. * * Returns: %TRUE if the character is titlecase */ /** * g_unichar_isupper: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines if a character is uppercase. * * Returns: %TRUE if @c is an uppercase character */ /** * g_unichar_iswide: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width * cell. * * Returns: %TRUE if the character is wide */ /** * g_unichar_iswide_cjk: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width * cell under legacy East Asian locales. If a character is wide according to * g_unichar_iswide(), then it is also reported wide with this function, but * the converse is not necessarily true. See the * Unicode Standard * Annex #11 for details. * * If a character passes the g_unichar_iswide() test then it will also pass * this test, but not the other way around. Note that some characters may * pas both this test and g_unichar_iszerowidth(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the character is wide in legacy East Asian locales * Since: 2.12 */ /** * g_unichar_isxdigit: * @c: a Unicode character. * * Determines if a character is a hexidecimal digit. * * Returns: %TRUE if the character is a hexadecimal digit */ /** * g_unichar_iszerowidth: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines if a given character typically takes zero width when rendered. * The return value is %TRUE for all non-spacing and enclosing marks * (e.g., combining accents), format characters, zero-width * space, but not U+00AD SOFT HYPHEN. * * A typical use of this function is with one of g_unichar_iswide() or * g_unichar_iswide_cjk() to determine the number of cells a string occupies * when displayed on a grid display (terminals). However, note that not all * terminals support zero-width rendering of zero-width marks. * * Returns: %TRUE if the character has zero width * Since: 2.14 */ /** * g_unichar_to_utf8: * @c: a Unicode character code * @outbuf: output buffer, must have at least 6 bytes of space. If %NULL, the length will be computed and returned and nothing will be written to @outbuf. * * Converts a single character to UTF-8. * * Returns: number of bytes written */ /** * g_unichar_tolower: * @c: a Unicode character. * * Converts a character to lower case. * * Returns: the result of converting @c to lower case. If @c is not an upperlower or titlecase character, or has no lowercase equivalent @c is returned unchanged. */ /** * g_unichar_totitle: * @c: a Unicode character * * Converts a character to the titlecase. * * Returns: the result of converting @c to titlecase. If @c is not an uppercase or lowercase character, @c is returned unchanged. */ /** * g_unichar_toupper: * @c: a Unicode character * * Converts a character to uppercase. * * Returns: the result of converting @c to uppercase. If @c is not an lowercase or titlecase character, or has no upper case equivalent @c is returned unchanged. */ /** * g_unichar_type: * @c: a Unicode character * * Classifies a Unicode character by type. * * Returns: the type of the character. */ /** * g_unichar_validate: * @ch: a Unicode character * * Checks whether @ch is a valid Unicode character. Some possible * integer values of @ch will not be valid. 0 is considered a valid * character, though it's normally a string terminator. * * Returns: %TRUE if @ch is a valid Unicode character */ /** * g_unichar_xdigit_value: * @c: a Unicode character * * Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal * digit. * * Returns: If @c is a hex digit (according to g_unichar_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1. */ /** * g_unicode_canonical_decomposition: * @ch: a Unicode character. * @result_len: location to store the length of the return value. * * Computes the canonical decomposition of a Unicode character. * * Returns: a newly allocated string of Unicode characters. @result_len is set to the resulting length of the string. * Deprecated: 2.30: Use the more flexible g_unichar_fully_decompose() instead. */ /** * g_unicode_canonical_ordering: * @string: a UCS-4 encoded string. * @len: the maximum length of @string to use. * * Computes the canonical ordering of a string in-place. * This rearranges decomposed characters in the string * according to their combining classes. See the Unicode * manual for more information. */ /** * g_unicode_script_from_iso15924: * @iso15924: a Unicode script * * Looks up the Unicode script for @iso15924. ISO 15924 assigns four-letter * codes to scripts. For example, the code for Arabic is 'Arab'. * This function accepts four letter codes encoded as a @guint32 in a * big-endian fashion. That is, the code expected for Arabic is * 0x41726162 (0x41 is ASCII code for 'A', 0x72 is ASCII code for 'r', etc). * * See Codes for the * representation of names of scripts for details. * * Returns: the Unicode script for @iso15924, or of %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_INVALID_CODE if @iso15924 is zero and %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_UNKNOWN if @iso15924 is unknown. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unicode_script_to_iso15924: * @script: a Unicode script * * Looks up the ISO 15924 code for @script. ISO 15924 assigns four-letter * codes to scripts. For example, the code for Arabic is 'Arab'. The * four letter codes are encoded as a @guint32 by this function in a * big-endian fashion. That is, the code returned for Arabic is * 0x41726162 (0x41 is ASCII code for 'A', 0x72 is ASCII code for 'r', etc). * * See Codes for the * representation of names of scripts for details. * * Returns: the ISO 15924 code for @script, encoded as an integer, of zero if @script is %G_UNICODE_SCRIPT_INVALID_CODE or ISO 15924 code 'Zzzz' (script code for UNKNOWN) if @script is not understood. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unix_open_pipe: * @fds: Array of two integers * @flags: Bitfield of file descriptor flags, see "man 2 fcntl" * @error: a #GError * * Similar to the UNIX pipe() call, but on modern systems like Linux * uses the pipe2() system call, which atomically creates a pipe with * the configured flags. The only supported flag currently is * FD_CLOEXEC. If for example you want to configure * O_NONBLOCK, that must still be done separately with * fcntl(). * * This function does *not* take O_CLOEXEC, it takes * FD_CLOEXEC as if for fcntl(); these are * different on Linux/glibc. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE if not (and errno will be set). * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unix_set_fd_nonblocking: * @fd: A file descriptor * @nonblock: If %TRUE, set the descriptor to be non-blocking * @error: a #GError * * Control the non-blocking state of the given file descriptor, * according to @nonblock. On most systems this uses O_NONBLOCK, but * on some older ones may use O_NDELAY. * * Returns: %TRUE if successful * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unix_signal_add: * @signum: Signal number * @handler: Callback * @user_data: Data for @handler * * A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which * attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch * using g_source_remove(). * * Returns: An ID (greater than 0) for the event source * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unix_signal_add_full: * @priority: the priority of the signal source. Typically this will be in the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH. * @signum: Signal number * @handler: Callback * @user_data: Data for @handler * @notify: #GDestroyNotify for @handler * * A convenience function for g_unix_signal_source_new(), which * attaches to the default #GMainContext. You can remove the watch * using g_source_remove(). * * Returns: An ID (greater than 0) for the event source * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unix_signal_source_new: * @signum: A signal number * * Create a #GSource that will be dispatched upon delivery of the UNIX * signal @signum. Currently only SIGHUP, * SIGINT, and SIGTERM can * be monitored. Note that unlike the UNIX default, all sources which * have created a watch will be dispatched, regardless of which * underlying thread invoked g_unix_signal_source_new(). * * For example, an effective use of this function is to handle SIGTERM * cleanly; flushing any outstanding files, and then calling * g_main_loop_quit (). It is not safe to do any of this a regular * UNIX signal handler; your handler may be invoked while malloc() or * another library function is running, causing reentrancy if you * attempt to use it from the handler. None of the GLib/GObject API * is safe against this kind of reentrancy. * * The interaction of this source when combined with native UNIX * functions like sigprocmask() is not defined. * * The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext * and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be * executed. * * Returns: A newly created #GSource * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_unlink: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * * A wrapper for the POSIX unlink() function. The unlink() function * deletes a name from the filesystem. If this was the last link to the * file and no processes have it opened, the diskspace occupied by the * file is freed. * * See your C library manual for more details about unlink(). Note * that on Windows, it is in general not possible to delete files that * are open to some process, or mapped into memory. * * Returns: 0 if the name was successfully deleted, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_unsetenv: * @variable: the environment variable to remove, must not contain '=' * * Removes an environment variable from the environment. * * Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the * memory used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed. * * * Environment variable handling in UNIX is not thread-safe, and your * program may crash if one thread calls g_unsetenv() while another * thread is calling getenv(). (And note that many functions, such as * gettext(), call getenv() internally.) This function is only safe * to use at the very start of your program, before creating any other * threads (or creating objects that create worker threads of their * own). * * If you need to set up the environment for a child process, you can * use g_get_environ() to get an environment array, modify that with * g_environ_setenv() and g_environ_unsetenv(), and then pass that * array directly to execvpe(), g_spawn_async(), or the like. * * * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_uri_escape_string: * @unescaped: the unescaped input string. * @reserved_chars_allowed: a string of reserved characters that are allowed to be used, or %NULL. * @allow_utf8: %TRUE if the result can include UTF-8 characters. * * Escapes a string for use in a URI. * * Normally all characters that are not "unreserved" (i.e. ASCII alphanumerical * characters plus dash, dot, underscore and tilde) are escaped. * But if you specify characters in @reserved_chars_allowed they are not * escaped. This is useful for the "reserved" characters in the URI * specification, since those are allowed unescaped in some portions of * a URI. * * Returns: an escaped version of @unescaped. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_uri_list_extract_uris: * @uri_list: an URI list * * Splits an URI list conforming to the text/uri-list * mime type defined in RFC 2483 into individual URIs, * discarding any comments. The URIs are not validated. * * Returns: a newly allocated %NULL-terminated list of strings holding the individual URIs. The array should be freed with g_strfreev(). * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_uri_parse_scheme: * @uri: a valid URI. * * Gets the scheme portion of a URI string. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as: * * URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ] * * Common schemes include "file", "http", "svn+ssh", etc. * * Returns: The "Scheme" component of the URI, or %NULL on error. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_uri_unescape_segment: * @escaped_string: (allow-none): A string, may be %NULL * @escaped_string_end: (allow-none): Pointer to end of @escaped_string, may be %NULL * @illegal_characters: (allow-none): An optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed, may be %NULL * * Unescapes a segment of an escaped string. * * If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears * as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL * will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a * slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname * handling. * * Returns: an unescaped version of @escaped_string or %NULL on error. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. As a special case if %NULL is given for @escaped_string, this function will return %NULL. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_uri_unescape_string: * @escaped_string: an escaped string to be unescaped. * @illegal_characters: an optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed. * * Unescapes a whole escaped string. * * If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears * as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL * will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a * slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname * handling. * * Returns: an unescaped version of @escaped_string. The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_usleep: * @microseconds: number of microseconds to pause * * Pauses the current thread for the given number of microseconds. * * There are 1 million microseconds per second (represented by the * #G_USEC_PER_SEC macro). g_usleep() may have limited precision, * depending on hardware and operating system; don't rely on the exact * length of the sleep. */ /** * g_utf16_to_ucs4: * @str: a UTF-16 encoded string * @len: the maximum length (number of gunichar2) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_read: (allow-none): location to store number of words read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store number of characters written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0 character. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than %G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur. * * Convert a string from UTF-16 to UCS-4. The result will be * nul-terminated. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. */ /** * g_utf16_to_utf8: * @str: a UTF-16 encoded string * @len: the maximum length (number of gunichar2) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_read: (allow-none): location to store number of words read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store number of bytes written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0 byte. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than %G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur. * * Convert a string from UTF-16 to UTF-8. The result will be * terminated with a 0 byte. * * Note that the input is expected to be already in native endianness, * an initial byte-order-mark character is not handled specially. * g_convert() can be used to convert a byte buffer of UTF-16 data of * ambiguous endianess. * * Further note that this function does not validate the result * string; it may e.g. include embedded NUL characters. The only * validation done by this function is to ensure that the input can * be correctly interpreted as UTF-16, i.e. it doesn't contain * things unpaired surrogates. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. */ /** * g_utf8_casefold: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts a string into a form that is independent of case. The * result will not correspond to any particular case, but can be * compared for equality or ordered with the results of calling * g_utf8_casefold() on other strings. * * Note that calling g_utf8_casefold() followed by g_utf8_collate() is * only an approximation to the correct linguistic case insensitive * ordering, though it is a fairly good one. Getting this exactly * right would require a more sophisticated collation function that * takes case sensitivity into account. GLib does not currently * provide such a function. * * Returns: a newly allocated string, that is a case independent form of @str. */ /** * g_utf8_collate: * @str1: a UTF-8 encoded string * @str2: a UTF-8 encoded string * * Compares two strings for ordering using the linguistically * correct rules for the current locale. * When sorting a large number of strings, it will be significantly * faster to obtain collation keys with g_utf8_collate_key() and * compare the keys with strcmp() when sorting instead of sorting * the original strings. * * Returns: < 0 if @str1 compares before @str2, 0 if they compare equal, > 0 if @str1 compares after @str2. */ /** * g_utf8_collate_key: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string. * @len: length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared * with other collation keys produced by the same function using * strcmp(). * * The results of comparing the collation keys of two strings * with strcmp() will always be the same as comparing the two * original keys with g_utf8_collate(). * * Note that this function depends on the * current locale. * * Returns: a newly allocated string. This string should be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. */ /** * g_utf8_collate_key_for_filename: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string. * @len: length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared * with other collation keys produced by the same function using strcmp(). * * In order to sort filenames correctly, this function treats the dot '.' * as a special case. Most dictionary orderings seem to consider it * insignificant, thus producing the ordering "event.c" "eventgenerator.c" * "event.h" instead of "event.c" "event.h" "eventgenerator.c". Also, we * would like to treat numbers intelligently so that "file1" "file10" "file5" * is sorted as "file1" "file5" "file10". * * Note that this function depends on the * current locale. * * Returns: a newly allocated string. This string should be freed with g_free() when you are done with it. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * g_utf8_find_next_char: * @p: a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string * @end: a pointer to the byte following the end of the string, or %NULL to indicate that the string is nul-terminated. * * Finds the start of the next UTF-8 character in the string after @p. * * @p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check * is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than * it starts with an appropriate byte. * * Returns: a pointer to the found character or %NULL */ /** * g_utf8_find_prev_char: * @str: pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 encoded string * @p: pointer to some position within @str * * Given a position @p with a UTF-8 encoded string @str, find the start * of the previous UTF-8 character starting before @p. Returns %NULL if no * UTF-8 characters are present in @str before @p. * * @p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check * is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than * it starts with an appropriate byte. * * Returns: a pointer to the found character or %NULL. */ /** * g_utf8_get_char: * @p: a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8 * * Converts a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character. * If @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded character, results are * undefined. If you are not sure that the bytes are complete * valid Unicode characters, you should use g_utf8_get_char_validated() * instead. * * Returns: the resulting character */ /** * g_utf8_get_char_validated: * @p: a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8 * @max_len: the maximum number of bytes to read, or -1, for no maximum or if @p is nul-terminated * * Convert a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character. * This function checks for incomplete characters, for invalid characters * such as characters that are out of the range of Unicode, and for * overlong encodings of valid characters. * * Returns: the resulting character. If @p points to a partial sequence at the end of a string that could begin a valid character (or if @max_len is zero), returns (gunichar)-2; otherwise, if @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded Unicode character, returns (gunichar)-1. */ /** * g_utf8_normalize: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string. * @len: length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * @mode: the type of normalization to perform. * * Converts a string into canonical form, standardizing * such issues as whether a character with an accent * is represented as a base character and combining * accent or as a single precomposed character. The * string has to be valid UTF-8, otherwise %NULL is * returned. You should generally call g_utf8_normalize() * before comparing two Unicode strings. * * The normalization mode %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT only * standardizes differences that do not affect the * text content, such as the above-mentioned accent * representation. %G_NORMALIZE_ALL also standardizes * the "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such * as SUPERSCRIPT THREE to the standard forms * (in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting information * may be lost but for most text operations such * characters should be considered the same. * * %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE * are like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL, * but returned a result with composed forms rather * than a maximally decomposed form. This is often * useful if you intend to convert the string to * a legacy encoding or pass it to a system with * less capable Unicode handling. * * Returns: a newly allocated string, that is the normalized form of @str, or %NULL if @str is not valid UTF-8. */ /** * g_utf8_offset_to_pointer: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @offset: a character offset within @str * * Converts from an integer character offset to a pointer to a position * within the string. * * Since 2.10, this function allows to pass a negative @offset to * step backwards. It is usually worth stepping backwards from the end * instead of forwards if @offset is in the last fourth of the string, * since moving forward is about 3 times faster than moving backward. * * * This function doesn't abort when reaching the end of @str. Therefore * you should be sure that @offset is within string boundaries before * calling that function. Call g_utf8_strlen() when unsure. * * This limitation exists as this function is called frequently during * text rendering and therefore has to be as fast as possible. * * * Returns: the resulting pointer */ /** * g_utf8_pointer_to_offset: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @pos: a pointer to a position within @str * * Converts from a pointer to position within a string to a integer * character offset. * * Since 2.10, this function allows @pos to be before @str, and returns * a negative offset in this case. * * Returns: the resulting character offset */ /** * g_utf8_prev_char: * @p: a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string * * Finds the previous UTF-8 character in the string before @p. * * @p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check * is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than * it starts with an appropriate byte. If @p might be the first * character of the string, you must use g_utf8_find_prev_char() instead. * * Returns: a pointer to the found character. */ /** * g_utf8_strchr: * @p: a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the maximum length of @p * @c: a Unicode character * * Finds the leftmost occurrence of the given Unicode character * in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes. * If @len is -1, allow unbounded search. * * Returns: %NULL if the string does not contain the character, otherwise, a pointer to the start of the leftmost occurrence of the character in the string. */ /** * g_utf8_strdown: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case * to lowercase. The exact manner that this is done depends * on the current locale, and may result in the number of * characters in the string changing. * * Returns: a newly allocated string, with all characters converted to lowercase. */ /** * g_utf8_strlen: * @p: pointer to the start of a UTF-8 encoded string * @max: the maximum number of bytes to examine. If @max is less than 0, then the string is assumed to be nul-terminated. If @max is 0, @p will not be examined and may be %NULL. If @max is greater than 0, up to @max bytes are examined * * Computes the length of the string in characters, not including * the terminating nul character. If the @max'th byte falls in the * middle of a character, the last (partial) character is not counted. * * Returns: the length of the string in characters */ /** * g_utf8_strncpy: * @dest: buffer to fill with characters from @src * @src: UTF-8 encoded string * @n: character count * * Like the standard C strncpy() function, but * copies a given number of characters instead of a given number of * bytes. The @src string must be valid UTF-8 encoded text. * (Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8 * utility functions with it.) * * Returns: @dest */ /** * g_utf8_strrchr: * @p: a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the maximum length of @p * @c: a Unicode character * * Find the rightmost occurrence of the given Unicode character * in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes. * If @len is -1, allow unbounded search. * * Returns: %NULL if the string does not contain the character, otherwise, a pointer to the start of the rightmost occurrence of the character in the string. */ /** * g_utf8_strreverse: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * * Reverses a UTF-8 string. @str must be valid UTF-8 encoded text. * (Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8 * utility functions with it.) * * This function is intended for programmatic uses of reversed strings. * It pays no attention to decomposed characters, combining marks, byte * order marks, directional indicators (LRM, LRO, etc) and similar * characters which might need special handling when reversing a string * for display purposes. * * Note that unlike g_strreverse(), this function returns * newly-allocated memory, which should be freed with g_free() when * no longer needed. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string which is the reverse of @str. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_utf8_strup: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated. * * Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case * to uppercase. The exact manner that this is done depends * on the current locale, and may result in the number of * characters in the string increasing. (For instance, the * German ess-zet will be changed to SS.) * * Returns: a newly allocated string, with all characters converted to uppercase. */ /** * g_utf8_substring: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @start_pos: a character offset within @str * @end_pos: another character offset within @str * * Copies a substring out of a UTF-8 encoded string. * The substring will contain @end_pos - @start_pos * characters. * * Returns: a newly allocated copy of the requested substring. Free with g_free() when no longer needed. * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_utf8_to_ucs4: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_read: (allow-none): location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store number of characters written or %NULL. The value here stored does not include the trailing 0 character. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than %G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur. * * Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width * representation as UCS-4. A trailing 0 character will be added to the * string after the converted text. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. */ /** * g_utf8_to_ucs4_fast: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store the number of characters in the result, or %NULL. * * Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width * representation as UCS-4, assuming valid UTF-8 input. * This function is roughly twice as fast as g_utf8_to_ucs4() * but does no error checking on the input. A trailing 0 character * will be added to the string after the converted text. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). */ /** * g_utf8_to_utf16: * @str: a UTF-8 encoded string * @len: the maximum length (number of bytes) of @str to use. If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated. * @items_read: (allow-none): location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL. If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be returned in case @str contains a trailing partial character. If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input is stored here. * @items_written: (allow-none): location to store number of gunichar2 written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not include the trailing 0. * @error: location to store the error occurring, or %NULL to ignore errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than %G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur. * * Convert a string from UTF-8 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be * added to the result after the converted text. * * Returns: a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string. This value must be freed with g_free(). If an error occurs, %NULL will be returned and @error set. */ /** * g_utf8_validate: * @str: (array length=max_len) (element-type guint8): a pointer to character data * @max_len: max bytes to validate, or -1 to go until NUL * @end: (allow-none) (out) (transfer none): return location for end of valid data * * Validates UTF-8 encoded text. @str is the text to validate; * if @str is nul-terminated, then @max_len can be -1, otherwise * @max_len should be the number of bytes to validate. * If @end is non-%NULL, then the end of the valid range * will be stored there (i.e. the start of the first invalid * character if some bytes were invalid, or the end of the text * being validated otherwise). * * Note that g_utf8_validate() returns %FALSE if @max_len is * positive and any of the @max_len bytes are NUL. * * Returns %TRUE if all of @str was valid. Many GLib and GTK+ * routines require valid UTF-8 as input; * so data read from a file or the network should be checked * with g_utf8_validate() before doing anything else with it. * * Returns: %TRUE if the text was valid UTF-8 */ /** * g_utime: * @filename: a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows) * @utb: a pointer to a struct utimbuf. * * A wrapper for the POSIX utime() function. The utime() function * sets the access and modification timestamps of a file. * * See your C library manual for more details about how utime() works * on your system. * * Returns: 0 if the operation was successful, -1 if an error occurred * Since: 2.18 */ /** * g_variant_builder_add: (skp) * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * @format_string: a #GVariant varargs format string * @...: arguments, as per @format_string * * Adds to a #GVariantBuilder. * * This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to * calling g_variant_new() followed by g_variant_builder_add_value(). * * This function might be used as follows: * * * GVariant * * make_pointless_dictionary (void) * { * GVariantBuilder *builder; * int i; * * builder = g_variant_builder_new (G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY); * for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) * { * gchar buf[3]; * * sprintf (buf, "%d", i); * g_variant_builder_add (builder, "{is}", i, buf); * } * * return g_variant_builder_end (builder); * } * * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_add_parsed: * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * @format: a text format #GVariant * @...: arguments as per @format * * Adds to a #GVariantBuilder. * * This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to * calling g_variant_new_parsed() followed by * g_variant_builder_add_value(). * * This function might be used as follows: * * * GVariant * * make_pointless_dictionary (void) * { * GVariantBuilder *builder; * int i; * * builder = g_variant_builder_new (G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY); * g_variant_builder_add_parsed (builder, "{'width', <%i>}", 600); * g_variant_builder_add_parsed (builder, "{'title', <%s>}", "foo"); * g_variant_builder_add_parsed (builder, "{'transparency', <0.5>}"); * return g_variant_builder_end (builder); * } * * * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_builder_add_value: * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * @value: a #GVariant * * Adds @value to @builder. * * It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an * inconsistent value to be constructed. Some examples of this are * putting different types of items into an array, putting the wrong * types or number of items in a tuple, putting more than one value into * a variant, etc. * * If @value is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), * the @builder instance takes ownership of @value. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_clear: (skip) * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * * Releases all memory associated with a #GVariantBuilder without * freeing the #GVariantBuilder structure itself. * * It typically only makes sense to do this on a stack-allocated * #GVariantBuilder if you want to abort building the value part-way * through. This function need not be called if you call * g_variant_builder_end() and it also doesn't need to be called on * builders allocated with g_variant_builder_new (see * g_variant_builder_unref() for that). * * This function leaves the #GVariantBuilder structure set to all-zeros. * It is valid to call this function on either an initialised * #GVariantBuilder or one that is set to all-zeros but it is not valid * to call this function on uninitialised memory. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_close: * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * * Closes the subcontainer inside the given @builder that was opened by * the most recent call to g_variant_builder_open(). * * It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an * inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: too few values added to the * subcontainer). * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_end: * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * * Ends the builder process and returns the constructed value. * * It is not permissible to use @builder in any way after this call * except for reference counting operations (in the case of a * heap-allocated #GVariantBuilder) or by reinitialising it with * g_variant_builder_init() (in the case of stack-allocated). * * It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an * inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: insufficient number of * items added to a container with a specific number of children * required). It is also an error to call this function if the builder * was created with an indefinite array or maybe type and no children * have been added; in this case it is impossible to infer the type of * the empty array. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_init: (skip) * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * @type: a container type * * Initialises a #GVariantBuilder structure. * * @type must be non-%NULL. It specifies the type of container to * construct. It can be an indefinite type such as * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY or a definite type such as "as" or "(ii)". * Maybe, array, tuple, dictionary entry and variant-typed values may be * constructed. * * After the builder is initialised, values are added using * g_variant_builder_add_value() or g_variant_builder_add(). * * After all the child values are added, g_variant_builder_end() frees * the memory associated with the builder and returns the #GVariant that * was created. * * This function completely ignores the previous contents of @builder. * On one hand this means that it is valid to pass in completely * uninitialised memory. On the other hand, this means that if you are * initialising over top of an existing #GVariantBuilder you need to * first call g_variant_builder_clear() in order to avoid leaking * memory. * * You must not call g_variant_builder_ref() or * g_variant_builder_unref() on a #GVariantBuilder that was initialised * with this function. If you ever pass a reference to a * #GVariantBuilder outside of the control of your own code then you * should assume that the person receiving that reference may try to use * reference counting; you should use g_variant_builder_new() instead of * this function. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_new: * @type: a container type * * Allocates and initialises a new #GVariantBuilder. * * You should call g_variant_builder_unref() on the return value when it * is no longer needed. The memory will not be automatically freed by * any other call. * * In most cases it is easier to place a #GVariantBuilder directly on * the stack of the calling function and initialise it with * g_variant_builder_init(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a #GVariantBuilder * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_open: * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder * @type: a #GVariantType * * Opens a subcontainer inside the given @builder. When done adding * items to the subcontainer, g_variant_builder_close() must be called. * * It is an error to call this function in any way that would cause an * inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: adding too many values or * a value of an incorrect type). * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_ref: * @builder: a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new() * * Increases the reference count on @builder. * * Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad * things will happen. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new reference to @builder * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_builder_unref: * @builder: (transfer full): a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new() * * Decreases the reference count on @builder. * * In the event that there are no more references, releases all memory * associated with the #GVariantBuilder. * * Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad * things will happen. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_byteswap: * @value: a #GVariant * * Performs a byteswapping operation on the contents of @value. The * result is that all multi-byte numeric data contained in @value is * byteswapped. That includes 16, 32, and 64bit signed and unsigned * integers as well as file handles and double precision floating point * values. * * This function is an identity mapping on any value that does not * contain multi-byte numeric data. That include strings, booleans, * bytes and containers containing only these things (recursively). * * The returned value is always in normal form and is marked as trusted. * * Returns: (transfer full): the byteswapped form of @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_classify: * @value: a #GVariant * * Classifies @value according to its top-level type. * * Returns: the #GVariantClass of @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_compare: * @one: (type GVariant): a basic-typed #GVariant instance * @two: (type GVariant): a #GVariant instance of the same type * * Compares @one and @two. * * The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of * this function with #GTree, #GPtrArray, etc. They must each be a * #GVariant. * * Comparison is only defined for basic types (ie: booleans, numbers, * strings). For booleans, %FALSE is less than %TRUE. Numbers are * ordered in the usual way. Strings are in ASCII lexographical order. * * It is a programmer error to attempt to compare container values or * two values that have types that are not exactly equal. For example, * you cannot compare a 32-bit signed integer with a 32-bit unsigned * integer. Also note that this function is not particularly * well-behaved when it comes to comparison of doubles; in particular, * the handling of incomparable values (ie: NaN) is undefined. * * If you only require an equality comparison, g_variant_equal() is more * general. * * Returns: negative value if a < b; zero if a = b; positive value if a > b. * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_dup_bytestring: * @value: an array-of-bytes #GVariant instance * @length: (out) (allow-none) (default NULL): a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length (not including the nul terminator) * * Similar to g_variant_get_bytestring() except that instead of * returning a constant string, the string is duplicated. * * The return value must be freed using g_free(). * * Returns: (transfer full) (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8): a newly allocated string * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_dup_bytestring_array: * @value: an array of array of bytes #GVariant ('aay') * @length: (out) (allow-none): the length of the result, or %NULL * * Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call * makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with * g_strfreev(). * * If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is * stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be * %NULL-terminated. * * For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a * %NULL pointer will be returned. * * Returns: (array length=length) (transfer full): an array of strings * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_dup_objv: * @value: an array of object paths #GVariant * @length: (out) (allow-none): the length of the result, or %NULL * * Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call * makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with * g_strfreev(). * * If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result * is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be * %NULL-terminated. * * For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a * %NULL pointer will be returned. * * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): an array of strings * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_variant_dup_string: * @value: a string #GVariant instance * @length: (out): a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length * * Similar to g_variant_get_string() except that instead of returning * a constant string, the string is duplicated. * * The string will always be utf8 encoded. * * The return value must be freed using g_free(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string, utf8 encoded * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_dup_strv: * @value: an array of strings #GVariant * @length: (out) (allow-none): the length of the result, or %NULL * * Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call * makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with * g_strfreev(). * * If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result * is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be * %NULL-terminated. * * For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a * %NULL pointer will be returned. * * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): an array of strings * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_equal: * @one: (type GVariant): a #GVariant instance * @two: (type GVariant): a #GVariant instance * * Checks if @one and @two have the same type and value. * * The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of * this function with #GHashTable. They must each be a #GVariant. * * Returns: %TRUE if @one and @two are equal * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get: (skip) * @value: a #GVariant instance * @format_string: a #GVariant format string * @...: arguments, as per @format_string * * Deconstructs a #GVariant instance. * * Think of this function as an analogue to scanf(). * * The arguments that are expected by this function are entirely * determined by @format_string. @format_string also restricts the * permissible types of @value. It is an error to give a value with * an incompatible type. See the section on GVariant Format Strings. * Please note that the syntax of the format string is very likely to be * extended in the future. * * @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking * the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, * see the section on * GVariant Format Strings. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_boolean: * @value: a boolean #GVariant instance * * Returns the boolean value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN. * * Returns: %TRUE or %FALSE * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_byte: * @value: a byte #GVariant instance * * Returns the byte value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE. * * Returns: a #guchar * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_bytestring: * @value: an array-of-bytes #GVariant instance * * Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with an * array-of-bytes type. The string has no particular encoding. * * If the array does not end with a nul terminator character, the empty * string is returned. For this reason, you can always trust that a * non-%NULL nul-terminated string will be returned by this function. * * If the array contains a nul terminator character somewhere other than * the last byte then the returned string is the string, up to the first * such nul character. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value that is not an * array of bytes. * * The return value remains valid as long as @value exists. * * Returns: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8): the constant string * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_get_bytestring_array: * @value: an array of array of bytes #GVariant ('aay') * @length: (out) (allow-none): the length of the result, or %NULL * * Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call * makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with * g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. * * If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result is * stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be * %NULL-terminated. * * For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a * %NULL pointer will be returned. * * Returns: (array length=length) (transfer container): an array of constant strings * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_get_child: (skip) * @value: a container #GVariant * @index_: the index of the child to deconstruct * @format_string: a #GVariant format string * @...: arguments, as per @format_string * * Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance and * deconstructs it according to @format_string. This call is * essentially a combination of g_variant_get_child_value() and * g_variant_get(). * * @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking * the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, * see the section on * GVariant Format Strings. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_child_value: * @value: a container #GVariant * @index_: the index of the child to fetch * * Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance. This * includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary * entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of * #GVariant. * * It is an error if @index_ is greater than the number of child items * in the container. See g_variant_n_children(). * * The returned value is never floating. You should free it with * g_variant_unref() when you're done with it. * * This function is O(1). * * Returns: (transfer full): the child at the specified index * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_data: * @value: a #GVariant instance * * Returns a pointer to the serialised form of a #GVariant instance. * The returned data may not be in fully-normalised form if read from an * untrusted source. The returned data must not be freed; it remains * valid for as long as @value exists. * * If @value is a fixed-sized value that was deserialised from a * corrupted serialised container then %NULL may be returned. In this * case, the proper thing to do is typically to use the appropriate * number of nul bytes in place of @value. If @value is not fixed-sized * then %NULL is never returned. * * In the case that @value is already in serialised form, this function * is O(1). If the value is not already in serialised form, * serialisation occurs implicitly and is approximately O(n) in the size * of the result. * * To deserialise the data returned by this function, in addition to the * serialised data, you must know the type of the #GVariant, and (if the * machine might be different) the endianness of the machine that stored * it. As a result, file formats or network messages that incorporate * serialised #GVariants must include this information either * implicitly (for instance "the file always contains a * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARIANT and it is always in little-endian order") or * explicitly (by storing the type and/or endianness in addition to the * serialised data). * * Returns: (transfer none): the serialised form of @value, or %NULL * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_double: * @value: a double #GVariant instance * * Returns the double precision floating point value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE. * * Returns: a #gdouble * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_fixed_array: * @value: a #GVariant array with fixed-sized elements * @n_elements: (out): a pointer to the location to store the number of items * @element_size: the size of each element * * Provides access to the serialised data for an array of fixed-sized * items. * * @value must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are * fixed-size, as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types. * * @element_size must be the size of a single element in the array, * as given by the section on * Serialised Data * Memory. * * In particular, arrays of these fixed-sized types can be interpreted * as an array of the given C type, with @element_size set to * sizeof the appropriate type: * * * * element type C type * * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16 (etc.) * #gint16 (etc.) * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN * #guchar (not #gboolean!) * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE #guchar * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE #guint32 * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE #gdouble * * * * * For example, if calling this function for an array of 32 bit integers, * you might say sizeof (gint32). This value isn't used * except for the purpose of a double-check that the form of the * serialised data matches the caller's expectation. * * @n_elements, which must be non-%NULL is set equal to the number of * items in the array. * * Returns: (array length=n_elements) (transfer none): a pointer to the fixed array * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_handle: * @value: a handle #GVariant instance * * Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other * than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE. * * By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors * that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. If you're not interacting * with D-Bus, you probably don't need them. * * Returns: a #gint32 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_int16: * @value: a int16 #GVariant instance * * Returns the 16-bit signed integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16. * * Returns: a #gint16 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_int32: * @value: a int32 #GVariant instance * * Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32. * * Returns: a #gint32 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_int64: * @value: a int64 #GVariant instance * * Returns the 64-bit signed integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64. * * Returns: a #gint64 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_maybe: * @value: a maybe-typed value * * Given a maybe-typed #GVariant instance, extract its value. If the * value is Nothing, then this function returns %NULL. * * Returns: (allow-none) (transfer full): the contents of @value, or %NULL * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_normal_form: * @value: a #GVariant * * Gets a #GVariant instance that has the same value as @value and is * trusted to be in normal form. * * If @value is already trusted to be in normal form then a new * reference to @value is returned. * * If @value is not already trusted, then it is scanned to check if it * is in normal form. If it is found to be in normal form then it is * marked as trusted and a new reference to it is returned. * * If @value is found not to be in normal form then a new trusted * #GVariant is created with the same value as @value. * * It makes sense to call this function if you've received #GVariant * data from untrusted sources and you want to ensure your serialised * output is definitely in normal form. * * Returns: (transfer full): a trusted #GVariant * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_objv: * @value: an array of object paths #GVariant * @length: (out) (allow-none): the length of the result, or %NULL * * Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call * makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with * g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. * * If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result * is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be * %NULL-terminated. * * For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a * %NULL pointer will be returned. * * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer container): an array of constant strings * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_variant_get_size: * @value: a #GVariant instance * * Determines the number of bytes that would be required to store @value * with g_variant_store(). * * If @value has a fixed-sized type then this function always returned * that fixed size. * * In the case that @value is already in serialised form or the size has * already been calculated (ie: this function has been called before) * then this function is O(1). Otherwise, the size is calculated, an * operation which is approximately O(n) in the number of values * involved. * * Returns: the serialised size of @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_string: * @value: a string #GVariant instance * @length: (allow-none) (default 0) (out): a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length * * Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with a string * type. This includes the types %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING, * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH and %G_VARIANT_TYPE_SIGNATURE. * * The string will always be utf8 encoded. * * If @length is non-%NULL then the length of the string (in bytes) is * returned there. For trusted values, this information is already * known. For untrusted values, a strlen() will be performed. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than those three. * * The return value remains valid as long as @value exists. * * Returns: (transfer none): the constant string, utf8 encoded * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_strv: * @value: an array of strings #GVariant * @length: (out) (allow-none): the length of the result, or %NULL * * Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call * makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with * g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified. * * If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result * is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be * %NULL-terminated. * * For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a * %NULL pointer will be returned. * * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer container): an array of constant strings * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_type: * @value: a #GVariant * * Determines the type of @value. * * The return value is valid for the lifetime of @value and must not * be freed. * * Returns: a #GVariantType * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_type_string: * @value: a #GVariant * * Returns the type string of @value. Unlike the result of calling * g_variant_type_peek_string(), this string is nul-terminated. This * string belongs to #GVariant and must not be freed. * * Returns: the type string for the type of @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_uint16: * @value: a uint16 #GVariant instance * * Returns the 16-bit unsigned integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16. * * Returns: a #guint16 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_uint32: * @value: a uint32 #GVariant instance * * Returns the 32-bit unsigned integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32. * * Returns: a #guint32 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_uint64: * @value: a uint64 #GVariant instance * * Returns the 64-bit unsigned integer value of @value. * * It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type * other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64. * * Returns: a #guint64 * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_va: (skip) * @value: a #GVariant * @format_string: a string that is prefixed with a format string * @endptr: (allow-none) (default NULL): location to store the end pointer, or %NULL * @app: a pointer to a #va_list * * This function is intended to be used by libraries based on #GVariant * that want to provide g_variant_get()-like functionality to their * users. * * The API is more general than g_variant_get() to allow a wider range * of possible uses. * * @format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only * need to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is * non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the * end of the format string. * * @app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to * @format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left * pointing to the argument following the last. * * These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to * g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual * varargs call by the user. * * @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking * the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, * see the section on * GVariant Format Strings. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_get_variant: * @value: a variant #GVariant instance * * Unboxes @value. The result is the #GVariant instance that was * contained in @value. * * Returns: (transfer full): the item contained in the variant * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_hash: * @value: (type GVariant): a basic #GVariant value as a #gconstpointer * * Generates a hash value for a #GVariant instance. * * The output of this function is guaranteed to be the same for a given * value only per-process. It may change between different processor * architectures or even different versions of GLib. Do not use this * function as a basis for building protocols or file formats. * * The type of @value is #gconstpointer only to allow use of this * function with #GHashTable. @value must be a #GVariant. * * Returns: a hash value corresponding to @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_is_container: * @value: a #GVariant instance * * Checks if @value is a container. * * Returns: %TRUE if @value is a container * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_is_floating: * @value: a #GVariant * * Checks whether @value has a floating reference count. * * This function should only ever be used to assert that a given variant * is or is not floating, or for debug purposes. To acquire a reference * to a variant that might be floating, always use g_variant_ref_sink() * or g_variant_take_ref(). * * See g_variant_ref_sink() for more information about floating reference * counts. * * Returns: whether @value is floating * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_is_normal_form: * @value: a #GVariant instance * * Checks if @value is in normal form. * * The main reason to do this is to detect if a given chunk of * serialised data is in normal form: load the data into a #GVariant * using g_variant_new_from_data() and then use this function to * check. * * If @value is found to be in normal form then it will be marked as * being trusted. If the value was already marked as being trusted then * this function will immediately return %TRUE. * * Returns: %TRUE if @value is in normal form * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_is_object_path: * @string: a normal C nul-terminated string * * Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus object path. You * should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus object path before * passing it to g_variant_new_object_path(). * * A valid object path starts with '/' followed by zero or more * sequences of characters separated by '/' characters. Each sequence * must contain only the characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_". No sequence * (including the one following the final '/' character) may be empty. * * Returns: %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus object path * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_is_of_type: * @value: a #GVariant instance * @type: a #GVariantType * * Checks if a value has a type matching the provided type. * * Returns: %TRUE if the type of @value matches @type * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_is_signature: * @string: a normal C nul-terminated string * * Determines if a given string is a valid D-Bus type signature. You * should ensure that a string is a valid D-Bus type signature before * passing it to g_variant_new_signature(). * * D-Bus type signatures consist of zero or more definite #GVariantType * strings in sequence. * * Returns: %TRUE if @string is a D-Bus type signature * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_copy: * @iter: a #GVariantIter * * Creates a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter to iterate over the * container that was being iterated over by @iter. Iteration begins on * the new iterator from the current position of the old iterator but * the two copies are independent past that point. * * Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer * need it. * * A reference is taken to the container that @iter is iterating over * and will be releated only when g_variant_iter_free() is called. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_free: * @iter: (transfer full): a heap-allocated #GVariantIter * * Frees a heap-allocated #GVariantIter. Only call this function on * iterators that were returned by g_variant_iter_new() or * g_variant_iter_copy(). * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_init: (skip) * @iter: a pointer to a #GVariantIter * @value: a container #GVariant * * Initialises (without allocating) a #GVariantIter. @iter may be * completely uninitialised prior to this call; its old value is * ignored. * * The iterator remains valid for as long as @value exists, and need not * be freed in any way. * * Returns: the number of items in @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_loop: (skip) * @iter: a #GVariantIter * @format_string: a GVariant format string * @...: the arguments to unpack the value into * * Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable * argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE. * * If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned. * * On the first call to this function, the pointers appearing on the * variable argument list are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. * On the second and later calls, it is assumed that the same pointers * will be given and that they will point to the memory as set by the * previous call to this function. This allows the previous values to * be freed, as appropriate. * * This function is intended to be used with a while loop as * demonstrated in the following example. This function can only be * used when iterating over an array. It is only valid to call this * function with a string constant for the format string and the same * string constant must be used each time. Mixing calls to this * function and g_variant_iter_next() or g_variant_iter_next_value() on * the same iterator causes undefined behavior. * * If you break out of a such a while loop using g_variant_iter_loop() then * you must free or unreference all the unpacked values as you would with * g_variant_get(). Failure to do so will cause a memory leak. * * See the section on GVariant * Format Strings. * * * Memory management with g_variant_iter_loop() * * /* Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' */ * void * iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary) * { * GVariantIter iter; * GVariant *value; * gchar *key; * * g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary); * while (g_variant_iter_loop (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value)) * { * g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key, * g_variant_get_type_string (value)); * * /* no need to free 'key' and 'value' here */ * /* unless breaking out of this loop */ * } * } * * * * For most cases you should use g_variant_iter_next(). * * This function is really only useful when unpacking into #GVariant or * #GVariantIter in order to allow you to skip the call to * g_variant_unref() or g_variant_iter_free(). * * For example, if you are only looping over simple integer and string * types, g_variant_iter_next() is definitely preferred. For string * types, use the '&' prefix to avoid allocating any memory at all (and * thereby avoiding the need to free anything as well). * * @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking * the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, * see the section on * GVariant Format Strings. * * Returns: %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there was no value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_n_children: * @iter: a #GVariantIter * * Queries the number of child items in the container that we are * iterating over. This is the total number of items -- not the number * of items remaining. * * This function might be useful for preallocation of arrays. * * Returns: the number of children in the container * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_new: * @value: a container #GVariant * * Creates a heap-allocated #GVariantIter for iterating over the items * in @value. * * Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer * need it. * * A reference is taken to @value and will be released only when * g_variant_iter_free() is called. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_next: (skip) * @iter: a #GVariantIter * @format_string: a GVariant format string * @...: the arguments to unpack the value into * * Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable * argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE. * * If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned. * * All of the pointers given on the variable arguments list of this * function are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. It is the * responsibility of the caller to free all of the values returned by * the unpacking process. * * See the section on GVariant * Format Strings. * * * Memory management with g_variant_iter_next() * * /* Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' */ * void * iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary) * { * GVariantIter iter; * GVariant *value; * gchar *key; * * g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary); * while (g_variant_iter_next (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value)) * { * g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key, * g_variant_get_type_string (value)); * * /* must free data for ourselves */ * g_variant_unref (value); * g_free (key); * } * } * * * * For a solution that is likely to be more convenient to C programmers * when dealing with loops, see g_variant_iter_loop(). * * @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking * the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, * see the section on * GVariant Format Strings. * * Returns: %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there as no value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_iter_next_value: * @iter: a #GVariantIter * * Gets the next item in the container. If no more items remain then * %NULL is returned. * * Use g_variant_unref() to drop your reference on the return value when * you no longer need it. * * * Iterating with g_variant_iter_next_value() * * /* recursively iterate a container */ * void * iterate_container_recursive (GVariant *container) * { * GVariantIter iter; * GVariant *child; * * g_variant_iter_init (&iter, container); * while ((child = g_variant_iter_next_value (&iter))) * { * g_print ("type '%s'\n", g_variant_get_type_string (child)); * * if (g_variant_is_container (child)) * iterate_container_recursive (child); * * g_variant_unref (child); * } * } * * * * Returns: (allow-none) (transfer full): a #GVariant, or %NULL * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_lookup: (skip) * @dictionary: a dictionary #GVariant * @key: the key to lookup in the dictionary * @format_string: a GVariant format string * @...: the arguments to unpack the value into * * Looks up a value in a dictionary #GVariant. * * This function is a wrapper around g_variant_lookup_value() and * g_variant_get(). In the case that %NULL would have been returned, * this function returns %FALSE. Otherwise, it unpacks the returned * value and returns %TRUE. * * @format_string determines the C types that are used for unpacking * the values and also determines if the values are copied or borrowed, * see the section on * GVariant Format Strings. * * Returns: %TRUE if a value was unpacked * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_variant_lookup_value: * @dictionary: a dictionary #GVariant * @key: the key to lookup in the dictionary * @expected_type: (allow-none): a #GVariantType, or %NULL * * Looks up a value in a dictionary #GVariant. * * This function works with dictionaries of the type * a{s*} (and equally well with type * a{o*}, but we only further discuss the string case * for sake of clarity). * * In the event that @dictionary has the type a{sv}, * the @expected_type string specifies what type of value is expected to * be inside of the variant. If the value inside the variant has a * different type then %NULL is returned. In the event that @dictionary * has a value type other than v then @expected_type * must directly match the key type and it is used to unpack the value * directly or an error occurs. * * In either case, if @key is not found in @dictionary, %NULL is * returned. * * If the key is found and the value has the correct type, it is * returned. If @expected_type was specified then any non-%NULL return * value will have this type. * * Returns: (transfer full): the value of the dictionary key, or %NULL * Since: 2.28 */ /** * g_variant_n_children: * @value: a container #GVariant * * Determines the number of children in a container #GVariant instance. * This includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary * entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of * #GVariant. * * For variants, the return value is always 1. For values with maybe * types, it is always zero or one. For arrays, it is the length of the * array. For tuples it is the number of tuple items (which depends * only on the type). For dictionary entries, it is always 2 * * This function is O(1). * * Returns: the number of children in the container * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new: (skip) * @format_string: a #GVariant format string * @...: arguments, as per @format_string * * Creates a new #GVariant instance. * * Think of this function as an analogue to g_strdup_printf(). * * The type of the created instance and the arguments that are * expected by this function are determined by @format_string. See the * section on GVariant Format * Strings. Please note that the syntax of the format string is * very likely to be extended in the future. * * The first character of the format string must not be '*' '?' '@' or * 'r'; in essence, a new #GVariant must always be constructed by this * function (and not merely passed through it unmodified). * * Returns: a new floating #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_array: * @child_type: (allow-none): the element type of the new array * @children: (allow-none) (array length=n_children): an array of #GVariant pointers, the children * @n_children: the length of @children * * Creates a new #GVariant array from @children. * * @child_type must be non-%NULL if @n_children is zero. Otherwise, the * child type is determined by inspecting the first element of the * @children array. If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a * definite type. * * The items of the array are taken from the @children array. No entry * in the @children array may be %NULL. * * All items in the array must have the same type, which must be the * same as @child_type, if given. * * If the @children are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the * new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new #GVariant array * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_boolean: * @value: a #gboolean value * * Creates a new boolean #GVariant instance -- either %TRUE or %FALSE. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new boolean #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_byte: * @value: a #guint8 value * * Creates a new byte #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new byte #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_bytestring: * @string: (array zero-terminated=1) (element-type guint8): a normal nul-terminated string in no particular encoding * * Creates an array-of-bytes #GVariant with the contents of @string. * This function is just like g_variant_new_string() except that the * string need not be valid utf8. * * The nul terminator character at the end of the string is stored in * the array. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new bytestring #GVariant instance * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_new_bytestring_array: * @strv: (array length=length): an array of strings * @length: the length of @strv, or -1 * * Constructs an array of bytestring #GVariant from the given array of * strings. * * If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new floating #GVariant instance * Since: 2.26 */ /** * g_variant_new_dict_entry: (constructor) * @key: a basic #GVariant, the key * @value: a #GVariant, the value * * Creates a new dictionary entry #GVariant. @key and @value must be * non-%NULL. @key must be a value of a basic type (ie: not a container). * * If the @key or @value are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), * the new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new dictionary entry #GVariant * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_double: * @value: a #gdouble floating point value * * Creates a new double #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new double #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_fixed_array: * @element_type: the #GVariantType of each element * @elements: a pointer to the fixed array of contiguous elements * @n_elements: the number of elements * @element_size: the size of each element * * Provides access to the serialised data for an array of fixed-sized * items. * * @value must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are * fixed-size as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types. * * @element_size must be the size of a single element in the array. For * example, if calling this function for an array of 32 bit integers, * you might say sizeof (gint32). This value isn't used * except for the purpose of a double-check that the form of the * serialised data matches the caller's expectation. * * @n_elements, which must be non-%NULL is set equal to the number of * items in the array. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new array #GVariant instance * Since: 2.32 */ /** * g_variant_new_from_data: * @type: a definite #GVariantType * @data: (array length=size) (element-type guint8): the serialised data * @size: the size of @data * @trusted: %TRUE if @data is definitely in normal form * @notify: (scope async): function to call when @data is no longer needed * @user_data: data for @notify * * Creates a new #GVariant instance from serialised data. * * @type is the type of #GVariant instance that will be constructed. * The interpretation of @data depends on knowing the type. * * @data is not modified by this function and must remain valid with an * unchanging value until such a time as @notify is called with * @user_data. If the contents of @data change before that time then * the result is undefined. * * If @data is trusted to be serialised data in normal form then * @trusted should be %TRUE. This applies to serialised data created * within this process or read from a trusted location on the disk (such * as a file installed in /usr/lib alongside your application). You * should set trusted to %FALSE if @data is read from the network, a * file in the user's home directory, etc. * * If @data was not stored in this machine's native endianness, any multi-byte * numeric values in the returned variant will also be in non-native * endianness. g_variant_byteswap() can be used to recover the original values. * * @notify will be called with @user_data when @data is no longer * needed. The exact time of this call is unspecified and might even be * before this function returns. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new floating #GVariant of type @type * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_handle: * @value: a #gint32 value * * Creates a new handle #GVariant instance. * * By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors * that are sent alongside a D-Bus message. If you're not interacting * with D-Bus, you probably don't need them. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new handle #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_int16: * @value: a #gint16 value * * Creates a new int16 #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new int16 #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_int32: * @value: a #gint32 value * * Creates a new int32 #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new int32 #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_int64: * @value: a #gint64 value * * Creates a new int64 #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new int64 #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_maybe: * @child_type: (allow-none): the #GVariantType of the child, or %NULL * @child: (allow-none): the child value, or %NULL * * Depending on if @child is %NULL, either wraps @child inside of a * maybe container or creates a Nothing instance for the given @type. * * At least one of @child_type and @child must be non-%NULL. * If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a definite type. * If they are both non-%NULL then @child_type must be the type * of @child. * * If @child is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new * instance takes ownership of @child. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new #GVariant maybe instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_object_path: * @object_path: a normal C nul-terminated string * * Creates a D-Bus object path #GVariant with the contents of @string. * @string must be a valid D-Bus object path. Use * g_variant_is_object_path() if you're not sure. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new object path #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_objv: * @strv: (array length=length) (element-type utf8): an array of strings * @length: the length of @strv, or -1 * * Constructs an array of object paths #GVariant from the given array of * strings. * * Each string must be a valid #GVariant object path; see * g_variant_is_object_path(). * * If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new floating #GVariant instance * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_variant_new_parsed: * @format: a text format #GVariant * @...: arguments as per @format * * Parses @format and returns the result. * * @format must be a text format #GVariant with one extension: at any * point that a value may appear in the text, a '%' character followed * by a GVariant format string (as per g_variant_new()) may appear. In * that case, the same arguments are collected from the argument list as * g_variant_new() would have collected. * * Consider this simple example: * * * g_variant_new_parsed ("[('one', 1), ('two', %i), (%s, 3)]", 2, "three"); * * * In the example, the variable argument parameters are collected and * filled in as if they were part of the original string to produce the * result of [('one', 1), ('two', 2), ('three', 3)]. * * This function is intended only to be used with @format as a string * literal. Any parse error is fatal to the calling process. If you * want to parse data from untrusted sources, use g_variant_parse(). * * You may not use this function to return, unmodified, a single * #GVariant pointer from the argument list. ie: @format may not solely * be anything along the lines of "%*", "%?", "\%r", or anything starting * with "%@". * * Returns: a new floating #GVariant instance */ /** * g_variant_new_parsed_va: * @format: a text format #GVariant * @app: a pointer to a #va_list * * Parses @format and returns the result. * * This is the version of g_variant_new_parsed() intended to be used * from libraries. * * The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant * instance. In the case that @format simply specified the collection * of a #GVariant pointer (eg: @format was "%*") then the collected * #GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, without adding any * additional references. * * In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the * calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before * returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer. * At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the * result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container, * or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call. * * Returns: a new, usually floating, #GVariant */ /** * g_variant_new_signature: * @signature: a normal C nul-terminated string * * Creates a D-Bus type signature #GVariant with the contents of * @string. @string must be a valid D-Bus type signature. Use * g_variant_is_signature() if you're not sure. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new signature #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_string: * @string: a normal utf8 nul-terminated string * * Creates a string #GVariant with the contents of @string. * * @string must be valid utf8. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new string #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_strv: * @strv: (array length=length) (element-type utf8): an array of strings * @length: the length of @strv, or -1 * * Constructs an array of strings #GVariant from the given array of * strings. * * If @length is -1 then @strv is %NULL-terminated. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new floating #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_tuple: * @children: (array length=n_children): the items to make the tuple out of * @n_children: the length of @children * * Creates a new tuple #GVariant out of the items in @children. The * type is determined from the types of @children. No entry in the * @children array may be %NULL. * * If @n_children is 0 then the unit tuple is constructed. * * If the @children are floating references (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the * new instance takes ownership of them as if via g_variant_ref_sink(). * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new #GVariant tuple * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_uint16: * @value: a #guint16 value * * Creates a new uint16 #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new uint16 #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_uint32: * @value: a #guint32 value * * Creates a new uint32 #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new uint32 #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_uint64: * @value: a #guint64 value * * Creates a new uint64 #GVariant instance. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new uint64 #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_va: (skip) * @format_string: a string that is prefixed with a format string * @endptr: (allow-none) (default NULL): location to store the end pointer, or %NULL * @app: a pointer to a #va_list * * This function is intended to be used by libraries based on * #GVariant that want to provide g_variant_new()-like functionality * to their users. * * The API is more general than g_variant_new() to allow a wider range * of possible uses. * * @format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only * needs to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is * non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the * end of the format string. * * @app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to * @format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left * pointing to the argument following the last. * * These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to * g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual * varargs call by the user. * * The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant * instance (for example, if the format string was "(ii)"). In the case * that the format_string was '*', '?', 'r', or a format starting with * '@' then the collected #GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, * without adding any additional references. * * In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the * calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before * returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer. * At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the * result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container, * or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call. * * Returns: a new, usually floating, #GVariant * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_new_variant: (constructor) * @value: a #GVariant instance * * Boxes @value. The result is a #GVariant instance representing a * variant containing the original value. * * If @child is a floating reference (see g_variant_ref_sink()), the new * instance takes ownership of @child. * * Returns: (transfer none): a floating reference to a new variant #GVariant instance * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_parse: * @type: (allow-none): a #GVariantType, or %NULL * @text: a string containing a GVariant in text form * @limit: (allow-none): a pointer to the end of @text, or %NULL * @endptr: (allow-none): a location to store the end pointer, or %NULL * @error: (allow-none): a pointer to a %NULL #GError pointer, or %NULL * * Parses a #GVariant from a text representation. * * A single #GVariant is parsed from the content of @text. * * The format is described here. * * The memory at @limit will never be accessed and the parser behaves as * if the character at @limit is the nul terminator. This has the * effect of bounding @text. * * If @endptr is non-%NULL then @text is permitted to contain data * following the value that this function parses and @endptr will be * updated to point to the first character past the end of the text * parsed by this function. If @endptr is %NULL and there is extra data * then an error is returned. * * If @type is non-%NULL then the value will be parsed to have that * type. This may result in additional parse errors (in the case that * the parsed value doesn't fit the type) but may also result in fewer * errors (in the case that the type would have been ambiguous, such as * with empty arrays). * * In the event that the parsing is successful, the resulting #GVariant * is returned. * * In case of any error, %NULL will be returned. If @error is non-%NULL * then it will be set to reflect the error that occurred. * * Officially, the language understood by the parser is "any string * produced by g_variant_print()". * * Returns: a reference to a #GVariant, or %NULL */ /** * g_variant_print: * @value: a #GVariant * @type_annotate: %TRUE if type information should be included in the output * * Pretty-prints @value in the format understood by g_variant_parse(). * * The format is described here. * * If @type_annotate is %TRUE, then type information is included in * the output. * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated string holding the result. * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_print_string: (skip) * @value: a #GVariant * @string: (allow-none) (default NULL): a #GString, or %NULL * @type_annotate: %TRUE if type information should be included in the output * * Behaves as g_variant_print(), but operates on a #GString. * * If @string is non-%NULL then it is appended to and returned. Else, * a new empty #GString is allocated and it is returned. * * Returns: a #GString containing the string * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_ref: * @value: a #GVariant * * Increases the reference count of @value. * * Returns: the same @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_ref_sink: * @value: a #GVariant * * #GVariant uses a floating reference count system. All functions with * names starting with g_variant_new_ return floating * references. * * Calling g_variant_ref_sink() on a #GVariant with a floating reference * will convert the floating reference into a full reference. Calling * g_variant_ref_sink() on a non-floating #GVariant results in an * additional normal reference being added. * * In other words, if the @value is floating, then this call "assumes * ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal * reference. If the @value is not floating, then this call adds a * new normal reference increasing the reference count by one. * * All calls that result in a #GVariant instance being inserted into a * container will call g_variant_ref_sink() on the instance. This means * that if the value was just created (and has only its floating * reference) then the container will assume sole ownership of the value * at that point and the caller will not need to unreference it. This * makes certain common styles of programming much easier while still * maintaining normal refcounting semantics in situations where values * are not floating. * * Returns: the same @value * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_store: * @value: the #GVariant to store * @data: the location to store the serialised data at * * Stores the serialised form of @value at @data. @data should be * large enough. See g_variant_get_size(). * * The stored data is in machine native byte order but may not be in * fully-normalised form if read from an untrusted source. See * g_variant_get_normal_form() for a solution. * * As with g_variant_get_data(), to be able to deserialise the * serialised variant successfully, its type and (if the destination * machine might be different) its endianness must also be available. * * This function is approximately O(n) in the size of @data. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_take_ref: * @value: a #GVariant * * If @value is floating, sink it. Otherwise, do nothing. * * Typically you want to use g_variant_ref_sink() in order to * automatically do the correct thing with respect to floating or * non-floating references, but there is one specific scenario where * this function is helpful. * * The situation where this function is helpful is when creating an API * that allows the user to provide a callback function that returns a * #GVariant. We certainly want to allow the user the flexibility to * return a non-floating reference from this callback (for the case * where the value that is being returned already exists). * * At the same time, the style of the #GVariant API makes it likely that * for newly-created #GVariant instances, the user can be saved some * typing if they are allowed to return a #GVariant with a floating * reference. * * Using this function on the return value of the user's callback allows * the user to do whichever is more convenient for them. The caller * will alway receives exactly one full reference to the value: either * the one that was returned in the first place, or a floating reference * that has been converted to a full reference. * * This function has an odd interaction when combined with * g_variant_ref_sink() running at the same time in another thread on * the same #GVariant instance. If g_variant_ref_sink() runs first then * the result will be that the floating reference is converted to a hard * reference. If g_variant_take_ref() runs first then the result will * be that the floating reference is converted to a hard reference and * an additional reference on top of that one is added. It is best to * avoid this situation. * * Returns: the same @value */ /** * g_variant_type_copy: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Makes a copy of a #GVariantType. It is appropriate to call * g_variant_type_free() on the return value. @type may not be %NULL. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GVariantType Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_dup_string: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Returns a newly-allocated copy of the type string corresponding to * @type. The returned string is nul-terminated. It is appropriate to * call g_free() on the return value. * * Returns: (transfer full): the corresponding type string Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_element: * @type: an array or maybe #GVariantType * * Determines the element type of an array or maybe type. * * This function may only be used with array or maybe types. * * Returns: (transfer none): the element type of @type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_equal: * @type1: (type GVariantType): a #GVariantType * @type2: (type GVariantType): a #GVariantType * * Compares @type1 and @type2 for equality. * * Only returns %TRUE if the types are exactly equal. Even if one type * is an indefinite type and the other is a subtype of it, %FALSE will * be returned if they are not exactly equal. If you want to check for * subtypes, use g_variant_type_is_subtype_of(). * * The argument types of @type1 and @type2 are only #gconstpointer to * allow use with #GHashTable without function pointer casting. For * both arguments, a valid #GVariantType must be provided. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type1 and @type2 are exactly equal Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_first: * @type: a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType * * Determines the first item type of a tuple or dictionary entry * type. * * This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types, * but must not be used with the generic tuple type * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. * * In the case of a dictionary entry type, this returns the type of * the key. * * %NULL is returned in case of @type being %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. * * This call, together with g_variant_type_next() provides an iterator * interface over tuple and dictionary entry types. * * Returns: (transfer none): the first item type of @type, or %NULL Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_free: * @type: (allow-none): a #GVariantType, or %NULL * * Frees a #GVariantType that was allocated with * g_variant_type_copy(), g_variant_type_new() or one of the container * type constructor functions. * * In the case that @type is %NULL, this function does nothing. * * Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_get_string_length: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Returns the length of the type string corresponding to the given * @type. This function must be used to determine the valid extent of * the memory region returned by g_variant_type_peek_string(). * * Returns: the length of the corresponding type string Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_hash: * @type: (type GVariantType): a #GVariantType * * Hashes @type. * * The argument type of @type is only #gconstpointer to allow use with * #GHashTable without function pointer casting. A valid * #GVariantType must be provided. * * Returns: the hash value Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_array: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is an array type. This is true if the * type string for @type starts with an 'a'. * * This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every * definite subtype is an array type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for * example. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is an array type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_basic: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is a basic type. * * Basic types are booleans, bytes, integers, doubles, strings, object * paths and signatures. * * Only a basic type may be used as the key of a dictionary entry. * * This function returns %FALSE for all indefinite types except * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is a basic type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_container: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is a container type. * * Container types are any array, maybe, tuple, or dictionary * entry types plus the variant type. * * This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every * definite subtype is a container -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for * example. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is a container type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_definite: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is definite (ie: not indefinite). * * A type is definite if its type string does not contain any indefinite * type characters ('*', '?', or 'r'). * * A #GVariant instance may not have an indefinite type, so calling * this function on the result of g_variant_get_type() will always * result in %TRUE being returned. Calling this function on an * indefinite type like %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, however, will result in * %FALSE being returned. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is definite Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_dict_entry: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is a dictionary entry type. This is * true if the type string for @type starts with a '{'. * * This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every * definite subtype is a dictionary entry type -- * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICT_ENTRY, for example. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is a dictionary entry type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_maybe: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is a maybe type. This is true if the * type string for @type starts with an 'm'. * * This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every * definite subtype is a maybe type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_MAYBE, for * example. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is a maybe type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_subtype_of: * @type: a #GVariantType * @supertype: a #GVariantType * * Checks if @type is a subtype of @supertype. * * This function returns %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype. All * types are considered to be subtypes of themselves. Aside from that, * only indefinite types can have subtypes. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_tuple: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is a tuple type. This is true if the * type string for @type starts with a '(' or if @type is * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. * * This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every * definite subtype is a tuple type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE, for * example. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is a tuple type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_is_variant: * @type: a #GVariantType * * Determines if the given @type is the variant type. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type is the variant type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_key: * @type: a dictionary entry #GVariantType * * Determines the key type of a dictionary entry type. * * This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. Other * than the additional restriction, this call is equivalent to * g_variant_type_first(). * * Returns: (transfer none): the key type of the dictionary entry Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_n_items: * @type: a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType * * Determines the number of items contained in a tuple or * dictionary entry type. * * This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types, * but must not be used with the generic tuple type * %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE. * * In the case of a dictionary entry type, this function will always * return 2. * * Returns: the number of items in @type Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_new: * @type_string: a valid GVariant type string * * Creates a new #GVariantType corresponding to the type string given * by @type_string. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on * the return value. * * It is a programmer error to call this function with an invalid type * string. Use g_variant_type_string_is_valid() if you are unsure. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GVariantType * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_new_array: * @element: a #GVariantType * * Constructs the type corresponding to an array of elements of the * type @type. * * It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new array #GVariantType Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_new_dict_entry: * @key: a basic #GVariantType * @value: a #GVariantType * * Constructs the type corresponding to a dictionary entry with a key * of type @key and a value of type @value. * * It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new dictionary entry #GVariantType Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_new_maybe: * @element: a #GVariantType * * Constructs the type corresponding to a maybe instance containing * type @type or Nothing. * * It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new maybe #GVariantType Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_new_tuple: * @items: (array length=length): an array of #GVariantTypes, one for each item * @length: the length of @items, or -1 * * Constructs a new tuple type, from @items. * * @length is the number of items in @items, or -1 to indicate that * @items is %NULL-terminated. * * It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new tuple #GVariantType Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_next: * @type: a #GVariantType from a previous call * * Determines the next item type of a tuple or dictionary entry * type. * * @type must be the result of a previous call to * g_variant_type_first() or g_variant_type_next(). * * If called on the key type of a dictionary entry then this call * returns the value type. If called on the value type of a dictionary * entry then this call returns %NULL. * * For tuples, %NULL is returned when @type is the last item in a tuple. * * Returns: (transfer none): the next #GVariantType after @type, or %NULL Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_peek_string: (skip) * @type: a #GVariantType * * Returns the type string corresponding to the given @type. The * result is not nul-terminated; in order to determine its length you * must call g_variant_type_get_string_length(). * * To get a nul-terminated string, see g_variant_type_dup_string(). * * Returns: the corresponding type string (not nul-terminated) Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_string_is_valid: * @type_string: a pointer to any string * * Checks if @type_string is a valid GVariant type string. This call is * equivalent to calling g_variant_type_string_scan() and confirming * that the following character is a nul terminator. * * Returns: %TRUE if @type_string is exactly one valid type string Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_string_scan: * @string: a pointer to any string * @limit: (allow-none): the end of @string, or %NULL * @endptr: (out) (allow-none): location to store the end pointer, or %NULL * * Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string. * The memory pointed to by @limit (or bytes beyond it) is never * accessed. * * If a valid type string is found, @endptr is updated to point to the * first character past the end of the string that was found and %TRUE * is returned. * * If there is no valid type string starting at @string, or if the type * string does not end before @limit then %FALSE is returned. * * For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string, * see g_variant_type_string_is_valid(). * * Returns: %TRUE if a valid type string was found * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_type_value: * @type: a dictionary entry #GVariantType * * Determines the value type of a dictionary entry type. * * This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. * * Returns: (transfer none): the value type of the dictionary entry Since 2.24 */ /** * g_variant_unref: * @value: a #GVariant * * Decreases the reference count of @value. When its reference count * drops to 0, the memory used by the variant is freed. * * Since: 2.24 */ /** * g_vasprintf: * @string: the return location for the newly-allocated string. * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @args: the list of arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the GNU vasprintf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * This function is similar to g_vsprintf(), except that it allocates a * string to hold the output, instead of putting the output in a buffer * you allocate in advance. * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.4 */ /** * g_vfprintf: * @file: the stream to write to. * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @args: the list of arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_vprintf: * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @args: the list of arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the standard vprintf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_vsnprintf: * @string: the buffer to hold the output. * @n: the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the terminating nul character). * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @args: the list of arguments to insert in the output. * * A safer form of the standard vsprintf() function. The output is guaranteed * to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so * it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur. * * See also g_strdup_vprintf(). * * In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the * output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated. * In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output * string. * * The return value of g_vsnprintf() conforms to the vsnprintf() function * as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from traditional * vsnprintf(), which returns the length of the output string. * * The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in * the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer was large enough. */ /** * g_vsprintf: * @string: the buffer to hold the output. * @format: a standard printf() format string, but notice string precision pitfalls. * @args: the list of arguments to insert in the output. * * An implementation of the standard vsprintf() function which supports * positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification. * * Returns: the number of bytes printed. * Since: 2.2 */ /** * g_wakeup_acknowledge: * @wakeup: a #GWakeup * * Acknowledges receipt of a wakeup signal on @wakeup. * * You must call this after @wakeup polls as ready. If not, it will * continue to poll as ready until you do so. * * If you call this function and @wakeup is not signaled, nothing * happens. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_wakeup_free: * @wakeup: a #GWakeup * * Frees @wakeup. * * You must not currently be polling on the #GPollFD returned by * g_wakeup_get_pollfd(), or the result is undefined. */ /** * g_wakeup_get_pollfd: * @wakeup: a #GWakeup * @poll_fd: a #GPollFD * * Prepares a @poll_fd such that polling on it will succeed when * g_wakeup_signal() has been called on @wakeup. * * @poll_fd is valid until @wakeup is freed. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_wakeup_new: * * Creates a new #GWakeup. * * You should use g_wakeup_free() to free it when you are done. * * Returns: a new #GWakeup * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_wakeup_signal: * @wakeup: a #GWakeup * * Signals @wakeup. * * Any future (or present) polling on the #GPollFD returned by * g_wakeup_get_pollfd() will immediately succeed until such a time as * g_wakeup_acknowledge() is called. * * This function is safe to call from a UNIX signal handler. * * Since: 2.30 */ /** * g_warning: * @...: format string, followed by parameters to insert into the format string (as with printf()) * * A convenience function/macro to log a warning message. * * You can make warnings fatal at runtime by setting the * G_DEBUG environment variable (see * Running GLib Applications). */ /** * g_win32_error_message: * @error: error code. * * Translate a Win32 error code (as returned by GetLastError()) into * the corresponding message. The message is either language neutral, * or in the thread's language, or the user's language, the system's * language, or US English (see docs for FormatMessage()). The * returned string is in UTF-8. It should be deallocated with * g_free(). * * Returns: newly-allocated error message */ /** * g_win32_get_package_installation_directory: * @package: (allow-none): You should pass %NULL for this. * @dll_name: (allow-none): The name of a DLL that a package provides in UTF-8, or %NULL. * * Try to determine the installation directory for a software package. * * This function is deprecated. Use * g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead. * * The use of @package is deprecated. You should always pass %NULL. A * warning is printed if non-NULL is passed as @package. * * The original intended use of @package was for a short identifier of * the package, typically the same identifier as used for * GETTEXT_PACKAGE in software configured using GNU * autotools. The function first looks in the Windows Registry for the * value #InstallationDirectory in the key * #HKLM\Software\@package, and if that value * exists and is a string, returns that. * * It is strongly recommended that packagers of GLib-using libraries * for Windows do not store installation paths in the Registry to be * used by this function as that interfers with having several * parallel installations of the library. Enabling multiple * installations of different versions of some GLib-using library, or * GLib itself, is desirable for various reasons. * * For this reason it is recommeded to always pass %NULL as * @package to this function, to avoid the temptation to use the * Registry. In version 2.20 of GLib the @package parameter * will be ignored and this function won't look in the Registry at all. * * If @package is %NULL, or the above value isn't found in the * Registry, but @dll_name is non-%NULL, it should name a DLL loaded * into the current process. Typically that would be the name of the * DLL calling this function, looking for its installation * directory. The function then asks Windows what directory that DLL * was loaded from. If that directory's last component is "bin" or * "lib", the parent directory is returned, otherwise the directory * itself. If that DLL isn't loaded, the function proceeds as if * @dll_name was %NULL. * * If both @package and @dll_name are %NULL, the directory from where * the main executable of the process was loaded is used instead in * the same way as above. * * Returns: a string containing the installation directory for @package. The string is in the GLib file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. If the function fails %NULL is returned. * Deprecated: 2.18: Pass the HMODULE of a DLL or EXE to g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead. */ /** * g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module: * @hmodule: (allow-none): The Win32 handle for a DLL loaded into the current process, or %NULL * * This function tries to determine the installation directory of a * software package based on the location of a DLL of the software * package. * * @hmodule should be the handle of a loaded DLL or %NULL. The * function looks up the directory that DLL was loaded from. If * @hmodule is NULL, the directory the main executable of the current * process is looked up. If that directory's last component is "bin" * or "lib", its parent directory is returned, otherwise the directory * itself. * * It thus makes sense to pass only the handle to a "public" DLL of a * software package to this function, as such DLLs typically are known * to be installed in a "bin" or occasionally "lib" subfolder of the * installation folder. DLLs that are of the dynamically loaded module * or plugin variety are often located in more private locations * deeper down in the tree, from which it is impossible for GLib to * deduce the root of the package installation. * * The typical use case for this function is to have a DllMain() that * saves the handle for the DLL. Then when code in the DLL needs to * construct names of files in the installation tree it calls this * function passing the DLL handle. * * Returns: a string containing the guessed installation directory for the software package @hmodule is from. The string is in the GLib file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer. If the function fails %NULL is returned. * Since: 2.16 */ /** * g_win32_get_package_installation_subdirectory: * @package: (allow-none): You should pass %NULL for this. * @dll_name: (allow-none): The name of a DLL that a package provides, in UTF-8, or %NULL. * @subdir: A subdirectory of the package installation directory, also in UTF-8 * * This function is deprecated. Use * g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() and * g_build_filename() instead. * * Returns a newly-allocated string containing the path of the * subdirectory @subdir in the return value from calling * g_win32_get_package_installation_directory() with the @package and * @dll_name parameters. See the documentation for * g_win32_get_package_installation_directory() for more details. In * particular, note that it is deprecated to pass anything except NULL * as @package. * * Returns: a string containing the complete path to @subdir inside the installation directory of @package. The returned string is in the GLib file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. If something goes wrong, %NULL is returned. * Deprecated: 2.18: Pass the HMODULE of a DLL or EXE to g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead, and then construct a subdirectory pathname with g_build_filename(). */ /** * g_win32_get_windows_version: * * Returns version information for the Windows operating system the * code is running on. See MSDN documentation for the GetVersion() * function. To summarize, the most significant bit is one on Win9x, * and zero on NT-based systems. Since version 2.14, GLib works only * on NT-based systems, so checking whether your are running on Win9x * in your own software is moot. The least significant byte is 4 on * Windows NT 4, and 5 on Windows XP. Software that needs really * detailed version and feature information should use Win32 API like * GetVersionEx() and VerifyVersionInfo(). * * Returns: The version information. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * g_win32_getlocale: * * The setlocale() function in the Microsoft C library uses locale * names of the form "English_United States.1252" etc. We want the * UNIXish standard form "en_US", "zh_TW" etc. This function gets the * current thread locale from Windows - without any encoding info - * and returns it as a string of the above form for use in forming * file names etc. The returned string should be deallocated with * g_free(). * * Returns: newly-allocated locale name. */ /** * g_win32_locale_filename_from_utf8: * @utf8filename: a UTF-8 encoded filename. * * Converts a filename from UTF-8 to the system codepage. * * On NT-based Windows, on NTFS file systems, file names are in * Unicode. It is quite possible that Unicode file names contain * characters not representable in the system codepage. (For instance, * Greek or Cyrillic characters on Western European or US Windows * installations, or various less common CJK characters on CJK Windows * installations.) * * In such a case, and if the filename refers to an existing file, and * the file system stores alternate short (8.3) names for directory * entries, the short form of the filename is returned. Note that the * "short" name might in fact be longer than the Unicode name if the * Unicode name has very short pathname components containing * non-ASCII characters. If no system codepage name for the file is * possible, %NULL is returned. * * The return value is dynamically allocated and should be freed with * g_free() when no longer needed. * * Returns: The converted filename, or %NULL on conversion failure and lack of short names. * Since: 2.8 */ /** * gboolean: * * A standard boolean type. * Variables of this type should only contain the value * %TRUE or %FALSE. */ /** * gchar: * * Corresponds to the standard C char type. */ /** * gconstpointer: * * An untyped pointer to constant data. * The data pointed to should not be changed. * * This is typically used in function prototypes to indicate * that the data pointed to will not be altered by the function. */ /** * gdouble: * * Corresponds to the standard C double type. * Values of this type can range from -#G_MAXDOUBLE to #G_MAXDOUBLE. */ /** * gfloat: * * Corresponds to the standard C float type. * Values of this type can range from -#G_MAXFLOAT to #G_MAXFLOAT. */ /** * gint: * * Corresponds to the standard C int type. * Values of this type can range from #G_MININT to #G_MAXINT. */ /** * gint16: * * A signed integer guaranteed to be 16 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from #G_MININT16 (= -32,768) to * #G_MAXINT16 (= 32,767). * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINT16_MODIFIER and/or %G_GINT16_FORMAT. */ /** * gint32: * * A signed integer guaranteed to be 32 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from #G_MININT32 (= -2,147,483,648) * to #G_MAXINT32 (= 2,147,483,647). * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINT32_MODIFIER and/or %G_GINT32_FORMAT. */ /** * gint64: * * A signed integer guaranteed to be 64 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from #G_MININT64 * (= -9,223,372,036,854,775,808) to #G_MAXINT64 * (= 9,223,372,036,854,775,807). * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINT64_MODIFIER and/or %G_GINT64_FORMAT. */ /** * gint8: * * A signed integer guaranteed to be 8 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from #G_MININT8 (= -128) to * #G_MAXINT8 (= 127). */ /** * gintptr: * * Corresponds to the C99 type intptr_t, * a signed integer type that can hold any pointer. * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINTPTR_MODIFIER and/or %G_GINTPTR_FORMAT. * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * glib__private__: * @arg: Do not use this argument * * Do not call this function; it is used to share private * API between glib, gobject, and gio. */ /** * glib_check_version: * @required_major: the required major version. * @required_minor: the required minor version. * @required_micro: the required micro version. * * Checks that the GLib library in use is compatible with the * given version. Generally you would pass in the constants * #GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MICRO_VERSION * as the three arguments to this function; that produces * a check that the library in use is compatible with * the version of GLib the application or module was compiled * against. * * Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version * of the running library is newer than the version * @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro. Second * the running library must be binary compatible with the * version @required_major.required_minor.@required_micro * (same major version.) * * Returns: %NULL if the GLib library is compatible with the given version, or a string describing the version mismatch. The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be modified or freed. * Since: 2.6 */ /** * glib_gettext: * @str: The string to be translated * * Returns the translated string from the glib translations. * This is an internal function and should only be used by * the internals of glib (such as libgio). * * Returns: the transation of @str to the current locale */ /** * glib_mem_profiler_table: * * A #GMemVTable containing profiling variants of the memory * allocation functions. Use them together with g_mem_profile() * in order to get information about the memory allocation pattern * of your program. */ /** * glib_pgettext: * @msgctxtid: a combined message context and message id, separated by a \004 character * @msgidoffset: the offset of the message id in @msgctxid * * This function is a variant of glib_gettext() which supports * a disambiguating message context. See g_dpgettext() for full * details. * * This is an internal function and should only be used by * the internals of glib (such as libgio). * * Returns: the translation of @str to the current locale */ /** * glong: * * Corresponds to the standard C long type. * Values of this type can range from #G_MINLONG to #G_MAXLONG. */ /** * goffset: * * A signed integer type that is used for file offsets, * corresponding to the C99 type off64_t. * Values of this type can range from #G_MINOFFSET to * #G_MAXOFFSET. * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GOFFSET_MODIFIER and/or %G_GOFFSET_FORMAT. * * Since: 2.14 */ /** * gpointer: * * An untyped pointer. * #gpointer looks better and is easier to use * than void*. */ /** * gshort: * * Corresponds to the standard C short type. * Values of this type can range from #G_MINSHORT to #G_MAXSHORT. */ /** * gsize: * * An unsigned integer type of the result of the sizeof operator, * corresponding to the size_t type defined in C99. * This type is wide enough to hold the numeric value of a pointer, * so it is usually 32bit wide on a 32bit platform and 64bit wide * on a 64bit platform. Values of this type can range from 0 to * #G_MAXSIZE. * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GSIZE_MODIFIER and/or %G_GSIZE_FORMAT. */ /** * gssize: * * A signed variant of #gsize, corresponding to the * ssize_t defined on most platforms. * Values of this type can range from #G_MINSSIZE * to #G_MAXSSIZE. * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GSIZE_MODIFIER and/or %G_GSSIZE_FORMAT. */ /** * guchar: * * Corresponds to the standard C unsigned char type. */ /** * guint: * * Corresponds to the standard C unsigned int type. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXUINT. */ /** * guint16: * * An unsigned integer guaranteed to be 16 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXUINT16 (= 65,535). * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINT16_MODIFIER and/or %G_GUINT16_FORMAT. */ /** * guint32: * * An unsigned integer guaranteed to be 32 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXUINT32 (= 4,294,967,295). * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINT32_MODIFIER and/or %G_GUINT32_FORMAT. */ /** * guint64: * * An unsigned integer guaranteed to be 64 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXUINT64 * (= 18,446,744,073,709,551,615). * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINT64_MODIFIER and/or %G_GUINT64_FORMAT. */ /** * guint8: * * An unsigned integer guaranteed to be 8 bits on all platforms. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXUINT8 (= 255). */ /** * guintptr: * * Corresponds to the C99 type uintptr_t, * an unsigned integer type that can hold any pointer. * * To print or scan values of this type, use * %G_GINTPTR_MODIFIER and/or %G_GUINTPTR_FORMAT. * * Since: 2.18 */ /** * gulong: * * Corresponds to the standard C unsigned long type. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXULONG. */ /** * gushort: * * Corresponds to the standard C unsigned short type. * Values of this type can range from 0 to #G_MAXUSHORT. */ /************************************************************/ /* THIS FILE IS GENERATED DO NOT EDIT */ /************************************************************/